i

ii iiiipi

vi

11

1*1 1 > ri>i r ii)>rt

i

H V <^>VH M
i

<

>i

i.

*i (iii t rMi.

Ammmmmmxm'
fa.

est

S'fmk'i

_____

ih_

towmm

w'

-imwiiii

---

-I--- nii'iMii'iiii

'

mwk_ ?

"

w'

CORNELL
UNIVERSITY LIBRARY

Cornell University Library

arV16198
An elementary grammar
of the

German

lang

3 1924 031 269 842

olin.anx

Cornell University Library

The

original of this

book

is in

the Cornell University Library.

There are no known copyright

restrictions in
text.

the United States on the use of the

http://www.archive.org/details/cu31924031269842

WOMAN'S

SERIES FOR THE

MODERN LANGUAGES.

AN

ELEMENTARY GRAMMAR
OF THE

GERMAN LANGUAGE
EXEECISES, READINGS, CONVERSATIONS,

PARADIGMS, AND A VOCABULARY.

By JAMES

H.

W ORMAN,

A.M.,

NON-RESIDENT PROFESSOR OF MODERN HISTORY AND LANGUAGE AT LAWRENCE

UNIVERSITY.

A. S.

BARNES

& NEW YORK AND

COMPANY,
CHICAGO.

WORMAN'S SERIES
FOE THE

MODERN LANGUAGES
O-

E K. Iwl .A. I?T

German,
300 pages.

Short Course
(In preparation.)

ill

intended for our

common

schools.

An Elementary German Grammar. An

to the language.

easy introduction

12mo.

A Complete
An
German.

German Grammar.
145 pages.

l2mo.

591 pages.

Elementary German Reader,

12mo.

intended for beginners in

A Collegiate

German Reader,

or Introduction to
of

German

Literature, with references to the

German Grammars
Dictionary.

Worman

and Campbell, and an adequate

12mo.

525 pages.

A Manual of German

Conversationthe

"Berliner Echo."

For practice in the langnage as spoken in of words and idioms. 203 pages.

Berlin, with Vocabulary

FRENCH.
A
Short Course in French, on
(In preparation.)

the same plan as the German.

An

Elementary French Grammar,

Elementary German Grammar.

on the same plan as the

(In preparation.)

A Complete
An

French Grammar,

on the same plan as the

Complete German Grammar.

(In preparation.)

Elementary and Collegiate French Reader,

same plan as the German.
(In preparation.) "

on the
Paris."

A Manual of French

Conversationthe
212 pages.

Echo de

Plan of the " Berliner Echo."

Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1868, by

A.
In the

S.

BARNES &

CO.,
Washington.

Office of the Librarian of Congress, at

TO THE

ev.

JOHN McOLINTOCK,
THIS LITTLE

D.D., LL.D.,

VOLUME

is

most affectionately inscribed

Bt The Author.

PREFACE TO THE TENTH EDITION.

volume was prepared with special regard to the wants It has been carefully revised, and in its present form contains many corrections and additions which constant investigalittle

This

of beginners.

the class-room, a continual study of the wants of the learner, and the observation of other instructors have suggested. The leading principles of German Grammar are concisely stated and illustrated by a series of Exercises for oral and written translation, accompanied by Conversations in German, followed in the latter part of the work by a series of Beading Lessons, all of which are intended to enable the pupil to accomplish his tasks with ease, as he advances, and lay the foundation for a systematic knowledge of German. It is the author's opinion that any one who thoroughly masters this little book will gain a sufficient knowledge of etymology and syntax for
tion of the language, daily experience in

all practical purposes.

The method of presenting the etymology of the language in fragments, so generally adopted in elementary works, has been altogether discarded. Each new form introduced, is given completely. Thus the articles are given through all the study of both numbers, the substantives, etc., through all the cases of one number, the verbs through the different persons of each tense ; so that the learner may see at once the various changes which they severally undergo, may learn and comprehend them in a few minuteB, and thus save hours of labor, as well as infinite vexation, and at the same time make the progress easy and
natural.

The difficulties of pronunciation also are greatly diminished by the method of weaving into the introductory lessons the rules of pronunciation with practical exercises under each, thus causing theory and practice to proceed side by side from the very hour the study of the language
is

taken up.

To make the book

those

also useful for reference,

and to meet the wants of

who can

tolerate nothing short of a strictly systematic course,

there is a synopsis of
inflection of

German Grammar

added, as Part III, in which the

words

is

treated briefly, but yet with completeness.

Vl

PREFACE.

It is hoped that the classification of the nouns and verbs, especially of the irregular verbs, and the alphabetical lists of the latter, of the verbf reflexive in German and not in English, of the separable and inseparable verbs, of the intransitive and neuter verbs conjugated with fcin in Ger' man, and in English with to heme, of the prepositions, and the extensiv* German-English and English-German vocabulary, will also be an aid t

the learner.

To those who desire an Elementary Reader to accompany this gram' mar, the author recommends his own Elementary German Eeadel which contains Notes and References to this Grammar, and a carefully prepared Vocabulary. To supply the wants of such persons as desire a more advanced course, the author has prepared a complete German Grammar after the plan of Gaspey's English Conversation-Grammar (adopted by Otto), also a JEteader strictly progressive (of which Part I. contains shorter selections from the modern German classics, and Part II. Schiller's Jungfrau and Goethe's Iphigenie, complete), with an adequate dictionary and notes
referring to his

own grammars and

to those of

Woodbury,

Otto,

and

Campbell.

The author's acknowledgments are due to the late eminent scholar, Rev. Dr. H. M. Johnson, President of Dickinson College, for much valuable advice in the preparation of the work. He desires also to express his obligation to Prof. McCord, of Washington Seminary, to Prof. E. Baur, of Ann Arbor (Mich.) Union School, to Charlton T. Lewis, of the " Evening Post," and to Prof. Hermann Sjoberg, for their frequent suggestions during the revision of the book.

James H. Worman.

Lawrence University, May,

1873.

CONTENTS.
Page

Letters op the Alphabet

11 12

Writing Alphabet

PART
Lesson
I.

I.

ELEMENTARY EXERCISES.

Pronunciation
"

of the simple vowels.

The
6
e

definite article.

Present singular of
II.

1) it

IS 15

of the double vowels. Adjectives before and

after the subject

Object of the verb

Plural of the present of

III.

"

of the modified vowels. Accusative of feminine

and neuter nouns. iaiett IV.

16

"
"

of the diphthongs. of

The

indefinite

article.

V.

Determinative and possessive adjectives. ... SB, ), 3> and X. Past participle in compound
tenses. Accusative of nouns.

17
19

Present of fe itt

VI.
VII.
VIII.

"

ofEandfl

20
21

"
"

ofand3
of ,

and

3.

Determinative and interrogaSingular of masculine and

el,

tive adjectives.

neuter nouns in

er

and

en

22

IX.

" "

of 3$ and SB. of %, 8, 3,
culine
9J,

Plural of possessive adjectives.

X,

24

X.

D and St.

Declension of masin
e, el,

er, en, djen

and neuter nouns not ending and letn

.

26 28 29

XL
XII.

"
"

of the of
ct,

&)
ffand
p.

ng,

Singular of feminine nouns

. .

Viii
Lesson

CONTENTS.

**&
of 9)$ and of dj,
f

XIII.

Pronunciation
"

95f.

Declension of proper names.

(1

31 33 34

XIV.

and

XV.
XVI.
XVII.

"
"
"

of^andfc
Simple words.
Monosyllables
Suffixes

On the accent.
"

36
37
.

Derivatives. Accessory syllables. Prefixes.

XVIII.

39

" XXILMale and female appellations

XIX
XX.

Examples with prefixes and Compound words

suffixes

40
*1

XXLComparative degree of adjectives

XXIII.The
superlative of adjectives
:

42
Predicative form

44 46
47 49 51 52

XXIV.Adjectives
XXVII.

and the prefix n

XXV.The possessive pronouns XXVI.Imperfect tense of f e in

Declension of

adjectives,

preceded by the definite

Attributive form.

article

XXVIII.The
XXIX.

superlative of adjectives:

The
64
55
57

three degrees.

preoeded by the Declension of To Do. Regular verbs, present tense XXXThe English XXXI. The auxiliary verbs: SKuffen, fiinnen and miigen follen and burfen XXXII. " XXXIII.Prepositions with genitive and dative XXXIV.Nouns the partitive sense XXXV.Declension of masculine nouns ending and XXXVI.Plural of masculine nouns not ending
adjectives,
auxiliary,
"

indefinite article

"

SffioIIen,

59 61 63 64 66
68 70 71

in

in e

in

t, et,

el

en.

XXXVII.
XXXVIII.

"

XXXIX.
XL.

Imperfect of a 6 of feminine nouns

f)

c rt

"
"

of monosyllabic neuter nouns

of adjectives, preceded

by an

article.

Future of
73

$ alien and fein Feminine nouns with an irregular plural

"

75
77 79
el,

XLLNeuter
XLIIMasculine
XLIII.

" "

"
"

"
"

" "
er,

"

Plural

of masculine and neuter nouns ending in

en, d)en

and

lein

XLVL Declension of the interrogative pronouns and adjectives XL VII. Compound tenses of the auxiliary verb $ a i n
e

XLIV. Irregular plural of masculine nouns ending in er, el, or and or XLV. Adjectives and participles used as substantives
.

80 82

8t 85
87 89

XLVIIL
XLIX.

"

"

"

"

"

"

Declension of adjectives preceding an L. First conditional of the auxiliaries

article

fein

substantives without

Ij

l>

n and f e i n

90 92

CONTENTS,

il

PART
Lessoa

II.

EXERCISES ON THE VERB AND OTHER PARTS OP THE ETYMOLOGY.

LI.Conjugation
LII.
1 '

Page
of the regular or

The cardinal numbers LHI. The ordinal numbers. Names of days and months LIV. The demonstrative pronouns LV. The relative pronouns LVI. The personal pronouns. The two modes of addreBS and @ LVII. The pronouns LVIII.Prepositions governing the accusative. The diminutives d)en and Win LIX. Names of countries and places LXThe irregular or ancient verbs First conjugation (Radical vowel a) LXI. Second conjugation (Imperfect with Reading Lesson: Heine arte LXII. Third conjugation (Imperfect and past participle with or LXIII. Fourth conjugation (Imperfect and past participle with LXIV. Fifth conjugation (Radical vowel [or Imperfect with a
i e

modern active verbs

95
g (J

101

103 105
107

bit

indefinite

110
112

114 115 116 118 121 122

12"

,.

a)

23 ie

3)1

ie)
.

c).

ie],

[orw].)

128

Inseparable verbs LXVH.Separable and inseparable verbs Reading Lesson: Setfpiel von Snt^attfamfeit LXVIILPrepositions governing both the dative and
LXVI.
Prepositions contracted with the definite article

LXV.

Reading Lesson Separable verbs

Xtjrannei.

rte^enlanb

131

132 135
137 139

accusative.

139 141 142

LXIX

Reading Lesson Stn ben SDlonb Neuter and intransitive verbs Reading Lesson: SerSBanberer unb bie Quelle
:

LXX. On the
LXXI.

adverbs
:

144 145
148
148 152

Reading Lesson

)er alt

On the conjunctions Reading Lesson >te the passive voice LXXII. Verbs
:

Sanbmann
E^riflin

fd)iinfle

in

152

Reading Lesson

2>a$ geftolene 3)ferb

,

LXXIII.Reflexive

verbs

Reading Lesson: (Etner obet ber Slnbere

155 156 159 160 163

LXXIV Impersonal verbs

Reading Lesson:
91
j>

ori^

men

CONTENTS.

PART
SYNOPSIS OF
Parts of Speech.

III.

GERMAN GRAMMAR.
Page.

Cases in

German
Indefinite

The

Article

Definite

and

165 165-166
Declensions
I.,

Declension of the

Common

Nouns.

II., III.

and

166-171 Declension of the Proper Nouns 173 The Adjective 175 The Numerals Cardinal, Ordinal and Indefinite 178-181 The Pronouns Persona], Possessive) Demonstrative, Relative and Correlative, Interrogative and Indefinite 183-195 The Auxiliary Verbs Tjatm, fein and ioerben 198
: :

IV

204 211 219 227 " " " Inseparable 229 " Separable and Inseparable 230 The Neuter and Intransitive Verbs 230 The Reflexive Verbs 232 The Impersonal Verbs 234 The Adverbs 236 The Conjunctions 238 Nouns, Number of 241 Nouns, Gender of. 243 Construction 251 List of compound verbs which are both separable and inseparable 259 List of verbs conjugated with f e i n in German and to home in English 260 List of verbH reflexive in German but not in English 262 List of Prepositions 263
:

The Regular Verbs (active and passive The Irregular Verbs " Auxiliary " of mode The Compound Verbs Separable

voice)

PART
German and English Vocabulary English and German Vocabulary

IV.

VOCABULARY.
264 283
295 296
National appellations, proper nouns and adjectives

Addenda

to Vocabulary

THE GERMAN LETTERS.

The German Alphabet
letters
:

(Die 3krfjfta6en.)

consists of the following twenty-six

31

GERMAN WRITING ALPHABET.

a,

b,

c,

d,

e,

f,

g,

h,
!

i,

j,

k,

1,

m,
***'
z.

**y

C
o,

*,
p,

-o
q,
3*./
r,

*>

/^ ^''^
s,

'

*'
v,

J*'
w,

'
x,

^
y,

n,

t,

u,

**/

"^
ck,

~,

f,**
sz,

"K **s

*>

*"v

$' f'f'
th,
tz.

COMPOUND CONSONANTS.
ch,
ss,

sch,

sp,

st,

CAPITAL LETTERS.

^ ^ x'siz / *jC Jr. f

A,

B,

C,

D,

E,

F,

G,

H,

I,

J,

jrjz
E,
S,

^^M^
K,
L,

M,

N,

0,

P,

Q,

tf j%
W,
X,

f,
Y,
Z.

T,

U,

V,

*ta~t*

&**
*

&*
This second s
is

only used at the end of words.

PART

I.
Section 1.

ILESSON
81,

I.

Pronunciation of tbe Simple Vowels.

a
Cs, c

@,

pronounced like a in father. is pronounced like ey in they, or a in fate, but when followed by r like e in cherry. when followed by two consonants or a double consois

nant, is considered short, so are also

all

other vowels.

When
3, 3,
i
i

at the

end

of a word, or in

an unaccented

syllable, it is very short, like e in battery.

is

generally pronounced like

is

in give.

when

0,0
11, tt

followed by c generally like o in

sounded like ie in field. stone, but when followed by two

in
off.

consonants
is

it is short, like o

$,

t)

pronounced like oo in school or fool. which occurs only in foreign words, is pronounced
in pin.

like

Obs.

In German every substantive Obs. H. Many of the relations of

I.

begins with a

capital

letter.

objects,

which would in

English be expressed by prepositions, are denoted in German by a change of- the ending of the noun and the article which accompanies it. There are in German four cases, distinguished by their endings

both in the singular and

plural.

Declension of the Definite Article.

The pronouns
this, welder,

biefer,

bicfte).

The

o-of tha ending a$ changes to

ti

which, jeber, every, jmcr, that, take the same endings of the ending te i is elided, and C alone is used, biefc (not thus c& biefeS (not biefas).
;

14
jDer 2ftarttt,

THE DEFINITE ARTICLE.

the man the father Dfen, the stove (oven) unb*, the dog SruDer, the brother
SOBaffcr",
SDiejfer,
4
,

Die
toic

Safce,
tJeber,

ber Sater",
ber

the cat the pen

the pear
the rose

tic State,

ber
Ser

Me
bie

Sdofe,

Gutter, the

mother

bag
bag

the water the knife

Me Slume, the flower

ttnb,
s

and
[y ah ]

bag $inb

the child

y es

bag Srob

4
,

the bread

rtein,

no
id),

3d}"

tyafce,

t>u Ijaft,

I have thou hast

abe

Ijaft bit,

have I? hast thou?

has he (she,
it) ?

er (fie, eg) i)t,

he

(she, it)

has

fyat er (fie, eg),

Reading Exercise
er SKamt $at tie $ae?
tolc

I.

SBtume.

er
tyat

SBater
bie

tmb Me Gutter.

Jpot
tie

bag

i?tnb

>te

Gutter
X>u

Slume.
3d)

@ie ^at

State.

3dj

^afce tie ieber.

aft

bubag
fytft

2Baffer?

^ofee bie Sftofe.

er
X>er

Sruber ^ot bag

SHefjer.

bie

Slume.
fyat

@r ^at bag
ber

33rob.

Wlmn

%at bag 33rob.

SBeldje

28eld)en uttb

ber SKattn ? Setter SKantt

kat bie tfafce.

a$e ^at

fie?

at

SBruber ben

Dfen?
bag

3eber 9Jtann
aSajfer.

tyat

SSrob.

3&K3

flinb |ot bag

Srob tmb bu

fyaft

Theme
I have the
cat.

I.

the flower. He has the pear. has also (attd)) the rose. She has the knife. Has the brother the rose ? No, he has the cat. Has she the pen ? She has the bread and the knife. Has the man the child ? The man has the pen and the knife. Hast Which flower has she ? -thou the rose ?

Thou hast
it

The

child has the bread,

Si,
d)

ei is

pronounced

like ai in aisle.

This must not be mistaken for

ie.

* *

has no corresponding sound in English.

j

See Lesson XI, p. 28.

b at the

Pronounce like /; t like v ; end of a word like t.

like

in yea.

THE DOUBLE VOWELS.

15

LESSON H.

Scftion 2.

Pronunciation of the Double Vowels.

somewhat longer than the simple somewhat longer than the simple somewhat longer than the simple 00 00,
91, an

a (a in father).
t

@@,

CC

(ey in they).*i

o (o in stone).

Obs.

I.

Adjectives, are declined

stantive,

when they

precede a sub-

but when placed remain unchanged.

Obs. II.

after substantives

they

The
case.

object of the

verb

is

put in the accusative

as
ber
tic

tier 2lal,

bet
tier

the hair the eel JJdffee, the coffee eefe, the soul 9lar, the eagle Sootfe, the pilot
Jpaar,

a3
ia3

eer,
SDleer,

the

army
moss

the sea (ocean)

bag SftooS, the

ijl,

is

gut,

good
white

tuetfj,

Reading Exercise
txii Jpaar
ben $ajfee.
ijt

II.

gut.

3<ty

$fa ten 3lal unb ben 2lar.

|at
bte 3tofe.

)er SSater
Ijat

tyat

i)er 9J?ann

Her

Sootfe

bie

geber.
tjl

Das
i(l

SKeer

tjt rtef

(deep).

>u |aft elne (a)

<SeeIe.

1)a3

Jpeer

ftetn

(small) .
wetjj.

Jpajt

bu bie d)eere ?
Coffee
ift

^>at ber Sootfe ben

unb ?

sif Sftofc

Der

gut.

3ft ber Slat gut?

Theme

II.

The man has the coffee. The pilot is good. The rose and the pear. Has the child the bread? Yes, the child has
* Except: thairuh and
Sdjeere
lair.

scissors,

and

leer

empty, which are pronounced

16

MODIFIED VOWELS.

the bread and the knife.

the flower.
stove?
Is
is

Hast thou the water? No, I have The brother has the dog. Has the cousin the the hair white? The mother has the pen. The
deep.

ocean

(ticf)

I have

(etne) soul.

Is the cat white?

LESSON

ni.
Modified Vowels.

Seftiott

3,

SKe, 81,

Oc, D,
lie, tt,

5 nearly like ai in fair. nearly like ea in heard.

ii

(= French

u) has no equivalent in English.

Obs.

I.

The vowels
to

a, 0, U,

when

followed

by

c,

are said

Obs.

H.

The

be modified. Formerly the c was placed above these letters, but it is now generally replaced by two dots. "With capitals it is placed after the letter.
accusative in the feminine

and neuter

is like

the nominative.

er
fete

tofe,

the cheese
the cold

'Bai Del, the oil

fete

totte,

Sritcfe,

the bridge

feaS
feer

9Mfcd)en, the girl

toiler,

(maiden)

tai Uebel, the evil

Heln,
ticf,

the collier the

pit,

small

fete Jpijfyte,

cavern

deep
luir,

2Btr faben,

we have

aben

have we?

flefaberi,

they have

foben

fie,

have they?

Reading Exercise
er tofe er toiler
at
fie .tie
(ft

III.

gut.
fern

SBir Ijaben Staffer,

toffee.

as Waltym
Die
djeere.

fat iai Del.

ijl

fat

3ft tie SBrucfe gut?

feie

$ityte

fletn.

djeere? 9?etn, wit faben

abt ifr ten tofe?

THE DIPHTHONGS.
SRein,

17
kit unb.
ift

<3te

fiafcen

ten

flfife.

Der

Sootfe
2)a<3

fcat

JpaBcn <3ie
tfij^er
ift

tie SBirne ? 9t,ein, id)

$ak

tie Stofe.

Del

gut.

er

Hem.

)te Sriitfe

ift fieitt

unt gut.

3jl ter

tfiife

gut?

Theme

III.

Is the oil good? Yes, the oil is very The girl (fefr) good. has the cheese. We have water. You have coffee. Have they the pear? No, they have the rose. Hast thou the scissors? No, the mother has the scissors, I have the flower.

The

The bridge is small. Has the collier hast the coffee and the cheese. I have the dog and the cat. Is the rose white ? The cheese is good.
cheese?

evil is great (grog).

Thou

LESSON

IV.

Station 4,

The Diphthongs.
9li, oi

nearly like ai in
like

aisle (really

little

broader).

%%
%\f

UU generally

ou in house.

$tttt, Bit

ei

nearly like oy in boy. almost like i in mine. *

@tt, eu like 8Ceu,

OU (oy in boy).

Declension of the Indefinite Article.

Masc.
Fern.
einc,

Neuter.
eln,

Nom.
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.

ein,

a or an
of a to a

einel,

einer,

eincS,

Thus are declined the conjunctive possessive

fetn.

pronouns

(inein,

einem,
eincn,

einer,
einc,

einem,
etn,

beta, fetn, unfer, ir)

and

diphthong.

* This diphthong must not be mistaken for ie (long i) which Pronunciation of the simple vowels. See. Lesson I.

is

not a

18

DEMONSTRATIVE AND POSSESSIVE PBONOUNS.

Demonstrative Pronouns,
toicfcr

(masc.),

fetefe

(fern.),

tiefeS (neut.),

this

jener

jene

PBONUNOIATION OF

S, D,

T AND

P.

19

LESSON
,
%,
2), b,
t,

V.

Seftion
but at the end of a word

5.

J, as in English,

like p.

end of a word like t. just as in English, except in words ending in itnn which are derived from the Latin, the t is pronounced
as in English, but at the
like tS
(i. e.

tion

tsyone).

Sp,

p, as in English.
I.

Obs.

Obs. II.

In compound tenses the past participle placed All nouns form their accusative the nominative
is

last.

like

(for exceptions see p. 167, 8).

the ball Me Sirne, the pear taS rafc, the grave ter Wiener, the servant
ser Sail,

er

2I6ent,

the evening

iai MriD, the child

Me Sonne, the barrel Me Ceftion, the lesson

tie

iai Serf, the village

ter

portion, the

Sot, death
large, great

ter ^reufje,
gcfe^en,

portion the Prussian

grofj,

seen

3$
tu
er
fie

tin,

am
it is
(it) is

fcir fttiB,

we
)

are

Mft,
ift,

thou art
ift,

ibr

feit,

he or

@ie

ftnt,

? on are

(eS)

she

fie ftnt,

they are

Reading Exercise V.

em
id)
ftafce

Sail

t|t

gvofj,

meitt Sail

ift

gut.
.ftinfc?

aft tu eine
Stein, id)

tetne 3tofe.
l)at

Sift tu

em

3Meie tflnb

einen unt.
tie

a&en
ift

<3ie MefeS

Stme? 9Mn, ein Warn. rat gefefcn? as

Hn

Uorf

ift

grofj

unt

Sonne

Hein.

2>er Sot.
Sift

!Biefer $aifer.

Set

Scent

ift fefyr

angenC&tn {pleasant).
(learned).

tu

ein $reufje?

2Bir |a6en

Me

Seftion

geternt
ftnt

ie Sihtme ^akn Slatter (leaves).

Die Slatter

grim (green).

er

tfaifer fyat

pufer.

Siefer

ar*

ten 1)at einen

Saum.

20

PRONUNCIATION OF C AND

K.

Theme
are small.

V.

Are you a man? No, I am a child. We are good and you Is your ball good? Has this child thy pear? This village is very large. I have seen * the Emperor to-day. Are you a Prussian? This evening is very (fetyr) pleasant. The portion is good. We have learned* this lesson. The
barrel
is small.

and a garden.

This grave is large. The This child has thy egg and

man

has a house

my pear.

LESSON
6, 6,
t c

VI.

Scftion 6.

before ii, c, i or t) sounds like fe. before o, 0, U, Ml and before consonants sounds like f $, as in English, but it is never mute before it.

f.

G,
>er Samerab,
ber Sanbtbat,
bie

$,
!Der

the comrade

Ramm, the comb

the boy

the candidate

bag $reuj, the cross

ber ^nafce,

SapeHe, the chapel

bic Sitronc,

the citron

bad Rnit, the

ber ^imtftf

knee

Eofar,

Caesar

the king

Reading Exercise VI.

&ai
Jtreuj.
jtirtb

ber grau.

23er Santerob

ifl

tn ber at>effe.

er Son*
iai
healed),
3Dir fint

bibat |at jetjn {ten) iiufer.

aft bu ben

$amm?
ift

9teln, ic6 fyabe

(ftas

er knalt

ifl

grojj.

'Lai $nte
5Rcin,

grijetlt

SBar (was) afar ein $onig?

tranf (sick)..

Safar war ein ^aifer.

ie Sitrone
#unb. Simig

ijt

fauer (sowr).
etn

2)a3 $inb $at bie $afce,

)ie

3d;

tyafee

einen

Bu

bift

$na6e.

Sapelte

i(l

grojj.

9Mn
f

SSater $at ben

gefeljen.

* This participle

is

after

has the sound of

placed at the end of the sentence. (i). See Less. VIII.

See Observ.

PRONUNCIATION OF S AND

Z.

21

Theme
candidate has a chapel,

VI.

ft cross. The The boy has a comb. Thou hast a citron. We are sick (Iran!). Was Caesar an emperor ? My father has a comrade. His father is old (alt), thy cousin is large, and my mother is good. We have a king, you have an emperor. The cross of the

and the king has

chapel.

Conversation.
Stjlcu
Jpajl

ein tfnafce?

Stein, id)

Hn

tin 9Jliibd)en.

bu ben $amtn?

3a,

icfj

|a6e ben

^amm

unb ba3
{two)

at betn at

SSatcr ein

aus?
rotb ?

3a, rnein SSater $at jwet

fcaufer.
Stein,

bie 9Jtittter einen

meine Gutter
tjl

tyat

Me

.Rajse.

3ftber5Dtannein6anbibat?

3,

er

ber Sanbibat ber SapeBe,

LESSON vn.
@,
f is

Seftton 7.
than in English, almost
like z

pronounced
zo?ie.

softer

in
*}, j is

pronounced

like

ts.

6
Die uppe, the soup ber afe, the hare
ber

8
)te

3<$l the number,

3^, the tooth

ber

earn, the blessing

bag %tit, *h e tent

ber 9)rinj,

ttr Sefen,

the

broom

the prince the

ber efang,
ober,

the song

ber granjofe,
jtoet,

Frenchman
ten

or

two

jefyt,

Reading Exercise
2>er j^na^e
ein 3eft.
fyat

VII.

ben 33efen.
tyat

as ^inb

ber gran,

er frinj
at

Ijat

er
gut.

granjofe

einen Jpunb.

afl bu einen

34"? cr
fie

Sefen

ifi

er efang

ber 256gel

(oftte

Ws).

uppe?

22
3a,
fie

PRONUNCIATION OF
at

G,

3 A.XD J.
jreei 23efen,

uppe unb
Der

tfaffee.

3<$ $aJe

bu

$aft

3c|n

Gitronen (Plur.).

22tr
Jlonig

frnt grog,
ift

bu

Jtft flein.

6r

$at ben
ift

unb
gut.

unb
SStfl
t

bie tfafce.

ein granjofe.

er $rinj

cin 3)reufje.
ift

bu cin granjofc ?
{here)
finb

Stein, id) Jin ein spreujje.

iefer SBefen

ipier

jwei grflnjofen (PZwr.).

Theme

VII.

Are you a Prussian or a Frenchman ? The emperor is a man. The broom is good and large. Two brooms. The song of the birds. Hast thou soup? No, I have coffee. "We are small and you are large. Have you a tooth? Is the number large ? The tent is small. The king has two servants. We have a citron and a pear. The lesson is easy (leidjt). We are Frenchmen, you are a Prussian. Where (too) is the emperor of the French. He is here. This man is a prince. Have you brooms?

Conversation.
$ai
ber $ritt} ein
.Stinb

a*?

er $rinj $at jwei &ufer.

3a, baS $inb $at einen
jjafyi.

at bas

einen

34?

Sift bu ein Sranjofe ?

Stein, id) Jin ein 3>reufje. 9lein, id) Jin ein

tab ie

ein anbtbat ?
?

5Mer

(painter).

aJt i$r uppe

SBir IjaJen

uppe unb
ift

Coffee.

3(1 ber Sefen gut?

Der Sefen

fejr gut.

at

biefer

$naJe

cine Eitronc ?

9lein, er tjat eine State.

3ft bas

3 ft ^

granjofen grog ?

Das
3<t,

3elt ber granjofen

ift

ftein.

aJt

i^r einen SSogel gefefjen?

fr

Wen

einen SSoget gefetyen.

LESSON Vin.

Settiou

8.

, g is pronounced hard, like jr in garden. , g when preceded by i is soft (i. e. it sounds like idj). at the beginning and middle of words, as in hand. , Sq, j} before a consonant and at the end of a word is mute,
Ij

but lengthens. the vowel of the preceding syllable. (yot ) corresponds to the English y in yea.

NOUNS IN
Obs.

ML, Elf

AND

ER.

23

I.The demonstrative

bicfer

(this), jencr (that),

and

Obs. II.

Masculine and neuter nouns ending in

add g in the genitive

the interrogative pronoun tticldjet (which), are declined like the definite article in Lesson I.
el,

Ct

and

ctt

singular. (See Decl.

I.,

p. 166.)

24

PRONUNCIATION OP

FAND

W.

Theme
Have you the hat of my
is

VIII.

father ?

good.

Is this pit (cavern) deep

The watch of this servant The fork of this king. ?

Which emperor has the watch of this collier? Is this year long ? Has the candidate of this chapel a hat ? The death of the king. Which king ? This child has a mother and a father. Which king lias seen the emperor? This Jew has seen the emperor and the king. Where is the son of this father? Which son? The cock has crowed.
Conversation.
afl bu ben Jtimig gefefyen ?

3$
SBir

$a6e ben Diener be8

MMq$

gefe^en.

a6ti$retnegute@aW? Si(l bu em 3ube ?

3(1 btefer elb ein granjofe ?

tyafcen

eme gute

Oafcel.

Stein, idj Bin ein Jpeibe (heathen) ,

Stein, biefer Jpclc
ifi

ein Seutfdjer.

3jtfcaa34rfong?
at Jenes

3a, baa 3a$r

if*

fe$r long.

mm ewe Gutter?
@o^n
btefeS SHanneS's

3ene3 flinb at

eine SRutter.

2BeId)en $atfer $a|t bu gefeijen?

3(1 }cner Sftann ein $reu(je ?

Den

^aifer ber granjofen.

tft

Stein, er

ein granjofe.

2Bo

tfl

bcr

<r ijt Ijler.

@etb

t^r

granjofm?

Stein,

ttir

fmb Sngtiinber (Eng-

lishmen).

LESSON
j, b

IX.

Sefttcm 9.
v.

has the same sound as/.

takes the place of the English

SB,

to

, b
!Der Setter,
bie SJernunft,

= F
bie SBette,

2B,UJ
)er 2Dagen,

= V
wagon

the cousin

the

reason

the wave the water

bas Saterlanb, the fatherland

berSBogel,

baa

UDaflfcr,

the bird the godfather

bas SBetter, the

ber SMflen,
ber SDinter,
tt)0,

weather

bet eoatter, ber

ber SBein,

@Hae, the slave the wine

the will the winter

fait,

where
sick
cold.

wer,

who

Irani,

"

PLCEAL OF THE CONJUNCTIVE POSSKSSIVB PRONOUNS.

25

Plural op mcin.

Nom.
Gen.
Dat. Ace.

metne
tnetner

nteinen
nteinc

= my = of my = to my = my

Obs. SBlcitt (my), bcin (thy), fcin (his), Mn (no), unfer (our), and 35' (your)) are declined hke cin in the singular. For the proper formation of the plural we declined num.

Reading Exercise IX.

2)er Sater be3 @eatter$
ift

gut.

Skterfanb meineS Dnfcfe (uncle).

Die SBernunft beS tfitfjferg. Do SBo ifl bein Hatie ? SBer Ijat
tefer
ift

ten SBagen

t>eineS

Setter?
S3o

SJiein Setter fat feinen'SBagen.

Winter
i|rer

ift feljr

fait.

>er SBitteit jeneS SOTanneg.

ift

as
ifl

22etter

an*

gene|m (agreeable) .
Wutter.

ber SSater unfereS Setters ?

grofj.

er Dnfel
Unfere
9lein,

Unfer 4pau3

ift

3fc arten
ift

tlein.

Sante (aunt) war franf.

3fl

beitt

arten grofj?

mein

arten

ift

Rein.

3ene grau (woman)

unfere Gutter.

3ft

36r

^leto neu?

Theme

IX.

The reason of our cousin is good. This water is very cold. The waves of the water. Where is the godfather of my uncle? Thy cousin has a wagon and a house. Is this weather agreeable ? Where is the slave of thy uncle. Your wagon is old (alt). Her father and your mother. His boy is my
friend (greunb).
is

This

woman

is

my

aunt

(lante).

My garden

very large.
his pencil

Has the boy

(Sleiftift).

his

pen ?

Yes, he has his pen

and

This

girl

has a flower.

Conversation.
3Bo
ift

ber SSater betner

Gutter

fir ift tjter.

3ft biefer Mitter \tfa fait ?

9Wn,

biefer

Sinter

ift

warm.

26
4>a(l

PBONUNCIATION OF
bu einen SBatcr?

F, L,

M, X, X, Q

AND

B.

3<i,

'A %<&* etaen

er
ijat

SBater

unb cine
beine;

Gutter.

at ber <3Hae ben 35ogel meines

Setters?

Sflein,

ben

25oget

Dnfefe.

2Bo

tft

bein

Hose

STOetn

Hae

if*

Iter.

S2eriatben2BagenmeineaS5aterg? er Dnfel
25aters.

fytt

ben SBagen

betnes<

at ter eatter
3Ber
ift

eine
?

Gutter?

jene

grau

3 3m 3 8*au
?

tft
if*

feine Sautter. feine 2:ante.

3ft bein 3$ater 3uaufe (at

home)

Stein, er
tdj

tft

in SBertin.

$aft bu ben Dnlel beiner Gutter 3,

gefefcen?

U6e

ben Dnlel ntelnev

gefetjen.

SJlutter in

Serlin

LESSON
??,

X.
ttt ;

Sefttott

10.

2,1; 8W,

91, it

and

J, r are

pronounced nearly as

in English.

O,
SB,

q is

always followed by u and they are pronounced to-

gether like kw.

r is shrilled

and emphasized more than in English.

raum, the dream the black-board ber Stamen, the name ber ifrtafce, the boy bie 9tyt, the ax ber 9tum, the glory bag Stab, the wheel bie -Quelle, the source (spring)
S)er
bie afel,

Xte %axk, the color

ter gtufj,

ter

the river greunb, the friend

(the) love

bie Stefce,

the falcon baa ftlett, the dress iai Srempel, the example bie Sree, the earth bie Dual, the torment ber Jpammer, the hammer
ter golfe,

rtmb,

round

angenefym, agreeable

Obs.

All masculine and neuter nouns not ending in

cr, djeu

e, cl, Clt,

and kin, form the genitive singular by adding or e, and the dative by adding c*
* See page
169,

Third Declension.

SINGULAR OF MASCULINE AND NEUTER SUBSTANTIVES.

27

28
2Bo
ift

PRONUNCIATION OF
bag Syempef ?

CB.

3d) $a6e bag grempel.

if*

3ft ber greunb beineg Setters tobt? 3a, er 3ft tie Srbe runt ?

tobt.
tft

3a,
gluffea ?
>ie

tic

rbe

grofj

unb runb.
tft

2Bo
aft

tft

Me Duette beg bu einen Zvaum

Duetle beg gtujfeg

id)

|icr.
gefyafct.

geljak?

3d,

|a6 ciwt

raum

2Ber $at ben gatf en feiner Gutter? SRein Sntber |at ben galfen feiner
SKutter.

LESSON
6!), 41

XI.

SeMon

11.

a* the beginning of a word, or when followed by g, is pronounced like t, except in compound words, where
the g is abridged from eg, especially in the genitive case.

after o, 0, U, and ou, has a guttural sound and resembles the Scotch ch in Loch.* after e, t, ct, ii, b, qu, cu, it, and the consonants is a
soft " palatal aspirate."
GJj,

K
christian

(Ij,

guttural

<Der Sfyor,

the choir

T)tt Sacf),
bie 23iid)e,

the brook the brooks

ber S|riji,;the

bag SBadjg, the

ber Dd)g, ber

wax

ber $udien,

the cake

the ox gud)g, the fox

bag Sud), the

bie Stiver,

book

bie &.tjronir,
bie 33ud;fe,
ftngt,

the chronicle the box sings

bag

Sid)t,

the books the light

bag adfe, the roof

retd),

rich

gett,

yellow

bie

^inber, the children

Reading Exercise XI.

Der S^or
grau
ift

ftngt ein Sieb

(song).

iejer

Warn
ift

ift

ein Shrift,

jene
tfl

eine Gfjriftln

(fern.).

Sag

2Bad)g

gelfc.

er

Dcfcg

* This sound cannot be dearly defined. It can only be acquired by the aid of a native teacher. In words taken from the French it retains
its

original sound

e. g.,

jarlotte

SharlSttuh.

PRONUNCIATION OP CE AND
grojj.

Jfff.

29
S^ronil gelefen
fjat eine Sitdjfe,

Der Sud)3

ift

fcraun

(brovm).

Jpafl

fr

bie

(read) ?

Site Siidjer bes 2ftdbd)en<3.

tie SBadje.

iefer 2ftamt
ift

Der

23ad),

Der $udjen
Die
ijl

grofj

unc gut.
Dnfel

afct

bas
ber

33udj

gelefen

(?-ead) ?

Sitdier telnet Dnfels.

reid),
afcer fein

Sag
ijl

Stdjt

Sampe (lamp).
Dad) beg
Jpaufes.
-

SKein Setter

gut.

5Dos

3ft baa 28ad)S geI6 ?

tab

tie

Ddjfen (the oxen,

ift

pi.) grojj ?

3ft Jene

grau

eine S^riftin ?

SKein Sruber

ein Shrift.

Theme

XI.

The children are good. Have you read the books. Is the cake good ? Yes, the cake is very good. The brook and the brooks. My uncle is a Christian, but my brother is a Frenchman. Is the wax yellow ? This fox is brown. The ox is very large. Have you read the chronicle ? I have read the chronicle and the books. Is your cousin rich ? Yes, he is very rich, but my father is poor (arm). The roof of the houses.
Conversation.
3ft 31jr Dnfel reidj?

9hin,
>ein

er

ijl

arm (poor).
ift

2Bo

ijl

meirt

Sruber

Sruber

in

ber

$ird)e

(church).
3jl ber $ud)en gut? 3ft iai 2Bad)3 getb ?

Der $ud>en ift 3a, ta<3 SBafe

3*/
gelefen?
SKetn, afcer
lefen.

fe^r gut.
ijl

gelb.

at betn SSruber
aft bu

tie 33iid)er ?

J)t lie Stiver unb tie S^rontf

mein Sruber
(them).
ftnb fe^r gut.
fyat fie

Me S^ronif

ge

2Bo fmb

bie Siidjer bes

9Rabd)enS? 3d)

ijafce fie

(Stab bie ^inber gut ?

3,

bie

^inber

LESSON Xn.

Seftion 12.
long. *

if has the sound of double I. Itg is pronounced like ng in the word

* In compound words where the n and the g belong to different word*

iaeh
letter is

pronounced separately.

'

30
is

SINOULAE OE FEMININE SOUNDS.

ff
fj

is

used in the middle of words. used as double f (not z), at the end of words and syllables, and sounds like ss (not sz).
in the cases of

Obs.Feminine nouns undergo no change

the singular.

(See Declens. IV., pp. 171, 172.)

Declension
OP FEMININE NOUNS IN THE SINGUIAB.

The

Woman
grau grau
graii

The Gun
Die
33ud)fe

The Color
Die gark
ber gar&e

The Ax
Eie
Strt

Nom
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.

)te

ber graii ber

ber 33itd)fe ber 8ud)je

tic Siidjfe

ber 2lrt
ber 2Irt
bie
aijct

ber garfce
bie

Me
0tocf,

garte
gajj,

the coat bie lode, the bell ber $ad, the pack bag 2Berf, the work

er

the barrel the ring bas 9Jleffer, the knife bte SFtiicffe^t, the return
>a3
ber Sting,
bie

bie

San!, the

bench

SKagb, the servant (fern.)

ber ber

efang, the song rojjater, the grandfather

ber ipajj ,

the hatred

grog, great'

bte ro|jmutter, bie graii,

the grandmother

lang,
tofet,

long
praises

the

woman

Reading Exercise XII.

er 9tocf metnes SSatera. )ie focte feiner Gutter. Her Sdod Cannes. T>a$ SJerl loit ben SJMjter (master). Die 33anf ijl Die DWrffefyr unferes Dnfefe. >ein 9Ung i(l flein. Her e* lang. tn af tiefea Cannes. Das gap fang tfl tjerrlid) (beautiful), Der Dtefeg 3Jteffer tjt ntd)t (not) gut. jener grau tfl grog unb gut. rofjsater unbjDte ro{jmutter tjafcen einen Jpammer unb eine Slume. Hie Wagb fyat ein gap unb ein SReffer. Sobt ber rogsater bie rojj?
jeneS

mutter ?

Stein, er

Mr unferen

(our) S3ruber unb beine SRutter.

* This

is really

compounded

of

and

i (final )

f$.

PRONUNCIATION OF PF AND PB.

31

I have not the hammer, of your father. The pack of that servant is large. The work praises the master. The bench is small. The return of thy brother. The grandfather praises the grandmother. The servant has a ring. The hatred of this woman. This knife is good, that knife is not good. The song of the servant is beautiful. That barrel is large, but this ring is small. Has the father a coat ? Yes, he has a coat.
is

Where

the

hammer

Theme XII. of my father ?

Conversation.
at
S5o
jener SDlann cinctt
ifl

$ad ?

3a,

er tjat einen

$ad

tie Sftagb ?

Die
3a,

9ftagt

ijt

in tern arten.

2Berf>at mein SMeffer ?

3jl tie 33anf lang ?

>ie rofjmutter Ijat tein SKeffer.

tie Sarit
ift )'et)r

(wry)

lang.

Soft ter SSater tie grou?

Jpat ttefe

Kent, 3fl/
(te

er

lofct

ten ropsatcr.
Ijat

grau

etttett

9ting ?

{she)

einen Sling,

2Bo

ifl

terrojj eater?

er
3a,

rojjater
fte fyat

ijt

in tern arten.

atlie9flagt eingap?

ein

gap unt einen Sling.

LESSON Xni.
$pij, lj

Seftton 13.
f.

has the sound of

It occurs mostly in

words
is

of

Greek
$Pf, Jif

origin.

are united so as to give one sound, which with compressed lips.

uttered

2)le $ljtIofot>1He,
tie eograprjte,
SltoIpJj,

Philosophy

Sutfe,

Louisa

Geography Adolphus
the post the arrow the apple

einrtdj,

Marie,

Henry Mary
Emily Lewis
Frederie

ter 9)fa#, ter

9>fcil,

Smilte,*

2uttg,
grietridj,

ter Slpfel,

tag

?)fert,

the horse

Caroline, Caroline

The i is pronounced here

like

y in Yankee, (Aymeelyuh).

32

PEOPEE NAMES.
gefyort,

as %t'Mtin, Miss
ttic
tyeifjt,

belongs
of

how is

called,

what

is

the

name

Declension of Proper Names.

Obs.

Names of persons preceded by the definite

main unchanged.

article re-

Without the article they add in the genitive g, except masculine names ending in g, jj, fdj, and feminine names ending <j, or j which take enS, in f which add n8.
Charles

PRONUNCIATION OF SOH, SP AND

57;

33

Conversation.
38o at
ift

3tjr

Sruber Subwtg

ift

in 9>ari3 (Paris).

feine

Zantt (aunt) tin 23ud5 \ 3a,

biefe

fie tjat

jmel Silver (books).'

t)etfit

Wit
at
UBo

Ijeifjt

grau

Diefe grew
9teln, cs

SKarie.

3ft e$ unfer Jpetnrid) ?

er cine

($)

ift

mcin

SSater.

eograpljie ?
33ucf)

9Mn,
Stein,

cr fyat eirte (S^rottif.

tr-ir

ijafct tfyr
ift

bas

ber Suifc ?
?

I)aBen SutfenS geber (pen).

grauletn Sutfe

graulein Sutfe ift ju ipaufe (at home)

3fl betn ruber Stbolpfy

Hem?

SRetn,

mein 33ritber Slboipty ift fe^r grojj.

LESSON
<S^,
fij

XIV.

Scftion 14.

English sh in s/wp. p, fp 1 differ from the English only at the beginning of a syllable when the sound of s approaches that of <5t, ft j sh ; i. e., shp and sht respectively ; e. g., pott, Shpo ; but
like the
Sift, as*.

ie

3lfd)e,

the ashes

)te @prad)e,
bie

the language

bag dsiff, the ship bag Senfier, the

bie @d)ule,
bte

pur, the track, trace

the passage (from the Bible)

window

ber prud?,

the school djroejrer, the sister

the brother-in-law the castle

ber pott, (the)

bie pilpe,

mockery

ber cfjroager,

the point the key the tailor

bas djlofj,
ber cfyulj, ber

ber djluffef,
ber <S$netber,

ber

the shoe 9tegen, the rain 9tegenfdrirm, the umbrella the brush
beautiful

bag djaf,. the sheep

bie

rabt, the city

bie SSiirfte,
fdj&n,

ber tocf,

ber Sleiftift,

the stick, cane the pencil

Reading Exercise XIV.

Der
cfyufy
ift

ju (too)

grcfj.

as

c^Iofj

beg $aiferi>,

SRetae

djmefter ^at eine cfcule.

beg Dfeng.

Her

Sootfe |at

er c&roager beineg DnMg. Dte 2Ifdje etn <5)tff. Der Sftegenfefjirm ijl fur (for)

34
ben 9tegen.

PRONUNCIATION OP
)te @|>ra<$e ber granjofen
ift

TH.

fet^t.

SDir a6en

Me pur
tyat

beS te6es (to/*),

er prwfy alomons (Solomon).

ptfce.
tfi

Tier pott
oleic

beg $na6en.

Ter 331eifltft tyat eine (many) djafe. Tie tabt Serlin

'iKein

Sruber

grog unb fdjon.

Theme XIV.
This cane belongs to my brother (Dot.). That house has (ter) .windows. My brother has a school. The brush belongs to my father (Dot.). We have seen (gefetyen) the thief. Thou hast a ship, but we have a sheep. The castle of the king. His sister and my mother are good. Has the tailor the coat ? No, he has the scissors. My cousin has a cane which is very beautiful. Has the pencil a point ? We have seen the castle of the emperor, it is beautiful.
four

Conversation.
Sat ber Sootfe eta <$l|f ?
3(1 ber

3a,

er Ijat ein @d)lff.

ift

tod

beines SruberS fdjon? 9tein, er

nid)t fdjon.

Sat ber

tfaifer ein

@d)Iop

3o, ber

flaifer Ijat ein

d)lof

28otjtberd)tt>agerbetne3Dnfel>5?
3ft tie tact SBerlin grojj ? 3ft biefe
SBiirftc

Sr

ift

in SSerlin.
ift

Serlin

grojj
tft

unb

fd)Bn.

gut?

SMefe Efirfte

fehr gut.

Saft bu ein d)af ?

Jpat

9tein, id) |abe ein d)iff.

bag Jpaus ein genfter ?

J5as

au3
ift

|at oier gender.

l>at

SBeldies

inb

Jjat

ben dsulj ?

TtefeS jltnb
Stein, er

ben d)u1|.

3ft tcin Sater in ber dntle ?

in ber tabt.

LESSON XV.
21),
tf\

Seftion 15.
like the simple
i,

is

pronounced
*

it

has never the

sound of
*
is

the English th.

When

in the middle or at the end of a word, the preceding vowel

lengthened.

PRONUNCIATION OF

TZ.

35
equivalent to . "*

is

compounded
to).

of

and

t,

and

is

(English Die
2fy>t,

*
Die ae, the
.

Jer Stjor,
Die SRott),

the deed the fool the need

paw

Me
ber

tfctfce,

23%

the cat the hghtning

the courage Me Slrmufy poverty

cer 9Kut|,
Her Sltijem,

Me 9Wue, the cap

the heart spring tai ofo, the gold ber 3ftonb, the moon
bas'Jpera,
tier

the breath

2enj, (the)

eitfakt^,

Ehzabeth

Me onne, the sun ate, than

Bid,

mueh

Reading Exercise XV.

)ein Sruber
ifl

Ijat eine

ein 5D?etaU (metaZ).

tfafce $at eine

Die
tjl

9M|e, mein SSater at einen Jput. Das olb te Slrmutf) ifl feine (no) djanbt (shame). ae. Der 9Konb unb Me (Sonne. 3ener Sinak
tft

ein $or.
tfi

iefe 5L|at
(ftas

beS So|ne mert|

(wor% of reward).
beine @$tt>efter

Der-

Sena

gefommen

come).
ifl

2Bo

ifl

glifafcty ?
?

9Mne

<Sd}tt>efler glifatety

in ber
er

dmle.

aft

bit

SKuty

3d)

Ija&e ein

erj unb SKutf).

at

Me

Ma& ?

Theme XV.
Has your mother gold? She has much gold and silver The sun and the moon. My sister Ehzabeth has a pencil." Mary has a cat. That man is a fool. Have you a cap ? I have a cap and a hat. The lightning. Hast thou a heart? This deed is praiseworthy (Io6enatertI)). Has
(il&er).

your father a horse ?

He

has gold.

* The t and j are compounded whenever the sound of the } is to be doubled, which must be done after evary vowel, except in compound
words.

36

accent: simple words.

Conversation.
at ber flnabe 9Rut| ajtiu cine ,Sla&e?~
djeint (shines) bie
?

3a,

er b,at

SWufy
unb.
9ftonb fdjeint.

9teln, id) ^o6e etnen

Sonne ?

Sftetn, ber

3So

ijl

feine @d>wejter glifabetf) ?

@te

tjt

in ter ct>ule.
ttiel

at 3|r
abt
if)r

SSater

ofo ?

5Kein 3$ater $at

giein, er
ijl

oft.

3ft fein Sruner einSijor?

SJluty ?

lein (no)

Zfyx.

2Dir ^aben 9Rut$.

!ftetn,

SjlbaiSOofogtfen? at er eine SWujie ?

iai oIb

tfl

ein fOletatf.
cine 9Jtit&e.

er $at einen ut unb

LESSON XVI.
Obs.
I.

Seftion

16.

On the Accent.

In German a distinction
and compound words.
rally)

is made between simple The former have (gene-

Obs. II.

or Simple words are either monosyllabic words. Obs. m. Foreign words, even when their ending
roots,

one accent, the

latter

have two or more.

deriv-

ative

is

Ger-

man, have their accent generally on the

last syllable.

a$
ta3

'Latii,

the roof

)ie grau,

the

woman

CaS Jpau?, the

.Stint,

house

ber Ttfeb,
ber
?$tujj,

the thief the river

the child

M3
ta3

gap, the barrel

bag rab, the grave

tad eer, the

(i,

army

baa orf, the village

bie 2lrt,

3$
neu,

the egg Me, I like

ber Dfftjier
tyier,

the ax (French,

officier),

the

new

war,

was

here

officer

Reading Exercise XVI.

3d) Hebe baa int.
Tiener.

Die grau

l)at cine 2frt.

er raf
tjt

Ijat

einen

Der

glujj

ifl ticf

(d"cp).

Tai orf

grog.

>aa Jpau3


accent: prefixes.
ifl fleht,

37

He aufer
eine
(eg^gfs).

ftnb grojj.

Ser ut

tft

neu,

Me

fflliij&e ifl

alt (old).

>er
bte

>iel> Ijat

2W

geftotylen (sfofen).
Ji'aifers

afi bu
ifl

eitt (i ?

3d)

litbt

filer

"Lai eer tea

^ter.

5a$ ra6 tea

)atf).

^iinigS.

2Bo

ifl

mein ^int

DtefeS Jpoui? $at ein

Theme XVI.
of the father is new. My brother has an ax. The has stolen (geftot)len) a barrel. This child has an egg, that child has a cap. Has this house a roof ? Thou hast the dog of that man. The king has an army. Here is the thief. That woman has a child, my brother has a hat. This house is new. Is your hat new ? I have an ax.

The hat

thief

Conversation.
aft bu eine
3ft
3fyi"

Sfrt ?

3d) ^afceeine
9tein,

2W unb

einen SBagen.
aber meine

ut neu

mein ut
neu.

ifl alt,

SJtufce ift

at iai lnb
S3o
ifl

ein fit ?

9?etn,

bas $inb $at einen gudjg.

ifl

bag eer bes $aifer ?

aa

eet be3 $aifer$

in $art.

ajt bu 5Bter ? (6eer)

SRein, aliet id) UeJe

tag

33ier.

Obs.

LESSON XVII. I. A derivative consists of

and
of one or

Seition

17.
syllable,

a root or principal

more

accessory syllables.

Obs.

II.

fixes.

Accessory syllables are partly prefixes, partly sufThey are unaccented and are used only in

upon which,
Obs. HI.

connection with the roots or principal syllables, in derivative words, the accent is
(i.

The prefixes

placed. *

e.

such as are placed before the

root), are: it, cmp, ent, cr, ge, Her, jcr.

* Foreign words have the accent generally on the last syllable.

38
)er SBeruf,
ber

accent: prefixes.

the calling
receipt

er

eferaud),

the use the reason

Smbfang, the reception,

tie SJcrnunft,

ber Sntfrfjlujj,
gefauft,
tterloren,

the decision

ber (Srtrag,

the result

bought
lost

angefommen, arrived
gelefen,

read
received

gefunben,

found

erl)alten,

Reading Exercise XVII.

>ie

Sernunft bea SOTannea.

tft

2>er Sntfdjlufj meinea SBrubera

tft

gut.

er
3d)

(Srtrag

serloren.
l<*& e

er fimpfang
aft bu baa

bea ^aifera.

er
ift

SBeruf jenea

Sftannea.
Ijafce

3$

baa 33ud) gelefen.

eine Gutter
(St

angefommen.
fyafcen eine

ein 33ud) gefauft.

Jpa6t
iljr

er^alten ?

2Bir

9Jtue gefauft.

baa rat bea $bntga gefunben ?

eer

at einen encral (general) erfyalten.

$fyt djwefter

ift

angefommen.

Theme
Hast thou
result of the
lost a

XVII.
of the

book ?

The reason

woman.

The

have read the chronicle. My decision is good. The reception of the general The army of the emperor has (ift) arrived. Thy brother has found a watch (U^r). His father has lost his umbrella (9tegenfd)irm). He has read it (eg). What have you received ?

day

(Jag).

We

Conversation.
Jpaben

@tc
ber

3tyr Surf) serloren?

3d) |aBe ba8 Surf) meinea Srubera

oerloren.

2Bo

ift

eneral

2)er eneral

ift

in ber tabt.

3ft ber $atfer

angefommen?

er
3a,
3d)

$aifer

ift ntrf)t

angefommen.

aft bu ben Srtrag erljalten?

SJtein 33ater tyat

fte

ben (Srtrag er^alten.

at beine
funben

djtuefter ben Jpunb ge*

?

$at ben Jpunb gefunben.

SBaa $afen ie gefauft

Jpafren

tyate eine 3lrt gefauft.

ie ben Srtef

gelefen ?

9tein, id) $afce

ben Srtef serloren.

accent: suffixes.

39

LESSON XVm.
Obs.

Scftton 18.

The
e, el,

suffixes

(i.

e.

such as are placed after the root) are:

eft, et, ig,
icfjt,

en, enb, er, erit, e,

in, ifoj, Unj, djen,

ung and
ie
ljure,

igcn.

the door

ie

SBwiit,

the lioness

iai Wlittd, the

means

Jpeinrid),
finbifd),

Henry
childish

baa 2e6en, the life

tic
ta;S

ugenb, -virtue
3' mmer , the

baa 33aumd)en, the little tree

tie 2Bo1jnung,
tie

room

the dwelling
to endeavor

bte SItern,

the parents

SBofynungen, the dwellings

te3 orfea, of
ber $ijnig,

tu

rebeft,

the village the king thou speakest

fid) fcefteijjtgen,

Wsid)*, wood-like,
er

wooden

6eM, he prays

Reading Exercise XVIII.

Die
ugenb
Sfjiire tea

aufea.

er Wlann
einen
tyat

Ijat

ein Wlitttl

(remedy).

ie
<Sie

tea .Riiniga.

Unfere Sttern fmb angefommen.

fyat

J)as SKabcben

ift tinbifdj.

Die Sotoin

%n^i gefrepn (devoured).

einen

fcefletjjigen fid),

er arten
ber Sttern.

SSaum unb
fiir

ein

Sonmdjen.
tie Sltent.

"Die

3Bo|ramgen

er
rebeft

$Bttlg fetet

(for)

er fWann
Item.

tea orfea.

on bem $aifer.

er

^iinig

Ijat

baa Siiumdjen gefauft.

einrtdj

ift

angefommen.

ie Jugenb ber

Theme XVIII.
Thou speakest of (son) the dwellings (Dot.). The king has a lioness. That woman has the means. The room of Henry.
The parents of this man. The virtue of the woman. He prays for (fiir) the girl (Ace). The boy is childish. Your parents have (fmb) arrived. Where is the room of the king ? The door of the house. The little tree of the garden. The dwelhngs of the neighbor. The result and the decision.

40

PREFIXES AND SUFFIXES.

Conversation.
Jpot 3t)r

Wlann

etnen >iener ?

at iai aua eine Sljiire ? <3inb btefe SBo^nungen ju er*

tniet^cn (for

9JMn 9Kamt at jtcei >iener. as au3 ^at cine Satire.

3a,
biefe

aBofjnmtgen

finb

ju er*

rent) ?

miettyen.

3ft baS 9Kat>$en ftntifc^ ?

3a, bas 9Jlabd)en

9ftein

ift

fe$r linbtfdj.

2Bte

Ijeijjt

3r Sruber

Sruber

ieifjt ^)cinric^.

aft bu cin

Simmer

3$

38a3

:at bie

Sijwin gefreffen ?

^afce brci Simmer, ie |at etnen #unb gefreffen.

LESSON XIX.

Seftion 19.
Suffixes.

Examples with Prefixes and

Der
Smpfiinger,

bie Srfafrung,

the recipient the experience

the experiences

gemut^Iic^,

agreeable

Derloren, lost
entfpredjcn,
bie

bteSrfatjrungen,
bie ScrftBrung,

tie

the destruction 55erunfd)ungen, the impre<Stt6er,

bie

correspond to @$ule, the school Stufgafce, the exercise

cations
tai

baS Sifen, the iron

the silver

op^ic,
tuarum,

Sophy

SUdjarb,

Eichard

why

Reading Exercise XIX.

SKeht Setter
ift

gemtitpd).

X>tcfc

@rfa$rungen entfpredjcn bet Sr*

ber
(Stabt.

fanning metnea SBaterS.

fein

te 3fiSrung

Stidjarb $at

ett

(money)
35ater

serloren.

unb bas Sitter

$ale nteinen

finb nit&ttd).

serloren.

SBarum fcetet er nidjt ? tai Sifen SBarnm finb @ie ntdjt gemittljlid) ? 3d) er Smpfanger be8 titers. T:te
ift

dntle
tft

ift

grofj.

^raulein

o^te

angefommen.

SDtetne

Srfafrung
"a3

traurlg (sad).
ift

"Die 3Seroiinfd;ungen

unb

bie

grfa|rungen.

gifen

ein

9Mafl.

3ft 9Ud)arb nld)t (not) in ber (at) dptle ?

accent: compound words.

41

Theire XIX.
"Why are you not agreeable ? Is Miss Sophy your sister ? Miss Sophy is my aunt, and Richard is my brother. Hast thou silver? No, I have iron. Have you learned (gelernt) the exercise ? My uncle has lost his lioness. The recipient of the silver. His experience is sad (traurig). His brother Eichard is childish. The little tree of the garden. The
decision of

my

cousin.

My

brother has read the books.

Eichard has learned the

exercise.

Conversation.
SBarum
S3o at
iji

tft

er nidjt gemufljftd)?

ber Smpfiinger be3 <3iI6er3 ?

tic

3ttlegun$

ftattgefunben

Sr ^at feitt efo yerloren. gr ift in Sonbon. ic 3crlcgung f)at ftattgefunben.

(taken place) ?

SGavuru Mft bu traurig ?

3ft 3t)r Srater 3ttdjarb ju aufe ?

3$

^U

meiite
efcen

Gutter
(just

ttertoren.

Sfttdjarb

tft

now) an?

gefommen.
Jpat opljie
icl

oft unb

<3ifijer ?

o&tyte $at Bid ifen.

3<*, er

&at

er rie Slufga&e gelernt ?

^ Me

2lufga6e gelernt.

3ft ber Smpfanger gemiitljucf) ?

Sr

iji fefy:

(very) gemittpd).

LESSON XX.
Obs.

Scfttott

20,

Thers

are a great many compound words which have an accent on each of the components. *

Der
ber

2lnfang,

the beginning

)ie greu)ett, liberty

tai autreort, the substantive ber 3ungltng, the

youth

Santmann, the peasant

bie greunbfdjaft,

friendship

ber Sfttttag,

noon
the news

ba gebermeffer, the pen-knife

ber 9tegen6ogen,

bie 9tad)rid)t,

the rainbow

* The first, however, is the strongest. Compound particles have only one accent, which is placed on the second syllable e. g., umfjerge^ett. For other rules see the Lessons on Compound Verbs, p. 182, sq.
;

42
ber

accent: compound words

ingang, the entrance
ber 9teict)tljum, riches
offen,

immer, always
fcrttg,

open
lazy

Itebt,

loves

ebenfo

ready
al$,

trage,

as

as

fWfHg, diligent

Reading Exercise XX.

er Slnfang ift er Siingltng Itebt
fdjtrm.
meffer.
fertig.
fcfjmer (difficult).

tie gretyett.

$)er SReic^t^um

bee

er 3tegenbogen tft ^errlicfj. er Sancmann |at eineit Sftegeit* Cannes, er itnabe fyat ein getters

er Sanbmann

brtngt (brings) bie SRadjricfy.

ift

34 Hn
ift

!Da3 genfter bee aufe3

offen.
ift

3ier ^nobe
grojj

immer immer
Sift bu

trage.

^)er atetcfytljum meines SBaters

ebenfo

ati ber SReid)s

tfyum bes

Sanimannea.

3ee3 <>U3

einen Singang.

ebenfo g.ofj ali bein

ruber?

Theme XX.
It is noon. The youth brings the news of the village. The beginning is always difficult. Riches is a substantive. The peasant has a penknife. The friendship of the youth. The liberty of the child. The entrance of the house is always open. Are you lazy? We are not ready. My sister

Every beginning is difficult. Is is as large as your mother. he as diligent as your cousin ? No, he is very lazy. Has this house an entrance? This youth is as white as the son of our neighbor.

Conversation.
Sringt ber Sanbmann
Die 9tadjrid)t ?
be<3

3a,

er bringt bie 5ftac(}rid)t.

ift

2Bo

ift

ber Sungting

orfeS

@r

in ber c^ule (Dot.) .

at ber $nabe

etn getermeffer ?

Stein, ber

Sungling

kt

fein

ge*

bermeffer.

3ft ber Singeing offen ?

Ift

er (Singang
Rein,
tcb,

ift

immer

offen.

bu

fefjr

trage?

bin

fletfjig.
ift tyerrlid).

3ft ber SRegenbogen fd)on ?

>er SRegenbogen

COMPARATIVE DEGKEE.

43

LESSON XXI.
Obs.

Seftion 21.

Adjectives
vowels
old

by the addition
o, 0, U,

form their comparative as in English, i. e. of cr, and generally modify the radical
of monosyllables into
9tei<$,
Weifj,
ii,

c, it-*

3t,
grofj,

rich

great

white
beautiful, pretty

frud)tbar, fertile
flarf,

fd)Bn,
gelb,

strong
difficult

yellow

fdjroer,

fd)tt>ad),
leicfet,

weak
useful

arm, poor
jurtg,

easy

young
diligent

niii|3lid>,

fteijjtg,

IteknSrouriig,
rait,
fyod),

amiable

ber Dfyeim,
tie
tier

the uncle

cold

ante, the
filler,

aunt

high

the pupil

tt,n,

him
Sir

fennert <3ie,

do you know ?

meirt err,

Reading Exercise
tfe

XXL
Sftabdjen
afe ber
tft

grou
tft

ift alt,

ber Sftann

ift

alter.
iji

Sas

grojj, ber

Stmbt
Drtfel

grofjer.

Detn arten
iji

frud)t6arer

arten beuteg
tft

Setters.
ift

Siefe Stufgaie

fd)tr>erer.

2Mne
etnen

Sante
fdjweren
3ft
fcetrt

arm,

fetn

armer.

!Der

3iingltng

Ijat

5>ad.

er
Mft
tft tft

Cantmann ^at einen f^roererert (Ace.) 5)acE. ali unjer D^etm ? 5J?arie iji fleifjtg, Sophie
fdroad),
id)

SBater jiinger

i(t ffeif tger.

tu
S3

but

fdjmadjer.
ift

Diefe Slufgabe

ift

fctoewr, aBer jene

nu&ftckr.
tatter.

"Lai griiuletn

ItebenSttiurbtger

ali ble SSJtagb.

Theme XXI.
Are you younger or older than Mary ? I
lincle is richer
*

am
is

older.

Thy

than

my cousin.
is
fceffer,

His father
and of
tyfy,

stronger than
For exceptions,

The comparative

of gut

pfer.

see p. 177.


44 MALE AND FEMALE APPELLATIONS.

your brother.

Do you know
ger)

his uncle ?

Is Miss Louisa prettier than Miss Caroline ? This pupil is more diligent (fletjjl*

This paper (papier) is whiter, that book is better (iepr). This exercise is more useful (ntijltdjer) than that exercise. Henry is weak, Adolph is weaker.

than your cousin.

Conversation.
3ft ber

unb

efcenfo

grojj

ali baS

SReitt, Tiai

$ferb

tjl

grower.

9>fert> ?

3ft 31j" Sdjwefter jitnger ali <5ie ? 3|i ber

9iein, id)

Hn

siel alter.

2Katm

ftarfer ate ber

^nabc

)er

'Slam ift ftarfer ofe ber ftnafce

tjt

3fi Smitie fd)road)er~ate SWarie ?

9flarie

ftarfer
ift

oU

fimllie.

3(1 baa olt foft&arer ate baa Stfen ?

as (Mb

iel foftbarer.

2Ser

ifl

reiser

aU metn

SSater ?

ettt Dnfel

ijl

reiser.

LESSON XXn.
Obs.
I.

Scftion 22.

Many

appellations of male individuals form their

female appellations by adding the syllable in (similar to ess in English), and, if monosyllables, modify
,

the vowel.

Obs. II.

If the

masculine form ends in omitted

e,

this letter is

Masculine.
)er $onig,
ter greunD,

Feminine. ie ^Bntgin, the queen bte greunbin, the friend

tic riifin,
bte Prftitt,

the king

ber raf,
bergiirft,

the friend the count

1

the countess
1
J

tne

,,

ber Drlna, ] ber 9lad;6ar, ber dtiiler, ber

prmce

tie Drlitgeflta,

the ra-incss me P" 5688

ber

the neighbor the pupil, scholar Sngldnter, the Englishman 3Mer, the painter the artist

tie !ftad)6artn, bie djiitertrt,

bie

the neighbor the pupil Sngldnbertn, the English lady the painter
Mnftterin, the artist

bie SJJnterin,
tie

ber Jftinftler,

MALE AND FEMALE APPELLATIONS.

tier

45

$odj, the

cook

bie $&d)ttt, bie StufPn, bie

the Russian ber o^anjofe, the Frenchman 3d) fc^e, I see

ber 9tuf[e,
and),

the cook the Russian lady granjoftn, the French lady

after,

but

also

nod;, still

Reading Exercise XXII.

3d) fjak ben $i>ntg unb bic $ontgin
3tujfe, after
id)

gefeljen.

er $od)
.

ijl

cin

bie

$od)ht

ijl

eine grangoftn.

Sijl

bu ein raf ?

Stein,

Bin eine rafin.

9lad)ftartn

3(1 beiite greuntin eine djulerin beineS SSaterS?

Die
after

bes

9Mers

ijl

aud) eine Muffin.

!Die ilunflterin
ijl

Die

$rinjc|fin |at

einen greunb unb eine greunbin.

ber

eine nglanberin,

Mnfller
3d)
fe^e

ijl

ein Snglanber.

|ajl ben
c)at

raf

gefeljen, after

id; Ijafte

ben $atjer gefe^en.

SCietn

Sruber $art
ijl

aud) bie ^aijerin

25a*

gefefyen. ter
ijl

Subwig.

Snifend SSater
ijl

reid), after 9ttarieni3

retdjer.

Sie 9Mertn

eine (Sngtanberin.

Mr

fyaften

aud)

eine $od)tn.

Theme
;

XXII.

They have a cook (masc.) we have also a cook {fern.). The Russian has a friend (fern..). The artist {fern.) is an English lady. I see the prince and the princess. The count has lost his friend {fern.). The neighbor (masc.) has a cook The painter (masc.) is a Frenchman, but the artist (fern.). My brother is a scholar, and my (fern.) is an English lady. sister is a scholar. The queen is richer than the countess, and the count is poorer than the artist. This garden is much
larger than the garden of

my

neighbor

(fern.).

Conversation.
Jpaflbuben^aifergefe^en?
3ft ber $ijntg reidjer afe ber
'

3d)

|afte bie

^aiferin gefeften.

raf? Die$ontgmiflreid)erat3ber@raf.
9tein,meine 9Jtotter tjat eine tfodjln.
Stein, ber ^unjlter
ijl

at beine flutter einen $odj ?

3(1 ber Stimflter ein fingtanber ?

ein grangofe.

46
$ot
fete

SUPERLATIVE DEGREE: PREDICATIVE FORM.

rafin cin
<3cf}Io(j

{castle)S

3a,

tie

raftn ^at cut @$o|j.

3(1 beine greunbin cine djulerta ?

33ifl feu

@te iftbte djulertnbeineS D$etm$.

9tetn, i<$ bin eine SJlaterin.

ein SWale r ?

abt i$r ten Stafien gefefcn ?

3B:r

}cSm We

Sftufjln gefeljen.

LESSON XXm.
Obs.
I.

Scftiott

23.
"When
aftei'

The superlative degree has two forms.

(j, g,

Obs. IT.

the noun it is called the predicative form, which takes the termination jfrn, and is preceded by am/Adjectives ending in t), t, or in a hissing sound
\\, fe,

fdj)

insert

before ften

om

{ojUttjteften

(the worst).

S)a3 djaf, the

sheep

bequem, comfortable
rutytg,

Die $i$, the cow getjorfam, obedient

gefc^icft,

quiet
just

clever

geredjt,
foftbar,

fWfjig, diligent
^art,

precious

hard
writes

was,

what ?

fdjretbt,

Reading Exercise XXIII.

Dai fen
licfyten.
ift

nufclid),

baa Slei

tft

nu|Iic^er,

bas ilber

ift

am

n%
er
ift

3(1 baa $>ferb ebenfo grojj aid

ift

Me Su?
ifl

>le Jhtty

ift

fleiner,

ber Jpunb

am

Hetnften.

Setter iUtann
ift

am

ret^ften,

benn

am

jufriefeenften.
ift

et 5Jlann

gut,
ift

metne d}efter

ift beffer, ift

meine

gjlutter

am

beften.
ift

Sener Sding

am

foftbarften, er
ift

on o!b.

Etefes <5*tojJ

W, jenes aus
Der

ift

$B$er, ber SBerg

Siftenfcij tft

am Wften.

2er

ift

am

reid)ften?

aufrlebene

am

reidsften.

Theme
;

XXIII.
;

is

That sheep is useful this horse is more useful our cow the most useful. (The) iron is precious silver is more
;

* Except

gut,

which

is

am

ieflen.

For exceptions,

see p. 177.

THE PBEFIX
precious
;

UN.

47
is

house

is

gold is the most precious. Our tree higher this church is the highest.
;

high

that
the

Who

is

poorest ?

Who

is

the richest

Wh#t

is

(the) best ?

wine

is

the strongest.
the best.
is

writes

Mary writes (the) worst. Which metal is the hardest? A pen

better,

This Louisa
is

good, a pencil

a book

is

the best.

Art thou

happier than

my cousin ?
Conversation.

SMfya
3fl ber

WlttaU

tfl

om

^rtejien ?

&er

<3te&l

ifl

am

^iirteftm.

unb
SRont

etenfo ttufcltd)

aU
?

9ltm, bas $ferb

ifl

am

tu$lt(i)jfcn.

ta3
3ft ber

9>fert) ?

gr&fjer ali Die

Srbe

5letn,bie
ift

Srbe

ift

grBfjer, bte

(Sonne

om

griifjten.
ifl

SBelc^er

Wlann
ntctjt

tfl

om

reidjfien ?

erjufriebene 9Kann
grfltnb
ifl

om retcfjften.
fo

Sift

bit

fo

glMld}

afe bein SJlein

nic^t

gIMt4
mcine

greunb

ate id).

3ft beine djwefter efcenfo gut afe 9Jletne

bein

djmefter
ift

ift

fceffer,

Sruber?

Gutter
ift

am

fceften.

ffiertjlprler,grtebrtd)cber^arf? flarl
3ft bie

om
tfl

prlflcn.
tletncr,

$4

efcenfo grofj

ati boa 9<tetn,

tfl

fie

unb bcr unb

bcr 33erg

9>ferD?

3ft biefes

ou3

efeenfo

pdj

als ber

Soum?

am Iteittflcn. >er Soum ifl P$er, am ^micn.

ift

LESSON XXIV.
Obs.
tive

Scftiott 24.
in English expressed

Many adjectives take the prefix un, to express a negameaning, which

is

by

un,

dis, in, etc.

glMtd),
gefdjttft,

happy
skillful

unglu'cflid),

wrahappy

ungcf^idt, wnskillful

fru^tkr, fruitful (fertile) Bequem, comfortable

wtljtg,

unfrudjtkr, wnfruitful (infertile)

tm&equem, WBcomfortable
unrufyig,

quiet

wnquiet

48
jufrietcn,

THE PKEJTX
contented obedient
m

UN.

unjufriebcn,

geljorfam,

ungefyorfam,

discontented disobedient

aufmerffam, attentive
gereefy,

unaufmerffam, inattentive
ungered)t,

just

unjust

^Bflid), polite
artig,

un^bfli4 impolite
unartig,

courteous.

naughty

Reading Exercise XXIV.

@te
ifl

getyorfam, cr

ifl feljr

ungeljorfam.

2Btr

finfc

glMid),
ifl
ijl

f!e

fint

unglMid}.
unartiger

Sftarie 3f* einrtd) fteifjiger alt SJtarie? Gr <d$ einrid). 3ft Suifens SBater tyBflicb, ?
ifl unl)ijfltcr>er.

trage

mi

unljiifKdj,

a&er afttdjarts SSruber

Smtlic

ifl

aufmcrffamer aid i^rc

djwefler.
fcfytdt.

Diefer

SKamt
ifl

ifl fetjr gefctyicft,

aBer tie
ifl

grau

ifl fefyr

unge*
tefes

Die $Bd)tn
ijl

ipaus

Rofy unBequem, tag auS fetneS Dtyeims

jje^orfam,
tier

ungefyorfam.

ifl fefyr

Bequem.

^orl

ifl

immer aufmerffam,

a&er fetn SBruber 9to6ert

tft

immer unaufmerffam.

Theme XXIV.
He
is attentive,

she

is

very inattentive.

Do you know my

pupil Eobert? Is he as obedient as Frederic? No, he is very disobedient, but his sister is diligent. This boy is very

very unskillful. Is this land (Sanb) ferbut my garden is the most inThe king is unjust, but the queen is just, and the fertile. This boy is always lazy. Charles empress is the most just. Are you feeble ? I am strong. is as large as Sophy.
skillful,

that

man

is

tile ?

It is very unfruitful,

Conversation.
3ft fcin SruDer unge^orfam?
SBelcfyer

9Jein, er

ifl

gefyorfam unfc

fletfjig.
ifl

^btiig

tjl

am

geredjtejfcn ?

S)er

^omg
ifl

son

)reufjen

am
afo

gerecfyteflen.

3fl Smtlte

unaufmerffam?

<3ie

ebenfo

unaufmerffam

2Jkrie.

3Md)er
3ft

%nn

tfl

geftycft ? ?

lefer SUtann

ifl

ungefcfjtdt.

3^

aus Bequem

5Wein au<3

ifl fefyr

unBequem.

POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS.
3(1 etnri$a Zaatt ^&fH<$ ?

49

@le

tft

fe$r un^bfli*.
ift

3(1 fein atten frudjt&ar ?

Sifl

etn Sant
SRetn,

frudjtbar.
id)

lu e&enfo

fleifjig

als Caroline ?

mem

#err,

iin faui.

.I

LESSON XXV.
Obs.

Scftton 25.

Possessive Pronouns.

Besides the conjunctive form of the possessive pronoun

an absolute form, which used when a possessive pronoun is not immediately connected with a noun, but simply refers to a substantive already mentioned, or understood. "When this form is used without the article, it takes the ending
(pp. 18, 23, 25), there is also
is

of the (wanting) article, viz.: tx (masc),

(neut.)
;

(fern.), cS

e.

g.,

meiner, teinc,

feitteg

(comp.

toiefer

under

Declension of the Def. Article, on p. 13). Accompanied by the article the absolute possessive pronoun generally inserts tg between the root and the ending, which is e in the nominative sing., and en in all other cases, except the accusative sing, feminine and neuter
(always like the nominative).
Singular.

Plural.

Masc.
bcr

Fern.

Neuter.

for all genders.

tie

meine or (igc) tiemeln(ig)e tai mein(ig)e

(tge) blebein(ig)e
toos betit(ig)e

metn (ig) en,

mine
thine
his

or ter feme or ter t$re or

terteine
ter, tie,
ter, tie,
ter, lie,

tie betn(ig)en,

(tge) tie fein(ig)e

ta3 fem(ig)e
bfl8

tie fein(ig)en,
bie

(tge)

We %(ig)e
;

Wfl) e

^Ws)!

hers

tas unfr(ig)e

plural, tie unfr(ig)en,

bad 3$r(ig)e or eurtge; plural, tie

ba3
i^tr(ig)e;

3^( { S) C,
paper

ours yours
theirs

plural, tie tfyr(lg)en,

>a fapter, the
tie Ufyr,

er artner, the gardner ter Srtef, the letter

tie Santpe,

the lamp

ber

the watch omtenfcfjlrm, the parasol

er^alten,

received

tueternod),

neithernor

jeriwdjen,

broken

genommen, taken

50

POSSESSIVE PBONOUNS.

Reading Exercise XXV.

3ft

3|r artcn

ebenfo

grog ati ber meinige

fir ift ebenfo grofj

afeter3^rige.
<5ie
ift

3(1 2uifen3 rojjmutter ebenfo

alt

ati
fo

tte

3^ige?

otter ati tie meinige.

ijt

9JMn ut
fte

ift

nid)t

gut ati ber teU

<5ie fint nictt
gliicflidjer ati

nige; benn ter teinige

fo reid)

neu; aber ter meinige

aber

ift alt.

ati imfer

Sta^ar^

fine jufrtetener

unt

er.

Staxl Ijat fein 33ud)

unt lai meinige serloren.

feinige
er

2Bir ^aben tit

geber bee Severs

fDteffer

unb We
Stein,
ift

gefunlen.
ityrige

genommen?

|at baS

at ber $nabe mein genommen. iefe

$ferb

ift

nid)t mein, too

iai feinige?

Theme XXV.
-Is

that house yours?

Yes,

it is

is

larger than yours.

My brother is

mine. It is very large; it not so diligent as yours,

but he is older. Your garden is prettier than mine. He has lost his pencil and mine. Charles has broken his watch
Frederic bought a stick? This penHis horse is younger than yours, hers is the youngest. Have you my parasol ? No, I have hers. He has found neither his penknife nor mine.
knife is not so pretty as thine.

and mine.

Why has

Conversation.
3ft btefeS

$ apier

gut ?

Stein,

baS unfrige

ift beffer.

2Do

ift

3f)r

o^n ?
fleijjig

3ft er ebenfo 3ft

ati ber meinige ?

3^r arten
bie

ebenfo grojj ati ber

6r @r r

ift.in ber cfeule.

ift fleljjiger ift

al$ ber 3rige.

grofjer als ber 3$rige.

meinige?

pat
at

riifm meinen

SBrief

er*

ie $at
fatten.
(r

3fyren

33rief

nid)t

er*

fatten?
er etnen Sfttog ober eine Utyr ?

at meter eine U$r nod) ainen

SRing.

aCarum $at ber iener mein SKeffer genommen ?

at ber $nabe bas lai jerbrodjen
?

$at ti nicbt

genommen.

gr at

nid)t

bat las5 aerbrodjen,

er |at

ben Spiegel jerbrodjen.

IMPERFECT TENSE OF

feitt.

51

LESSON XXVI.
3d) war, I
1

Seftion 26.
feitt.

Imperfect Tense of

was

wir waren,
ifcr '

we were
)

bu warft, thou wasi

;

waret, '

er
jtc

war,

he was
she
(it)

you were

(es) iar,

was

@te waren, ) jte waren, they were

!Der Sinter,
ber

er Spiegel, the looking-glass ber SKantet, the cloak in granffurt, in or at Frankfort

treu, faithful
tf)euer,

the (man-) servant $aufmann, the merchant

this

biefen SJtorgen,
iaerfauft,
eitt

morning

sold

dear
well

wenig,

wofyl,

i$m,him

unwo'&J,

a little unwell

Reading Exercise
3dj war
gen.
treu,

X XVI.

bu warjt unartig.
fc^r

fir

@ie war
-nidjt
fo

franf.

2Bir

war fetyr unwofl biefen 9Kor* waren ein wenig unartig. 3^

rofjsater unb bie rojjmutter
ijl

waret

^ijflid)

ate

wtr.

er

waren in granffurt.
2)ein Jpunt
Stein, er
biefen
ijl

9Jletn SKantel

eknfo t^euer ati ber S^rige.

treuer

ali ber

meinige.

SBar .Rart in grantfurt?

SBaren @te
nid)t 3U ipaufe; id)

war in Sonbon.

SKein SSater war mit i^m.

9lein, id)

SWorgen ju aufe?

war

war in

ber ^irdje.

Der

(Spiegel

war

jer&rocfyen.

Theme XXVI.
He was very little naughty. not so attentive as they. You were always very faithful They were very dear. Is Charles here ? No, Sir, he was here this morning, but he is in Frankfort now. They were not always contented. Who was with her (i$r) ? Her sister was with her. That child was not very polite. It was a little naughty. The merchant had (war) arrived.
I was lazy.

Thou wast a

sick.

We were

52

DECLENSION OP ADJECTIVES.

Conversation.
SBar ber SWantel t"euer? &aben ie i$n serfauft ?

3a,

er

war

tljeurer ati ber

3fy%.

9lein, idj

tyafce

iim serforen.

2Bo war betn D|eim SBarjtbu unwell?

2Daren
nid)t in ber

3a,
? ?

SBaren ie immer jufrteben

fie

Sr war in granffurt. id) war ein wenig unwoM. 3Btr waren nid)t immer jufrieben.
fie

djufe

9tetn,

waren ju aufe.

a6en te einen Srief

erfyalten ?

SKein, wir

|akn
war

feinen Srief er*

fatten.

SCcr $at ten Spiegel jer&rodjen?

33er piegel

jerfcrodjen.

a&en ie einen
einen

fftegenfefyirm ober

3d)

tyafce

weber einen 0tegenfd)irm

tod genommen?

nod) einen

tod genommen.

LESSON XXVn.

Zeftion 27.

Declension of Adjectives,
PRECEDED BY THE DEFINITE ARTICLE.
Obs.

The

adjective,

when preceded by
or writer,
is

the definite

article,

or by

biefer, jener

subject to the

same

rule

as the possessive pronoun.

See Lesson

XXV, Ob-

servation

I.

Masc. Sing.

Fern. Sing.

Neuter Sing.

Nom.
Gen.
Dat. Ace.

er
bem

alte Srief

Die gutc Sampe

ber gutcn ber
bie

as

fdjonc fapier

be3 altcn 33rlefes

often Sriefe

ben altcn Srief

Sampe gutcn Sampe gutc Sampe

be3 fibncn Rapiers

bem fdjbncn papier

ba3 fdjbnc papier

Plural.

Sing, with

e I d) e i.

Nom.
Gen.
Dat. Ace.

!Die treucn

Diener
tener

2Md)e neuc Jpaus

weld)e3

ber treucn

neuen aufe3

ben treucn
bie

tenem

weldjem neucn &aufe

weldies neuc

treucn Diener

au3

DECLENSION OF ADJECTIVES.

53

Die

Sfofdje,

the bottle

StoS Dorf, the village

ber 2trjt,
tier

bie SBrieftafcfye,

the portfolio

the physician

bad Srob, the

long,

bread

Sifd),
fe$e,

the table I see

long

3d)

Reading Exercise XXVII.

>er faule iener ^at
Srieftafdje er|a(ten.

Me

gtafcfje

jerbrodjen.

$)er Strjt |at

eine

>te treue djwejler ^at bad alte

Sud).

9Mn
tyat

Dfyetm
gute

Ijat

bad

alte

aud

tiertauft.

Die aufmerffame SJtagb

Itebt

tie

Sampe

3erbrod)en.

Die

alte Sautter

tijren fletjjigen

ofn.
grojjen
ift

SBir tyaben bad grofje ipaud erfauft.

aben @ie aud) unfent

tfjn

arten sertauft?
weipe 33rob ?

9lein,
tft

td)

^abe

ntd)t

serfauft.

3Bo

bad

ier

ed.

3$

^abe meinett goltenen 3ttng erfauft.

Theme XXVII.
Our teacher
is

praises

(lobt)

this diligent girl (ace).

Where

the good father ?

bought the faithful Have you found the gold(en) (ace.) ring ? No, Sir, but I have bought it (tf)n). Hast thou received the key (ace.) ? Yes, Sir, I have received I see the it (ifyn). This new hat of thy cousin is very large.
little

The good father is in dog (ace.) of the friend.

Berlin.

We have

village.

Have you read

my

long letter?

Who

has

bought the gold(en) ring?

Conversation.
SBo
ijt

bad gute meijje 23rob ?

SBir

bm

fein guted

Srob.*

ajt bu ctnen goltenett 9ttng ge=

9lein, id) t)abe einen gefauft.

funben ?

aben

<Sie aud) ten grofjen

arten

Stein, id) f^aU

ityn nicf)t

gefauft,

gefauft ?

fonbern (but) tietlauft.

Bennett <3ie biefe alte S^au?

3d) faine

ffe

wi^t, aber

id)

fenne

ieitm alten SKann.

2Bo

ifl

ber treue

unb bed artnerd ?

er

gute .SSater

b,at iljn

gelauft.

* For the inflection of adjectives preceded \>j

fein

Bee Less. 29.

54
!pat

SUPERLATIVE DEGREE
ber

'.

ATTRIBUTIVE FORM.
SKetn, Die gute cbwejter $at betn
SDteffer

$na6e mcln
bie

9Jtef[er

ge*

nommen ?
at Die 9Kagb

genommen.
unoufmerlfame Diener
gtafdje jerbrodjen.
ifl feljr

Sampe jerfcrocfjen %

Stein, ber

fyat tie weifje

3ftbtefe3 2)0rffe$rgrof!?

9iein, btefeS

orf

flein.

LESSON XXVUI.
Obs.

Section

28

Second Form of the Superlative.

The

second form of adjectives in the superlative de-

gree is the attributive form which takes jtc only, and is declined like other adjectives, preceded by the definite
article.

It is

understood.

used only when a noun follows or See Obs. Lessons XXV and XXVII.

is

ADJECTIVES IN THEIR THREE DEGREES.

Positive.
(tar!,

Comparative.
ftarfcr ler, tie,
ber, fie, ber, bie, ber, bie,

Superlative.

bas

ftarfftj,

or
or or

am
arti

fiarcften

strong
beautiful

fd)Bn,
alt,

fdiBncr
alter

iai
bas

fdjbnflc,
iilteftc
,

fd)Bnften
iifteften

am

old

gut, (irreg.) Jcffer

bag f efic,

or am

beflen

good

Die Slufgabe, the exercise

bie Arbeit,

the

work

ber 9teffe,

Die Wdjte, the niece the nephew the hero

ber ut, ber 2lrjt, ber

the bonnet, hat

ber eto,

the physician tiefel, the boot

bag Dorf, the village bag Srob, the

jerrtffen,

bread

golben,

golden (gold)

torn

Reading Exercise XXVIII.

Der
ift

<Star/l Ifl

baa prteffe, bas Stei

ifl

bas ft^wcrfle detail,

etn*

rid) ift ber fleifjlgfte

unb

rJefle

emitter.

3(t Suife aufmerffam ?

ift

@ie
ifl

bas aufmerffamfte 9Mbd)en.

J)er Jpelb

ftarf,

mein

DnM

DEGREES OF ADJECTIVES.
ftarfer,

55
cine
tic
9tid)te
ijt

aber

feitt

9la^bar

ijt

ber

fliirffle

SRann.
ifi

baa

fd)bnf*e

5Mbd)en

in granffurt.

>te Slufgabe

fcftroerfie

2trbett.

aben te etwas erloren?

2)ein SReffe |at ben langjlen
neuejien
3b,re

3d)

^ciBe

meinen

beften

ut

scrloreu.

tod genommen.
grijften

3$
unb

?Rid)te b,at

ten

ut

gefouft.

ie $aben ben

fd)bn|ren

arten.

Sante

tjat

$a$

tfyeuerfte .SleiD.

Theme XXVIII.
The best
gent
girl,

bread.

The whitest

Charles, the

that girl ?

the largest garden. She is the youngest daughter of his uncle.

rose. Mary is the most dilimost attentive boy. They have bought I have taken the longest stick. Who is

This

female servant has broken the finest glass. Do you know the (The) lead is the heaviest best man? Yes, I know him. metal. Nelson was the most celebrated English hero.

Conversation.
aben te ken
fe^en ?
tybdjjten SBerg

ge* SDtetne Sautter

gefetyen.

fyat

ben

t)bd)ften

Serg

SBeldjes*
2Beld)e3

tft

btefdjbnfte

tfl

ber

fletfjigfte
tft

grau ? ^naBe

eine ante
?

tft
tft

bie fcfjBnjte

grau.

Unfer Sruber

ber

fletfjigfte

^nabe.
SMamt.

S3eld)er

Warm

am

ftarfften ?

SKein ftafybax

tfl

ber ftdrf jie

aft bu ein 33udj gelefen ?

3d?

fy6*

baS

befte 33ud) gelefen.

2Ber|atbenbejtentocf jerbrodjen?

2>er Diener

fyat tljn

jerbrodjen.

^aben'Sie ttwas serloren ?

4>afl

3d) lobe metne 3d)

befte

geter serloren.

bu

eine 5Ktd)te?

ijabt bie Befie SRttfcte.

'

<

LESSON XXIX
'Obs.

Seftton 29.

Adjectives preceded by the Indefinite Article.

An

adjective,

when preceded by the

indefinite article,

or by a conjunctive possessive pronoun (metn, bein, fein, %, unfer, 3^r, ti)r), or by fein(no), takes, in the nominative singular, the terminations cr (masc), t(fem.),

and c

(neut.).

* For this use of

tttfc&tS

see p. 194, 103.

56

ADJECTIVES PRECEDED BY THE INDEFINITE ARTICLE.

In

all

other cases

it

of the feminine
native.

and

neater,

takes en, except the accusative which ends like the nomi-

EXAMPLES.
Masculine.

Feminine.
tint gutc
eitter

Neuter.
tin

Nom.
Gen.
Dat. Ace.
(Sin

tin gutre

Warm

3mu

MntS

ftinb

etnes gutcn SJtanneS

guten Srou gutcn %tau

eines fleinen Miritei

einem guten SDlanne

einen

eincr

einem Heinen $tnfce

ein HeincS Mirii

gutm SKann

eine gute

%tau

has no plural, but with

meitt, bent, fein, JC,

jective is declined, taking the

ending

en,

the adaccording to the

Observation of this Lesson.

2)er d)ub,mad)er,

ber 9tb,ein,
fcer glufj,

the shoemaker the Rhine

fojtbar,
fdjarf,
breit,
Ileb,

precious sharp

the river

broad
dear

nadjt&fjlg,
gefd)rieben,

neghgent
written

gemadjt,

made
English

gejlem,

yesterday
celebrated

6toa3, anything, something

englifd),
tcutfd),

berittymt,

angenefcm, agreeable

German

Reading Exercise XXIX.

Unjer 9tad)bar
ijt

ein guter

Wlarm.

Sure 9tad)barln

ijt

eine fdjledjte
ijt

grau.

<3ein djufymadjer

ijt

ein junger
ijt

Wlann.
alter

Qai oft
9Wamt.

ein

fofibares SWetafl.

3^r roj#ater
Vfyt

ein guter

aben

@ie

nteine gofoene
Jpier
ijt

tterloren ?
3)fert>.

abt

ib,r

einen langen Srief gr*

fciefen reidjeit

fdsrteben ?

ein altei

$ennen ie
nod) jenen

3d) fenne weber

unfere 9?id)te

fctefen

reidjen SJlann

Wtann ? armen Wann. $at

fle

einen langen Srief gefdjrieben?

3,

at einen fe^r

langen SSrief gefebrieben.

Theme XXIX.
Tour neighbor has a
(breit)

large garden.

The Rhine

is

river.

Who has

a broad

taken

my

sharp knife ?

I have taken

THE ENGLISH AUXILIAET TO

DO.

57

neither your sharp knife, nor his long stick

horse.

We have seen our good king.

gold watch ? That old man likes his has bought a young horse. (The) silver is a precious metal. My dear sister has received a beautiful dress. The rose is
a beautiful flower.

Here is his old Have you lost your faithful dog. The count

You

are the oldest

tailor.

Conversation.
at
ber

raf

eta neues fyavti ge*

9iein, er |at eta neueg JpauS er*

fauft.

lauft ?

ipaben <8te eta altti $ferb ?

SBtr 6,aben eta altes unb eta junges

fferb.

3ft betae rojjmutter etae alte %cav8

Jpat
iljr

@te

ift

etae

feb,r

atte

grau.

9tad)bar einen arten ?

Sr

fc,at

etaen grojjen arten.

3(1 ta3 (Sifter eta WlttaU %

Daa ilber ift eta foftbares 9KetaB.

5Rein,
tdj

aben @te 3$re golbene

loreit ?

Utyr er*

|abe

meineit

golbenen

3ting erforen.
fdjarfes 9Reffer ge*

28er |at meta

3d) ^afcc weberbetn

fd)<xrfeS Srteffcr,

nommen?

nod) beinen langen @to<f

ge

nommen.

LESSON XXX.
Obs. The auxiliary verb to do,

Scftion 30.

The English Auxiliary, TO DO.

which accompanies the verb and interrogative sentences in English, is not expressed in German.
in negative

Begular Verb.
Singvkvr.

(Modern Form).

PRESENT TENSE.
Plwral.

3d) Hebe, I like, I love

wir Heben,
i$r Itebt,

we
) )

like

bu

liebft,

er Itebt,
fie liebt,

thou likest, lovest he likes, loves

she
ntdjt,

^.

@te
fie

lieben,

likes, etc.

lieben,

id)

Hebe

I do not like

lieben @ie,

they like do you like ?

58

REGULAR VERB

PRESENT TENSE.

Thus:
id)

fenne, I

know

1$

Jctufe,

id) fud)e, id) ftnbe,

I seek, look for

I find

id) fcraudje, id) fd)retbe,

buy I want
I write

id) erwarte,

I expect

erwarten @te,
>er

do you expect?

>er ifd),
ber Sifdjicr,

the table

omnter, (tbe)

summer

the joiner

ber SEinter,

(the) winter

Reading Exercise XXX.

3d)
Hefce

mcine gute Gutter.

>u

lte6ft

beinen aften Sater.

licit fcinen reidjen

liebt euer jiungcs

D|eim. SBir lie&en unfern grofjen arren. $ ferb. @ie Iiefcen Ifjr fdjarfea SWeffer. u
Braud)t einc taljlfeber.

3^
faufft

einen

SBIciflift, cr

SSir

fitdjen

unfern

alien

tod.

tfennftbujenenSTCann?
2)er

2Ba$

fud)ft
after

bu

er

Sifd)Icr fud)t
tfl

ben Sifdj.

ommer

ifi

angeneljm,
fie

ber 2Binter

imanges

ne|m. @ie

liefcen

31j ante;

lieien unfern ro{jater. 3d) fcnne feinen Scorer ?

Jenen iungen Sftann.

SDtntenfafj ?

tonft bu

udjen @ie

3^

3d)

ftnbe btefes 33ud) fe^r gut.

know

his

little

Theme XXX. sister. He seeks thy new

Thou
dost

parasol.

Tou

buy an inkstan'd. They like your steel pen. I want a good book and a pencil. Do you buy a cap? No, I do not want a cap. "Where is Mary's
want a new umbrella.
copy-book? she
is

seeking

it,

(she seeks

it).

I like that

beautiful flower very

much (fef)r). Do you

like it also ?

What

do you seek ? I seek my gold(en) ring. Which pen does he want ? Who knows our ugly little girl ? They do not know her. Do you know our merchant?

Conversation.
Sie&t Jener alte SJtann ?
'

Sener

atte

SWann

lie&t fetnen

treuen

Jpunb.

3ft ber 9tf)etn ein Slug ?

er

SR^cin

tft

cm

fereiter glujj.

auxiliabies: SOtitffcn, fiJnnen

fiennft bit ben fletjjtgen djuler?

and mogen*

59

3d) femte ben 3d)

fleifjigften <3d)uler.

akn @ie ben f^ijnen SSrief meines

Setters gelefen ?

l^e
atte

i^K nic^t gelefen.

SBarum

lauft

ber

SSater

neue

)er

tiefel

be8

Eaters

tft

tiefet?
djretfct 9ttd)art> and) feine beutfd)e

jerrtffen

(torn).
fdjretfct

9lein,

er

feine

engltfdje

Hufgaie?

Slufgabe.

SBaS

futfjt

unfer

Staler?
geber?

fir fudjt

ben ifd).
fie

SMe

ftnbeft

bu

btefe

3d)

ftnbe

nid)t fe^r gut.

LESSON XXXI.
Auxiliary Verbs:
SKuffen,

Seftiott

31,

tinmen unb ntogen.

2Mffen.
must ku mujjt, thou must ermufj, he must
3d) mug, I
ffe

SBtr muffen,

we must
ust

Jrntuffetormugt,)

(ti) tnujj,

she

(it)

must

@te muffen, J fie muffen, they must

jtonnen.
3d) lann, I can,

may

SSBir fiJnnen,

we can
)

bu
er
fie

lannft,

lann,

thou canst he can

she
(it)

(es) fonn,

can
Wl
B g

Z. ,. r you can @te fonnen, ) fie fiJnnen, they can

e

i^r fbnnt,

n.

3d) mag, I

may may

(like)

SBtr mijgen,

we may
)

bu magft, thou mayest

er
fie

ik
J.,

mijqet,

"

'

mag, he
(ti)

mag, she
to write to speak

(it)

may

@te mogen/ ) fie mBgen, they

fud)en,

you J

may J

may

fdjretfcen,

to seek to

tefen,

to read

laufen,
Weifcen,

buy
go out

fpredjen,

to stay (remain)

ge^en, to
franjiSfifd),

go French

au3ge|en, to
otme,

without

60

auxiliaries: OTuffen, liinnen and

mogen.

Reading Exercise XXXI.

3d) mufj cincn Sricf
fd)reiben.

Du

mujjt Seine Ueberfefcung lefen.

3fyr

r mufj
mitfjt

franjofifd) fpredjen.

SSir miiffen unfern iirtner fud)en.

<Sie miiffen otme

ein neueS
.ftannft

S3ud) laufen.

ge^en.

bu fd)iben?

(without) dmtye 3d) l fd)reiben unb mein 33ruber

fprccfeeri

!ann

lefen.

itimnen tie SWabc^cn

2Bir lonnen bleiben,

fie

miiffen
Jpeinric^

gefen.

r mag
tyabe

auSgeljen.
geljen.

Dit magft bleiben ober

getyen.

mufj in

Me @d)ule

Die

djiiter

mogen

frajtjijftfd)

fpredjen.

3d)

mein Sudj serloren,

toir miiffen eg fudjen.

SDiag

ber

Staler au$gel)en?

Theme XXXI.
May we stay ? No, you must go out. May I read French ? Can he stay at home ? No, thou mayest seek the joiner. Charles may stay in Berlin, but Henry must go to (nad)) Frankfort. I must make my English translation. Frederick must write a German letter. Can he speak English? He must learn French. Can you write a letter for me (mid))? No, I must go out ; I must buy a new hat for my brother. He has a cap ; but he may also have a hat.
Conversation.
Jtamtft bu lefen unb fdjreiben?
SBiag Her Sifdjler ben Jifdj fud)en?

3, 3a,

id)

fann

lefen
iljn

unb fdnttten.

mag

fudjen.
ift

^omien
fefyen

ir

Den

neuen

jifd)

Der neue
3a,
id) id)

Sifdj

nid)t l)ler.

(see) ?

SWujjt tn cln neues 33ud)

$aben?

braud)e ti biefen SBinter.

liinncn @ie

franjBfffd} lefen ?

3,

tann

franjoftfcb, lefen,

aber

nid)t franjofifd) foremen.

SWiiffen

@ie
ber

eine

neue rammatit

9tetn, id) braud)e leine neue; tie

laufen ?

meinige

ift

nod) (still) gut.

S3o

ift

Diener?

6r ift auSgegangen (has gone out ) er mufj ben @d)luffel 3^rc3 3immcr3 tjolen.
;

acxiliabibs:

SSollen, folten and

iirf en.

61

LESSON XXXH.
Auxiliary Verbs:

Seftion 32.

SMen, fatten nb bfitfen.

3Cir woflen,

SBolIen.
3d)
will,

tu

wittft,

I wish or will thou wishest

we wish
wofler,
) )

%
fie

wollt

or

^^

er will,
fie

he wishes
she wishes

<Sie wollen,

(ti) Witt,

wotten,

tbey wish

olten.
3d)
foil,

I shall

Sffiir

foflen,

we
)

shall

tu fottft, thou shalt er fott, he shall

fie

Vft fetter,

@te

J
fotten,
J

sha]1

(es)

foil,

she shall

fie fotten,

they shall

tirfen.
3d)
barf,

may

or dare, (I

am Mr

totrfen,

we may
)
)

permitted)
tu
barfft,

tyr tiirfei,

er barf,

thou mayest he may

the dictionary

<Ste tiirfen,fie bitrfen,

they

may

as

3BBrter$>ud),

as

Sweater,

the theatre

come mann, when

fommett, to
tie Ue&erfej3ung,
tie

er!aufen,

to sell

morgen,
3entant,

to-morrow
somebody, anybody

the translation S^eSjeit, the season

SRiemant,

nobody

men,

whom ?
do you (seek) look

fur wen, for

whom ?
have a mind or

fudjen @ie,

34

lfo 2uft I

for ?

I would like to
er woljnt,

wo^nen, to live {dwell)

he

lives {dwells)

Reading Exercise XXXII.

3d) wtfl auSge^en.
eht 33ud) lefen.

9Mne

<3d)wejter will

311

Jpaufe Blet&en;

fie

wtff

SBotten @te in ten arten gefcen?

3d)

fyafce

feine

62
Sufi, ju

auxiliaries:

Swollen, follen and biirfen.

will to

Heikn.

3$
fottft

ka Sweater

geljen.

"Das 9Jlab$en Witt

Me
bic

Ueberfefcung fctyretben; ftf

M*

b 8 SEiJrtcrtu^.

@oE

id}

ju* bem

Slrgt geb,en?

djute

geb,en.
id)

Icrnen.

Darf

bem Sweater fommen. SBonn fotlen lr in 3^r fotft ten Srtef fcferelben. @ie fotlen ble Slttfgabe r in ba<3 Sweater- geljen? S5u barfft lommen.
nad)

barf

fein Sffibrterbud) serfaufen.

2Bir biirfen ju Jpaufe

(at

home)

bleiben.

Theme XXXII.
a French letthis beautiful read ter, and I will learn my book. Thou shalt sell neither thy house nor thy garden. We may sell our horse. May you stay here ? I may stay here, but I will go tof the theatre. When will you go to* Berlin? Thou art permitted to go. May I go out? "We Mayest thou (art thou will go out, you shall stay at home.

"What will Charles write ?

Henry

will write

lesson.

You

shall

permitted)

to

remain at home?

They

shall

sell

their

dictionary to-morrow.

Conversation.
SStflfl

bu

franjbfifd) lefen ?

ftein, id) fait fetne Suft. Stein, wit biirfen nidjt ausgefcn. Stein, td) fott ju

SBottt U)r in fcas Sweater ge^en ?

otten @ie

nad) Seriin geb,en?

aufe

bleiben.

Darfft bu beln $56rterbud) er*

f aufen ?

3,

tdj

barf ti serfaufen.

SSann molten <Sie ju mir fommen?

SCiU ber <3dml)mad)er iai 2Bor*
terbud) faufen ?
Sttnfjt

3d) will ntorgen fommen.

<Sr

fat fetne Suft, ti

& faufen.

bu

ein neues

Sudb faufen

SRetn, td) will ti faufen.

aft bu Suft nad) granffwr ju

get;en?

3d) fait feint

3^
^

aSenfuAt bein Sater?

(r fud)t

len chiller.

* After verbs denoting direction toward, ;u is generally usefa before the name of a person, and nod) before the name of a place or country here in (with the Acous.). f Translate

PREPOSITIONS WITH GENITIVE AND DATIVE.

63

IiESSON

XXXm.

Seftton 33.

Prepositions Governing the Genitive and Dative.

Obs.

In German
tive,

the prepositions govern different cases.

either the genitive, dative, accusa-

They may govern

or both the dative and accusative.

1.

Prepositions which Govern the Dative only

of,

2lu3,

out

from

(Beit,

since

ki,near, at, by (at the house of) Don, of, from,

mit,
Ij,

by

with
after,

ju, to,

at

to

gegeniifcer,

opposite to

2.

Prepositions Governing the Genitive only

2Ba$rent>,

during
the music-

SBegen,

on account of
perhaps gone out
<Sie,

er

SJhtfffleljrer,

sieBetcfet,

teacher
ber ltf)rmad)er,

auSgegangen,

the watchmaker
Mtte,

wo^in ge^en

where are you

3dj

roetj),

I know,

pray

going?

Reading Exercise XXXIII.

3d) war
gcgangen.
feci

tern Ztf&jitx; aber er

getyt

grtebrtdj

ju

war nidjt ju Jpaufc, er war au&= bem @d)u$mad)er. er SJhtfiHetjrer

moJmt

feci

meinem D^ctm.
ausgegangen.

3fl

ju Jpaufe ?

3$ wetjj nidjt.
ifd)Ier.

(Sr 1(1
gel)t

Dtetteidjt

etyen <5te ju
bent artner.

bem
Der

SBo^in

3r Sruber?
9tad)6arin.

Sr ge$t ju

3I

Sante ge|t 3U

ifyrer

3$

fontme aus ber djule.

ift

.Katfer wotynt

ber

$atfertn.

er raf
wiifyrenb bes

mit ber rafin nadj Serlin gcgangen (gone).

SBir (tnb toegen tea 9tegen3

3 war
nidjt

$rlege3 (war).
ajt
bit

ausgegangen.

einen Srtef son

meinem

Sefjrer?

@eit

kern

JMege.

64

NOUNS IN THE PARTITIVE SENSE.

Theme XXXIII. He must go to my friend. I live at my father's. My young

friend lives 'with his grandfather.
Is the physician at
tailor's.

I will go and

see.

He

is at

the

home ? From whom have

He comes this letter ? It is from my sister. from school. Where are you going during the rain ? We have an umbrella on account of the rain. Since the war. After the rain. During the summer. I was at the music-teacher's.
you received
Conversation.
SSittft

bu na$ Scriin ge$en?

t>u

Stein, id> wttt nadj granffurt getjett.

Stein, tdj foil junt ifd)ler ge$en.
3<x,

<3oHft

ju bera cfyneiber geljen?

aftbu etn 23ud) son toeinem Setter

erfjalten ?

$at

eg

mir gegeoen.

2Bo

tuoljnt fern

greunb

SRofrert?

SWit went woljnt rer

raf?
?

2Bo|tn

gefjt tier

U|rmadjer

r tootjnt Bei feittcr rofjmutter. Sr wo^nt mit fetneht Sruber. Sr getyt totefletdjt ju bent Seljrer.
3d) ge$e ju bent
3d) barf
ntdjt
SJluftHetyrer.

SDBo^in ge^en

Ddrfft

@ie ? bu morgen ausgeljen?

ausge^en.

LESSON XXXIV.
Nouns
Obs.

Section 34.

in the Partitive Sense.

In

German when a noun

is

the article
Srob,
Steifd),

is taken in a partitive sense omitted both in the singular and plural

SBein,

some or any bread some or any meat some or any wine

3ucfer,
Jtflffee,

SBajfer,

some or any sugar some or any coffee some or any water

beer

te
tote

bte

ber

the milk Sutter, the butter Dtnte, the ink fiiife, the cheese
SWtld),

>ag atg, (the) salt bas

eitt

33ter,

(the)

$funb, a

pound

get)brt,

belongs

NOUNS IN THE PARTITIVE SENSE.

fcer

65

2$ee, the tea

fcringen
gefcen
lettyen
id)

@ie mir, bring me <5te mir, give me

getrunfen, drunk gg#K, eaten

gegcfcen,
getieljeit,

given
lent

icb id)

@ie mir, lend me fdjtcfe, I send gebe, I give gleicfje, I resemble

gefdjtdt,

sent

wie

iel,

how much ?

went, to
ttym,

whom ?
or

mir, to

me

or

me

to

him

him

Reading Exercise XXXIV.

SDottcn

@ic

Sffieirt

ober Sier lja&en?

ift beffer

34

will 33ier t,a6en.

ifi

a3

Sicr

ifi

fc^r gut;

ti

di

2Beln.
Seityen

as alj
ifi

fetjr

nipdj.

(Men

<Blt

mir alj unD

fyu ^affee

SBrofc.

@ic mir 3r 2BihterhJ4.

tcr Sucfer?
fcu

T>a3 $tnfc

getrunfen.

2Bo

3Ber mitt

gleifd) fyi&en?

5Bic Did Coffee unfc 2$ee wiUft

glcifd), cin

tyaben?

eien

<Sie

mir cin $funt>

g)furtt

aljv unb cin SPftwb Sutter.

$& gutes
gleiftf)

ajl bu 33ier oter 9KiI4 getrunfen ?

23rob gegeffen.

Mr molten

34

unb

toeifje3

leineit S'a\t.

Bring
coffee?

Theme XXXIV. me some coffee and sugar. Will you have tea or Give me a pound of meat and a pound of cheese.

I want a pen, some paper and some must write a letter. Bring me some tea. Bring me also some butter. What has the child drunk? It has drunk some water and some milk. The cousin has drunk wine and beer. How much coffee does your servant want ? He wants a pound (of)* coffee and a pound of sugar. The gardener's Pray, give me some wife wants some salt and some cheese. bread. Lend me your dictionary.
ink; I

Do you want anything?

Conversation.
Sffiie

Bid <5alj

'fya&en <Sie

gefauft?
?

34

We
is

cin

$funb

gefauft.

Srauc^cn <Ste audj $affee

*

3a, gftcn <Ste mir ein $)funb J?affee.

not expressed in German.

Of, after

names of measure and weight, 5

66

DECLENSION OF MASCULINE NOUNS IN

X.

SFMtt ber grope Stnabt 3ucter tyaben?

Da

Heine

SRabdsen Witt 3u<fer

tyaben.
Jpat unfer

Wiener

33ter getrunfen?

SHefn, er Ijat SBaffer getrunfeit.

3ftbaa@aljm$id)?
eben @ie mir 58rob
unto tfiife ?

a atj
Sroc.

ift

ebenfo nujjtid) ats baa

3$

^abe !einen tfafe.

2Baa $at bag $inb getranfen?

SBie iel2:|ee braud)t 3fce Gutter?

S3 1}at SDHIcb, getrunfen. @te braucfyt ein $funb 3^ee.

3a,
id)

ajibuauct) inte?
giir

%abt Dinte unb

tie od)ter
fie ift

f) apier.
9fiac^#

wen

ift fciefer

3ucter?

gr

t(l fiir

meiner

barin;

franf.

LESSON XXXV.
Obs.

Seftton 35.
c.

Declension of Masculine Nouns ending in

Masculine

nouns ending in the nominative in c, form all other cases both of the singular and plural by adding tt, but do not modify their vowel. *

MASCULINE NOUNS IN

67

Reading Exercise XXXV.

er
2ljfe.

9tejfe

bes granjojen %ai einen Somen.

-ipcrr

iefe$ |ier
'i

ifl

cin

3ft btefer

ein granjofe ober cin Deutfdser

ift

3f* tas ljier

cin afe ?

Stein, ber $afe

cin t)ier.

er
btefer

Sbroe

f)at

eincn grofjen
aber jener

unb

^afjlic^en
ijl

$oj>f.

liefer

Sube
2Gie

ift

ein reicfoer

Sftujfe,

arme $nabe
nngetjorfatne
Sttffe

cin granjofe.
Ijetjjt

fyetfjt

Heine Stnait %
ftnb
fefyr

tefer
!Dct
jer*

$nabe

2ll6ert.

Die Somen

ftarf.
fie ijt

bes Jperrn Sftartin.

2eib,en <Ste

ier

ifl

tie Ufyr 3f>reS Steffen;

broken..
fdjes

bem granjofen 3r

SBorterbud), cr Witt ein bent*

2Bort fud)en.

Theme XXXV.
The boy is diligent. The boy's hat ( the hat of the boy) is The Frenchman's house (the house of the Frenchman) Here is Mister Robinson. The boy of Mr. Martin is large. is ill. The head of an ox is big. The hares eat (freffen) grass. Which gentleman do you mean (meinen @ie), the Russian or the Frenchman ? This horse belongs to the Jew. No, Sir, the Jew has bought it. My nephews like the Germans very
new.

much

(feb,r).

Conversation.
aben
2Bi(t

<5ie ben 2lffen gefeljen ?

Stein, td) tyabe ben

Somen

gefe^en.

Jpat ber

3"bc cinen afen ? $nabe fetn 33ud) biefer

ber afe gefreffen ?
bicfen

Sr

b,at

eincn afen unb ein ?>ferb.

er

9lein,

mitt

fein

SBorterbud)

^aben? 2Ba3
fyat

b,aben.

Sr
?

b,at

ra3

gefreffen.

at

ber

Dd}3 einen

$opf

Stein, er $at einen grofjen .Ropf.

<&zv. 3tjre

naben

biefen tub,!

3d) weig ti
gefeb/n.

ntt^t; id) ^a&e es nld)t

jerbrodjen ?

SBotten <5te bent

granjofen

3^

Sdjfennebengranjofenmdit; aber
id)

SBorterbud) leityen ?

milt

tm mein SBbrterbudj

Ieifyen.

2Ber

tft

biefer

junge

Warn ?

SrlftberSteffeunferes^aufmannca.

$aben te einen

SQeffen ?

3d) $abt jmel

Stcffen.

68

PLTJBAL OP MASCULINE SUBSTANTIVES.

LESSON XXXVI.

Seftion 36.

Plural of Masculine Substantives.

Obs.
I.

Masculine nouns not ending in

if

e, rf, Ctl

and

ft

take

Obs. IT.

C in the plural, and modify their vowel. (Seep. 169). All substantives take n or en in the dative plural,

they do not already have that ending.

IMPERFECT TENSE OF

1)0 6 Cn.

69

Reading Exercise XXXVI.

3$
Setter

latte jmct Sriefc

ertyalten.

>ie

Saume

fatten 3lefte.

SKctn

tyatte bret @ti><fe gefauft.

SCte stele greunbe |atte

Jpiite

Sr

|atte ier greunbe.

at 3ematit> unfere
2Ber mid
fctefc

3|r SSater ? genommen ? $arl

233ir fcrau*

tyatte fie

genommen.

Sftegenfcfyirme foufen ?
giifje.

den jwei tocfe.

2>te

gifcfye

fatten feine
finb

atteft

bu einen

Die ityne tea Suben Die Somen tyaben Safen unb giffy. Stein, toir fatten D$fen.
Kegenfcfcirm ?

angefommen.

2Bir fatten

ier giifje.

^>attet ityr Jpafen ?

Theme XXXVI.
Do you know
cousins.

the sons of Mr. Robinson?

letters

They are

Have you received any

from

my my friends ?

I have received letters from the Jews. "What has Henry broken? He has broken four chairs and three sticks. Do the fish live (leben) in the rivers ? With whom do you speak The Jew has four sons and one daughter. I have (fprecf)en) ? two feet, but the oxen had four feet. The German physicians are very clever. I had bought two umbrellas and my aunt had lost two parasols.

Conversation.
2Sie ftnben
SOBtc ttiete

@ie

blcfc tiifcje ?

greunbe fyatte 3fyr Sater ?

iite

at Semanb unfere

genom*

ftnbe fie fe$r $on. gr 6,atte ier greunbe. Der 9Jluftfle$rer |at fie genom*

3$

men?
2Ser wilt
fen ?
btefe

men.
9tegenfd)irme fau?

5Blr brau<$en feine 9tegenfc(jtrme,

toir

kaucfcen bret toife.

fie ; jle

$ennen @ie tie ijljne

SBeldser Sifcfeler Ijatte

bes 2lrjte3 ?
biefe

3<J ( id) fenne

finb fe^r fleifjig.

Sifdje

3$ weijj tiic^tj
ler nidjt.

id)

fenne ben Sifdj*

nnb tiiWe gemadjt

fatten bie

Saume

Sliitter ?

Stein, bie

Saume fatten Stefte,

after

feine Slatter.
fcattet i|r gifd)e

gefauft?

SRetn, wir fatten nid)t

elb genug

(enough).

70

PLURAL OF FEMININE SUBSTANTIVES.

LESSON XXXVH.

eftiott

37.

Plural of Feminine Substantives.

Obs.

The plural of the

dissyllabic andpollysyllabic feminine

en
.

nouns ends in n or end likewise in en.

Some feminine
p. 171,

monosyllables

See

Fourth Declension.

PLURAL OF NEUTER MONOSYLLABLES.

71

Theme XXXVII.
doors has the house of the uncle V It has four rooms and sis doors. How many walls has that castle ? I have How long has the German slept ? He has slept five hours.

How many

To whom do you give these steel-pens? I them to my (female) friends. We iuifil our duties; but you do not fulfil your duties. I love my aunts; they are very Mnd. The streets of Berlin axe broader than the streets of London. Who are those two ladies ? They are my neighslept six hours.

give

bors (fern.).

Conversation.
<3inb betne djweflern ju Jpaufe?
9tein,

2B<MJt3$r8nfl>erflarl?
<Sint> tie

trafjen 23er(tns 6rett ?

f?c" fint> in bem Sweater. Sr ijl auSgegangen. ie ftnb breit unto fc^Bn.

atte aBitycfot einentocf?

Sffite

fir $atte
fir
tyat

jwei tocfe. jei

oter bret

lange

ijat

ber Svtot gefdjla*

tunben

fen?

g'efd)Iafen.

inb Me

garfcen

tier

Stofen

uxt ie r

ftnb fe|r erjc()ieben.

fd)ieten ?

SfiterDeuti'd^eingutigerSJtann?

tfl

ein giittger 9Jtann

unb

er?

fuflt

immer

feine $flid)tett.

lesson xxxvin.
Obs.

SeWon

38.

Plural of Monosyllabic Neuter Substantives.

Many monosyllabic neutev nouns

Examples.

form their plural by adding et, and modify tWe radical vowel. (See p. 170, 11. Third Declension}.

Das
Nom,
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.

$inb,

Das

Dorf,

Das

Jpaus,

the child.

the village.
Die Dbrfer
ber

the house.

Die Winter
ber Winter

Die aufer
ber Jpaufer

Dorfer

ben ^inbern
bit

ben Dorfern
tie Diirfer

ken aufern

Winter

Me aufer

72

PLURAL OF NEUTEB MONOSYLLABLES.

33latt,

Da3

the leaf

Die

blotter,
SBudjer,

ba3 Surf), the

book

Me
bag

tai lag, the glass bai

11

bag $leib,
9lcft,

the leaves the books the dress, robe

3>oif,

the nation

the nest

Ca3 Si, the bag $ufot,

tie
1

egg
the fowl the hen
J

bag S^al, the valley

bag Sanb, the ribbon

enne,

ro$, red,
serloten, lost
gefe^en,

hjctg,

white

fyii6f(i),

pretty, nice

legen,

to lay

seen

Reading Exercise XXXVIII.

Die Winter
roeifj

fatten 3tei liifer, aber

finb
jerrtjfen.

fie

$aben

fie

jerbrodjen.

Die Die

$(etber ber $tnber

ober
rorb,

3fl bie

emte unferer
gritnen

9lacf)barin

Dag

Jtyal
ift

tfl

grim.

Die

timber.

ub,ner legen Sier.

SBo

bag

9lejl ber Jpenne ?

Dag

teutfdje SSoif.

Die Bfyne meineg 9fad>barg

bie beinigen |inb neu.

finb

unoitig.
tyat iriele

SDteine SSitdjer finb aft;

Der $bmg

Die Scaler unfereg Sanbeg finb fe^r Stejler gefunben. Die fdjimjten Sdume

differ unb stele Saume. Die $naben ^aben brei fdjon.

fyaben bie fd)bnfien Sfatter.

Theme XXXVIII.

How many glasses has the servant broken ? He has broken three glasses. Tour ribbons are not very nice. Do you like the red ribbons? The ribbons of my niece are green, white and red. Those nations are very happy ; they have a good emperor and a good empress. Have you seen the valleys of Switzerland (ber dweij) ? These three boys have lost their
books.

The eggs

of the hens lie (tiegen) in the nests

(dot.).

Conversation.
I

Sffen bie finglanber gter ?

@ie
3a, 3a,

effen siele ier.

fie

aben

bie

Soume

3b,reg

arteng

fyaben

grime Slatter.

Starter ?

fatten ie bie Scaler ber djtoetj

gefe^en ?

fie

finb fe|r fdjito.

PLURAL OF ADJECTIVES PRECEDED BY AN ARTICLE.

fiegen tie Jpufyner Sier ?

73

Die

it()ner legen jefcen

Sag

tret

Sier.

tnt Me

^letter ter Winter Ijubfd)?

9tein,

fte fint
if*

alt

unt

jerriffen.

Sjl Mefes SSolF glucfli($ ?

3a, e*

tin fe^r

gKuHttya Soil.

LESSON XXXIX.
Plural of Adjectives,
Obs.
I.

Scttion

39.
Article.

when preceded by an

The plural
XXXV.

of adjectives,

when preceded by an article

or some word, replacing it, has the same termination as masculine substantives, ending in t. See Lesson

Examples.

Nom.
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.

Die guten Starter

t>er

Die

rotljen

trumpfe

guten Slatter

ter rotten

trumpfe trumpfe
ell

ten guten Slattern

tie

ten rotten trumpfen

tie rotten

guten Starter

Da3
fcas fcaS

3)funt,

the

pound

Die

Site,

the yard,

$aar, the pair

tag emt, the shirt

tie Jpantfcfeu|e, tie

ter ter ein

the dozen the gloves $irfdje, the cherry tord), the stork Jpals, the neck
Durjenb;

lai udj, the cloth

tie tritmpfe, tie Seute,
tie

the stockings the peopie Seinroant, the linen

^untert, a
rriige,
efyrtici),

hundred

$funb 3wcfa\
of sugar

a pound

lazy

honest
placed
last.

Obs. II.

"With the future, the

^akn, I shall have

infinitive is

Future Tense of

t)

ah

n.

3$
tu

tuerte

2Sir merben fjaben,

we shall have
\

tuirjt tjafren,

thou wilt have

tyafcen,

er, fie

(e3)

mirt

he, she

1.
fie

<

youwillhave

leroertenfyakn,

(it)

will

have

merten

tjafcen,

they will have

74

FUTUBE TENSE OP

I)

b e

n and feltt.

Futuee Tense of fcin.

3d) Werbe
feih,

I shall
fein,

bu

Wirfl

feltt,

thou

will

er (fie, ti)

wirb

be be he (she, it)

5Bir roerben fein,

U)r tuerset fein,
)

we

shall

be

wiU be

@ie
fie

roerten fein, I

will

be

tuercen fein,

they will be

Reading Exercise XXXIX.

3d)
5Jfunb
roerbe 33rob fjaben.

Du

nrirft
'

SDetn $abm.

Caroline wirb ein

Ija&en.

%udtv

tyaben.

@le wirb

ein

faar rriimpfe

2Bir

reerben 3el Dufcenb Jpemben fyaben.

tret

3^

toerbet

(or ie werben)
tten ud)
fein ?

faar

Jpanbfdjulje fyaben.

Die
fein.

@d)itler werben brei

Ijaktt.

3d)

*e

fleifjiger fein.

SCirft

bu SJiorgen in Serlin

Sriige Seute werben

immer arm
SRofen.

SStrb bein Dnfel gu $aufe fein?

Jpanbfdjufye roerben

3d) Hebe
ttjeuer

bie

roeifjen

Die guten

immer
Die

(dear)

fein.

Die $irfd)en
Jpiitfe.

roerben balb

(soon)

reif fein.

<Stord)e l)aben lange

$ajt bu Seinroanb gefaujt ?

Theme XXXIX.
He will have three pounds* o/f coffee. What do you want ? I want four yards of cloth. I will have also (a) hundred yards of linen. I shall have one dozen shirts. These storks have the longest necks. These little books will be as The good fathers will love their useful as those big books. Where have you bought those beautiful ribbons? children. Give to the poor people some bread and butter. The large
houses will be dearer than the small houses.

Conversation.
bu naty Serltn reifen? SBerben ie fleifjig unb etyrltd)
2Birfl

9Jein, id) roerbe

ju mtfe bleiben.

3d) roerbe e3

fein.

(honest) fein?
*

The words

spfunb, 3>aar

and !Dit(}enb are invariable when preceded by

is

a number, t Of, after names of measure and weight, not expressed in German.

FEMININE NOUNS
3Bertrtt$rfllrf$eri$a&m?

PLCEAL IN
ftein, ttrir

C-

75

Werben 2lepfel (apples)

^aben.

at ber tordj einen al3

Sr
Die

fc,at

einen

feljr

langen JpalS.

3Berten <3ie gutes Sud) fyabeji?

3d) merte baa

Stte

befte

ud) fyaben.
2|aler.

SBieoielfoftetbieeileSud)?
5Bte stele

ud)

foftet fiinf

emben
tic

fyat

ber

arme

r
r

b,at fiinf

ober fec^s

emben.

$nabe

at ber 3ube
getefen ?

langen

33riefe

fiat fie at(e gelefen.

SBerben tie grofjen

Simmer

fieffer

Die

grofjen

Simmer

toerben Diet
fein.

fetn als tie fleinen?

beffer

unb angenetytner

'

'
Scftion 40.

LESSON XL.
Obs.

Feminine Nouns adding e in the Plural.*

I.

Some feminine nouns form their plural by modifying

the radical vowel and adding
t only.

Examples.
Die 9Jku3, the mouse Die Srour, the bride
Die Sra'ute
ter

Die gauft, the fist

Die
gihtfte

Die $unft, the art

Die
iftmfte

Nom.
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.

Die
t>er

Sliinfe

9ftaufe

Sraute

ber Sdufie

ber $iinfte

ben Sftmtfen
bie 9Jtaufe

ten SSrSuten
tie SBrSute

ten giiuften
bie goujle

ben itunften:
bie ^iinfte

tie yiafyt, bie Suft, tie bie

Die tatt, the town the night

Die tatte, the towns bie -Wadjte, the nights

tie Sxifte,
bie Jpanbe,
tie

the air

the airs the hands the walnuts

anb, the

hand

an3, the goose

anfe, the geese

tie 9tujj , tie $u1j,

the walnut
the cow the fruit

tie SRiiffe, tie Rii^e, tie

We

grud)t,

the cows grudge, the fruits

See page 171, Fourth Declension.

76
Obs. II.

feminine nouns: ieeegulab plural.

The

words Wl u 1 1 e r and Softer modify their vowel in the plural, but do not add t.
Die
flitter,

tie SEodjter, tie geber,

Die Gutter, the mother the daughter the feather Seroo^ner, the inhabitant
fat

the mothers

bte SEo^ter, the.

daughters

ber Stufjbaum,
tterfdjxeten,

the walnut-tree

ber
fett,

different

flicgen,

to fly

fongen, to

catch

im (contraction of in-bem).

Reading Exercise XL.

Die Sewoljner
ten (different).
Breit.

grofjer tiibre

unb

tleiner

Dbrfer

ftnb fetyr serfdjie*

Die tra^ett

ber tftbte Serlin

unb

tyaxxi ftnb

Die

reicfyften

Seute roofynen nid)t

tnb
Dtefe

tie ^iad^te linger

im

SBinter ati
ber

immer in ken grbfjten tabten. im ommer? Die Mafym fan*

roerben BalD

gen 9Raufe.

Die grudjte
(into fett,

SSutne

(soon)

reif

fein.

M|e
ie

abtx unfere iinfe werben fetter fein.

Die guten
jroet
giijje.

ij$ter unferer 5Ra(Skrin. fyabtn

ffnb in

3$

|afo

jroei

iinbe unb
|inb

tie

Hcinen $a(5en

gefe|en ?
biefe

21So

bie SSbgel ?

ie

ben ^iiftgen.

(Men ie

Srtefe

3$n

od)tern.

Theme XL.
What have you there Are the cherries ripe ? No, they will be ripe soon. The geese have feathers. I like the fat geese. The fruit(s) of the trees will be ripe. The walnuts are very good. The cows are not so big as the oxen. The gardener will have five cows. The inhabitants of these villages will have many cows and geese. The walnuts are the fruit(s) of the walnut-tree. These daughters love their
The monkeys have four hands.
I have two mice.
(ba) ?

mothers.

Conversation.
.

gang:n
2So

tie

SWSufe bte a|scn

ffiegen bie SSbgcI?

3Wn, bie flajjen fangen tie SKaufe. { e SUget fliegcn h ber Shift.

NEUTEB NOUNS
SHefcen

PLUBAL IN

e.

77

ie Me

grofjen tabte ?

9tein, id) licBc tie fleinen brfer.

SEBie finD tie

trajjen biefer tabt?

ie

ftnb Brett

unb

fcfjbn.

SBertet i|r onfe fyaben ?

9iein, mir

werben $ulje tyaben.

2Baa

Ijaben bie iinje ?

ie laBen lange ^ebern.

3Bie side ipanbe tyaBen tie 2lffen ?

ie

tyaben ier Jpiinbe.

fte

abenbie bd)terber rafin bfyne?

Stein,

$abm

teine tinier.

LESSON

XL1.

Seltion

41.

Keuter Nouns adding c in the Plural.*

Obs.

Some
only,

neuter nouns form their plural by adding

f
Examples.

as
Norn.

Slop,

as
SMe

SPferb,

as

ctct,

the float ie
glbjje

the horse
spferbc

the prayer ie e6ete

ber efeete

Gen.
Dat.
Ace.

ber glbjje

ber ^Pfetbc

ben glbpen
bie glBjje

ben $ferben
tie spferbe

ben ebeten
tie

ebete

IBaa $ferb, the horse

baa d)af, *h e sheep

baa Satyr, the year baa

tyier,

the animal

baa d)iff, the ship baa d)n>ein, the pig

ber Slatrofe,
bie

the horses the sheep {pi.} baa piel, the play, game baa Jpeft, the copy-book baa <jor, the gate
$ferbe,
bie d)afe,

ie

bie aare,
rein,

plur. the hair

the sailor

clean

25Me, the wool

the

tie aft,
jafytretd),

how

old ?

bie 3at)I,

number
food
awanjtg,
*

numerous
healthy
thirty

bie StaJjrung,
jetyn,

gefunb,

ten,

twenty

breifjig,

See page 169, 9. Third Declension, The dative plural always adds n.

18

IRREGULAR PLURAL: NEUTER MONOSYLLABLES.

Reading Exercise XLI.

d>fe unb jefyn $itye. inb afle 3tyere niifclid) ? ie SRaljrung ber latere ifl erfd)ieben. er raf ^at alle fetne $ferbe gin 3"be serfauft. atte er Bide $ferte ? fir ^atte jeljn $ferbe. Ijatte (ie gelauft. Dte Sljiere faufen SBoffcr. ie -Sftatrofen finb auf
2)er I)eutfd)e
Ijat

breifig g>fcrt>c, jtuangig

often,

)te SEljore

ber tabte (Inb

(on) ben
Siefcen bie

englijdjen

Stiffen.

S)ie

ipaare ber Winter

fcift

finb
alt,

fdjtoarj.
icfo

Winter

tic

piele?
SBie alt

u
ifi

jet)n

Sa^re
?

n>ert>e

jwanjig

3<$

alt fein.

biefeS

@d)ein

ie

reine SSoIIe

ber djafe.

ie djafe unb
tabt
often.

tie $ferbe finb bie jatjlreidjften S^iere.

inb

bie Jljore ber

Theme
pigs?

XLI.

The gates of the towns are shut (gefd)(offen). Have you any The horses are larger than the sheep. The boys like the games. Where are the copy-books of your pupils ? They are not very clean. The sheep have wool. We eat the meat of the sheep, of the oxen, and of the pigs. The meat of the
sheep
is

better than that (ia$) of the pigs;

it is

healthier.

The

ships of the English are very numerous.

Conversation.
afcen

ie ^ferbe
bie $ittje

9iein, after ir
tjaben.

werben 3e^n djafe

inb

nu&Itdjer

ate bie

Die ie ie
SXtle

5?utje

finb

bie

iut|3tid)[ten

djroeine ?

Jljiere.

Sftbie SMeberSdjafenii&Iid}?

SMe

ber

djafe

ift

fe*-

niifcUrf).

rinrt ber

inb bie aare beg $tnbes fd)arj ? unb 2Baffer ? 2Ba3 $at ber 3ube gefauft? afcen ie bie d)tffe ber finglan*
ber gefeljen ?

finb tsetjj.

Styere faufen SBaffer.

fir Ijat

neue #emben gefauft.

siele djiffe gejeljen.

3d)

tyafce

2Bie alt finb

ie

3d)

Mn

jwanjig 3a$re

aft.

IEEEGULAB PLURAL: MASCULINE MONOSYLLABLES.

79

LESSON XLH.

Scftiott

42.
Plural.*

Some Masculine Nouns with an Irregular

Obs.

Some masculine monosyllabic nouns form their plural

by modifying the
radical vowel

and adding

tX.

80

PLURAL OF MASCULINE AND NBUTEIl NOUNS.

Theme
The worms
live in

XLII.
(earth).

the ground

Do

the

worms

eat

No, the birds eat worms. Have the gods (freffen) wealth ? The count has lost his wealth (plur.). The gods These men have taken my gold watch. of the heathens. Do you know these English men? Had your uncle any woods? No, the rich count has large* woods. The beautiful horses belong to those poor men. God hears (ort) the prayers of the poor people.
birds?

Conversation.
2Co
$3er
flnb tie S3BgcI?
Ijat

<Sie (tnt in ten SSattern.

meine gottene U|r ge*

3d)

fyabt

jwei Scanner in 31jrem

gefefyen
;

nommcn ?
tfennen <3te
ttefe

3immer
tiefe

teltetd)tfyt6en

$tyt

Uljr

genommen.
fie

SJtimner?

3,

id)

lenne

fie;

mofynen in

tern #tife

meines SRadjbarS.

28em
tnfc

ge^iiren ttefe SBafter ?

<5te geljoren tern retd;en greunre

unferes Waters.
tic

Setter

ter

9J?enfd)eit

3ft, tie

Setter ftnb fierMtd;,

ftnt unflerMtd).

a6er

jterMtd) ?

tie

eelen

tab

tie

otter ter ipeiten oD*

9cein, afcerunfer ottijl attmadjtig.

mac^tig ?

LESSON XLHI.
Plural of Masculine and Neuter
cf,

Settion 43.

Nouns ending
kin.

in

cr,

en,

djen

and

Obs.

Masculine
en, djctt

and neuter substantives ending in er, cf, and kin, have the same termination in the

cases of the plural as in the nominative singular, but

generally modify their radical vowel.

* Translate
f
grope (see Less. 49).

Words

in or

come under

this rule.

See page 166, First Declension.

PLUBAL OP MASCULINE AND NEUTER NOUNS.

Examples.

81

er SJater, the father

82

IEEEGULAIt FLUIEAL: MASCULINE NOuNS.

gardens of the queen are beautiful. These bakers are poor. The birds have wings. The tailors make (mad)en) coats; the shoemakers make boots and shoes; the -watchmakers make watches. The servant has lost only four gold spoons and two silver knives.

Conversation.
SBer fins btefe
jroet 9Jtabd)en ?

Jpat ber iirtner Dtcle Sfel ?

te finb bte Sodjter bea Ufyrmadjera. &r Ijat nur eaten gfel, afcer er $at
Bier $ferbe.

ffiic

stele

33<i<fer

finb

in

btefen

3"

ben CBrfern

finb

nur wenige

!DiJrfern ?

Sacfer, ober in ben tiibten finb

stele.
.

$emteniebte33ruberbe3@rafen?
ffiSerbenbie^aufergcnfter^akn?

3a,

$* brei SBriiter.

3a,

fie

een

tne^rere genjler

lja6en.

SMe side

djneiber $a6en @ie?

3<*)

^be nur

einen djneiber.

LESSON XLIV.

Scftion 44L
of Masculine

Irregular Formation of the Plural Substantives.*

Obs>.

Some masculine nouns

their plural

ending in
;

tt,

by adding n

words in

ot

d and or, form add en.

Examples.

er

tad;el,

er

csatter,

er

9Jtu<Jfcl,

er

Saier,

the Bting

the god-father

the muscle the Bavarian

Site 5>lu3fetn

Nom.
Gen.
Dat. Ace.

Die tadjeln
ber tadjeln

ie eoattern ber e&attem

ben eeattern
bte

te Saiern
ber

ber SRusfeln

Saiern

ben tadjeln
bie

ben 9Rusfetn
bte

ben Saiern
bte SSatern

tadjeln
*

eoattem

SJtusMn

See page 167, First Declension (Exceptions).

IRREGULAR PLURAL: MASCULINE NOUNS.

83

Der Sauer, the peasant bet Setter, the cousin btx 5Rad)bar, the neighbor

Dte Sauern, the peasants bte Settem, the cousins

tie 9lad)6arn,
tie

the neighbors the slippers

bn $antoP, the

slipper

$ antoptn,

Reading Exercise XLIV.

Die Scttern unferea euatters
Saier,
feine
ftnn

Sauern.

Unfer 9tad)6ar
SRofett

i|t eiit

9tadj6arn fmt

Satern.

afcen tie
flnto

tadjefa?
.

2Bo <ftein, Me Stofen tya&en Domett (thorns). Die dntfymadier tnadjen (make) $antojfeln.
ftarfe SDhtsfeln.

unfere ^antoffeln?
tyaben

%tnt Wlanntt

Die Saiern

ftnb

bie

fcejien

Saltern.

2Bir werben

tie iirten ber

esattern faufen.

Theme XLIV.
a peasant. These men are peasants, they have lands This house belongs to our neighbors. Tour neighbors are my best friends. Here is your shoemaker he brings your slippers. These are all my riches. The rich count has many houses, gardens, fields and forests. The I

am

and

forests.

fishes like (the)

worms.
Sir.

have bought horses, oxen, cows and calves.

Are these men Frenchmen? We Do you want

my

slippers ?

Yes,

Conversation.
a6en
tie

Sauem

etne

9tid)te

9iein,

fie

fyabtn brei Settern.

(niece)
<0tnb bte -iftadjBarn betnea eat*
terg

Stein,

ffc

flnb fefyr reid).

arm?
@te
ftnb
feci

aft bu betne $antoffeln gefunben ?

k>at jener

bent

@dnt$mad)er.

Warm

ftarfe SftuSf etn ?

9tein, feine SKuSfeln finb fd)ad). Stein, after rotr

fyafcen.

afct i^r eitten Setter?

werben

brei Settern

ittb biefe SDtamter granjofen ?

Dtefe

banner

ftnb

Satern.

84

ADJECTIVES AND PARTICIPLES USED SUBSTANTIVELY.

LESSON XLV

Seftton 43.

Adjectives and Participles used as Substantives.

Obs.
I.

Adjectives and

participles,

when used substantively

are declined like adjectives, varying according as they are preceded by the definite (see Observation,

Lesson XXVII) or indefinite tion, Lesson XXIX).

Examples.
Singular.
1)cr 9tetfenbe,

article (see

Observa-

Plural.

the traveler

Die Stetfenben, the travelers

Sin grnnber, a stranger Sin Srember

etneS

Nom.
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.

Her

9tetfenbe

ie

fReifenben

tti 9teifenben
bent 3Heifent>en

ber Steifenben

Sremben

ben Steifenben
bie 9tetfenben

etnem gremben
einen gremben

ten SMfenben

Obs. II.

There being no plural to the

adjectives
tively,

indefinite article the

and

participles,

when used

substan-

take the inflexion of the definite

article.

Examples:
Sin efangener, a prisoner

Sin

Sfteifenber,

a traveler
Sftetfenbe,

Nom.
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.

efangene, prisoners
efangener, of prisoners

travelers

SReifenber,

of travelers to travelers
travelers

efangenen, to prisoners
efangene, prisoners

SReifenten,
9teifenbe,

er

the traveler the stranger ber efangene, the prisoner ba3 efangmjj, the prison
Steifenbe,

Sin Sebienter, a servant

ein efanbter, etn ele^vter,

ter ^rembe,

an ambassador
a learned

man

ber SitiMar.rh'r,

the bookseller

THE INTEKBOGATIVE PKONOUJSS.

85

Reading Exercise XLV.

;er

Sin frember SJlcifenber $at km efangenen ge6rad)t (brought). 8ud$anbler judjt etnen eleven. Der Sebtente beS efanbtcit iefer ut ge^ort bent ifi im (contraction/or in 5 em) efangmjj. Sremten. 3ener Sfteifenbe ijl cm gmber. Bennett <Sie ten fteU "Erei Sin Sebtenter beg rafen ifi (has) angefommen. fenben? 3te gremben ftnb JRetfenbe. er efangene ftnb im efangnifj.
Sdcfer
fdncft biefes 33rob

bem

eleljrten.

>tefe elef)tten ftnb 33aie;n.

3d)

get)e

mit mciner djroejler ju unferer ante.

Theme XLV.
Our neighbor
is

Bavarians. Who learned man an ambassador?

a learned man. These learned men are is this stranger ? He is a traveler. Is a

No, but this ambassador

are

is

learned man.
(3d) getye) to

The

booksellers have received these apples?

To whose house
prisoner ?

(or to

whom)

you going f

I am

going

my aunt's with my little sister. Where is the He is in the prison. We have seen a stranger
Conversation.

at the merchant's.

2Qer

ijl

biefer

grembe

Sr

ijl

ber <So1jrt unfereS elefyrten.

tft

tonen @te
Jpajt

jenen

SKann ?

Stein, er Stein,

ein grember.
id) fyafie

bu etnen eleljrten gefe^en?

abn

einen SHeifen*

ben

gefeljen.

SQo

ftnb bie

efangenen?
(still) fyter?

<3te ftnb in

bem efdngnif.
mor*

inbbiegremben nod)
2Cer woljnt in btd'em

$a,

(te

toerben erfl (only)

gen akeifen.
Jpcrofe ?

Sin frember ete^rter.

LESSON XLVI.
Obs.
I.

Seftton 46.

Tlie Interrogative Pronouns.

The
what

interrogative pronouns are

;

toet,

who

tSJOl,

toefdjer,

which (declined

like

the definite

86 INTEBBOOATIVE PRONOUNS: DECLENSION OF

article)
;

TO e r

AND

!<tS.

(of

and toa flit ein, what sort or kind of? which only the indefinite article tin is de-

clined).

Declension of wet and

toaS.

Nom.
Gen.
Dat. Ace.
Obs. IT.

toer,

who?
whose?

teai,

iBCffcn,

tteffen,

tuem, to
ttcrt,

whom? whom?

g
'

what? of what? to what? ) I what?

2Bct and
fiir cut,

tt)0 are used with verbs, Inciter and ttmg with substantives.

Die

W6M,

(pi.)

the furniture >er

gtngerfyut,

the thimble

tad Stud), (the) cloth

ker ufoen,
tie Stte,

gestagen, beaten
gcrufen, called
toflet,

the florin
ell,

the

yard
(to

costs

mit

with me mit ^ntn, with you

tnir,

Bejrrctft,

punished
iefct,

you)

nod), still

now

Reading Exercise XLVI.

tBai fiir ein Sudj woflen @ic? 2Bas fagen (say) @U? SEcr fommt mit Sfyntn on Sertin ? SBcn |akn te gcrufen ? 3Ber ijl Sr ijl ber -Keffe bes 33ud)1janb(er3. Unfer SEtfdjler jener Steifenbe ? gemadjt. 2Ben $at ber djneiber gerufen ? SBem tyat biefe r geljort tern $rofeffor. Her junge i|"d>Ier getyort biejer orten ?

WoM

Ijat biefe

fd)imen tiifjte

unb

otte SJciSIJel

in biefem aufe gemadjt.

f)a(i

2Cer

iat 2Bifl)etm gefdilagett ?

tft

SCeffen 3tod

bu

jerriffen ?

arfe 9*od

jerriffen.

3d) ^a6e beine ramtnatif bent

Sftofiert

gelte^en.

2Dem
eingela*

$at i$re Soufine ityren ginger^ut gelietyen ?

fBen

tyafcen

te

ben (invited) ?

3d) l6e meine

fceften

greunbe eingelaben.

Theme XLVI.
"Who has made
this beautiful table ?

The old

joiner has

made

all

our furniture.

"Who has beaten the bookseller?

AUXILIARY VEBB fiafcett: COMPOUND TENSES.

87

lent me a book. How much is (wie Siel a yard of this cloth ? To whom do you give this ring? Whose thimble is this ? A yard of this cloth costs two florins. "Whom hast thou punished? The son of the prisoner.

The learned man has

fofter)

Conversation.
2Ber
ift

jener

gremte

@r
?

tfr

etn

ofyt ted eleven.

SBeffen

Sftocf tjt jerrtffen

er SRod
gemadjt?

Sifdjta.
fie

Spat ter 33ii<fer blefe 9Rt>6el

5Mn,
Sr

bcr tfd)Ier |at

gemad)t.

2Bem

gelj&rt

Wefer tuljl?

getjort

meinein rofjater.

SBeffen gingerfcut aft

bu ?

3$
6r
3d)

^abe ben

gingcr^ut

beiner

rofjmurter.

SBarum

tyat

er tie

S^uren mtfge*

6at tie S^urett unb g^njicr auf*

gemadjt, weit ti tuarm
$afce
tfl.

maty (opened) ? 2Baafurein33u$|a&en@te?

djttler^

ebld)te.

LESSON XLYIL
TO HAVE.
Participle Past:

Settion

47.
#ofie,

Compound Tenses* of the Auxiliary Verb

tfjdtt, had.

PERFECT TENSE.
3d) $alt
bit $<tft

ge^afct,

ge^aBt,
es)

er (fie,

I have had thou hast had tyat geljafct, he (she,

Mr pfcen gepfcr,
tfyr

we have had
)

^att ge$a6t,

<3ie ^aien
ftc tyafc en

geljafct, J

it)

has had

gef afcr,

you have had they have had

PLUPERFECT TENSE.
3d)
fyfltte

geljafct,

tot tyatteft geljafcr,

er (fie, ea) ^atte

I had had 2Dir fatten ge^a&t, we had had thou hadsthad ityr Ijartet ge$a6t, ) you had ge^aM, he (she, @ie fatten ge|a6t, J had
ffe

it)

had had

fatten

getjafct,

they had had

as in English.

Compound

tenses of this verb are formed in

German

88
2Me
tie
9<tabel,

AUXILIARY VERB ^aBejU COMPOUND TENSES.

the needle

te gigarre, the cigar

gcigert,

tednabel, the pin

to

show
opened

iai emiifoe, the picture

aufgemad)t,

Reading Exercise XLVII.

SBeffen

ut

X)at

ber

5mbe

gel)abt ?

gr $at ben ut beg Sud^anb*

?

lers gefyabt.
{jut geljabt,

attefl

bu cinen tod gebabt

sertoren.

3d) ^abe cincn ginger*

|aft

aber

id) fyabe tfytt

2Ben

bu gerufen?

SKetnc

ante

b,at jirel

tednabeln

get)abt,

aber betne Gutter ^atte eine SRabel

ge'fyabt.

#atte er nicbt eine gigarre geb^abt ?

2Btr Ijaben ein ematte

gel)abt, aber unfer SSater tyat ti sertauft.

2Bejjen gingerpte finb bieg

(these) ?

2Bcm louden @te

biefeS SBBrterbud)

geben ?

fatten @ie

ein 33ud) geijabt ?

SBir fatten eine gigarre ge^abt.

Theme XLVII.
Have you pins ? No, I have had pins and needles, but I have lost them. Have you had cigars ? No, we shall have cigars Wednesday (SQJittmod)). Had you taken Eobert's grammar? That tall man is our gardener. "What have those little boys had ? I had not seen the ting, but I had seen the queen. Whose grammar have you had? I have had Eobert's grammar. I have had a picture. To whom will
you give
this dictionary ?

Conversation.
t
ber

Sudpnbler

SBiidjer?

gr
3d)

r)at S3iid)er
fie

ge^abt, aber er %t&

er!auft.

a|t bu eine gotbene Ufjr?

tyatte

eine filberne lTr getyabt,

aber

id) fjabe fie tterloren.

aben
4>attet

<Sie oleic
tljr

emalbe
?

geljabt?

2Bir fatten nur

jroei

emiilbe.

gigarren

getyabt ?

$$ir fatten gute'gigarren gefyabt. 2Btr fatten SBaffer geljabr.

afl bu SBein getjabt

fBeffen gigarre ^aben <Ste?

3d)

Ijabe feine

gigarren.

SBem

jetgen <Sie biefea emiifoe?

3d) toerbe
3d)
Ijabe

ti tern eleljrien aeigen.

SCttlft f u

mir eine tednabelgeben?

fie

aUe serioren.

AUXILIARY VEBB fetji: COMPOUND TENSES.

89

LESSON LXVIE.

Scftiott

48.

Compound Tenses of the Auxiliary Verb

Participle Past
:

tt,

TO BE.

Wc

f e

been.

PERFECT TENSE.
3d) Bin gewefen, I

bu
er

have been SBtr finb gewefen, we have been thou hast been t^r fetb gewefen, 1 you have been ) (fie, c3) tft gewefen, he (she, it) te ftnb gewefen, jte finb gewefen, they have been has been
Bijt

gcwefen,

PLUPERFECT TENSE.
3d) war gewefen, I

had been

SBtr waren gewefen,

we had been
)

buwarft gewefen, thou hadst been

er (fie, t$)

waret gewefen,

you had

it)

war gewefen, he (she, ie waren gewefen, j been had been ffe waren gewefen, they had been

IDai Sweater, the theatre

baS Soncert,
Bttttg,

wo|tn,
traurig,
tljeuer,

where (whither) ?
sad dear

the concert

cheap

ins

(contraction of in ba8)

tm (contraction of in bem)

Reading Exercise LXVIII.

3d) Bin im arten gewefen.
tn Berlin gewefen.
feib

SBifi

bu im Sweater gewefen ?
(ball) gewefen.

SCir ffob

auf bem Sail

ntd)t

immer

fletfjtg

unb aufmerffam gewefen.

in ber dntle gewefen.

inb te

int

gr tfl 3r Sons

cert

gewefen ?

te

(into

3d) war in granf*

furt gewefen.

SBarft bu in

in SBten

(Vienna)
3*}*

gewefen.
<3
ijt

ie

traurig gewefen ?

Sremen (Bremen) gewefen ? 3^ l<wrt Sr war im Sweater gewefen. SBaren war teener gewefen. 2Bo ftnb ie ge*
(gone).

wefen?

Sruber

ins QLcmcert gegangen

90

ADJECTIVES PRECEDING SUBSTANTIVES WITHOUT AN ARTICLE.

Theme XLVIII.
Hast thou been to the theatre ? No, I have been to the Has the tailor not been at the ball ? Have you ever (jemats) been in Berlin? No, we have only been in Frankfort. They had been here. Had you been there? We had been there 3 twoi hours., She had been in Berlin. He had been in3 Vienna4 two, days s
concert.
.

Conversation.
33t(i kit

etb

ifyr

im im
Btji

artett gewefen ?
(Soncert gewefen ?

3d)

im Sweater gewefen.
waren in Serlin gewefen.
nte in Slmertfa gewefen.
ttyeuren
ijt

SRetn, wir

3(1 cr in 2lmertfa gewefen ?

9ietn, cr

SCarum

tu

fo

traurig gewefen ?

3d) |a6e metnen

serloren.

Dnlel

SDotytn werben

te ge^en ?
er in

SQBir

werten ini Soncert

fcrei

geljen.

2Die Iange

(how long) war

Sr war

Sage in 2lmerifa ge*

Slmerlfa gewefen ?

wefen.

LESSON XLIX.

Scftiott

49.

Adjectives Preceding Substantives without an Article.

Obs.

When

adjectives accompanying a substantive are not preceded by an article or by a demonstrative pronoun, the gender of the substantive must be expressed by

the adjective, which takes

(wanting) article.
repetition of
8,

The
n.

the terminations of the genitive singular, to avoid a

takes

Examples,

masculine.
Singular.

Plural.

Nom.

good wine Gen. guten2Betne3,of good wine Dat. gutemSSetne, to good wine Ace guten SBein, good wine
guter SEBein,

good wines good wines guten SBeinen, to good wines gute SBcine, good wine3
gute SBeine,
guter SBeine, of

ADJECTIVES PBECEDING SUBSTANTIVES WITHOUT AN ARTICLE.

91

FEMININE.
Plural.

N.

\'d)led;te

uppe,

bad (poor)
soup

fdjledjte

uppen, bad soups

uppen, of bad soups uppen, to bad soups

bad soup D. fd)led)ter appe, to bad soup A. fd)Ied)te uppe, bad soup
G.
fd)Ied)ter

uppe, of

fd)led)ter

fd)Ied)ten
fd)led)te

uppen,

bad soups

N E V T E K.
Singular.

Plural.

Nom.
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.

frtfdjeS 33rob;

fresh bread fresh bread

dte

33itd)er,

old books
of old books

frifd)en SSroteS, of.

alter Siidjer,

frifdjem Srote,
frifdseS

to fresh bread often SSudjern, to old books

Srot, fresh

bread

alte

Slider, old

books

!Der djinten,
tie tie

ham

gefcraten,

roast, roasted

uppe, the soup

aBel, the fork
SDtfl,

gefodjt,

boiled

Wilt, -wild

ta

the fruit

Dortrepd), excellent
ticf,

tie -Wadjridjt,
fcfeijne

the news

thick

Slumen, fine flowers

ti

giefct,

there

is,

there are

junge Seute,

young people

giefct eg,

are there?

neue djitlje,

new

shoes

\tmati,

ever

Reading Exercise XLIX.

3d) $o6e guten d)tnfen unt warme

uppe

getyafct.

SSStQfi

tu

falte

uppe tyakn ?
papier unB
SBafier.

2Bir toerten fc^onc 93lumen lafcen.

inte.

Sr

liefet

iuetf e3

ft^worje
ifl

eben ie
tott?

tern

SReifenten

tarme3
(ripe)

28o

ter

dn4mad)er?

Jpofcen tie iirhter retfes

Db(J?

icH
fyaBen ?

e3 junge 2eute in tiefer

ffiirt ter SEifc^Ier

neue

cr d;u1jmader i(t in granffurt geaefen unt kt neue dju^e ge&radjt. S3 maren tuilte Sftadjridjten getuefen. ebra*
Waitl
tenes glelfd)
ift

gefunter ali gefodjteS gteifd).

3$ ^6e

fdjroarjeg

unt

ro$e3 Jud)

gefeljen.

92

AUTTTiTABY VERB ^ftBctt.

PIEST CONDITIONAL.

Theme XLIX.
Wilt thou have some good ham, fresh bread and good butter ? I have bought white and red paper. have eaten

We

The gardener has drunk very strong beer. My father likes only good old red wine. Have you green tea or black tea ? I want good coffee and sweet milk. Will the boys have roast meat or boiled meat? Here is good fresh water, and also good white wine.
excellent fruit.

Conversation.
JpaBen

ie guten

Mfe

getyaBt ?

SBtr fatten guten $afe uni

Sutter.

frifdje

SBaren ie tm
mejen?

attert

Sweater gc*

9Mn, wtr
roefen.

tcarett int (Soncert

ge

Jpat unfer Ufyrmadjer gute

ifct

U^rcn ?

(Sr Ijat Beffere Utjren ali fcer 3Brige.

eg gefdjttfte 2lerjte
?

in tiefer

Stein, gefdjufte Slerjte leBen (live)

tact

mtr (only) in S)eutf4lanS.

9ftad)en cie SEifdjter neue 9JlbBeI ?

ie madjen nur neue ifilbM.

rinfen le rotten oter weijjen

SBetn
?

3$ trtnlc meter rotten nod) toetfjen

SBein,
tdj trinfe frlfd}ea'3Ba|?er.

SMen
SSerfauft

ie
Cer

eine

gute
?

Sigarre

3$
r

raudje

roefcer

gute nod)

fdjledjte

raud)en

(smoke)

Sigarren.

flaufmann

guten

oerfauft

feljr

guten griinen unfc

Stye

fdjwarjen Ztyt.

LESSON
3^
tot

L.

Settion 30.
jjaJeit.

First Conditional of
rourCe tjaBen

or

id) tjatte,

I should have

wurCejt B^aBen or Cu Batteft,

tx

wurCe IjaBen

or

ex

ptte,

thou wouldst have he would have

SBtr wurCen tyaBen or

ify
(le
it)urtet

tuir fatten,
ifjr Ijattet,
fte

we should have
you would have they would have

IjaBen

or

witrben IjaBen

or

fatten,

AUXILIARY VEBBS^afceit AND [tin.

FIEST CONDITIONAL.
fatten, if
)

93

SBenn

tdj

ptte, if I
if

had

2Benn wir

we had
.
,

wenn tu
roenn er
it)

tyatteft,

(fie,

eS)

thou hadst wenn tljr ^attet, $&tte, if he (she, wenn @ie fatten,
wenn
fie

had

fatten, if

they had

First Conditional of
3d) witrbe fetn or
id)

fcin.

iu

witrbeft fein

er wiirbe fein

I should be or bu wareft, thou -wouldst be or er ware, he would be

ware,

2Bir wiirben fein or wir waren,

tljr
fie

witrbet fetn

or or

\%x wiiret,
fie

wurten

fein

waren,

we should be you would be they would be

SBenn wir waren, if we were id} ware, if I were wenn tl;r waret, I .<_____ wenn bu wareft, if thou wert wenn er (fie, e) ware, if he (she, wenn le waren, Wenn fie waren, if they were it) were
2Denn
Sic ^flaume, the
tie djtadjr,

plum

geredjt,

just

the battle

tabeln,

to

bos pietjeug, the plaything

frolj,

^ungrtg,
burfttg,

blame hungry drunk

tetritlJt,

glad sorry

thirsty

getrunfen,

Reading Exercise
3d) witrbe elb
ntefyr

L.

fyaBen,

wenn

id) nidjt

getrunfen ptte.*

Du witrbeft

greunte \dbtn, wenn bu geredjter wareft.

(Sr witrbe etn $>ferb

fafcen,

wenn

er

efo' genug

t)atte.

9Mne

Bljne wiirben auSgefyen,

fo

wenn wenn

fie

nidjt unwoljt iuaren.

Unfer Sifdjler witrce nid)t

arm

fein,

Die Sante witrbe nid)t fo fyungrtg fein, wenn 2Mrben @ie auf tas Sanb gefycn, wenn bas fie StwaS gegeffen ijatte. Die Winter wiirben ptelaeuge |a6en, 3Setter nidjt fo fdjtedjt ware ? wenn fie fpieten wiirben. Die gremben wiirben nidjt fo burftig fein,
er fletfjiger ware.

wenn

fie

SBaffer ptten.
teenn,

@ie wiirben
is

nidjt tabeln.

'

After

the verb

placed at the end.

See Lesson

71.

94

AUXILIARY VEBBS

t)

t XI

AND

fC

i tt.

FIRST CONDITIONAL.

Theme
I should be glad, wouldst bo thirsty.
eaten
if

L.

Thou I had* those playthings. not had if he hungry, would be He

Would you be sorry, if he were just ? She (gegeffen). would be just. If thou wert glad, he would be glad also. They should have plums and apples, if they were ripe. Would she be happier, if she had more friends ? Would they be sorry, if they were more diligent ? They would have won
(geroomten) the battle.

Conversation.
fflBiirbeftku

efo

fyafon,

wemt
1

fcein

3d) ttmrbe

Diet

elD l)a&en.

SSoter 3U

#aufe taaxt

fBurben

fie

fro$ fein, tucnn

ffe

tai pteljeug fatten?

SBiirben

@ie roiirben nic wieber (never again) 6etrit6t fein.

3d)
witrte

@te 2Bein
Jante

trlnfen,

wenn

mir

frifdjea,

fatten

<Ste htrjttg
SBiirfce tie
fie

mown ?
gered)tfettt,

Sffiaffer

trinfen.

wenn

@te
2r

witrbe frolj

unb

geredjt [tin.

nic^t franf wiire?

SSitrle

Der $atfer
kit

gufrleben fein,
tie @d)Iad)t

wiirbe fe^r frolj fein.

wtnn

olbaten

ntd)t serlorcn tyStten ?

aUurben <Ste mir 31*

fferfc let^en,

3d) rourbe e3 3|nc nttt Sergniigen

ttjetm <Ste ei tytttten ?

(with pleasure)

Iet|en.

After werati the verb is placed at the end.

See Lesson 7t.

PART
LESSON
Obs.
I.

II.
Scfttou 51.
the infinitive in n* or
root,
e.

LI.

Conjugation of Kegular (or Modern) Active Verbs.

AH German verbs end in

By removing
tafcet-n,

Ctt.
g.,

this
;

ending we find the

lob-Ctl,

to

blame

to praise.

Note. In German the infinitive when after another verb is preceded by ju but the auxiliaries of mode (see p. 219), also f infien, to find f iif)lcn,
;
;

to feel
Ijelfen,

prett, to hear ; Meibctt, to remain ; fjcijjcit, to bid, (not to call) ; to help ; (cfjrcn, to teach ; (emeu, to learn, and madjen, to make,

are followed
I

by the
do
it,

infinitive
(Er

without
fte

311

e.

g.,

3<$

Ijeifje

bt$ e*

tJjttn,

bid you

(to)

but

fam

ju

fe^en,

he came
is

to see her.

Obs. II.

The
fixing

Present Participle
;

formed by adding en&

qclobt.
1.

to the root

e. g.,

Iofcen&

the Past Participle by pre;

gc and
is

affixing t

e. g.,

Note.

The prefix ge
;

not used in the participle past,

i(e)ren; e. g., marfc()iren,

With
;

all

verbs of foreign origin ending in Witt (not gemaifdjui); 2. emjt, cnt, cr, tier, or jer

to

march mar*
He, ge

With such

as have the unaccented prefix

Obs. III.

The Imperative, which

person,
is
;

e. g., Befudjett,

to visit ; 6efu<$t (not geoefu^t).

is only used in the second formed in the singular by adding e ^ole, fetch (thou) and in the plural by adding et : fudjet, seek (ye), or en when the verb is followed by the pronoun <3te: lotctl te, praise (you).
:

Obs. IV.

The Present tense

is

formed by adding e
: id) lofctc.

id) fofce;

the Imperfect by adding tc PBKSENT TENSE.

3d) (erne, I learn or

IMPERFECT TENSE.
3d)
ttefcte,

am learning

I loved

tu

lernft,

er (fte, ti)

bu Hefcteft, thou lovedst thou learnest lernt, he (she, it) learns er Itefcte, he loved

imr ternen,

we

learn
,

rotr
it)*-

Itetoen,

we loved
\
,

t&r Iern(e)t, )

*<* ie ternen, \ fie lernen, they learn

to be

leam

tiefctet,

on loved te IteMen, [ ? fte Ite&ten, they loved

:

* The only verbs which in the infinitive elide the t before n are and those whose root ends ttt el or er. ; t(J2ttti to do,

fein,

96
Obs. V.

BEGULAB OB MODEBN VEBBS: COMPOUND TENSES.

For euphony sake regular verbs, whose

are &,
t,

last radicals

in, git, fcttt, fftt, <#tt, or iffm, retain C between the root and the ending in every mode, tense, and person ; e. g., 3d) tt'te, I speak, iu refceft, er retete,
Obs. VI.

Verbs whose
w&ifdje,

toir

^oBen

gerefcet, etc.

last radical is a sibilant (f,

;

ff,

f!$, j)
</.,

insert C in the second person singular

e.

id)

I wish, im

tunfdje|t, etc.

Reading Exercise
3d) terae jnetne 2lufga6e.
feincm Seljrer.

LI.

lobfi:

teinen djitler.

r
bie

ge^ordjt

2Sir toofjnen in granffurt.

obcr SSJeitt ?
Sobtefl

3^

lieBt

Sudser.

oIen ie
3d)
liebte

SEBoffer

te

djitler jitdjen bai SBcrter&ud).

meitmt 2e$rer.

bu ben tragcn djuler ?

er

SSater

jitdjte

ten ifd)ler.

3Bir fauften Slepfel unl> Sirnen.

3tyr ^iJrtet

wai

jncin Dnlel fagte.

fcem <Dtener.

2Bo$nten @ic ntd)t in Scrlin

@ie

getyordjten

S)u lannfl ins Sonccrt gdjen.

?

oUcn

wtr cine neue

Slufga&e

Iemcn

SReifcn

@ie nad) $arls ?

Unfere filtern gefyen tns

Sweater.

oIe ein las SSajjer.

fcu? (r rctct fe|r

udjet cure bcutfdjen rammattfen.

Iangfam (slow).

SBaS nmnfdjefl

I love

Theme LI. my parents. Thou livest in Berlin.

Charles learns

buy a new dictionary. "What do you seek ? The gardener and the tailor live in Frankfort. What did you buy ? I bought a white horse. She loved her teacher. What are you making? I am learning my lesson. The
his lesson.

We

teacher praised his pupils, they learned the lesson.

(sing.) to obey.

Learn
(plur.)

Obey

your parents.
Obs.

My

your teachers. Love parents have visited your uncle.

(plur.)

Vn The

Compound tenses are formed in German nearly as in English. 1. In the Perfect the participle past of the principal verb is preceded by the present, and in the
(ein)

Pluperfect by the imperfect of fjafcen (sometimes e. g., 3d) fcbe gefernt, I have learned ; id) ; fyatte gclictt, I had loved.
2.

In the First Future and First Conditional, the

REGULAR OB MODERN VERBS

infinitive of a principal

COMPOUND

TENSES.

97

verb

auxiliary toctfccn (like shall

e. g.,

is combined vvith the and should in English)

3c& wcrfcc f aufcn, I shall buy; 3<fc tontte iund)cn, I should make. 3. In the Second Future and Second Conditional the past participle of the principal verb is inserted between the auxiliary toerbcn and the infinitive of babcn (sometimes feitt) e. g., id) werbe gebaut 6a* Sen, I shall have built ; id) witrbe Qcbor4>t tyaBen, I should have obeyed.
;

PERFECT TENSE.

PLUPERFECT.

I have
3dj

made
gemadjt

babe

fcu Ijaft

gemadjt er $at gemad)t roir IjaBen gemad)t iljr $aBt gemad)t

ie ^aBen gemadjt fie fyafeen QCmad)t

FIRST FUTURE.

I had made 3d) twite gemadjt bu fyattcft gemad)t er batte gemad>t tt>ir fatten gcmadjt ibr battet gemadjt ie fatten Qcmad)t fie batten gemadjt
FIRST CONDITIONAL.

I shall build
3d) toetfee Bauen

I should obey
3d) nmrfce geB,ord)eti

bu

wirft

Bauen Bauen

bu wurbejt

getyordjen

cr wlrb

er roiirbe geB.ordjen

wtr werben Bauen

wir wiirben ge^ordjen

xtyr tuiirbet

%
(ie

tterbet

Bauen Bauen

ge^ordjen

ie

toerben

ie
fie

jviirben ge$ordjen

werben Bauen

witrben gefyordjen

SECOND FUTURE.
I shall have bought
3d) werfce gefauft

SECOND CONDITIONAL. I should have bought

3d) njwrfcc gefauft

babcn

babcn

Ju

wtrft gefauft B,a6en

bu
er

roiirbeft

gefauft fyaBen

er wirb gefauft f;a6en

tir tuerben gefauft $aBen

wurbe gefauft tyaBen

wiirben gefauft tyaBen
tmirbet gefauft B^aBen

tcir
tfcr

i|r werbet gefauft tyaBen

te
fie

roerben gefauft faBen

ie wurben
fie

gefauft tyaBeit

werben gefauft fyaBen

roiirben gefauft tyaBen

98

REGULAB OB MODEEN VEEBS: COMPOUND TENSES.

Additional Reading Exercise.*

$nt unfer
nid)t gemad)t.
geBaitt.

<5d)ub,tnad)er btefe

We

gemadjt ?

9letn, er f>at

oft bu

Me

Slffen

aud) gefe^en ?

3d)

fie

btejeS

aus
fie

atte ber djiiter tie 2Iufgafte gelernt?

Stein, er

wire

t)eute lernen.

Sir
pttenf-

elu

geb,abt

wurben baS SBBrterBud) gelauft tyaben, roenn tttr werbe tie Seftion morgen (to-morrow) Be*

3*

ensigen.
roeri>en bie

SBirft

bu ben Brief beenbtgt

B,aben, e^e e3 bunfel

tft

SCir

3ted)nung Beja^It IjaBen, e^e @ie aBretfen.

<3te wiirben bie

SBudjer gefud)t ijaBen,

wenn

fie

3eit geb,aBt fatten.

Additional Theme.

Who has made these tables ? I have learned my lesson. Charles has not read his book. The watchmaker had sold Would the children have all his watches, we will sell ours. Where will your teacher playthings? had had played, iff they Our sister live? Will you buy a new house in Berlin? would buy the dress. The merchant would have sold his
house, iff he

had

I had heard it. loved you also. if he had learned his lesson better.

I should have believed it, if me, I2 shouldi have loved you had If The Professor would have praised Charles,
lost his son.

Conversation.
SJofynten <aie fritter in tyadi ?
Stein, Id) wofytte fritter In Berlin,

aber ie^t roo^nen mlr Ingranf furt.

3Ba3

iDlrb ber

tener

tyolen ?

(Er folrb ffiSaffer

"Men.

3Ba B.aBen @le

Sernfi
SQBirt)

geBJJrt?
?

3d)

fi^be eine fd)bne 9Kuft! ge^&rt.

bu Deutfd)
ber

SReln, id) lerne Sngltfd).

Stein,
after

$Bnlg

ein neues djlofi

er

toitrbe

ein
er

neues

Bauen?
SBcrben <3te ba3 Btoue Sitd) teamen ?

<34)Iofj

Bauen,

wenn

els

bitte.

Stein, Id) werbe

bag grime

roatylen.

* These additional exercises may be reserved for a separate lesson, on page 206) and t aScnn (if) here governs the subjunctive (which see
requires the auxiliary at the end.

CARDINAL NUMBERS
SBirfi

99
gefc,en,

bu in'i Concert ge^en?

S'leitt,
icfj

aBer tdj toitrte

tucnit
tyatte.

metne

Stufgafce

gelemt

28er imrb tie glafdjen mit 28etn

ffiUen?
SBeldjeS ^Pfcrb toitrben
tyaben ?
giir

er
3d)

tetter mitrbe

fie fxtttert,

wemt

tr SBein gotten.

ie

geroai)It

witrbe

bas

weifje

getiif)It

iaBen.
biefe

wen Ijatte ber artrter Slumen gebradjt ?

@r

|atte

fie

fur urtjere (Smitie ges

LESSON LH.
ettt, e

Seftion

S2.

Cardinal Numbers.
(etna,*

one

fec^je^it,
fiefcettje^n,

sixteen

jroet,

two
three
four
five

brei,

Bier,
fiinf,

seventeen eighteen neunjeljn, nineteen atDcmjtg, twenty

adjtjefytt,

fed)3,
fiefcen,

six

ein

unb jwanjig, twenty-ono

thirty

seven ad)t, eight nettn, nine je^n, ten elf, eleven

jtoiilf,

breifjig,

Sterjtg,

forty
sixty

ffinfetg, fifty

fecfotg,

ftefcettjig,

seventy ninety a hundred a thousand

j e

twelve
thirteen

flfyjig,

eighty

breijetyn,
sierjefyn,
futtfeeijtt,

netmjig,
^unbert,
taufenb,

fourteen
fifteen

Obs.

I.

The numbers 13 to 19 add the particle

answers to the English
teen
;

^ n,

which
with
j t

from 20 to

90,

the exception of thirty, f they take the

affix

answering to
*

ty.

Et

it

$ is never used at the beginning or in the middle of

compound
g,

numbers.
f

The word brei ending in

a vowel,

jj

a is

added, instead of j i

to

prevent a harshness of sound.

100
Obs.
II.

CARDINAL NUMBERS.

The
is

English expression what

o'clock
as,

or what time,

translated

tieiel

ttljr;

What

o'clock

Obs.

m.

(what time) is it ? 2Bie Diet Uljr i fl es? When speaking of the hour a 1 6 (half ) and 33 1 er t e I (quarter) are placed before the next num;

ber

as,

|al6

ttter

(half past

three)

literally

half (towards) four;

(a quarter past five)

ein SHertel
literally

aitf fedja

a quarter towards

(of)

six.

Reading Exercise
Unfcr iirtner at brei ^anindjen

LII.
iefer alte 3&ger $at

gefdjoffen.

neun
jefyt

23Bgel gefangen

(caught).
3<>1*
iflt

2Bie alt pnt)

jwolf

ie?

3<^ Bin fieBen^

SBic

3a^e
unb
ijt

fltt.

as
age.

donate.
(Into

)iefer SSftonat |at

cin

breifj ig

Wefcr tabt

taufenb iiufer.

siel Ufjr

eS ?

S3

ijt

brei Ufyr ober |aI6 ier.

Der

$i3nig lot tne^r

jejjt

ali ^unbert 9>ferbe.

SBie stele 2Iufga6en ^at ber filler 6t

finb fed)je$n
ipitfytdjen
fed)3

(as

yet)
^at

geternt.

in bent ofe.
adjtjig

9Wein

9ieffe

titer

unb jwanjig tabte unb

unb

orfer gefe|en.

Theme

LII.

has your uncle ? He had six horses, and four oxen. How old is your eldest son ? He is fourteen years old, and my eldest daughter is The hunter has shot to-day nineteen eighteen years old. rabbits. Our gardener has caught more than twenty-seven

How many horses

(urtbe)

two dogs

chickens in your yard. There are eighteen florins in my week has seven days ; a month has four weeks; a year -has twelve months, fifty-two weeks or three hundred
purse.

and

sixty-five days.

Conversation.
3Cte biele djiiler
JJBte eft finb
tyctt

err Sange ?
?

r $at
ie

fiinf

unb jwanjig @djuler.

3<^re
aft.

3$re Softer

Sltefle tfl fiinftefot

0ED1NAL NUMBEBS.
2Bte Bid U$r
i(l e<3

101

(3

tft

cut Stertel auf stet ober |aIB

bier.

2Bas $at ber Sager gef^offen ? 2Bo 1}at ier tetter tie ^ndjen
gefangen ?
<sinb Biele 3<iger

Jjat jtuei
fie

^aninctyen

gefct)offen.

r $at

in tern ofe gefangert.

im

SMbe?

ga

finb feljr stele SSger im SBalbe unb in ber tabt.

LESSON LIH.

Seftton S3.

Ordinal Numbers.
!Der
erfte,

the

first

>er jrocmjtgfte,
ber bretfjigfte,

ber jweite,
ber britte,

the second the third the fourth

ber

ttterjigfte,

ber Sterte, ber fiinfte, ber ber ber

fecfjste,

ber fimfjigfte,
ber fedjjigfte,

the

fifth

the twentieth the thirtieth the fortieth the fiftieth the sixtieth
(or
ftefcjigfte,)

the sixth fiefcente, the seventh the eighth the ninth the tenth

ber fiefcenjigfte

the

seventieth
ber adjtjigfte,
ber tteunjigfte,
ber ljunbertfte,

acfjte,

ber neuttte, ber

jetyttte,
lejste,

the eightieth the ninetieth

ber
ber

the last

ber jmetljuitbertjle,

the hundredth the two lum-

ffiteirielte,

what day

of the

dreth
ber taufenbfte,

month
Obs.
I.

the thousandth

The ordinals are formed from the cardinals, up to

the 19th inclusive (ber erfte, britte and ad)te excepted), by adding t, and from the 20th upwards, by adding the article. They terminate ft, and are preceded by in e in the nominative, and are declined like adjec-

Obs. II.

In

tives.

See Lesson

XXV,

compound numbers the

Obs. V, page 49. last only is ordinal,

;

as, the 1238th, ber the others remain cardinals jtublftyunbert ad)t unb breijjtgfte.

102
Obs. HI.

OBDINAI. NUMBEES.

In German the names of months and days require

the definite
article.

>er 3attu<w,
tier

January

cr 3H, July
ber 3lugujt,
'ber (September,

%tbxmv, February
SDtiirj,

ber

March
April

August September
October

ber SlpriJ,
tier

ber Dftober,

Wlai,
f

May
Sunday

ber 9coemBer,

November

ber

3ti June
onntag,

ber

ejemkr, December

ber

ber ;Dt>nnerftag, bcr grcitag,

bcr

ber iJftontgg, ber jDtenfteg,

Monday
Tuesday

ber SWittood),

Wednesday

Thursday Friday amjkg, (or onnaBenb) Saturday

Obs. TV.

To denote
nals;
e

repetition m a I is added to the cardiin ma I, once; jroeimal, twice, etc. They are sometimes written e t n Wlal, 3 e i Wlal, jc.
tt>

Reading Exercise
er
2Bod)e.
erfte

LIII,
Xe^ten

Sag
ifl

bcr britten
if!

2Bod)e.

Etc

Sage

bcr ortgen

Unfer ^einridj

immer

bcr jtocite ober britte in jetner ^tajfe.

er

3<*Krc

&

f*e -Wonat bed

3<riM,

bcr >ienfrag ber britte

Sag

ber 2Bod)e.

griebrt^ foirb

am onntag
granlreidj

ober SJlontag ju 3tynen lorn*

men.

SBUtyelm ber firfk

t|t

ber ftetente Jtbnig

son ^reujjen.

Subwig
son

ber SBierje^nte

war iionig on

unb ufksj

Slbolf ^tBttig

ctoeben.

3d) Bin breimal in Sonbon gewefen.

>en

tic

sieften

bed SKonatS |aBen tir tyeute ?

SBtr $aBen tyeute ben neunjeljnten.

Theme
The
first

LIII.
eighth,

week

in

May was beautiful. Henry the

king of England, had six wives. Saturday is the seventh day of the week. I have lost the second volume of SchilMary is the third, Sarah is the fifth, and Elizaler's works. beth the last. How much money do you have? I shall pay him on Thursday or Friday. I read my (news) paper every morning at eight o'clock.* "What day of the month is to-day ?
* At.
. .

.o'clock,

render urn-

.Uljr.


DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS.

103

Conversation.
3jl bein
roefen ?

Secret

je

in SBeriitt ge*

3a,
3d)

er

ifi

bret ober stermal tort

geroefen.
Ijafce

2Bte lange r,a6en <3te in eutfdj*

trei

donate unb

ier

lanb

gelefet ?
toirji

Sage
tnir

tort geleW.

2Gann

bu ju

fommen?

3$
3a,

werte morgen ober

jit

am Son*

nerftag

Sfjnen lontmen.
(te

akn @ie
lefen?

fcbon

Me 3"tu3 &*

id)

Icfe

jeben florgen

um

ftefcen

U^r.

SBann frar6 3ato6 ber Qtodtt ? 2Sar onntag nidjt ber breijeljnte ?

Slot

fcierjetynten

eptemoer 1701.

Stein,

onntag war ber neunje^nte.

LESSON
Obs.
I.

LIV.

Set tivn 54.

Demonstrative Pronouns.
tefer, biefe, biefeS, this; plur. btefe, these; jener, Jene, i e n e 3 that plur. j e n e those ;
, ;
,

are declined like the article. *

Obs.

n.

erjenige, biejenige, basjenige, that, the one; berfel&e, biefeUe, baffelbe, the same; also ber natnltdje, the same, and e o e n b e r s felBe, the very same, combine the declension of
I!

the article and the adjective.

Declension of berjenige and the Abridged Form.

Singular.
Masc.
Fern.
btejenige

Nom.
G-en.

or ber f besjentgen or be(fen

berjenige

or or or

bie,

that
of that
to that

berjenigen

beren,

Dat. Ace.

bentjenigen

or bem

berjenigen or ber,
biejenige
bie,

benjenigen or ben
fe

that

often use b i c $ and baa, and also e i. SEBorte, these are my words. j- This abridged form of the demonstrative pronoun receives more stress than the definite article.

* Instead of b i e

Germans

Ex.

Dies finb meine

104

DEMONSTRATIVE PHONCUNS.
Neuter.

Norn.

bcigjcntge

or bag, or
beffen,

that
of that

Gen.
Dat.
.Ace.
Plural.

tegjenigen

bemjenigen or bent,
bagjentge

to that

or bag,

that

Masc, Fern, and Neut.

biejentgen

Norn.

or
or

bie,

those
of those

Gen.
Dat. Ace.
Obs. IIL

berjenigen

berer,

benjentgen

or benen, to those or
tie,

Mejenigen
this

those

In
or

German

if

or that
to be it

subject

by the verb

is separated from its takes the neuter form

of the singular without any regard to the gender son,

number of the following noun. Dtefeeift metn @o^n.

Ex. This

is

my

Reading Exercise LIV.

ier
fetne
iji

metn nt unb berjenige (or

(or
bie)

ber) beg 33rief6oten.

#ler
UJ)r

if} i(l

Seber unb biejenige

unfereg Sebienten.
.Stinb
ift

3"
alg

fleiner, alg bie

meiner Sante.

%enti
2>teg

grijfjer,

bag ^ijni

Wa&jbaTi.

!Der unartige Jfnabe fyat ntd)t

nur

fein 33ud) serloren, [on*

bent audi bag fetneg Severs.

waren

bie 2Borte unfereg StrjteS.

Sag

ift

bag SSerl.

SBir fpredjen toeber Bon unferem SSebienten nod)

e

son bemjenigen (or b

^o|Ier.

m) Styti
tft

eneralg, fonbent son bent teg errn

S)er Sefyrer $at kibe Sitdjer

SBeffen 33aU

bieg?

genome

men.

liefer 33anb beg SBerfeg

ift

auggegecen.

Theme
Have you taken my hat

LIV.

Elizabeth's silver thimble is better than that of Louisa.

or that of Charles.

We

shall sell

not only this house, but * also that of our uncle. I have taken neither your umbrella nor that of Miss Miller. I have taken Frederick's umbrella. Henry has spent his money and that
* But after a negated clause
is

generally rendered [ onficvn (see

p. 239).

RELATIVE PRONOUNS.
of his niece.
those,

105

The rabbits, which we have shot, are fatter than which the hunter has caught. Emily has lost her watch and that of her mother. Gustavus has eaten his peas and those of his brother. Monday is my eighteenth
birthday.

Conversation.
&ot ber Secret %fy S3udj Berloren ober bagjentge metneg 33ruberg ?

Sr
3d>

Ijat

bagjentge 31j"3

SruberS

Serloren.
fpredje

Spredjen @ie on 3|rem otyne

ober uon bent beg erat

raeber

son

meinem

Sane?

ofyne nod) on bem beg errn

33anf,
Slrjteg.

fonbem

son bem beg

S03e|fettU^i|iMe?
3JUt went witnfdjen <5ie gu fpredjen ?

Sg

tjt

bte

meiner Softer Smtlte.

3d) wjinfdje nut bem alten SBrief*

Boten ju fpredjen.

3ji btefeg

3$r

Jput?

Stein, id) ^a6e feinen Jput.

3ji biefer arteit ju serfaufen ?

tefer

arten

unb

bet

unfereg

9lad)6arg jtnb ju serfaufen.

SMdjeg on biefen 9Jtef|em werben @le faufen ? 3ft jeneg aug grijfjer, ate bag
3^res SRadjBarg errn
?

3d)

toerbe toeber

bag etne nod) bag

anbere faufen.

3eneg aug
befler,

tft

tet gr&jjer

unb
nod)

ate bag unfereg 9tad)krg.

toeber

SBerben <3te mein 9>fcrb ober bag

beg
SSJMtter faufen ?

3d)

tserbe

3^

$ferb

bag beg errn SMtler faufen.

LESSON

LV.

Seftion 55.

Eelative Pronouns,
Obs.
I.

In German the
tt)

e I dj e

Obs. II.

In English

end of the sentence. the relative pronoun may be omitted, but in German it must always be expressed.
the

regard to the verb at

relative pronouns e I d) e r to e I d) e, and ber, bie, bag are used without persons, animals or things, and require
,

106

EELATIVE PRONOUNS.

Declension of
Singular.
Mase.
Fern.
tt>eltf)e

meldjer.

Plural.
Went.
Weltf)e3

For aM genders.
weid)e,

Nom.
Gen.

welder
tefen

beren

kefen
weldjem
weldjea

beren,

Dat. Ace.

ttetc^m
wctd)en

welder
weldje

wetdjen,
tteldje,

who, which, that whose, of which to whom, to which

whom, which,

that

Declension of
Singular.
Mase.
Fern.

ber.

Plural.

Neut.

For aM genders.
Me,
beren,

Nom.
Gen.
Dat. Ace.

ber

Me
beren
ber

ba
befen
bent

befen
bent

benen,
tie,

ben

Me

baa

who, which, that whose, of which to whom, to which whom, which

Reading Exercise LV.

2Do
ijt

bet Sifdjfa, wetter unferen neuen tfd) gemadjt $at ?

aben

@ie bas aus gefe|en, Welches ber 9Ke&ger gekwt la:? 2Me $nakn, metdje bie ^trfdjen gefauft |a6en, jtnb Me meinigen. <Stnb bie <Sd)iUer,
beren Slufgafce <5te serkfert
ttrir

ttafcen, fletfjtg ?
feljr

ie ^inber, teren

SSater

gejiern gefe^en fyafcen, jtnb

gefdjriefcen
tja6e,

fd)bn.

er
ift

Uljrmadser, roeld,em

id)

Mefen Srtef

fjeifjt

SBafter.

Der $ud)en,

wetdjen

wir gegefen ^afcen, war

betnen
t|t

ntd)t fe^r gut.

as

ber djnetter, welcber

SJloif

gemadjt |at.
ijt

5Ber

ijt

bie

junge grau, beren Wlann franf

as

Me

SSittoe

SMter,

in beren Jpaufe ntein

3fi ba<3 bie junge 'Dame, ntit ber <5ie tnS Sweater ge^en werben ?
iji

D|etm wo^nt. 3

graulein

SClutter, bie gejiern 6ei tnctner <Sd)tejter

war.

Theme LV.
fortune.

I have seen the shoemaker whose brother has lost all his Show me the widow whose daughter has received the reward. The pen which I have made (gefdjnttten) does

PERSONAL PRONOUNS.

107

whom you know ? which we have spoken ? I These are the gardens which the butcher has sold to the widow. The books (which) you have bought in the bookseller's store are very old. The flies which we have in our house are generally very troublesome. The postman whose trunks are lost is ill. Will you take the bread to the kitchen ? The postman whose son has received a reward is in Spain.
not write.
Is this the son of the butcher
of (son)

Have you seen the houses shall see them to-morrow.

Conversation.
$3o
tft

ber

Rnait, weldjer mein

3d)

raeijj

es

nid)t,

id)

^afce

tyn

5Bud; aerrtffen tjat ?

ntdjt gefe^en.

aben

(Etebte gremtengcfc^ctt,

wit

Sftein,

mem
ba<3

err,

id)

^af e

fie

nod)

weldjen mtr gefprodjen

|a6m ?

ntdjt gefeljen.
Sftetn,
tft

3ft bag tie junge SBittroe, mit ber

bie

>ame,

bie

mtr
Ijat.

@ie
2Ber
ift

tits

Sweater getyen werben ?

atte

einen 3legenfd)irnt geltefjen

($
tft

jener

Warm,

ber ben

ber SBriefbote, in beffen

aus

Srief gebradjt $at ?

mein Dnfel
3a,
)er
id)

wotynt.
ifl

Bennett te ben SWe|gcr, bcr ^cute

Jet unferer

fenne tn, er

ber greunb

cmte war

ber SBtttwe.

2Bie

fyetpt

ber STOaler, beffen od)2

9Mer,

beffen od)ter biefen

Ijat, ^etjjt 2Betfj.

ter bicfen

Srtef gefdjrtekn
t)at

tyat ?

Srief gefdjrteben
(S3 entljalt

2Bie stele

Simmer

baS #au$,

(contains)
eine ^iidje.

ad)t

3""*

weldses tetn SSater gemtettyet ^at?

SBeldjeS

mer unb
3d)

son

tiefen Sitdjern Ijaben

fjabe beibe 33ud)er gelefen.

<3ie gelefen?

LESSON LVL
Obs.

Seftion

56.

Personal Pronouns,
I.

The

personal pronouns are

;

t d)

I;

thou;
it.

e r

(mas.) he; fie, (fern.) she

and

eg (neut.)

108

DECLENSION OF THE PERSONAL PRONOUNS.

Declension of the Personal Pronouns,

Singular.

DECLENSION OF THE PERSONAL PRONOUNS.

Obs.

109

HE.

The
all

reflexive pronoun f t d) has only one form for genders both in the singular and plural, and is used only in the dative and accusative.

Reading Exercise LVI.

3d; d)te
bid) utft fcu Uefcjt mid).

ie femten una mft

tjt

tttir

lofien |ic.
leitye

at

er ftd) geroafdjen?

iefee Safdjentud)

nid)t troden,

mir

iai teinige.

Site ^et^t ber

^aufmann,

beffen Snffier bir cinen Srief

gefdjrteoen $at ?
fte

2Bir toerben cud) nod) aufe netjmen.

3d) roerSe

Mr

nidjt letljen.

eft
tt)r

tljr

fyungrig ober burftig ?

3Cir tcerten ee

felBfi

iite.

fym. e

SBottt
tft

fel&jt

ge|en ?

2Str banfen

tnir

left.

3^r

roerbet Bel

una Meloen.
3^ntn
tdj

S^nen fur. 3*)" Potmen ie

mit una

fpctjteren

ge^en ?

Stein, id) bcmfe

We tern 33ud)s

Mnber

serfprodjen, jeben

Zag mit

it)m fpaaieren ju ge^en.

Theme
I

LVI.

not yet ready. Do you esteem us ? Hast thou handkerchief ? I have washed it, but it is not yet dry. Is it necessary to learn this conversation ? Yes, it is very necessary, you must learn it. Have you read the paper this morning ? No, Sir, I have not had time, but I shall read it to-morrow or the day after to-morrow. Give

am

washed

my

We will buy you play(Dot.) a piece [of] bread. Will you do it yourselves ? Do you need a trunk ? Why is he sad ? The books which you have lent me are very interesting. Here is the newspaper which you had the kindness to lend me ; I thank you very much (fefyr)
(giefc)

me

things.

"

Conversation.
SijtbucS? oben te tneinen tod gettom*
3a,
id)

Mn

ee feftfh

Slein, 3t)r

jungfter

otjn $at

tt)n

men ? fcat Me grau

genommen.
bee Srlef&oten

mein

3, fa

e* gewafajen, abtx ti

ifl

afd}entud)gewafd)en?

nidst troden.


110
SEtrjl

INDEFINITE PRONOUNS.

bu

t&r cinen Sricf fdjreiben ?

Stein, ntein erc, id; |afce leine 3ett.

SBo

tjt

iaa IPferb eures ^tadjbara ?

|atte ti ntdjt mefyr nijtf)tg

ijerfaufte eg.

unn

23Mt

tr

mit

mi

getjen ?

3Bir

banfen

3|nen,

wtr kfren

|eute leine 3eit.

$onnen @ie mir 3b>

lei^en ?

SBorterfmcfj

@3

t|ut mtr leib, id) lann ti

nic^t leityen, e3
iji

3|nen

bei bent 33ud)*

btnber.

itbnnen

te nid)t

ansge^en ?

*Mn,

toir miiffen

ju aufe

Hei^w

LESSON LVH.

Settivn

57.

Indefinite Pronouns.

The

indefinite
SJtan,

pronouns are:
one (French, on), they.

3ebermann, everyone, everybody.

Semanb, some one, somebody.

Sftietnanb,

no one, nobody.

@toaS, anything, something.

9Md)t3,
<3el6(l

nothing, not-anything.
(or
felber),

self,

fiinanber,

Reiner,

e,

each other, one another. i, nobody, none, no one.

(if

Obs.

I.

9Ji

n occurs only in the nominative,

another

case is required the corresponding oblique case of

(see lOT), and requires the is used verb in the singular. It is expressed in English not only by one and they, but also by the passive voice 9JJ an fa gt they say, one says, or, it is said

einer

(French, on
Obs. II.

dit).

3cbermann takes in the genitive, the other cases remain unchanged. 3entanb and Wit*
manb
take g or eg in the genitive.

In the dative

INDEFINITE PRONOCNS.

Ill
Ctt.

Obs. HI.

the ending is ettt, and in the accusative frequently these endings are dropped.
<S
c (

Quite

ft

or

fe

e x is

invariable.
;

It either follows a

noun or
mix, or is
fagtc ti

(pers.) pron.

e. g., 3tjr

placed at the end

ofrn fel&ft fagte ti of the clause 31jr ofyn

:

mir felfcft, your son himself told

me

it.

Reading Exercise LVIL

SSftcm fagt, cr ift franf.

gefeben ?
foil

TtAn ^at tfyn geliebt. Jpat man etnen SOlann Sejant 3tbermamt. 2Bir IBren SemanbcS ttmme. SJlan
(or on 9ttemanb) SBBfeS (euiZ)
ifyre

son SRtemantem
brad)te

refeen.
feltfl

Die
ge*
.ftetner

Gutter
madjt.

[brought)

Softer

felbft.

3$

late 3
felbft.

9Kan mug

feinen 9tadjbar IteBen lute

(as)

(tdj

(or 9>Uemanb) fann jiucien (two) Jperren bienen.

gefagt ?

Jpat Jir

bas

3emanb

SKetn 33ruber lobt ftiemanben.

Theme LVIL
not love anybody. Has somebody told serve more than one master ( c r r). They say (or it is said) that he is ill. One must love one's (feinen) neighbor as oneself (fid) fell) ft). He has come himself. I shall do it myself. One is happy when one is contented. Be* polite to (g eg en) every body. Had the man Several have received anything? No one is without faults.

My brother does

you that ?

Nobody can

made

the same mistake.

Conversation.
at

man

tt)n gefeljen ?

9?ein, er

war

ntdjt ju aufe.

Jpat bir

bas

3emanb
tfyre

gefagt ?

Sfteineg

DnMs

Sodjter

tyat

ti

mtr
Sobte ble Gutter
Siebt betn

gefagt.

Softer fetbjt ?

Sftein,

unfer

Dnf el

lobte (le.

Sruber Scmanien?
t)ter

Stein, er Hebt Stiemanben.

9tein, ti

2Bar SemanB

?
%tijltx

war 9ttemanb

tyer.

aben

SJJtefyrere

benfelben

$arl unb 3"^ann wnb nodj anbere

tjaben tt)n gemadjt.

gemadjt?

* For the imperative of

to be, see p. 200.

112

PREPOSITIONS GOVERNING THE ACCUSATIVE.

3|* bteS 3ebermarats $PfK<$t ?

@3

ijl

ni^t 3ebermann3
fpredien
ntdjt

g>flt$r.

udjen
o(l bu

btefe

^nafcen etnanber ?

ffteitt, fie

mit eiiu

anber.
je

(ever)

etoas djBne*

3$

|i6e nic (never) etoas d)o*

res gefe^en ?

neres gcfe^ctt.

3jl Reiner ofyte Seller ?

Sttemanb (Reiner)

tft

oljne getter.

LESSON LVm.

SOtwn

38.

Prepositions Governing the Accusative.

Obs.
I.

The following prepositions

case only.
urn,

govern the accusative See Lesson XXXTTT, page 63.

D|nc, -without around, about, at ttJtBer, against

itrdj,
fiir,*

through, by means of, by

for

gegen, against,

towards

The Diminutives
Obs. II.

djen

and Wit.

In German nearly
into diminutives

all

substantives
d)cit

may be formed
or
lein.

by

affixing

Nouns

ending in

drop this

letter in the diminutive form,

and those containing the vowels a, o, U are modified. The diminutives are neuter, and are used not only to express small size, but also affection, and in some
cases, oddity.

Reading Exercise LVIII.

as
SKabdjen faufte
eiit

SSeitdjen fiir

meine d)efter.
bag

28ir werben

burd) ben SSalb geljen.

)iefe .Rtrfdjen finb fiir

SE&djterleiri wnferea

% ur is never a conjunction in German, the word corresponding to the English conjunction for is b e nti.

THE DIMINUTIVES
SDte&gers.

d) t It

AND

I t i It.

113
tu turd) baa

Su

tljuft

ties witer

feinen

SBitten.

SBirft
ift fitr

2Bajfer getyen?
Perc^ett.

giir

n>en

ift

toicfer

Srief ?

-Er

metn @dje*

trafje.
metyr

as untd>en ter SBittroe lauft (runs) gew&tjnltd) turd) tie 3me$ Sftanndjen fyatte tin au3d)en. a6er e3 lot e3 nidjt
Unfere
?

(any longer).

Sefjrftunte

tft

soriiber,
roiidjft

follett

wir

Ijier

HeiBen oter nod) Jpoufe geljen

(grows) auf ter S3 ift mit SKit went ift tctn Sriiterdsen angefommen ? 33riide. egen ntid) jwei antcrn 9teifenten anaefommen.
Sin 9to3letn

Theme LVIIL
Through the little more than an hour.
not very This is only one
is

forest (3Baftd)cn).

That

little

man

stays

My dear wife (SEetfcdjen) is commonly troublesome. A little dog sits upon the bridge.
'

little

trunk, where are the trunks. This book

for

my little

sister.

At four
it it

the house.
shall sit

I cannot* buy
for

money do you want

will?
tree ?

o'clock. Against the wall of without money. How much He is against me. We (tflfitr) ?

around the table. Shall I do it against (letter) his By (mit) what means have you bought this little A little rose and a little bird.

Conversation.
$a6en@te metniintd)en
egen wen
SJo^in
SSteibfl
foil

gefetyen?

3a, rnein

Jperr,

es3 ift

efcen

urn bag

man

Pflid) fein ?

flog

(new) las
Jpaufe

SSogetdjen?

aus gelaufen (run). egen 3ebmann. S3 flog turd) tas genfterlein.

Stein, unfer
Sefyrer
ift

tu ju

witer
?

ten

franf,

ttrir

3Bitten teineS

Severs

tjafcen Ijeute fetne

tunte.

Durd)eIdie5RittelMjttugefunt?

DurA
S3
ift

tie

SKittel

tes errn (of

the Lord).

pr

wen

ift

ttefea Sriefdjen ?

fur tein dtroefterletn.

id)

SSirft

tu turd) tai SBajfer ge^en ?

etc

Stein,

merte

gegen ten 33erg

ge^en.

inb te

ofyte

3d) tin o^ne etnen pfennig.

p. 219,

* For the place of the negation see

136, and

p. 254.

114

NAMES OF COUNTRIES AND PLACES.

LESSON
Obs.
I.

LIX.

Scftion 59,

Names

of Countries and Places.

Names

of countries

in English,

no

article,*

and places have and form

in

German, as

their genitive

g, except those ending in g, r and 3, which remain unchanged, but are preceded by the preposition son.

by adding

Obs. II.

When the governing word

son
precedes
tic
it,

stands before the

name

of a country or place, the genitive of the latter is not formed by the addition of , but the preposition
as
:

'Lit

tonight
'

son g n g I a n b

and not Europe America gnglanb, England granfretd), France

guropa,
2lmerifa,

$ontgtn

gngIanb
Deltoid),

S.

Austria

panien, Spain
Stalien, Italy

$reuen, Prussia
Sftufjlanb,

eutfdjtanb, 2Bten,

Germany

Eussia

Vienna

3tom,

Eome

Reading Exercise LIX.

3d)
get)e

nad) granfretd).

er
ityre

$rofej[or Sartt)

tefetc

in SJeutfdslanb.
ttad)

>iefe SluSibanbever Berloffcn

etntat^

unb ge|en

gnglanb.

2Bie ^eip tic ^aifcrtn on granfretd) ?

$bnigin on $reujjen
Sftujjlant
ifl
ift

^etfjt

2lugu|te.

@ie |eijjt gugenie unb bie "Dcr 9tame beg ^aifers son
bas

SHeranbcr.

3fi Portugal Hetner ali

nid)t fo grojj ati Slmerifa.

ifi

SMdjes

ijl

Stalien

ein

.Ronigreid), 9tujjtanb etn

panien ? Defheid) 2onb in gitropa ? ^ommen @ie $atferu)utn.

grijjjte

$arU? 2BeId)e ijl eutfdjlanb'a auptftabt? granlfurt am SOtatn. akn ie ben SSater ber beutfdjen gtuffe gefe^en ? 3(1 &
on
ber

SftMn?

Except bie Turkey

<fy

t e i i

Switzerland, and bie

ii

r f e i

(Siirfei))'

HtHEGULAB OB ANCIENT VERBS.

115

Theme
1.3

LIX.
Berlin
is

the capital My best friend lives at Rome. I am going first to Spain, then to Italy or to Russia. The emperor of Prance, Napoleon the third, is beloved by all his subjects. Austria is an empire, but Italy is a kingdom. Paris, the capital of Prance, is a very beautiful city. Have you seen the Rhine, its banks
oi (von)

Germany

larger than

England ?

Prussia, Vienna the capital of Austria.

(feine Ufer)

are beautiful ?

Europe

is

more populous than

America.

Conversation.
eljen

te nad) Berlin

ober nadj

3d)

gefye

meter nad) 33erlin nod)

$aris ?
ffite Ijeifjt btefer

nod) JParis, fonbem nad) 3lom.

6eru)mte afrif ant*

em

9?ame

ifl

33ar$, er luar raein

fd;e 3teifertbe?

Server in Serlin.

3|t Portugal grower afe

SSBo^er fomrnfi

panten

9?ein, td

tji

stel Hefner.

bu

3d) fomme son SKabrib.

in

S3eld)e3

ifl

bas grope Sanb

as Satfmljum
grijfjte

SRujjtanb

tft

bas

Surooa

in (Sitropa.

SBoMn
2BeId)eS

geljen biefe
tj"t

3teianberer

te

get)en nad) 2(merifa.

ijl

Me

fdjonfle

tabt in
grennb

SSerttn

nnaweifefisaft
grojjte.

Me

fdjonfle,

eutfd)Ianb ?

Men bie
? fir leBt in

3n meldjer tabt leBt 3$r

Sonbon.

LESSON LX.
The Irregular
Obs.
I.

Scftion 60.
or Ancient Verbs.

There are in German 163 verbs which deviate from

the modern or regular verb in the formation of the imperfect and participle. In the imperfect the ancient verbs do not add a termination, but change
the radical vowel,

and

in the participle past

t,

most

generally

affix en

instead of

andfrequently change

the radical vowel, as in the imperfect. Some of the irregular verbs also modify or change the radical

116

IRREGULAR OR ANCIENT VERBS: FIRST CONJUGATION.

vowel in the second and third person singular of

the present, and in the imperative singular.

regular verbs undergo

In order that the various changes which the irmay be well comprehended
shall divide

we

tions,

them into five different conjugaand each of these again into different classes.

First Conjugation (Radical

Obs. II.

Vowel

a).

This conjugation
tinguishing vowel
the second.

consists of verbs having a for

is

their radical vowel.

In the imperfect the u in the first class, and

disit

in

First Class: Imperfect with u.

Infinitive: 23 a

den, to bake.

Past Part.:

geBaden,

baked.

Present (Indicative).

IBBEGDLAB VEBBS

FIBST CONJUGATION.

117
to
fall
;

Thus
gen,

are conjugated
;

Braten,
;

to roast

fatten,
;

fan*

to catch
;

gotten,

to hold
;

fjangen, to
fdjtafen,

hang
to

laffen,

to let

(permit)

ratten,

to advise
:

to sleep.

may

also

gelaufen,

be added tyauen, to run ; ftojjen, fttcfj,

;

|ieB, gefyauen,
geftogert,

To this class hew laufen, lief,

;

to push

rufcn, ricf, gent*

geB,en, ging {or gt en g), gegangen, to go ; none of fen, to call which modify their radical vowel in the present, except I a us fen and ft o e n.
jj

Reading Exercise LX.

2Ber Mcft euer 8rob?
3Btr Bacfen e3
feffcft.

5TOtt

went

fatjrt

betn

Dnfel nad) granfretd) ?

kin
futjr geftern

2Cir werben nadi Soln

)er Sobtengriiber grub

fatjren,

metne greun*

ba|in.

ein

rab.

SBorum
fid)

fdpgft buben ^naBen?

bte ihtbe, well er

3*

fd)lug

ityn

geftern.

9)Uatui3 timfd)

ntdjt

be3 33(utergiejjeng fdjulbig fein tooflte.

3n
3nt

2tmertfa witdjft Btel aBaif, fritter tmtdjs er nidjt in Ueutfdjfonb.

Slnfang fdjuf ott Jpimmel unb grbe.

roafdien ?

SBarutn

tyaft

bu

bic>

nid)t ge*

geBraten ?

Der 2Ctnb Hies geftern ftarfer. at bte $ijd)in bas gtetfdj )er SWonn ftel som !Dad)e. SKtt pecf fangt man SOtdufe.
@ie
iB,n ?

pr wen
fen

B,ielten

Stamen
te$te

fie

mtr

ei fyangen

git

(affen ?

SHa

@te mid)

3d) ^aBe

9tadjt ntdjt

gut gefdjlafen.

SBarum

? ftbjjeftbumid)?

Theme LX.
The baker bakes good bread. With whom did you drive yesterday? "We drove in an elegant carriage. Are you digging a hole ? "Why did you beat the woman? The Germans say: One hand washes the otlier. Will much. tobacco grow in Germany? Where did it formerly grow? What did God create in the beginning ? Is the gun loaded ? Does the wind blow to-day? Are you cooking the meat? "When did the man fall from the roof? How are mice caught ? They took him for a thief. I advised him to go to Paris. I called you twice. I slept more than eight hours. Why did you push the old woman ? Go (thou) to bed.

118

IBBEGULAR VERBS: SECOND CONJUGATION.

Conversation.
SBerben <Ste 33rob kcfen ?
2Bit tuem
fufyrft

9iein, id) |aBe gejlern gefcatfen.

bu gefiern?
etn

9Kit unferem 9Ke^gcr.

at

ber

obtengral>er

vab

3d) glauk,

er

kt

e$ biefen

SKor*

gegrafcen ?

gen gegrafcen.
gietfd) gefcraten?

at ber $odj bas

Stein,

er ftel

in ben better unb

fid).

setfefcte

(hurt)

Jpa&en <Sie tntd) gerufen ?

SRein, id) rief $arl.

fSJttt

2Bte fatm

man 9Mufe

fangen?

@ped man fie.

wad)ft
Slmerifa.

ober

mit .Safe fangt

SBer

fd)uf

immet unb Srbe

ott fd)uf fie im 3lnfang au3 9Rid)t3.

2Bon>ad)fiber2:ak<f?
SBarunt fdjlagen @te ben

@r
ifrtafcen ?

in

.Seutfdjlanb

unb

SBeil

er

trage

tfl

unb

ntdjt bie

SBa^eit
Sftat^cn

fagte.

@te mir nadj $bln 3U

Stein, idj ratlje Sfynen nad)

Sertin

getyen?

3" sc^cn.

LESSON LXI.

Scftion 61.
a).

Second Conjugation (Imperfect with

Obs.

This conjugation
C for

is

divided into three classes, and has

is

the radical vowel, which, in the Imperfect,

changed to a- The past participle has in the first class the radical vowel e, in the second 0, and in the third

The second and third person singular of the pres0. ent (indicative) has t (or if) in the first and second class;* the third is regular.
ge&eti, lefm, fe^en, (letylm and gefdjetyen have ie and third person singular of the present, all t h e remaining verbs of the second class have only.

35efeIen, empfe|Ien, ge6ciren,

in the second

iKREanLAn verbs: second conjugation.

119

Fibst Class: Past Participle with

Infinitive :

e.

@ ffe n

to eat.

Past Part.

fl

eg cf f en

eaten.

Present (Indicative).
3d)efle, tot

Imperfect.

iffcfl,

er

3d) op, ap

tot

ape ft,

er

ip,

eat (thou)

ipt
SBir
effen, i$r
fie

ept (@te 2Btrapen,if}rajjet(@te ept or

open),
fie

effen

@te,

epn),

epn

apen

eat (you)

Thus are conjugated

geBeit,*

freffen,

to eat (applied to animals);

to give;
;

gefdjefyen,*

measure
genefen, g

fetyen
e

* to see

to happen; lefen* to read; meffen, to treten, to tread; Wrgepn, to forget:

n a p , genefen, to recover from illness; and the very irregular verb tfjun, t^a t, g e t&, an, to do (make), which is conjugated regularly in the present id) t\ut, tot tljufi, etc.
:

Second Class: Past Participle with

Infinitive
: :

o.

S3 e f e

n ,* to

command

(order).

Past Part.

Befo^ten, commanded.
Imperfect.
Be*

Present (Indicative).

3d)

Befeljfe,

tot

Be* 3djBefa$t,
faljlft,

tot

Befietyl,

command
or
Befeljlen

fic|Ijl; er6efte^It
3Bir
let

er fefatjl
ityr

(thou)
Be*
Befeljlet

Befeljlen, itjr Befety*

2Cir Befallen,
faljlet
fie

(<5ie Befetylen),

fie

(@te Befallen),

@ie,

command

Befefyien

Betaken

(you)

Thus are conjugated

burst
forth
;

6red)en,
;

recommend
;

gelten,

hide (conceal) ; Berften, to to thrash empfeljlen,* to geBSren* to bringerfebrecfen, to be frightened ; to be worth (estimated) tyelfen, to help ; ne|*
:

Bergen, to

to break

toefd)en,f

*
f-

See note on preceding page. Sometimes b ro fd) in the imperfect instead of

brafclj.

120
men, to take

IRREGULAR VERBS: SECOND CONJUGATION.

;

fdjelten,

to scold
fterben,

fpredjen,

to speak

; ;

ftedjen,

to

sting

ftetylen

* to steal;

to die;

treffen,
;

to hit

setterben,

to spoil (ruin) ; toerben, to levy, (sue) solicit

(cast)
,in

ttierfen,

to

throw

and

tomnten, tarn, gefommen, to

come, which

is

regular

the present indicative.

Third Class
Infinitive: 33 r e

Past Participle with

Part..- g c b r

a.
t,

nn

n, to

burn. Past

a nn

burned.

(Present Indicative.)

Imperative.

3d?

brenne,

iu

3d)

branntc,
brannten,

bu

brenne,

burn

brennfr, er brennt

brannteft, cr branntc

(thou)
brennet or brcnnen

5Bir brcnnen,

brennt
fie

SBir

ib,r

(@ie
breraien

brcnnen),

branntet (@ie brann*

ten),
fie

ic)

burn (you)
t c

brannten

Thus
gebadjt,

brlngen, b r a

dj t e

ge6rad)t,

to bring
nennen, to
;

benfen, b a dj

to think; fenncn, to

know;

name;

rennen, to

run

fenben,
iDtffen,

to send
id

wenSen, to turn
gettmfjt,

and the very irregular

verb

fj

t e

to know, which inserts c in the

ttJCifjt, er twetfj, loir toiffen, etc.

present singular: 3d) teifj, bu

Reading Exercise LXI.

3Ba3 gab
ju Bid ?
bir ber Scorer ?

Sr

gicbt

Mr

fie

gent.

Slfj en

@ic

nidst

Da3
ben

$ferb

frtfjt

Srbbeeren.

Jpaben <Sie ia$ ud) gemeffen ?

leife.

Sr

ntafj

Jpafer.

I)er djiiler licet ju

aljen <3ie ten

33(tnten ? 3d) trot ans ?jenfter ati er nad) Jpaufe ging. 3ft bte $ranfe

(\mi\m
[tans

3d)

ergafj

3fytten ju

fagen, bafj es ntdft

tljat
ttid)t

gefdjalj.

2Ser
cin

an ber S^itre
ti
befatyj.

Unfer

3:ifd)ter

ti.

Gs

gefdjalj, roeil

Si'omtx

befiefytt

mir ti

ju Jpaufe ?
fte

Du
?

oerbtrbft

betn 3luge.

Ju tyn 3d) warf einen Stein unD

ju roerfen.
Srafft
geftorben tft?

erfdjraf.

enlft bu

bafj

ber 33etruger
fie

SBaS
rennft

tjaft

bu genommen

3d) lannte

nid)t.
id)

SBufjteft bu, bafj er |(er

war ?

Sr
S>$

ftanb
tft

auf ber Ire&be

aU

ti

fanbte.

2Barum

bu?

gewanbt. See note on page 118.

IBBEGULAB VERBS: SECOND CONJUGATION.

121

Theme

LXI.

the soldiers? The captain ordered me not to break the glass. I think this milk is spoiled. I was frightened and ran when he came. I gave him all my Henry was born on Saturday. John has been money. Louis XTV. died in the year 1715. (ttwrbe) stung by a bee. I spoke of Frederick the Great. This, boy spoils his coat. Thou didst not hit the mark. I gave you a pen, have you given it to my brother ? This boy ate too many strawberries. I have commanded him not to take it. This boy reads very low. Why did you measure this cloth ? The blind do not see. You have spoiled this book, I shall not take it. We know your qualities. Who burned my letter? Didst thou send it yesterday?
(dot.)

Who commands

Conversation
SBaS
frlft

bag

3>feri>

<$

frijjt

ras, Jpeu unb $af?r.

glaufce er
ijjt

afcjtbubeinemSeljrerSrbfceerert?

Sftetn,

id)

jle

ntd)t

gent.
Jpajl

bu bas udj gemejfen?

gs

mafj Bier unb eine

fyaflje

SHe.
torn*

Sraffl bit ben SKe&jer ju Jpaufe ?

<Retn, cr irufjte nidjt,

bag

id)

men
agte
er,

toevbe.

ba{j

ber

Setritger

ge

3<*)

et^ nidjt

wai

er fagte.

ftorfcen tjt?

afjen <Ste ben Slinben ?

Weil ber eneral ei

SRetn, ti teat bunfel

fcrannte nidjt.

unb bag

2td)t

efdjalj

bieS

Sr

fcefa^I

eg

nb

ti

mufj te ge?

fcefatyl?

fdjejjen.

SBarum

tyaft

bu

e3 nidjt

ge$an ?

3d) ^atte feine 3ctt,

e3

afcer id) tuerbe

morgen

ttjun.

Reading Lesson.
35
i c

ftcinc

SJloric.
ttjre

Sines SKorgenS ging

bie

Heine SJlarte in bie @d)ule,

Sitdjer

unter einem 2lrme, tyx $ijrbdjen unter

bem anbern.

UnterwegS Segeg*

122
ncte
fie

IKKEGULAK VEBBS
cittern

THIRD CONJUGATION.

armett reife, welder tie

ttteitt

anb gegen
tttit

fie

ausftretfie utti
e

fagte: 2ld)!

liebed

$inb,

fdjenfe

StoaS, id) IJaB

aBer
fie

un*
ann
fie

ger."*
iiffnete fte

SKaric fudite in
i^r .ftbrBdjen
uttt

iljrer

afd)e,

war

leer.

rceldjeS itjre Stutter

fur

%
i

tta^m taa DBfl unb bat titcfdjen 23rob,

grutifhtcf

tjineingelegt

$atte uttt intern

ift

es tern alien arnten SJlamte gaB, fagte fie:

tyaBe,

,/Da, ta3

ttr

rootten

ti t^cilen."

ier reis tantte t^r

frofjem erjen t

Mti, toai id) mil kronen in

n.f
9lie*

ten 3tugen, unt iUlarie g

n gf mat

a9

mate

fjatte

ein grti^ftiid tr fo siele greube g e

m a d) t.J

LESSON LXH.
i

Scltiou

62.

Third Conjugation (Imperfect and Past Participle with

or
ic).

Obs.

This

conjugation is divided into two classes and is characterized by the sound of t in the imperfect and past participle, which in the first class is short, and in
is lengthened by e, which follows the i. Verbs of this conjugation are recognized by the radical diphthong et.

the second

First Class: Imperfect and Past Pabtictple with

Infinitive
:

t.

SCi

jj

to bite.

Past Part.

i ffe

n bitten.
,

Present (Indicative).

Imperfect.

Imperative.
Betjje,

34

betjje,

bufceifjeft,

3d)

Btp,

bit

Blffeft,

bite (thou)

er Beipt

er Bip
itjr
fte

SBir Beifjm,

Beipet

2Btr

Biffen,

i$r

Biffei

Beipet

or

Beifjen <Ste,

(@ie Betpen),

Beipen

(@ieBiffen),fieBi|Jen

bite (you)

* I

am

hungry.
1

t
%

ingbason

went away.

p.

verbbason

e^en, togoaway.

Caused or prepared.

IRREGULAR VERBS: THIRD CONJUGATION.

123

befleifjen (ftd)), to apply one's self; bleu * to fade; gleidjen/ to resemble; gtetten,f to glide; greU fen,| to seize (grasp); fneifm, to pinch; leiben, to suffer; pfetfen,

Thus are conjugated:

d)en

to whistle;
djen,

reijjen,

to tear;

reitett,

to ride

on horseback;
to
slit;

fd)Ieu

to sneak;

fdjletfen,*

to grind;
fcfyreiten,

fd)teijjert,

fdjmetjjen,

to to
to

throw;

fdjnetoeit,

to cut;

to stride (step);
(Ireitcn,

fpteipen,

split; fireid)en,J

to stroke (rub);

to dispute (quarrel,
erbletdjen,

contend); turn pale;

toeidjen,*

to yield; also, the

compounds

erbkid)en, to fade,

and

ergletd)en,

to compare.

Second Class: Imperfect and Past Participle with tC

Infinitive
: :

33 1 e

b e

to remain, to stay.

Past Part.
Present (Indicative).

Ii

c b e n, staid.

Imperfect.

3d)bletbe,iubteibft,
er btetbt

3d) b lie 6, htbltebft,

er blieb

bleibc,

stay (thou)

2Btr bletben,

ff)r bleibt
(He

2Cir blieben, ifr bliebet bleibet or bletben @le,

(<Steblteben),(teblte*

(@ie bletben),
ben

blet'

stay (you)

ben

gebelfyen, to thrive; letfjen, to lend; avoid (shun) pretfen, to praise (extol) ; reibcn, to, rub; fdjetDen, to separate (part); fdjeinen, to shine, appear (seem); fdjretben, to write; fdjrelen, to cry (scream); fdjtvetgen, to be silent; fpeten, to spit; jieigen, to ascend (mount); treiben, to drive; Welfen, to show; jeifjen, to accuse, and the verb Ijeijjen, which retains the radical vowel in the past participle,

Thus are conjugated:

meibett, to

gefyeifjen.

SBIetdjen,

to bleach;

fdjletfetti

to demolish (drag along),

and

wei^etti

to

soften (soak) axe regular.

Segtetten, to

accompany,

is regular.

% Oretfen and flrei<$en omit e in the ending of the second person singular of the present: bu greifjl, bti |lrefdj|i.

124

EBBEGULAB VERBS: THIRD CONJUGATION.

Reading Exercise LXII.

ajl bu bid)
fcefliffen

2>eutfd) ju lernen?

er

Jpunb

6ifj

mid; in bie
greifcn ?
geriffen ?

anb.
3d) $alt

er $nabe
ju fdmefl.
pftff

glitt

unb brad) ein Sein.

gleidjt
iijrer

SStrjl

bu

iljn

siel gelitten.

ie

Gutter.

3ft e*

Sr

ritt

3fyr

(fritter

wie JpelDen, aber mufjter entity weidjen.

aft bu bid) in ben ginger gefdjnit*
9ftej]er

)er 2Binb
ten ?

burd) bie SSaume.

3c6

befafyt

meinem tener betn

bent $affeeb,aufe.

ju

fd)Ieifen.

einrid)

blieb 35ei

tunben auf
gefdjrieben
ntd)t

^ennjt bu ben
$ajl

SSerfaffer ber

jeneS S3ud)

^at ?

SSarum
2Bie

ie muffen
3ob,anna.
Ijaben.

fdjreten.

tjeifjen

SBenn bu

gefd)h>iegen ^artejt,
2lls id)

bu tfm nidjt gemieben ? ie ? eine SKutter ^iejj mitrbefr bu tftiemanb beteibigt

flieg id)

Sr

pries ott.

ie

faij,

aud) auf ben Serg,

obgleid) bie

onne

fefyr

warm

fdjien.

Theme

LXII.

Your dog bites everybody. We perceived a large flame. John applied himself to learn German. He compared my theme with yours. He cut his name in the tree. Have you made (cut) a pen ? We strode across ^ fiber) the field and found a dog. Does she resemble her mother ? He rides too Did you suffer much during your illness? Henry fast. I cut (myself in the) my finger. I commanded whistled. our servant to sharpen your razor. How long will you remain
here

A shepherd drives the the flax thriven ? Why did you scream ? The teacher pardoned him. The good men praised God.
?

I wrote a letter of six pages.

sheep.

Has

(3ft)

Conversation.
aben ie id)
ju ternen ?
befliffen

Deutfdj

3d) Mteb

taglid) jwei

runben
fein 9tante

bei

nteinem Sefyrer urn ti ju lernen.

Serfaffer,

Jtemten ie ben
jenes

ber

3$

fenne

ifyn nidjt,

ifl

Sud)

gefdjrieben |at ?

auf bent Sitelbtatte nid)t ange*

geben.

SSarum
jener

Ijaben

ie ben Untgang

ie

fd)ien

fefyr t;i>flid)

unb

e^rlid)

grau

nid)t gemieben,?

ju fein.
3*ei ober brei SRonate.

Slieben ie lange in Serltn ?

IRBEGULAR VERBS: F0UETH CONJUGATION.

$at 3i)nen
gelieljen?

125

ber

SGe^gler

eft

"Sdein, meiti

!Ra^6at He| e3 mir.

2Bie

*>ie&

3|r Dtjelm ?
icir

gr

^tcg astfefoftt.

mtifyn

unferer Gutter ?

ftetn,

@ie glei^cn 3b,rem

SSater.

LESSON LXm.
Obs.

Seltion 63.

fourth Conjugation (Imperfect and Past Participle with o),

This conjugation

has both in the imperfect and past It is divided into three classes, the first of which has e for the radical vowel, the second ie (or i), and the third the modified vowels ii, 3, ii, or the diphthong nu.
participle a as the characterizing vowel.

Fibst Class: Eadical Vowel c

Infinitive
:

2B

eb e

n to weave. Past Part. : g

,

tr>

o 6

n,

woven.

Present (Indicative).

Imperfect.

3d)

to e

6 e

feu tuebji,

3* ob
cr roob

htfoobft,

webe,

weave (thou)
or fteben

cr tebt

S3ir webert,

tfjr

icebet

3Btr icoben,

tfjr st>obet

tuebet

<Sie

(ieweben),

jten>eben

(<2tetDoben),ftetroben

weave (you)

Thus are conjugated:

gen,

beflcmmen, to press (distress); Ittot*

to induce;

fed)ten,f

to fight (fence);

fledjteit.f

to twist

(plait); ^ebert, to lift (raise); melfcit, to milk; pfkgen, to treat

(cherish); fdjeeren, to shear; also, erfdjatfeit, to resound; and the following words, which take i in the second and third person singular of the present (indicative) queflen, to spring
:

forth

fdjmeljen,

to melt (smelt);

and

fdjroeUert,

to swell.

*
t

SEBefcen is

also regular.
fledjten

Sed)teit

and

take
:

in the ending of the second

t e fi
,

and third

per-

son of the present ; as

bit

f e d)

etc.

126

IREEGULAK VKEBS: TOCETH CONJUGATION.

Second Class: Radical Vowel

Infinitive:

ie

(or

i).

glicfjen, to

flow.

Past Part.: geftof fen, flowed.

Present {Indicative.)

ntBEGULAE verbs: fourth conjugation.

127

Thus
fdjwiiren,

are conjugated:
to fester
;

gctljren,

to ferment; rMjett, to revenge;

;

wagett,"

to weigh

erlbfdjen,*

to

become

ex-

tinct

fdjro&ren,
;

to swear;

ktritgen, to
triigen,

to choose
faugett,

litgen,

to he

cheat (deceive); erfitren, to deceive ; faufen, to drink

;

to suck;

fdjnaufcen,

to pant, snort.

Reading Exercise LXIII.

2CaS
fceroog bid) tie

$ufy nldjt ju melten?

gefodjten.

3(1 tad geuer criofdscn?

tft jBjijn

ie otbatcn
f(od)ten.

tjaien tapfer

EiejeS $brfcd)ett
e<3

ge*

Stamp, bu cs

iiefcen ?

3d) fanb 3d) ^abe

nidjt

fefyr

fdjroer afe id)

es $06.

SBarum

Iiigjt

bu

ntdjt gctogen.
btefed

SBann
?

toirji

bu unfere djafe
3)ferb

fdjeeren ?

2Ber

tjat

ud) gewoten

>a$

fduft

ju oiel 3Baffer.

Tier djein triigt.

fiir

Sr

fcetrog

mid) rntr

einmal.

>er

S^e

tot mir neunjig Scaler

mem
it)r

$ferb.
einfadjea

$cmn
9MjI.
bie

bein SS6gctd)en fttegen ?

Die ^onijier genoffen

aft bu
je

er S^ein
^artoffeln ?

fricrt

fetten.
fie

$uler gerodjen ?
fein.

teben
bu

3d,

roerbeit

Mb

gefotten

2Bir jogen in bie

Jpoji
beitt

djladjt unb

fdjmoren ju

ftegett

ober ju

fterfcen.

efc

Uerioren?

S3 war toofyl

erroogen.

Die $ferbe fdjno&en. 3(1

es gegoljren ?

Theme

LXIII.

What induced you to leave Germany ? Will the light of the sun ever become extinct? We have shorn our sheep. 'He milks the cow. The soldiers fought bravely, they swore to conquer or to die, not one soldier fled The fire glimmers long. The bees suck honey from flowers. You must never lie. The river is swollen. Who has woven this cloth ? This Jew does not cheat. The wagon bent under the weight. I
The hunter shot, and the offered 120 dollars for the horse. bird flew away (bewon). We enjoyed our supper. The rain poured in streams. The door does not lock. The snakes The rose smells agreeably. The potatoes are frozen. creep. What are you boiling ? My uncle has lost all his money. The leeches suck blood. Does it screw ? The fire melted
them.
It is forbidden to
*
Sofdjen

smoke

here.

and

sertofdjen, to

extinguish, are regular.

128

IBRECTOLAB VEBBS: FIFTH CONJUGATION.

Conversation.
2Ba3 Betoog @te $eutj$Ianb ju
setlaffen ?

3$

fonnte feme SlrBeit ftnfcen.

afcen

Die

oteotm

tapfer

ge*

@te fofyen
ju jterten.

arie

efoen, benit

fte

fod)ten ?

fatten gejc^ttwen, ju fiegen

ofcer

fl&nnen@ieMefen@tcln$eien?
$aten @te
fctefes

Sttetn, er

ift

ju

j$er

fiir

mid),

after

mein Dnfel^at itjngegoben.

ud) gewofcen ?

Stein, Ser utf)mad)er $at eg ge*

wokn.
SBann
ftyeeren

@ie

3ftre

ckafe ?
gejbfc*

2Btr kfcen

fte

immcr tm gru^ja|r
torei

gefdjoren.
SBcrbc'n tie Sartojfeln
ten fein ?

klc

<3ie werben in
fottcn fcin.

SJttmtten ge*

LESSON LXIV.
Fifth Conjugation (Eadical

Zeftivn 64.

Vowel
a]).

[or w],

Imperfect
all

with a [or
Obs.

This conjugation
which have
i

is

divided into three classes,

of

In the imperfect i changes to o. In the past participle t changes in the first class to u, in the second to o, and in the
for their radical vowel.

third to

e.

Fikst Class: Past Participle with

Infinitive:

u-

Sinb e
:

tt

to bind,
,

tie.

Past Part.
Present (ImMeatiee).

unbcn

bound.
Imperative.

3d)

Mnfce,

buMnbcfl,

3d)Banb, bu
er

Bcmbft,

Mnfce,

bind (thou)
or Binben @ie,

cr btnbet

Banb
tijr

Mr Mnben
ten

ifc>

Btnbet

2Bir Banben,

Bantet
fie

Btnbet

(<5le btnben),

fte

Bins

(@te

Banlen),

bind (you)

knben

irreguar verbs: fifth conjugation.

129

Thus are conjugated:

to feel; to
ftnlen,

fcringen,* to urge (press); empfmten, to find; getingen, (impers.), to succeed; flingen,*

sound

(tinkle); rtngen,f to wrestle

f(fett)inCen,

(wring);

fd)lingen,* to

sling, twine;

to vanish,

disappear; fdjmhtgen,*

to

swing; fingen,* to sing; (mien,* to sink; fimngen,* to spring, jump, crack; fttnfen,* to stink; trtnfen,* to drink; tointett, to

wind
hire;

jwtngen, to

compel

(force)

Mngen,*

fcung, gekungen,

to

and

fdjtnfcen, fdjitnb,

gefdjmrten, to flay.
:

Second Class
Infinitive
:

Past Participle with

to begin.

o.

Seginnen,

Past Part.: Begonnen, begun.

Present (Indicative).

3d)

Begtnne,

fcu

Be*

3d) B

g a

nn

fcu

Be*

Begtnne,

begin

ginnft, er Beginnt

gamt(t,

cr

Begann
tfyr

(thou)
Be*

Mr
ftc

Beginnen, ttyrBe*

2Bir Begannen,

Beginnet or Beginnen

ginnet (<Ste Ijeginnm),

gannet
nen),
fie

(@ie Began*
Begannen

@ie, begin (you)

Beginnen

Thus are conjugated:

to

6efmnen, to reflect, (recollect); entrinnen,

escape;
liramen,

gain (win); rinnen, to leak (flow); to swim; jtnnen, to meditate; fpinnen, to spin.
geftunnen, to

Third Class: Past Participle with

Infinitive: 33
1 1 1 e

c.

to beg, request.

Past Part. : g e B
Present (Indicative).

t e

begged.
Imperatvee.

3d) Bitte, tu
er Bittet

Btttejt,

3d)

Bot,
Baten,

tot

Bateft,

Bitte,

beg (thou)

er Bat
it>r

2Bir

Bitten,

Bittet

SBir

iljr
fte

Batet

Bittet

(@ie

Bitten),

fie

Bitten

(@ie Baten),

Baten

or Bitten <3te, request (you)

* The verbs marked with an * omit

:

in the ending of the second and

bringfir er bringt.

third person singular of the present bu i Umrittgett, to surround, is regular.

130

IBEEGULAR VERBS: FIFTH CONJUGATION.

:

to sit;

Thus are conjugated liegen,* to lie down; (Ijjen, fafj, gefeptt, and the compound verb 6eji|3en, fcefajj, kfeffen, to possess.

Reading Exercise LXIV.

ajl
Sertfjolb

bu bas 33aumd)en an

eincrt

$fa|I gefotnben?

3d) fanb

im

^affeetyaufe.

Die ^ugel
ift6ed)er.

ifi

Die ^reujjen brangen auf SBaffenftillftenb. bem ofoaten burdj iai Setn gebrungen. T>a& 9>ferto
ofrateg trant ben

unfereS 9tad)fcar$ fprang tiber einen ^oljen 3<*" n

2Ber $at bid) gejwungen e3 ju t|un ?

Dad

dsijf fan!
(tits

gejlern 2ttenb, roafyrenb tuir utt3 unter^ielten.

2Dtr werten fpielen,

SBci^t bu roer

gen unb trlnfen.

3c^ Mtte

bid) e3 nic^t

ju t^un.

iljn

gebungen

Ijat ?

feiner nid)t ?

Das elb flingt, ble Iocfe tbnt. Sefimtjt bu ltd) Die %tamn unb 9Jlabd)en tyafcen SIumenMnje gemuns
olbaten ju
?
fdjmiidfen.

ben,

um

bie tapferen

2Ba3 bewog ie nad)

nidjt tote
fitr

Slmerifa ju

fommen

Soften

bie

ofoaten
er
ifl

efoen

ie
2Benn
retdjer

IBnnen biefen tein nidjt aufkfcen,

6en btefes Sud) geo6en.

3U fdjwer

ie.

SBtr $a?

Der2Ded)3rern>irb31>nenelbIeien.

ie ben Umgang
fein.

JeneS SJlannes gemieben fatten, wtirben

Befliffen beutfd)

ie

Du

^afl bid)

ju lernen,

jefct

jbHft

bu

franjiiftfd)

lernen.

SBeffen

rammatif

(grammar)

fyabm

ie

gefcraudjt

(used)?

Theme LXIV.
I cannot find my dictionary, do you know where it is? The bookbinder has taken it, he will bind it. Your dog has His sister was called Mary. How long did you bitten me.

remain at the coffee-house ?

give thee?
that I
cheese.
is

Have you seen

What did the the blind man?

German

teacher

Did you know

at Paris ? They catch mice with bacon or I advise you to go to Berlin to learn German. He very lazy, he does not tell the truth. Did you drink any * See note on page 129.

had been

IEEEGULAK VERBS: FIFTH CONJUGATION.

131

beer ? We bound the thief hand (plur.) and foot (plur.). Emma sings beautifully. The dog jumped over the table. Who forced you to become (a) soldier ? If the captain had

been cautions, the ship would not have

Lord (fein) sunk. Byron swam across (uBcr) the Hellespont (ac.m). The servant The poor man begged me to help him. sat by the door. Where did the apple lie ? Do you know who has hired that man ? Do you recollect how much I owe you ? We meditated 2 all (ithe) 3 day. Our neighbor possessed much land, but he has lost it. Who has spun this flax 1
Conversation.

So

fanbft bit

bas $inb

3d) fanb ei fdjtafenb unter einem

SSaume.

SEBetjjt

bu, tuestjaft tie Srotnpeten

!Die

Zxompttm

erflangen unb bie

erflangen unb bie gatynen ge

gafjnen

trurben

gefdjtmmgen,

fdjtmmgen ttmrben ?

Weil ber ^aifer na^ete.

3lBenb

SBaS

Ijafcen

ie
|td)

gejlern

2Cir

fptetten,

fangen unb tranlen.

getfian ?

Sefinnen ie

meiner ?

9letn, tdj fcefhme nttd)

3t)m

mc6t.

&at ber $rieg fd)on Begonnen ? a6en ie tnetnen Sebienten ge*

bungen
SBerben
?

3a,

er

kgann im

griifyjaljr.

Sftein, 14) glaufce, bajj er litgt.

ie
e3
?

mid)

gtuingen
%vl

ben

3d) trug i|n

felber

or einer tunte

SBrtef ouf bie $ojt

tragen ?

batyin, fonfl rcurbe id) ei tfyun.

clang
Iduten

^nm
?

bie

lode ju

9tein, id)

war

nidjt ftorf genug.

Snrrann

ber

efangene unferen

r enrrann
tljn traeber

tfnten,

akr

jte

fingen

ofoaten

nad) einer tunte.

Reading Lesson.
Styrunnct.

Sin2tyrann ffillt* ben eijt

er fud)t fetne

frii^er ati

ben R'ixptv

an;*

idj

metne,

ftoen
bafj
1

Dormer

Weil er teif

Seute, bie
sep.

f bumm ju madjen, e^' er fie elenb mad)t, einen ^opf tyafcen, ifyre anbe bamit re?
\ First

e %

I 1

a n

verb a n f a 1 1 e n , to attack.

132
gtcren
it)m

compound verbs: separables.

unb
d)
fie

gegen ten Sijrannen a u

6,

&

e n.

>er ipenler

a mt

na

untserfcinbet*

bent SDttffetfyater tie 3lugen besor er tljn

foltert.

9t

t d) t e

(Sean

3>aul).

rtcdjenfanb.

ie

gretfjeit

unt

tie

onne ge^en niemals unter auf

ter

auf. Jpijrt ttjr,f tajj tie (Sonne flerbenb er-' bteidjet unt im Djean entfdjiiift, ober tie greityeit; foj Hidft nad) Slmerifa, ta gldnjt morgenfrifd) tie Sonne, unb neben iljr tie 9U d}ter (Sean faul). grei^eit.

Srbe, fonbern nur etotg

LESSON LXV.

Seftioti 65.

Compound Verbs.
Obs.
I.

In German

most verbs permit certain particles, adverbs or prepositions, to be prefixed to them, and thus become compound verbs. There are three classes of compound verbs. In the first the prefix is in certain tenses detached from the verb; in the second it is inseparable, and in the third it may be separated or not.
Separable

Compound Verbs.
have a signification of their and have

Obs. II.

Verbs whose prefixes

own

(generally prepositions or adverbs)

verbs.

the primary or full accent, are called separable

Obs. III.

The prefixes are

compound

detached, and placed at the end when there is a conjunction or relative pronoun in the sentence), in the present and imperfect indicative and in the imperative.
of the sentence (except
f If

Covers.

you bear.

Then.

In

full splendor.

COMPOUND VEBBS: SEPARABLES.

133

Conjugation of a Separable Verb.

2lusge|en, to go out.
INDICATIVE.

Present Tense.
3d) ge^e aug, I
fot geljfi

au$,

cr geljt
(le

aui,

go out thou goes out he goes out

(it)goesout

2Cir ge^en

am, we go out
)

t^r ge^et aui.

Qut

@ie ge^en auS,

(le

(eg) getytau3,she

gefyen a\ii,

they go out

Imperfect.
1st

3dj ging auS, I

went

out, etc.

Future.

3d)

roerte ausgetjen,

1st Conditional.

3$

wurbe auSgefyen,

I shall go out. I should go out.

Perfect.

34) Hit auSgegangen, I Aaue

.3d) tear auSgegangen,

gone

out.

Pluperfect.

I had gone out.

fein,

2nd Future.
2nd
Conditional.

3$

n>erbe

auSgegangen
out.

I shall have

gone gone

3d) witrte auSgegcmgen

out.

fein,

should have

IMPERATIVE.

elje aui, go (thou) out

$n @te
PARTICIPLES.

~fttt*' g0 (you) out

Present. StuSge^enb. going out.

Pas. 2(u3gegangen,

gone

out.

Obs. IV.

The prefix ge of the past participle always remains

next to the verb,
particle
so, that its place is between

the

and the

verb.

Obs.

V.

The
jurttcf,

on, ouf, aui, Bet; nut, in, nads,

bar, ein, empor,
fefyl,

separable particles are the prepositions, 06, ttor, gu; the adverbs,
fort, fyeim, Ijer, t)in, Io3,

meter,

ttjcg,

jufammen ; or ba, Ijin, tjer and or, with prepositions or adverbs ; as,
Obs. VI.

compounded
tiafcet,

Ijinauf,

The prefix

IjcraB,

boran.
is

not separated from the verb in ac-

cessory sentences beginning with a relative pronoun or a suhordinative conjunction, because

these require the verb

at the

end of the

sentence.

134

COMPOUND VEKBS: SEPABABLEB.

Reading Exercise LXV.

3d)
rclfc tyeute

ah

e$en @te morgen aud ?

fo
fd)ledjt
iiire

3d)

fling gcflern

aui ;
ob ?

tuemt ba3 SSetter nid)t

ttwrbe id) aud) tyeute ausgeljen.

oil
3tod

id) bteft

2lufgabe abfdjreiben.

djrieb griebridj

Me

fetnige

SDfadje

bag genfter ouf.

aft bu baa $adet aufgemadjt ?

SBeldjen

jicijjt

bu an ?

3d) werbe belne neuen ofen anjie^en.

3d)

t^eilte

tljm cine angeneb,me Stadjrtdjt mit. |alt btefes Sriefeg mtttfyeiten,

er
biefes

3d) iuoHte 3^nen ge(iern ben

aber

@te famen
iel

nid)t.

23ud)

guriicE ?

Urn wie

U^r

ftefen

3* 2Barum fd)i<fte ie auf ? ie finb

Satire mir

um

ier IMjr

angefommen.
ju.

er Sebiente

fd)lojj bie

wr

ber

5ftafe

(in

my face)

3d) nafym

fein 2lnerbteten

an.

Theme LXV.

my uncle sets out with

"When will you set out (depart) ? I shall depart to-morrow; me. Are you going out ? John in(bet) nie.i

troduced hisa frienda to

Do

not detain

me

longer.

Did you put on your boots or shoes ? I was not dressed when they went out. Henry always shuts his room. I
cannot open the door. My sister put on her black silk dress. I shall send you (Dot.) back the book which you lent me. Do you copy all these exercises ? I shall communicate to you agreeable news. Get up, Sir. I cannot get up very
early.

am

sick

and

tired.

Conversation.
2Ber
fdjrteb biefe

Slufgaben ab ?
^ier

tol

fdjrieb bie meiften ab.

SBann famen ie
SSerben ie
netymen ?
Jpaben

an

Mr
an*

ftnb

$eute

SRorgen

anges

fommen.

mem

Stnerbteten

3d) tterbe eg mit SSergniigen an*

ne^men.
juriicfbes

ie 3fy* Sraut

ie wirb
reifen.

erft

am

>tenftag

ai*

gleitet ?

SBarum fteilten ie biefe 9lad)* ridjt metnem Sruber mit ?

oil
id) bie

3d) woflte

fie

aber id) fanb

9tein, e3
bie
ift

genfter aufmadjen ?

3^nen mittb,eilen, ie nid)t ju aufe. ju fait, madjen ic

Z^nxt auf.

compound verbs: inseparables.

135

LESSON LXVL

Sefttott

66,

Compound Inseparable Verbs,

Obs.
I.

Compound
their

inseparable verbs are formed by prefixing to the simple verbs prepositions or adverbs having only the secondary accent, or unaccented syllables that are without any meaning of

own.
of the inseparable verbs are the unBe, emp, ent, er, er, jer, ge, mtfj the r

Obs. II.

The prefixes
preposition

accented syllables
toteer,

and the adverbs

Soli

and

Winter.*

Obs.

m. The

inseparable verbs never admit of the prefix ge in the past participle; (as jerflikt and not gejer* ftiSrt), and are conjugated like simple verbs. If

regular, according to the rules in

Lesson LI, and if

irregular, according to those in Less.

Obs. IV.'

The following verbs

LX LXTV. compounded with nouns, adand

verbs or other prefixes, are also inseparable, but take, contrary to the general rule (see Observation III), the prefix gs in the past participle,

have the primary accent on these

argwBfynen, to
frof)Iod:ett,t

prefixes.

suspect

atttoorten,

to answer
deliberate
to justify

to exult
to breakfast

raffd)[agen, to
wdrtferttgen,
urt^etlen,
tDetflfagen,

frutyjhufen,

anbaBen, to handle,
leircttfyen,

maintain

to judge, criticize

to

marry
to caress

to prophesy to emulate to gratify

fuBftugelrt, HeBfofen,

tuettetfent,

mutfjmajjett,

to conjecture, guess

tt)illfa^ren,t

* The last four prefixes, when serving to compound a noun or adhave the pri/ma/ry accent. omit tne prefix g e in t The two verbs froljlotfen and jiltfa$wtt mostly the past participle.
jective,

136

COMPOUND VEEBS: INSEPARABLES.

Reading Exercise LXVI.

Sin SRomer
jerftorte

ben empel.

33tr werben

unfere* greunbeS fceweinen.

Srfennjt bu mid) ?

immer ben SScrlufl er te& entri^ mtr

einem
tfflantel

ben Seutel unb erfd)anb.

bebecfen?
Sextet 3teifenbe

2Mrbeft bu
ift

ifyn

ntd)t mtt

cin

S3ctriiger,

er fcetriigt

Sebermamt.

3ft bcr olcat serrounbet ?

2Bir erfyalten jeben

aud) ant ienftag.
Jpaft

#afcen ie unfere Slufgakn serbeJTert ? amftag (or @omta6ent) ctnen Srief; manijmat

3d)

rcitrbe

S^nen

bie

3eitungen

gefdjtdt
bid)

fyafcen.

bu erne 2lntoort auf beincn

33rief erfyalten?

@ie|

or, ba3
burd).

9>fert fdjliigt au3.

djtage ein Slatt um, ba3 papier

Strftonrng 3erufalem8
angetragen.
?

fdjldgt

2Ger

toeiffagte btc

9Jtan

fyat

tnir bie telle,

son ber ie

fpredjett,

ftiety bie

U^r

auf.

Theme LXVI.
The poor woman covered her hands with a cloth. The merchant, whose son is in Berlin, loses everything. This thoughtless girl has broken her parasol. The professor is correcting your exercise, he will probably tear it. Henry Your neighbor will probably lose his mother, she is very ill.
The diligent scholars will be rewarded. The Eomans destroyed Carthage. Did you understand me ? Our ting abdicated in favor (?u unjten) of his son. Have you received your newspaper ? Frederick is very thoughtcheats everybody.
less,

he neglects everything. Dr. Johnson has criticized my book very favorably (giinjiig). This young man has misused our confidence. Would your sister marry her cousin ? Many

physicians in this country are quacks.

Conversation.
Er^aften ie oft
od)ter ?
33riefe

uon 3^er
tabt

2Bir

erljatten

jeben

onnerftag (even)

etnen Srief.

aben

bie

gehtbe

uttfere

ie

aerftiirten 2lfle,

felbft

jerjtbrt ?

baa djlog
?

aft bu mid) serftanben

Stein, id)

t)iirte

nid)t a

ie fagten.

2Ber

Ijat btefen

ptegel jerbrod)en?

3d)

tueif ei nid)t.

compound verbs: separables and inseparables.

Sot at
Jperr 25r. Sotjnfott Styr

137

Sud)

3a mein err, er |at

ieutt&etlt.

es fe$r gtmftig

fceurtljetlt?

bet 3>rofe(for unfere 2lufgafcen

gr

tfl

nod) nidjt
efon.

fertig, er serkjjert

serfcefferr?

fie

9ted)tfertigte ber

junge SUlamt bas

fTlein, er mtjj6raud)te

e<3

unb

fcetrog

2$errrauen,ba(3ifyr in tfyn fester?

una.

ffiaimmrfatyefogrofjenSdjrecfen
in eurer tabt ?

Die

9?ad)rid)t

eon ion <3iege ier

gewolmttd) urn

geinbe.

Urn wie

siel

U$r

frit^jWlden

@ie

Mr

frulftitcfen

fte*

Sen Ufyr.

LESSON LXVn.
Obs.
I.

Sefttosi 67.

Separable and Inseparable Yerbs.

Verbs compounded with turd), iiBer,

and
id i e

unter, urn are either separable or inseparable

according as they have the primary or secondary

Obs. II.

Verbs retaining their original meaning and that of

the prefix have the primary accents on the prefix and are separable, while those that have a figurative meaning, have the secondary accent on the prefix and the primary accent on the verb, and are inseparable.

accent.

Examples.*

b
it

it

r d) gdjen,
fefpen,

to run
to cross

away

burd) g
itfcer
tiller

e
jj

|
e

n
,

to peruse to deliver

6 er

f e

n
e

to translate

u B er laufen, to run over

it

6 r
ft

ng
ty

n
,

n t e r fletyen, to go under shelter

unter

n
,

to dare

tt>

m werfen,
t e

to upset

urn a r
tuieber

men
tj

to
,

embrace

r Ijolen, to

bring back

I e

to repeat

* Most verbs admit of both the separable and inseparable form, but some are either separable or inseparable only.

138

COMPOUND VEBBS: SEPAEABLES AND INSEPARABLES.

Reading Exercise LXVII.

te 3^ Sor^abcn b ur d) gefe^t ? bar3 gtng burd). SCir werben nad)
ipaben

2)a3 $ferb unferes Stadj*

einer

tunbe untfefjren.

SBarf bas
tit

5>ferb, ate eg
toir

burd)
bie

gtng, ben

SBagen urn?
ging

Lai

djtjf,

weldjem

on eutfd)Ianb
bu
Itfefe

famett,

untcr.
cr
ftd).

ie Wlity
feljte

litujr

tiber.

ajt

Slufgabe

iiberfejjt?

d)ijfer

iiber ben
id)

gtujj.

jwei greunbe

umarmten

SBerbcn

ie Deutfdjlanb unb
b

Sranfretd)

burd)relfen?

3lm ienjtag werte

u r d) $art3 retfett. 3 nurS regnen, loir tniiffen u tt t e r jteb,en. ie 9Wmer uttter j o d) t en siefc SMfer. fitter unb oetfye ubera i r e f f e n afle beutfdjen tdjrer.

Theme LXVII.
'

has translated Goethe's Faust ? I have a mind to cross the river. Our emperor has passed through the whole empire. I pray you to come again. Have you carried through your design ? The boat is sinking, we must leave it. The boy has upset the table. I returned after two hours. The When shall we horse ran away and upset the wagon. Schiller excelled all German poets in depth of return? feeling. Who will instruct you during the winter ? That water is boiling, it will run over. My uncle and his brother have traveled all over France. Examine that trunk. Could you undertake this ?

Who

Conversation.
aben ie oetlje^ ebidjte
fefrt

tiber*

Stein,

id)

&erfle|e

nidjt

eutfd)

genug.

agten
3ji bics

ie,

bag

d)itfer

atte

3d)

fagte,

bag

er

fte

an Siefe beS
ti ntdjt.

beutfdjen "Hitter itbertrtfft ?

ber
djiffer, toeldjer

efulls

uberrrifft.
ijt

una

Stein, id) glaube er

tiberfefcte ?

3Bas
SBirft

tt)aten

ie aU

ti regnete ?

2Bir finb untergejtanben.

bu eutf*tanb unb ftu^

3d)

tr-erbe e<5

t^un, tuenn id) elb

lanb burdjreifen ?
3fl

genug Ijaben werbe.

9iad)bar

baa

spferb

cures

@s

ging burd) unb warf ben 33a*

burdjgegangen ?

gen urn.

^REPOSITIONS WITH DATIVE OR ACCUSATIVE.

139

Reading Lesson.
8ci$icl ben gnt^altfomfctt.
SHeranBer Ber rofje fam auf feinem 3ge,*
Burcfc

Me

SBelt ju

cro

em,
unB
Bap
Ber

cine

lange GanBmitfte
gnBIidj
(>atte

SlfEeitg,

in Ber

|tdj

nirgen&S SSaffer Be*

fanB.f
Brad)te eg
feine

cin

ofoat etmas

in feinem

elm
tote er

tent 2lIeranBer.

aufgefuncen a Biefer afcer fat),

oU
id)

ofoaten eBenfo

or Eurjl led^ten fprad) er;

gofj

Ginjige fein, Ber Ba trintt ?" unB

otf 33etounBerung
tifcer

Bos Staffer auf Bie grBe.

Sllie,

Bie gntB>Itfamfeit Be .RBnigS, riefen;$

2tuf!

fu$re una fort!

ttir

ttir ftnB nid)t

fterBIid), fo

ermattetj

rcir

finBntdjtBurftig;
fityrt."

fatten uns nt^t fur

lange una ein fofcBer ^onig

Jpetnftus.

LESSON LXVni.

Scftion 68.

Prepositions Governing the Dative or Accusative.

Obs.
I.

The following
when

nine prepositions require the dative the verb in the sentence implies rest or motion in a place, answering to the question " Where ? "

and the accusative, when it expresses a direction or motion from one place to another, answering to the question "Whither?"
on, at, in, on, to auf, on, upon behind i n t e r
,

uB e r nt e

over, above, across

,

under,

among

I)

Dor,
3
tt>

before, ago

i
it

n
e

in,

into
,

i f d; e

between

en

by the side

of,

near

Expedition.
exclaimed.

f @id)-!>efanb, there was to be found. % 5Ri e f e n is here equivalent to a u $

r i e fe

Up,

let

us hence

140

CONTRACTION OF PBEPOSITIONS WITH ARTICLE.

Contraction of Prepositions with the Definite Article.

Obs. II.

Some prepositions
and
into

are frequently contracted with the last letter of the definite article into one word,
are in very general use.

They

are

an

bent

peepositions with dative or accusative.

141

Did you say he had a black cap on his head? Pray sit down on this bench. The fish live in the water and the birds in the air. The child which has fallen into (Ace.) the water has

Who knocks at the door? the nearest way to the castle (of) Frankenstein. We can have a beautiful view over the valleys en the mountain. My birds sit on the roof of your house. My cane has fallen into the water. Hang this broom behind the door very near the window. Are the flower pots before the window ? Tour pupils speak often of (son) your school.
been carried to the grave-yard.
Tell

me

Conversation.
SBo^itt gef en

ie ?
3&ger uf ten

2Bir geljen in ten arten.

SBeStjalb ftetgt ter

Sr
ir

fudjt ein SBogelneft.

Saum?
3ft

3|r ut

ins SEBaffer gefatfen?

flog

mir om Stotft unt

SBaffer.

pel

in

1 <3

3Bo

ftnt unfere

3ft Sraulein Suife

Sauben ? im aufe

oter

ie te

ftjjen
ift

auf tem adbe.

meter
fie tft

im arten nod) im
aufs Sant gegangen.
iljn

im arten? aben ie meinen Mantel

tie Satire gefyangt ?

Jpaufe,

|inter

9Jein,

id)

tying

nefcen tad

genfter.

2Bo

fya&en

ie
tu

ttefe

33Iumen ge*

2Btr tyaben

fie

im

gelte gefunten.

funten ?
ffiSaram
getyft

fo oft

am

genfter?

SCetl idj
ertuarte.

meinen ?freunt

ipeinrtd)

3Ba3

Ijat

Marl

tiber

Me SKauer

Sr

Ijat

fetnen Salt uber tie 9ttauer

geworfen ?

geworfen.

Sag tad

fdjroarje

udj unter oter

?

S3

lag iiber

tem arge unt

Be?

tiber tern

arge

tetfte

ten Seidmam.

Reading Lesson.
9tn ten SRonb.
31
21

uf n ttr
*

tid) Wictet,
1

tyaft

id),

auf Mr roetlet oft mein Slug * in fflfer Suft,f an tid) fent' id) mand)' efitfjl axti froljer SBruft.
1

The apostrophe
Enchantment.

stands in place of

e; as, Slug

142

NBUTEB AND mTBANSITIVE VEEBS.

fefcet,

3n bid)
S 3

in Mr

ftnbet
fldj

mcine ^antafie Sid cenen,

Unter Me

fie

gem
biefe

triiumet,
1

unt

er benen tort

Me

fdjonen

eelen, u'Ber

grb

erfyofyit,*

iiBer r&fcern wanbeln.

o r mid) trittf bann, o r ntir fte^t

bann ber

Gntfdjlup, red)t gut ju

^anbetn.
tt>

f d) e

n Mefen
ffnft,
ftitl

triiudsen ft^ t*,

jwif^en
fie, fie

fie ftieBJt fid)

etn

traljl, 31 e 6
e

mid)

J n

e 6 e

n mir

ruty

Winter

mid;

Mngefdjltdien, fianb

Iad)enb

Me greunbin meiner Winter ntir,

SBaljI

Unb ir reben Don ben ternen, unfern SieBen unb son Dir.

LESSON LXIX.
Obs.
I.

&eftivn 69.

Neuter and Intransitive Verbs.

Verbs that ascribe to their subject

tion

a state or condineither active nor passive, are neuter; as, i d) ft e B, e, I stand; id) f d) I a f e I sleep, etc., and such as express an action that does not pass over

which

is

Obs. II.

The conjugation of the neuter and intransitive verbs

from that of the active verbs, except that express a mere activity, a continuous state, without a change or transition of their subject from one state into another, such as, I e 6 e n to live; f t e n to sit, are a 6 e n and those that express a conjugated with change or transition of their subject from one state into another, a motion from one place to another, such
does not
differ

to an object, are intransitive; as, id) laufe, I run; id) f p r e d) e , I speak, etc.

in the

compound tenses, where those

1)

as, ft erB en, to die; geljen, to go, are conjugated with fein.
*

That have been raised above

Presents
itself.

this earth,

cannot be rendered literally here the translation of n e is descends near me, followed by and. Of those we love.
i

nf
n

dj

f t

NEUTER AND INTRANSITIVE VERBS.

143

Conjugation of a Neuter Verb.

!ommcn,

to come.

INDICATIVE.

Present.
Imperfect.
1st

3d) fomme, I come, etc.

3d)

Future.

1st Conditional.

Perfect.

I came fommen, I shall come 3d) toiirbe fommen, I should come 3d) 6 t n gefommen, I have come
font,

3$

roerbe

in Wft gefommen, thou hast come er ift gefommen, he has come

tt>ir

ftnb

gefommen,
(<Sie ftnb)

we have come
gefommen,

Pluperfect.

2nd Future. 2nd Conditioned. 3d)

you have come come 3d) to a r gefommen, I had come bu ioarft gefommen, thou hadst come er war gefommen, he had come toir waren gefommen, we had come tf)r toaret (<Ste maren) gefommen, you had come fte tooren gefommen, they had come 3d) roerbe gefommen fein, I shall have come
tf)r feito fte

ftnb

gelommen, they have

toitrbe

gefommen fetn, I should have

come

Reading Exercise LXIX.

SBofjtn
ge$jl

bit?

3d)

gefje

in bie

djule.

e^en 3^re
id)

9?effen wottte.

na<$ tyaxii ?

3d) fonnte geftem nidjt fommen oogleid)

<Sie

SBann werben
toenn
id)

fommen
toerbe

3d)

roerbe

am onnacenb
<3ie

fommen,

ntd)t

nad) Serltn

faljre.

ffioHen
geljen.

mit mir fpajteren

geljen ?

Stein, id)

hi
id)

heater

3ft ber efanbte son

ift

Snglanb mit
gangen

ber Sifenoatyn juritefgefetyrt ?

Sin Sote

|eute nad)

granffurt aogereifl, rcenn

fein.

es getmtfjt Ijatte toiirbe id) mit ifym ge*

3ft ber efanbte

son granfreid)
Ija&e
tfyt

juriidgefeljrt ?

3ft

Mn

ruber fd)on aufgeftanben,

gefe^en.
gefatten.

id)

feit

einigen

SBarum

fdjrte

bag

$inb?

S3

lief

agen nid)t ju fdjnetl unb ijl

144

NEUTEE AND INTKANSITIVE VERBS.

Theme LXIX.
Where is the ambassador going? My uncle has arrived from Berlin, and I must send a messenger to the railroad for .his luggage. Have you risen early this morning? I have often come from Vienna to see my friends. Eds the Russian ambassador not yet returned from Munich ? Has the professor gone out ? The child would not have fallen if it had not run so fast. Why have you not followed me? The messenger has passed several times to-day. The general has just gone to bed, you cannot see him. What has become of* Robert ? Has the messenger not returned from the railroad with the luggage of my uncle ? He has perhaps gone to the room of your uncle.
Conversation.
SKMett @le mtt
gc|cn ?
tnir ini

Sweater

3d) Hit ju

tniibe,

idj

6tn

biefen

9iad}mittag fpajteren gewejen.

ntdjt ju

SBarum 6tjl bu fommen ?

3fl
ber

mir ge=

3$
tjt

far

sertyinberr;

metn Dnfcl
in jwet

nadj SBtctt afcgemfh

nidfet,

englifd)e

efanbte

son

9tod)

er

roirD

erji

fatii

jurucfgefefyrt ?
Jieute
fritf)

2Bod)en juriidfe^ren.
aufgeften*
3<*, id)

@tnb @ic
ben ?

Hn

Ijeute

fdjon

um

fiutf

Ityr'aufgeflanben.
jifyrte

SBarum
2So

ba $inb ?
unfer S3ud) gefun*

tyafcen

@le
btc

ga gs
3,

tjl if*

gefaflen.

auf tern 33oben gelegen.

ben?
ot man
tranft ?

$ fcrbc
Dnfel

fdjon

gc

to

tattfnedjt $at

fie

ckn

getranft.

SHJarum

tft

3|jr

nidjt nad)

3$

fa"" es nidjt fagen,

er

tttelletdjt

23ritf[el

gerelpt ?

war

wMnbert.

Reading Lesson.
2>er Sfinnbcrer

unb

btc Quelle.

war

gin Skttberer f am im feijjefkrtf ontmer ju einer Dttette. gr fdjneU unb lange gegangen; tfype tfr ftanb auf feuter
* Render
to

become of, wcrben au&.

f In the heat of.

THE ADVERBS.

145
fafi

time unb
falj

felne

3unge

war om

urfte

e r t r o

dn

c t.

)a

er ie filterijette Staffer, glaubte, tyter

ntit giertgen

neue tfrafte* ju fammeln,

tfiilte, tuelt^e

unb rranf

Biigen.

Slber

tie

ju fd}netoenb

unb 3U fdjnea aowedftelnb f war, toirfte fo f<$ablid} auf in, Jap er ju Soben fan!. 2ld), fc&anbltdjes @tft !" riefcr, n>er wtoe unter einem fo retjenJen J 8lnfd;em fold) eine So^eit sermutfjet J)aen?"

3$
@ie|,
triinten

cin tft?" fprad) tie Quelle.-

n 2Ba^rIt(^,

bu uerlaumbeft mid).
SSon mir
fyier

Me glur
fid)

rings

um|er

gritnet

unb

left burd) mid).

tie eert>en, unb aufenbe beiner Sritber fanben

Sftur

grfrifdjung unb etnen Sabetranf.

Uebermafj unb Unorfi^tigIeit

son beiner rite

orfte|en.t

||

mad)en

bir

ben enufj j$abli$.

3d) bin fd)uMos

foflte er bir

an beinen d)merjen unb

felbft

an betnem Sobe,

aud) be*

SBagner.

LESSON LXX.
On
Obs.
I.

SeUion 70.
the Adverbs.

Adverbs modify verbs, adjectives, or other adverbs.

They denote manner, place, time, quality, comparison, quantity, etc., and are invariable, with the exception of those of manner, quality and time, which are compared like adjectives. Most adjectives are also
frequently used as adverbs of quality without a change of form, even in the comparative degree.

In the superlative they are preceded by a

1

or

auf 3, instead of the article, as: am fdjiinften, auf'S 6,od)fte, ?c. Some take the terminations enS instead, as: b e ft e n $ f p a t e ft e n i.
,

Translate

Jhoiftc

in the singular.
too

f 3u

fcfynefl afcroedifelnb,

sudden change.
here, of

\ Inviting.

2Jon mtr tranfen

)?<$,

must be translated
fi
6)'.

me

drink, dropping

entirely the reflexive

||

pronoun

On your part. 1 2Mr tfcsorfletym, lit., bebeforeyou, to be translated here, come upon you.

146
Obs.
II.

THE ADVERBS.

The prefixes ^ in
herein,
fytnaua,

and

fierauS,

tjer of the adverbs $ineitt, are separable, and are fre-

^Obs.

HE.

quently preceded by a noun with the preposition ju, as: er SWann fam jur $ure herein. Instead of adverbs of time, the genitive of svbstan-.

tives is

used when the time is indefinite, as: SKorgenS, or TtoxQtni, and when the time
fc

&

is

distinctly expressed the accusative of substantives

is

Obs. IV.

jets

used as an adverbial expression of time; as: en ag. Adverbs of time precede other adverbs or adver-

bial expressions,

and take

their place after the

subject

and the

verb, but

when an adverb

or

ad--

verbial expression begins the sentence, the verb

precedes the subjects.

Degree of Comparison of Irregular Adverbs.

Positive.

Compcwatiw.
fceffer,

SBofl,

weH

better

am

Bait,

soon

f fritter,

sooner

etjer,

oft,

gem,* willingly often

Iiefcer,

better

cfter,

oftener

befien or auf'2 iejle, the best f am etjeften, the soonest | Balnigft, very soon am Itefcften, best am tyauftgften, the oftener, (most often)
|ijd}fr,

fefy",
itfoel,

very
evil
arger,
metjr,

dujjerft,

worse

Bid,

much

more

wenig, little

minfcer, weniger, less

am am am

argften,

extremely the worst

mciften,

most
(toenigjfrn)

minieftcn

the least

Reading Exercise LXX.

SBle ict
foftet

biefea

aus

3$

werte fpateftenS urn

acfyt llt)r

ju

aufe

fetn.

ehtrid)

fit

aueroenDtg mtt tern ^lutfdjer.

icfc 3iet
like best,
:

era,

Hefcer,

in English,

am liebflen, correspond to I lilje. Hike better, I and are mostly used in connection, with a verb, as
;

3$

laufe

gem, I like to run

id)

fa$re

ttefcer,

1 like better to ride, etq.

THE ADVERBS.
SMfadjen

147

fndjen.

<Sie mitffen ben errn anberStoo ftnb tmmer beifammen. Die tabt log feitoarts. 3ft ber Jperr duller oben ? fRein, Derjenlge, welder am beften erijlunten. 2Bie b>ft bu gefd)Iafen ?

reiten

unb

am

fdmeHften laufen fann, tsirb ben $rei<3 erfyalten.

SJton

getobijnt

fid}

nad) unb nod) baran.

un<3 3U ftRittag fpetfen.

3b>

33ettcr

griebrid;

wirb iiBer*

morgen mit

3$

tann morgen

fritter

Jommen,

wenn ie

ti

wunfdjen.

siel oerbtrbt atfes

fidjtige Seitte

Spiel."

Die Deutfdjen fagen: 3 U weni 9 untl 3 U r igt emiije lieber ati gletfdj. Unsor*

irren

am

puftgften.

3$
M*

weljjf bafj $einrid)

f

e3

gern

ofter

ttyun

toirb.

3d) J&nnte

&

WW

a8C">

3$

fcitte

urn nod)

eine Staffe 3$ee.

Theme LXX.

We shall praise the most 3killful persons most. George and John are improving very much in German, "When will you depart ? To-morrow or the day after we shall go to Berlin. How much did the tailor ask for your coat? I
like to ride in a carriage,

and I

like best to ride

careless

man

but I like better to ride horseback, This (ttttf with def. art.) railroad. makes mistakes (the oftenest) most often. The

by

general dines precisely at twelve o'clock. The price of this cloth is extremely high. I shall bind the dictionary very soon. The scholar who can read and write best, will receive the prize. Henry has been at least three or four times here.

Conversation.
fBoljer

lam

3^ 33ruber ?

fir

3dj*><*e3i)tt<5d)ti>efterlangenid)t
gefefyen, too ift fie ?

<Ste

fam jit gufj son $otn. war feit einigen SDodjen in

fie
iji

faris, aber
fdjeinlid) jit

b>ute tab>

aufe.

2Birb einridj auf mid) warten?

Sin

toenig aber nidjt lange.

eb>n @ie gern ins Sweater

9iein, id) geb> IteSer in bie

Dper.

2Md)e

Seure irren

am

metften ?

Die Unoorftdjtigen
ftgften.

irren

am \au*
gefeb>n,

aben @ie ben 9Jlann

welder

gefe$en,

Stein, id) $abe ben

SKann

am

beften ritt ?

judder

am

fdjneflften fufr.

148

THE CONJUNCTIONS.

Reading Lesson.
3)cr

altc Sanbtnann.
1

VltV* Intnter Sreu unb Sftebltcfeteit S3 i i an betn futjles rafc,

Unb

tneic^e

feinen ginger brcit

Son

ottci5
wir|t

SBegen

afc.

D ann
S) o

bu wic auf gritnen 3lu'n

urd)3

(Srbenlefcen

ge^n;

nn

fannjl

bu o|ne Surest unb rau'n

cm
> a

Sob

ins 2Iuge fe^n.

n n fegnen Snfel beine ruft Unb wetnen Zfyx'antn b r a u f f Unb onnenMumen oH on Suft,
Sliif 'n a\ii ben

S^ranen

auf.

i5llv.

LESSON LXXI.
On the
Obs.

ScfttOtt
Conjunctions.

71.

In German some of the conjunctions have a great influence on the position of the verb, and must therefore be divided into three classes: the co-ordinative, adverbial and sub-ordinative conjunctions. Those of the first class (the co-ordinatives) serve merely as links to sentences, and have no influence on the position, while those of the second class (the adverbials), when beginning the sentence, cause the subject to be placed after
the verb, and those of the third class (both the simple and compound sub-ordinatives), require the verb governed by them to be placed at the end of the
sentence.
*

The apostrophe stands

a r a a
f.

in place of

e,

as

ii

'

for

ii

e.

t S>


THE CONJUNCTIONS.
First Class
Witt, fonbent, attein,
term, for, since
:

149

Co-ordinative Conjunctions.
forootyl-als,

but
unb,

both-and

and
:

ober,

or

Second Class
3flfo,

Adverbial Conjunctions.
ettblid),

therefore, thus

at last, at length

and), also,

too

entoeber

ober,

either

or

auferbem, uBerbem, besides

bait

erft, guerjl,

at first

sometimes some- fertter, further then [times fjernad), nad$er, afterwards faum, scarcely bagegen, ) on the contrary fon? ( not nidjt nur, fjingegert, I on the other hand ) nidjt attein, Vbent -j only baljer, teftoegen, 1 therefore, on ( but also nidjt Bloa, ) aud) barum, befjijalB, j that account
Balb,

ba, bann, alsbann,

bemnadj,
tntfljtn,

folgfidj, )

consequently

,,

nod), still

nun
fonft,

bennod),

and

yet, still
;

fo, so,

beSgleidjen,

likewise
)
J

nod),

nor

beffenungeadjtet,
nid)tebeftotentger,

nevertheless

ttjeiis

then thus else, otherwise

tljeife,

.^ nQW)

partly

partly

iiBerbteg,

besides
as for the rest, how-

bepo,

the (with a comparative.)

\
)

liBrtgenS,

urn

fo, )

ever
still,
tiielmeljr,

bod), gIetd)tof)l,
{ebodj, inbeffen, )effer
etnerfeitS,
)
1

yet,

I
j

onbrerfeitS,

however on the one hand on the other hand

weber

much

more, rather
it is

nod),

neither nor
true

wofyt, jtoar,

indeed,

Reading Exercise LXXI.

3d)
nidjt,

t)aBe fljn ge^ijrt, aBer id) fc^Be tfyt nidjt gefe|en.

aerftanb

@le

bcnn @ie fpradjen ju fdmel

ntujjt Me. Seftton fd)retfcen ober

id) roevbe es
SSJhttter

bem

2eB,rer fagen.

9ttd)t

nur

ber 25ater fonbern aud) tie

toerben ti erlauBen.
3>fHd}t.

SBeber ber artncr nod) bie artnerin

fletfjtger
id)

iljuen

ttjre

@ie mtipn entoeber

arBetten ober tnein

Jpau erlaffen.
<Ste tnir
BletBen.

3d) fann nidjt auSgeBert ba

fie

franf Bin.

agen
fjat

wmtn

fommen

rotrb.

u Btft faul,

folgfidj mufjt

bu ju aufe
9lcffe

$aum

Ijatte er es gefagt, fo fief id)

bawru

3fyr

ntir nidjt gefdjrieBen, bejjtoegen luerbe id) iljn nid)t erraarten.

3d) tooUte

nid)t mitge^en, uBrigenS (iiBerbiea)

fyfttte

id) leine Beit.


150

THE CONJUNCTIONS.

Theme LXXI.
John has translated
his Conversation,

his

Theme, and Frederick has learned

is lazy or sick, for she has not learned the lesson. You must go to (the) school directly, or your father will punish you. The teacher did not punish him, but he was dissatisfied with him. Tou must either be

but Emily

diligent or leave the school, else I shall send you away. Neither the postman nor the workman will come. I shall buy either a working table or a wardrobe. We have not only a play-ground but also a piano. My teacher has not returned to me my copy-book, consequently, I 2 shall, (be

more

obliged) have to write my theme this afternoon. The Egyptian is a little unskillful, but he is nevertheless a good man. I8 hads scarcely! returned from the park. It is true, we could not3 see3 him, but (allcin) we heard his voice. John has worked in the forenoon and is tired, he must therefore

(on that account, consequently) stay6 ats home4 thiSi afternoon.

Third Class: Subordinative Conjunctions.

(Ai,

when, as

uttgeadjtet,
raafyrenb,

notwithstanding

fcettor, efye, before

while, whilst

Hi, until
ba, as,

raamt,
raeit,
raerttt,

when
if

since (reason)

because

tomit, in
bafj,

order that

when
\

that
in case that
while, as
the comp.)
tote,

M,
tuemtgletdj,
fdjon,

fatlS,

> although
)

intern,
je

the (with

nad}5em, after
je

rate aitdj,

nadjlem, according as

how, when, as however raieraofjl, although

wofttr,

06,

whether,

if
)

obgletdj, ofcfdjon,
ofcrooljt, raterool)!,
feit,

though, although

feitoem,

since (time)

if, in case, that wherefore Wonad), whereafter raoran, whereat

raofern,

fo oft fo

(ali),

iato (ali),

whenever as soon as
long as

raorcmf,
raottott,

whereon
whereof,
etc.

fo

tange (ali), so

urn ju (with the Infin.), in order to

THE CONJUNCTIONS.

151

Additional Reading Exercise.

211$ id)
tijtt

tannic,

war

er nod)

em Mxd.
Sir,

3d) fonnte
bag
id)

(te

nid)t fe^cn,

ba

ti ganj

bunfel war.
gefrutjjtudt

2Ber fagte

angefommen bin ?
3d)
tciirbc

9tad)5em

nrir

fatten, gingett

nrir

aufs SanO.
id)

3^ncn ben
Ijafcen

SSertfy

bea SudjeS
nidjt

bejafjlen, ofcgleid)

griiutein
fdjlief

gjJuQer

gefe^en,

feit

fie

in

arm bin. SQBir 9Mnd)en wofynt.

jeten 2lu*
fein,

uftas

ben ganjen 9tadjmittag,

TOat)rent

grielrid)

genHid wafyrnatjm.
fie

2Buen
Sr

bie SJlenfdjen ntdst

gIMidjer

roenn

jufriebener
Ijalten tfjn

waren.

fdjfoor,

inbem

er

feinen'

2irm ausftredte.
2Bir getyen langs
id)

@ie

nid)t fur faul,

fonbern fur So^aft.

2Biltft
ijjt, foil

fam, batmt ir ntdit miibe roerben.

2Iufgabe gefdjrieben t>aBe ?
Slje

bu warten, bis

metne

man
felten

lange

man

gefunb

ijl

benft

man

baran,

man ott banlen. o bap man aud) franf er*

ben fann.

Additional Theme.

Do you know
I hadj seen 3
not.

(rotjfen)
2

whether the stars shine ?

Although

this!

man when he was a boy,

Henry The workman pay2 him.! My uncle told me that you had been in Munich, so I believed it. We must take a walk, though it is unpleasant. We shall come if you wiU 4 go6 out3 withj us. 2 She has not heard from Miss Miller, since we left Philadelphia. I have written my theme, while you read the newspaper. When can you eat ? I cannot eat now, because I am not hungry. One does not know, whether any body lives in the stars. As soon as I shall have acquired the German language, I shall

Our

teacher does not like

attentive.

diligent

nor

I 2 recognized] him as (5a) he is neither thinks that you will 8

There will always be study the French language; among (the) men so long as they are discontented.

strife

Conversation.
SDie
falj

er

aus ate bu i|n

fa^ft ?

3d) erfannte i&n laum, er fear

Heid).

fo

ftonnteft

bu ben Setriiger
bir,

ftnben ?

3d) fanb

ttyn nid)t,

ba ti bunfel war.
geftern.

2Ber fagte

bap

id) $ler

bin?

granj fagte

ti

mir fd)on

152
SBann

THE AUXILIARY
retfte

WCV

C It

AND THE PASSIVE VOICE.

Dicfen SDforgen, nad)bem er ge*
fritljftucft fyatte.

3k

DnMafc?
tm $ar! ar*

SBirb ber Strkiter

6 eiten ?

9tid)t

okie

bajj

fie

in bafitr

k=

ja^en.

2Bti$ bu bem Jpeinri^

SBerten @ie tai
ober nid)t ?

serpen

gttdjt efyer ate bis cr fid) kffert.

Sud) kfyalten

SBtr roerben i$ ktyalten, ba bu

kad)tejt, ofcgleid; id tyeuer ifh

Sett

wann

$abt

ik emt

tfityler

eit

tetr

9Kund)en
fie

serliefjen,

fya*

unb griwlein SKutter

nid)t ges

kit ir

nidjt gefektt.

fekn?
2Ba<5
tljatefi

bu,

wa^rcnto

beine

grft arkitete id) tut

arten unb

greunbe foajieren gingen?

SBitrbeft

bann

fdjrlefc id)

meine Slufgak.
atletn
beutfd),

bu

beutfd} lernen,
1}atteft

menn
ju

3d)

rotirbe

nidjt

bu elb
netymen ?

Uttterridjt

fonbern
lernen.

audi

ba

granjBfii'dje

Reading Lesson. $ic fdjonftc Gljrifttn.

enft eud) cine
tt)et&Iid)e
ftc

eele, wrick

ttiel

leibet;

after
{fatten

fiete

ju
fie

ott auffdjauet, weldje,

tntU

mag innen

toeinett

unb

trie

* immer rote etne greube or SKenfdjen ausjieljt, f unb rorick turme ber SBelt e b e r erriicfen nod) serfinftern : roo ftek 3lm tmmel: ba flek ber 5tegen6ogen; ikt kroegen tkSknMIb?
bie

bte 28oIfen

unb

bie

SBtnbe

ntd)t, bie

auf i$n
fetne

fliegen,

fonbern
eines

er

fdrtmmert fort sor fetner onne,

unb

Slropfen roerben

garkn,
fdjoncn

un

b er Hegt

am tmmel

i gtanjenber SRorgenffjau

Sages.

Stidjter (3ean 9>aut).

LESSON LXXH.
The Auxiliary
Obs.
I.

Seftton 72.
and the Passive Voice,

tncrbcn

The various modes, tenses,

etc. of regular and irregular active verbs are formed, for the passive voice,

* SB i e fie n>UI, must be translated here, ever so much. f Ever appears befjre men an image of joy.

THE AUXILIARY WCrfcCtt AND THE PASSIVE

VOICE.

153

from the corresponding

to e

tenses of the auxiliary

verb
to be

rb

n and the past participle of the verb

Obs.II.

The
tu

conjugated.

past participle of the auxiliary wetben, to

be, to become, is

geworben, but when used

g
e

to

form the passive voice of verbs

or t
e

is

omitted,

and

n only

is

used.

Conjugation of Verbs in the Passive Voice.

INDICATIVE.

Present Tense.
3d) toerte g e 1 06 1 I am tu roirft gelobt, thou art
,

Imperfect. 3d) tuurbe g e 1 1 e B t I was tu nmrbeft gcliebt, thou wast er wurbe geliebt, he was
,

cr

tt>itt>

gelobt,

he

is

loir
tt)r

icerten gelobt,
roertet gelobt,
)
J

we

a B.

o
<
tuir
tljr

are

CO CD

raurben geliebt,
rourtet gcliebt,

we were
)
j

0>

you
are

<3ie wertett gelobt,

fie

toerben gelobt,

they are
totxit

you were @te murben geliebt, fie tourEen geliebt, they were
f t

1st

Future Tense. 3d)

bu

g e ft r a

terben,

I shall be punished

nrirft geftraft

werbett,
t

1st Conditional.

3d) witrbe g e f a
,

fj

toerben,

I should be hated

bu wurbeft

getyafjt toerben,

k.

Perfect.

3d; bin g

d) t e t

toorben,

bu
er

bift geadstet
ift

toorben,

geadjtet toorben,

I have been thou hast been he has been

3
tolr finb gead)tet toorben,
tfjr feib

we have been
)
j

CD

geadjtet toorben,

@ie
Pluperfect.

you nave been

O O
&4

finb geadjtet toorben,

fie fint geadjtet toorben,.

they have been

toorben,

3d) war

uerborben
e t

had been

spoiled

bu warft serborben

toorben,

k.
fein,

2nd Future.

3d) toerbe g

ab

e 1 1

tooen

I shall have been

blamed
bu
totrjt

getabelt toorben fein, jc.

154

THE AUXILIABY
Conditional.

tD t T t t

It

AND THE PASSIVE VOICE.

feitt,

2nd

3d)

wurbe B

c I o B, n t worben have been rewarded

I should

bu

wiirbeft Betofynt toorben fetn, jc.

INFINITIVE.

eloBt ioerben or getoBt ju werben, to

be praised
be (you or ye)

IMPERATIVE.
SBerbe gefoBt,

be (thou) praised

SJerbet getobt,

praised

Reading Exercise LXXII.

son metttem Secret getofct, toenn id) mcinc ShtfgaBen lerne 3$ unb getyorfam Bin. 2>u ttnrft son beinen Item ntdjt gelieBt roerten,
toerbe

benn bu

Bift

md)t

fletfjtg

unb geljorfam gcwefen.

geadjtet,

Sin

tugent>B,after

SBienfd) totrb

on Sebermann

unb

fcine greunbfdjaft

tmrb son

uten gefud)t. getabelt unb felten

alien

SBtr werben oft fur unfere gutcn ^ontlungen

BeIoB,nt; ntd)t3

beftoroentger

tft

e$ unfere
ttorben.

3>flid)t

utes ju fun.

Dtefe

$naBen

fine nad)

aufe

gefd)tcft

SHefe

tabt nmrbe son ken getnben

jerjiiirt

worten

fetn,

toenn unfere ofoa*

ten ntdjt toefer gefod)ten gotten.

bent

3^ne arme
weldje

Blinbe

jtaufmann Betrogen.
eadjtet raerben
ftnb

!Diejenigen,
ift

eljriid)

grau wurbe son waren, wuraen

tefe ?luf*

gefd)aj3t.

Bejfer ala gefyafjt

ju roerben.

gaBen

jweimal aBgefdjrieBen worben.

Theme LXXII.
I

am punished by my parents, when

diligently.

am

disobedient and

do not work
teacher.

Tou
is

are

Thou called by your

often

art often praised

by thy

father

why do you not go

blamed by her music-teacher, beThis letter was given me by your servant, it must be sent to* the post-office. If I had not been here, your watch would have been stolen. Those who were polite, were not only esteemed but also rewarded. The workmen have been paid well, because they worked well during the heat of the day. A false and faithless man is feared and hated by every body.
to

him ?

Emma

is

cause she

so negligent.

* Render

to

here auf.


THE AUXILIARY
IP C X

b C

tt

AND THE PASSIVE

VOICE.

155

Conversation.
>u
toirft

son belnem Secret

toarum

oft

3$

IJaBe

nur beg SIBenbg 3cit unb

tdj oft

getabelt;

lernft t>a Seine

fe(6ft

bann werbe
son mir

bdran

StufgaBe nid)t Beffer ?

oerfejnbert.

S5on went
Beffert

ift

biefe 2lufga6e

oers

<3te

ift

oerBeffert toorben,
t)atte.

toorben ?
(tnb biefe SSriefe jroeimai

teil o'er

Se^rer feinc 3eit

SBorum
SBon

SEBetl ftc fo f(^ieci)t gefdjrieben toa*

abgefdjrieBen toorben ?

ren, bajj idj

fie

nid)t lefen fonnte.

toem

toirD

ber

tugenb^afte

Sr

toirb

oon 3eberntann

gead)tet

Kenfcfy geadftet ?

unb oon
ffjrem
<Ste

feine greunbfdjaft totrb

oon

alien

SBurben

biefe SJliibdjen

uten gefudjt. tourben son ityrem Se^rer ge*

unb
nacf) Jpaufe gefd)i<ft, toeil

8erer nadj aufe

gefdjicft ?

loBt
fie

i^re SlufgaBe gelernt fatten.

Reading Lesson.
2)o8
geftofjlcnc
Sauerg to u er SSauer BegaB
oon ba g
e
ft,

SJJfcrb.
r b e Bet Sftadjt aug feinem
ffcfc,

Sag

fc^onfte
e ft

3>ferb
I e

eineg

tatte g

o $

n.

better

auf einen $ferbe=

e
,

marft, toetdjer aeijn fJJteiten

ftdjt,

1 1 e

to

urb

in ber 916*

ein anbereg ju faufen.

Sr war

fe^r erftaunt,

unter ben fferben,

bie

jum Serfauf
agen
eu<fy,

auggefteflt toaren,

bas fetnige ju erlennen.

@r na^m
mir.

egfogleid) Beim

$avimt unb rief

ift eg tnir lieBer

aug:
1 e
feft,r

n Diefe8

9>ferb geft^rt

SSor bret

e ft

o 1

n toorbe n."
tyifftdj ber, toeldjer

31jr irrt

greuno," fagte

bag $ferb

serfaufen tooflre; tdj IjaBe btefeg fpferb

ift

fcfeon

linger, ate ein 3afe,r.

gg

nidjt

bag (Surige; aBer eg

ift

moglt^,

bajj eg

einige 31eft,nHc$ett mit

tijm Ijat."

er Sauer
beg unb rief:
tnir

legte fdjnett

feine

Betben <inbe auf bie 3tugen beg $fers

@ut

toenn bag Styer

eu$ f^on

fo

lange

ge^ijrt, fagt

nun, auf toeldjem 2luge eg BUnb

ift."

er
inufte,

Slnbere, toeldjer totrftic^ bag 3>ferE geftotylen ^atte, aber ber eg nid)t
fyatte,

genau unterfu^t

tourbe ganj Betroffen.

3lBer

ba

er

Sttoag fagen

anttoortete er aufg eraHjetooB/h* 9luf bent linfen Sluge."

At random.

156

BEFLEXIVE

VEIiBS.

3lr irrt fittd)," fpracfj b Saner, bas 2tyer i(i nicbt' Mtnb oitf tent Unfen Sluge." Dl>!" rief ber SM, td) |abc mid) tuir serftrodien,
mit tent red;ten 2luge
jtefyt

ti ntd)t."

terauf c

e ct t e

ber S3auer bte Slugen tea

$ ferbeS
em

au

unb

fagte:

tjt jejjt

offenkr, bafj bu ein djurfe Mjt nnb

litefc.

etyt, baa

gjfert) i[t

gar ntd)t Mtnb.

Ijeraugjubrtngen.
t

3$

$6e

ticfc

gragen nur get^an, urn ken

iDiefcjtafyl

er Dieb
jl

ur

b e

genBttylgt,
tjatte.

bae

fPfcrto

juriictjugeBen

unb B

e*

ro f

wte er es serblent

LESSON LXXm.

Scftiott

73.

Reflexive Verbs.
Obs.
I.

Reflexive verbs are

is

such as have the same person

or persons for both subject

and

object.

The

latter

always a personal pronoun and stands, either in the dative or accusative; as:
3d)

3d)

jtelje

mid) an, I dress (myself)

Wfe

mir,

I help myself

Obs. II.

In

German, as in English, nearly every transitive may be changed into a reflexive verb, but .there are a great many verbs used only as reflexive verbs, of which, in English, some have the additional pronoun; while others express the same idea by
verb
the active or passive voice of simple verbs;
as,

3d) freue mid), I rejoice

3d)

Bilbe

mtr

etn,

I fancy

Conjugation of Reflexive Verbs.

INDICATIVE.

Present.

3$
bu

Wfdje mid), I
mafdjeft bid),

er mfefet ftd),

wash or I am washing (myself) thou washest (thyself) he washes (himself)

REFLEXIVE VERBS.
5Bir wctfdjen una,

157

we wash

(ourselves)

fie

Wofdjen

fid),

they wash (themselves)

I

Imperfect.

3d)

irrte mid),

was mistaken

feu irrtejt fetdj, jc.

1st

Future.

3#) w*e mid)

cmffeifeen,

I shall dress myself

feu ttrirft bid) onflettcn,

k.

lsi Conditional.

3d)

miirfee

mir

eirtiilfeen,

feu ttmrbejt t>ir etriMiben,

I should fancy thou wouldst fancy

Obs. HI.

The compound
| a 6 e n.

tenses of reflexive verbs, are with one exception, * formed with the auxiliary verb

Perfect.

3d)

tyabt mid) gefoiSfmt,

bu
er

Ijafi bid)

gewBfjnt,

$at

ftd)

gemotynt,

I have accustomed myself thou hast accustomed thyself he has accustomed himself

3Bir tyafcen vmi getub^nt,

tt)r Ijafcet

we have accustomed
1

ourselves

eud) gctub^nt,
ftd)

you have accustomed

@ic ty&tn
fie

gemo|nt,

tyftm

ftd)

gewBijnt,
Ijatte

yourselves j they have accustomed themselves

Pluperfect.

3d)

mid) getwt, I
jc.

had been mistaken

have

feu ^attejt fetd) getrrt,

2nd Future.

3$
ht

werbe mid) au3gef(eifeet f^dbtn, I shall

undressed myself
wtrft bid) auSgefletbet Ijafcen,
toitrte
jc.

2nd

Conditional.

3$

mid) artgefleibet tyaben, I

should have

dressed myself
feu tttttfcejt feid) cmgefletbet

|aBen, w.

Infinitive.

(Sid) Seflagen, to

complain
of, is

The verb

fi<$

btwupt

fein, to be conscious

conjugated both

and compound tenses with the auxiliary fein; as: 3d) Sin mir iewujjt, jc, 34 6in mir fceroujjt gcmefen, jc.
in the simple

158

KEFLEXTVE VEBBS.

Singular.
Plural.

2Bafd)e bid),
2Bafd)et eud)

MFEEMTVE. wash (thyself)

or
tvafc^en

@te

fidj,

wash (yourselves)

3d)
ber,

fletbe

Reading Exercise LXXIII. mid) jeben SDforgen an. u |a(l bid) geirrt,
Marl wafc^t
ftc
fid)

tdj

Bin nid)t
fid)

ten

er fud)te.

jeben

Sag.

te

IjaBen

nod)

nidit ausgef letter,

werben
fie

fid)

erft

urn

jeljn ltf)r auSfletben.

iefe

&erren irrcn
jcerben

fid),

memt
ityren

gtauBen, bag wir reid) finb.

fie

Diefe d)iiler
tjt.

fid) iibcr

Scorer BeHagen;
fid)

fagen, bajj er ju frrenge

etne d)efter Biltet tragen unb eljrtid) fein.

tciirben fid) gewofynen

ein

fdjiin

ju fein.

Sfyr mufjt eud) gut Be*

er ele|rte
aufgufteien.

getobljnte fid) fliU ju fifeen.

ie

fritl}

2Bir

fatten

uns

seraBrebet
getijbtet.

etnen pajiergang ju tnadjen.

<i freut i|n
fefyr

fttotl

banner
fid)

t)aBin

fid)

bid)

ju fe^en.

granj Befanb

geftern nidjt too^t;

er tear

gan?

Bieid;; id) gtau&e, bafj er

^opfweB, |atte.

Theme LXXIII.
I rejoice very much to see you. John, hast thou washed thyself? My sister always behaves well and is {passive) loved by every body. We have not yet dressed (ourselves), we shall dress directly. The children were undressing when I came. There are many people who fancy themselves to be better than others: Frederick had wounded himself with my penknife; it was newly (frifd)) sharpened. I felt (found myself ) better yesterday than Friday. Tou will have been mistaken, Sir. Why would he complain ? The soldier would have killed himself. Mary had just dressed when her uncle came to 2 see 3 her., Those boys should have accustomed themselves to rise at six o'clock every morning. Mithridates defended himself with great courage against the Romans.

Conversation.
a6en
fid)

9tofa

unb @mtlie ge*

ie
fie

IjaBen

fid)

nod) nid)t gewafdjen, eBen an.

wafd)en ?
SBie Befmbet
fid)

fletben

fid)

3$te gran Gutter

Siemtidj gut ;

id)

banle Sljneit.

BEFLEXIVE VEBBS.
atftd)$arinid)tgutbetragen?
SBilnen <3te
beutfdje

159
fid)

SKetn, er mujj

gcto&^nen

flitt

ju
fidj

Pfeert.

ein, bafi <Sie

Me

3d) bin

ntd)t fo nfirrtf^,

mir ein*
fdjmere

pradje in etnigen SKo*

?

jubilten,

bap

id)

biefe

naten erlernen fonnen

(Spva&e

fo fdjneH

werbe erler=

SBoriiber beflagten

fie fid)

nen fomten. @te beflagten fid)

be Scorers,

fiber bic

trenge

agtet
bet

tljr,

bap $arl

fid)

oerroun*

Ijat fid) tnit

einent frtfdj gefdjlif*

bat

fenen SKeffer gefdjnttten.

Reading Lesson,
diner obcr
tier

Slubcrc.
granfreid), ritt einmal ein
9lid)t
toeit

3ur

3ett Jpeinridj'g IV.,

$omgS son
Ss war
ber

Sauerlein Don feinem orfe nad) fyaxii.

begegnete er einem Steiter.
abfidjtlid)

son ber tabt

roar

$Bntg.

ein efolge

in einiger Sntfernung gebtteben.

333o^er beS SQBegs,*

mein

greunb

abt i$r

?" efifc&fte ju 9)art3

id?

3a," anttoortete ber Sauer; aud) modite

ten

gem

einmal unfern gu*

$onig

feljen, tier fetn 25oIf fo j&rtltd) liebt."

er $Bnig
on benen

ladjelte

unb

fagte:

n^a^n fann udj

ift

9tat| erben."f

2lber toenn id)

nur

jofifjte,

welder e

unter ben uielen Jpijflingen,

er untgeben fetn wtrb."

id) fiud)

!Daa will

fagen:

3ljr bfirft
totrb,

nur Sldjtung geben, welder

atle

ben ut auf bent $opfe befyalten

tig

toenn

SInbern

f i dj

eljrerbies

toerben entbBjjtt laben.

@o
auf
fiber

ritten fie

miteinanber nad) favii.

gefriid)ige 3lntoort.

)er 23auer gab

fir erja^Ite tote

alle feine

gragen

bem $imig ibm SKandjes

jutoeilen bes

ben gelbbau, aus feiner au3laltung unb

fetn Jpuljn
atle

er

omttags aud)

im Sopfe

Ijabe,

unb

nterfte

lange ntcbts.
atte

2113 er aber fa$, tote

genfter fid)

bffneten unb

trafjen

Where do you come from?

he
difficult.

f This will not

J

Uncovered. Ready answer.

160
fid) mit 9Jlenfd)en
nrid),

IMPERSONAL VERBS.

an

fit II

ten,

tote

3ebermann

efyrerfciettg

<axt*

ba ging ttjm ctn 2id;t auf. *

err," fogte cr ju feinem unfcefannten Segleiter, ken er wit

f ten
nig ober
itopfe."

SHengiUtdjfeit
id)

unb SBernmnberung anfdjaute, enteber

feib 31}r ber

Mb*
cent

Inn's ; benn roir Setbe tyafcen aKein nod) ben

ut auf

a
ntir

lad)ette ber

^Untg unb
gefteflt

fagte; 3d)

Wtt^.

2Bemt

i|r euer SRbp^

fo

rein in

ben tail

unb euer @efd)aft ieforgt ^abt,

fommt ju

auf mein d)lop,

id) will eud)

bann

ntit

einer 9Wtttag3fuppe auf*

tsarten

unb

eud) ben Hauptjin jeigen."

Jpe6el.

LESSON LXXIV.
Obs.

Scftton 74.

Impersonal Verbs.
I.

The

is, as in English, the personal pronoun of the third person, singular

subject of impersonal verbs

number, neuter gender, as:

ti regnet, it ti fd)neit, it

rains

ti bonnert, it ti Mijjt, it
ti friert, it ti reift, it is

snows

thunders hghtens
freezes

ti tyagelt, it hails
ti tljaut, it

thaws

a hoar frost,
there
is

it

rimes

ti tagt, it

dawns

ti

giefct (gift),

Conjugation of an Impersonal Verb.

Present.

Imperfect.
1st

Future.

1st Conditional.

Perfect.

Pluperfect.

2nd Future. 2nd Conditional.

o
(Eitt Cidfjt

S3 regnet, it rains S3 fdmeite, it snowed &i wirb frieren, it will freeze S3 ttnirbe bonnern, it would thunder Sa fjat geMtjtf, it has lightened 3 |atte ge|agelt, it had hailed 3 tmrb getagt ^a&en, it will have dawned <&i fourbeget^aut^afcen, it would have thawed
to understand, to get light

ttufge^en,

on a subject.

IMPERSONAL VEBBS.
Obs. II.

161

There

is,

are, was, were, etc.,

when expressing a

definite existence, or when a circumscribed distinct place or space is added, are translated by e i * and the verb f e in, and the predicate noun is in the nom-

ein SDJann im aufe, there @ ttmren j rc e i @ t u e n* is a man ten im oncert, there were two students in the But when an indefinite existence is to be concert. expressed, no distinct place being mentioned, use ti and the verb gefcen with its proper case (accusative),
inative; as,
ift

in the house;

t>

as:
Obs. III.

@S

there are

(Ji(c)bt gute unfc fdjledjte Seute, good and bad people,

A number

of impersonal verbs are also followed of the dative or accusative of any

by a personal pronoun
(reflexive form, 'see

preceding Lesson),

person or number.

With the Accusative.

With the Dative.

g
ti

fciinft

mid), it

appears to

me

ti Surjlct mid),

ti

ti
e<5

I am thirsty freut mid),f I am glad friert mid),f I am cold ^ungert mid),f I am hungry I repent
I shudder I grieve

$ fcegegnet mir, it happens to me ti fiiUt mir ein, it occurs to me ti gefatlt mir, I am pleased ti getingt mtr, I succeed lam sorry ti ift mir leit, 1
ti tijut
ti
ift
ift

jammert mid), I pity

mir

left,

for

it

ti reitt mid),

ti fd)autert.mid),t ti fdjmerjt mid),

ti
ti

mir warm, J I am warm mir tuoljt, I feel well

ti tteririefj t mid), it

vexes

me

ti liegt

ti nmnbert mid),

I wonder

fommt mir or, it seems to me mtr ttiel taran, it is important to me

:

* 3 is omitted in the interrogative form, as Is there a bird in this cage? Sfl ein SJogel in bicfem flafig? ( Verbs marked thus f are also used personally as 3$ frette mid); icf)
;
:

ftiere;

id)

bin burfitg or

id) tyabe
:

Durft.
t
i

% It is

improper to say
fa
1 1
,

3 d)

tt>

wise
i fi

is it incorrect to say, id) fifn

i

Like, a r m, or i d) jmtJJ Warm. fait, but-, ti ijl mir warm, ti

d)

fi

r e

are right.

162
With
ti fragt
ti
fid),

IMPERSONAL VERBS.
the Accusative.
it is it is it

With the Dative.

ti fd^tttttbelt tntr,

a question

am

giddy
is

fd)tcft fid),

t oerftek

flc^,

proper is a matter of

ti rotrb tntr tiki,

I feel sick

3Ba3

course or of course

feljtt 3kien? what matter with you?

the

Reading Exercise LXXIV.

3
regnete ntck,
nid)t fo tott

ware.

akr 3

cs wirb fyageln.
Ijat

3
9iat^t
ift

wiirbe fcfjneien, foenn ti

bte

ganje

gebonnert unb

gek"t|3t.

3 wirt
t|aut.

SJlorgen fdjbnea SOSetter fein.

8
3
on

kute

nid)t

a wtrb

bid)

reuett,

baj)

bu

nidjt nad) Serlttt

fek fait, e3 gcgangcn Mft.

grietrtc^

2Bie

gefiel e3

S^n in 9Ritttd)en ?
ift.

nranbert tnid), bafj

nod) nid)t abgereljt

Serbrofj itn3.

$atn

e3 bir

nidjt or, ali

toix

o& er bic Unwakijett fagte?

ftng

kH
niijjen

jtt

werben, ali
gefcen

in
ein

$art3 anfatnen. wenig SBajfer.

tuenn

3)a3 Heine SOlabdjen

ijt

burfttg,

ie ik

tuirb

Skien
mir

ntd)t3

nad) 3)arf3 j gekn,

ie

nidst granjoftfd) fpredjen fiJnnen.

ift.

Slnterifaner
eretgea

fetylen

etntge Sitdjer,

3 fragt fid), oo er ein wo ftnb fie ? SBenn e8 fein

ftnben.

Sekn

gdBe, wtirbe ber Sftenfd) _nid)t fo gliidud) fein ati iai S^ier.
fo

a iammerte mid) tkt in einem

ungtMidjen 3uftonbe ju

Theme LXXIV.
weather yesterday ? It rained and hailed the day before yesterday. Will it snow to-morrow ? It has been very cold every day of this week.. Yesterday it thawed, today it freezes. Were you hungry 2. I am very thirsty now, but I shall be hungry at twelve o'clock. It thunders, it will soon lighten. Will there be many walnuts (in) this year? There is a street in Berlin over two miles long ; it is one of
it fine

Was

the finest streets in the world.

Berlin. It is very important to

It

me
it),

to

We

shudder when we think

I

(of

dawned before we left know how old you are. how the poor suffer from

the cold this winter.

wonder that he has not written you, for he promised it before he went away. It occurred to me after I had left your uncle. It was proper to send her a
dollar, for she is very poor.

IMPERSONAL VERBS.

163

Conversation.
2B3fiir2Betteri|t

estate?

tft

Ijeute ntcfyt fefyr

angene|me3

SOBetter, t$ Ijat

ben ganjen SMor*

geljageft.

gen gefdjnett unt

Jpat eg geftern geregnct ?

Stein,

es regnete,

tonnerte unb

Mijtfe tcafyrenb ber 9tad)t.

taufcen @le,

bafj ti

SKorgen

fetyr

Ss

roirb
friert.

warm
feljr

fein,

ienn cs nidjt

fait fein wirt) ?

Sift

bu fyungrig ober
es

burftig ?

3dj Bin

t)ungrig, Mtte,

gekn
siel

@ie mir
at
28irt>

etn

<3tMd)en 33rob.

S^nen

in SSflundjen ni$i

5Mn,
3 g S

ta geftel

mtr in Seriin

gefatten?

Beffer.
jtdj

bas SBetter

iinbern?

ftyeint

mtr

fo

wenigftenS fdngt

ts

an ju

tfyanen.

2Ba3

tft

bir gefdie^en ?

serbriefjt mid),

bap

tnir

ju aufe

HeiSen miiffen.

28arum

ftnb fie fo traurlg ?

fdjmerst

jie,

bajj fte it)ren

treuen

SMener serloren
ibt e erroas Sfteueg

Men.

(or 3Ba3

err 2tncotn, ber fur me|r benn

'

QitWi Vims)

ier

3^e

$r&fibent ber SSeret*

ijl

ntgten taaten war,

bet

ermor=

worben.

Reading Lesson.
9t^ori8mcn.

gi6t

wtrKicrj

fetyr

biele

9Jlenfd)en,

Me Mop

lefen, ioeil fte nidjt

benfen biirfen.
23ie gefyt'S ? " fragte ein Slinber einen

gasmen. 2Cie @ie

roenn

fe^en,"

antoortete ber Saljme,

(r

ganj paffakl."*
aber ti
etne
fft

3 fltngt
fdjreiben will, fo
tie,

(adjerlid),

wa'fjr:

man

etoas utes

mufj

man

gute geber Ijaben, ^au^tfac^Iict; eine,

otme

bafj

man

brucft, teicfytoeg fdjreibt.

Quite passable; tolerably.

164
aBenn 3emank etoas
jo, fo

IMPERSONAL VERBS.
fdjled)t

madjt, tas

man

gut ermartetc

nun
sicl

lann

id)

ti audi.*

di gt&t

wenige SKenenSarten, tic

fo

33efd)eti>entjeit oerratljen.

2Bemt

id) etit beutf(^e3

23ud) mit lateinifdjen 33ud)fta:6en gerrucft

lefc,

fofommteSmtrsor,
cfcenfo

aU
fel&jl

miijjte

id)

eS

lttir

erjt

ufcerfefcen

ictnn

id)

taa 33ud) uerfe^rt in tie Jpatm ncfyme unb

lefc,

cin 33c=

WetS, ie

fefyr

unfere Segriffe

son

Diefcn fyifytn

a6|angm.

2td)ten6erg.
* Supply

mafytn

in this sentence.

PAET

III

SYNOPSIS OF GERMAN GRAMMAR.

THE PARTS OF SPEECH.
1.
I.

The Parts of Speech in

German

are ten

166

PARADIGMS.

DECLENSIONS.

Declension of the Definite Article.

PARADIGMS

NOUNS.

167

6.

COMPOUND NOUNS.

Compound nouns
last

component.
tier

ber rojjater,

are governed in their declension by the Those belonging to the first declension are: pra^IeJjrer, ber au3fd)Ifijjel; ber Swoosd, iai

gebermeffer, ba$ d)laf3tmmer.

PZwaJ.
Norn, Gen. Dat.
Ace.
ber rofjttater
bie rojiwtiter

Notice that in com-

bed rojjsaterg

ber rojjsdter

bem

ro|jater

ben rojjsatern
ble rofwarer

words the } pound component only

flected.

last

is in-

ben rojjsater

rifemer,

9Mer, ber $udjen, ber Sropfen, and ber Slme* do not modify the radical vowel. II. Ten nouns of this declension, ending in en, frequently drop the n, and end in the nominative in e only: tier 9lamm
I.

7.
"Der 2Mer, ber

EXCEPTIONS.

or Vlamt, or aufe, or
geljen

ber

lauben or laufce,

ber

Sunlen or gunfe, ber anfen

ber ebanfen

or ebanfe,

ber grteben

or

griebe, ber SBiflen

SBille, ber

amen or

ante, ber S3ud)jta6en or

23ud)jta&e,

and

ber

or $el3.

following masculine nouns are regular in the but take tt in all cases of the plural and do not modify the vowels ber Sauer, SSaier, Setter, 9kd}6ar, tadjel, "Words in or, derived from ^antojfel, esarter, and SUhtSfel. the Latin, take en, with the exception of 9J?a}or, which takes
singular,
:

IH.

The

e only.

EXAMPLES.
Plural.
Plural.
ber $Profe|]"br
bie 9>rofef]roren

Nom.
Gen.
Dat.

ber

Sauer

be* Salter!

Ace.

bem Sauer ben Sauer

Sauern ber Sauern ben Sauern bie Sauern

bie

be sprofefforg

ber 95rofefforcn

bem

sprofeffor

ben sprofefforen
bie sprofeffbren

ben sprofeffbr

8.

Second Declension.
belong
all

To

this declension

national appellations ending in

e,

masculine substantives and a few monosyllabic words

168

PARADIGMS

NOUNS.

\j

and ended in C, and all foreign nouns of the masculine gender having the accent on the last syllable, except those ending in V, ol, an, and aft. Masculine nouns and national appellations ending in c, add n all others add Ctt through all cases of both numbers (the nominative, of- course, excepted). The radical vowel of nouns
that were formerly dissyllabic
1

belonging to this declension is not modified. Adjectives and participles, when used substantively, take the inflection of this declension ; e. g., from alt, old, ber 8lltC, the old

man.

PARADIGMS

NOUNS.

169

9. Third Declension.
This declension contains all masculine and neuter nouns not already enumerated in the first (el, en, et, c^cn, and They are lettt) and second (e) declensions. 1. All masculine and neuter monosyllabic roots ; and such 2. Most of the masculine and neuter comas take a prefix. pound words. 3. Masculine derivatives ending in ig, i$, at, ittg, and ling. 4 Some masculine and all neuter nouns 5. of foreign origin having the accent on the last syllable. All nouns ending in tbttat, and some in nt#. Nouns in this declension add in the singular eS in the 5 In the plural they add e in genitive, and e in the dative. Masculine all cases and in the dative besides the e an it.
:
1

nouns modify the radical vowels

a,

o,K.

EXAMPLES OF MASCULINE NOUNS.

MONOSYLLABIC
ROOT.
Norn, ber ghtjj Gen. be* gluffeg Dat, bent Slujfe
Ace.
ben Slug

NOUN WITH
PREFIX.
ber SSefebl

DERIVATIVE.

FOREIGN NOUN.

ber 5taf3

ber Sarbinal
btti

be BefeSta

be8 tfafigg

SarOinaiS

bem

SBefe^le

bem Aaftge
ben fiafig

bem fiarBmale
ben -ffarbinal

ben SSefe^I

Plural.

Nom.
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.

bie Sliiffe

bie Sefeble

bie Jfaftge

bie

flatbmdte

ber gliiffe

ber Sefe^le

ber

Sapge

ber fiarbtnalc

ben gliifien
bie glttffe

ben Sefe^Icn
bie Sefefcle

ben Soifigen
bie Safige

ben ffiarbtnalen
bie JJarbindle

COMPOUND WORD.
Pltvral.

Nom.
Gen.
Dat. Ace.
1

ber Styfeliaum

bie 9Tt)fer6iiume

"\
I

Notice that

in

com-

be SlpfelSaumeS

ber Slpfelfcoume

bem Sfyfelbaume
ben Sfyfelbaum

ben Styfelbauincn
bie Stpfetbiiiimc

pound words only t-hn f last componenc is in-

) fleeted.

Masculine derivativss in ifl add g only. Most writers elide the c in the genitive and dative singular in syllabic and polysyllabic nouns, unless accented on the last syllable.
5

dis-

170

paradigms

Norms.

10. EXCEPTIONS.

Ier
9)un!t,

Slrm, 2ag, unb, ffytlj, act)s, 2o$3, Slal, fPfab, toff,

tab,

and uf do

no<

modify the radical vowel in the

plural.
II.

Ser

toot, trotyl, djmerj, porn, orrt,

and ec add

en in the plural and are not modified.

ni.X)cr Wlarm, SBctft, Seio, eift, 2Burm, 9lanb, ott, Drr, Sormunb, ateictjtljum, and 3rctt)um modify the radical vowel and take cr in the plural.
Exception
I.

PARADIGMS
2tti),

NOUNS.
,'

171

9fcfc Sort, gfof ema*, emutf), eftfy, efd)Ied)t, tf amijbl', 3teafment', pttal', AalfertW and gurftentfjum modify the radical vowel" and

2b,

Stab,

#& XW, ma,

take cr in the

plural.

33ctt, gnbe, emt>, 3fe!t, %, and baa er 3 the heart (which takes enS in the genitive and en in the dative singular, as, be$ fcergenS, Sent Jperjcn), take en in the plural. III.A few words ending in al, derived from the Latin, take ten in the plural iai Capital, Mineral, 9MeriaT, &c.
,
:

KDa

STuge,

Exception

I.

Exception
Singular.
baa Stuge
bea Stuge8

II.

Exception
baa

III.

Nom.
Gen.
Dat. Ace.

baa Stmt
bea StmteS
bent Stmte

baa tmafy
be* tmai)tS

fla)>t:al

bea JJapitalg

baa Stmt

bem emadje ba emadj

Plural.

bem

Stuge

bem

tfatritate

baa Stuge

baa Capital

Nom.
Gen.
Dat. Ace.

bie

Stemter

bie

emfidjcr

bie Stugeti

bie flapitalien

ber Stonier

ben Stemtern
bie Stouter

emadjer ben emadjern

bie ernact)er

ber

ber Stugen

ber itapttalien

ben Stugen
bie Stugen

ben Sai)italicn
bie AatritaHcn

13. Fourtli Declension.

All feminine substantives belong to this declension. In the singular they remain unchanged. 3 In the plural the monosyllabic nouns add e'and modify the radical vowel, while the dissyllabic and polysyllabic nouns take en, B but do not

modify their radical vowel."

1

Slog takes c only. Words in t$um modify this syllable

$ur|renrtyiimet.

Feminine nouns had at one time an inflection in the singular, and vestiges of that practice still remain in poetry and in certain phrases; le. g., auf Srben (instead of auf ber rbe), on earth.
4
6

In the dative n

is

of course added.

t add tt only abe, plur. bie aben. 6 Die SWutter, the mother, and bie Softer, the daughter, modify the radical vowel, but do not change their ending, as, bie SWiitter, bie Stijd)tcr.
e. g., bie

Feminine dissyllabic and polysyllabic nouns ending in

172

PARADIGMS

NOUNS.

EXAMPLES.
MONOSYLLABLE.
DISSYLLABLES WITH
bie
II

AND

Ctt-

POLYSYLLABLE.
bie Stufmerffamfeit

Nom.
Gen.
Dat. Ace.

bie

ber ber
bie

an3 &ani an* cmi

tunbe

bie Sfi>ftd)t

ber

tunbe

bet

3lt>fid^t

ber

StufmerffamMt

bet tunbe
bie

bev fid)t
bie SIbficbt

ber 3lufmerf|"amfeit
bie Slufmerffamfei:

tunbe

Plwrdl.

Nom.
Gen.
Dat.

infe dnfe ben Oanfcn

bie

bie

bet

ber

tunben tunben ben tunben

bie

bie Slbftcbten

bie Stufmertfamfeiten

ber 2lbitd)ten

ber Slufmerffamfeiten

ben 2lbftd>ten
bie Slbftc&ten

ben Stufmerffamleiten
bie SJufmcrffamfeiten

Ace.

bie

anfc

tunben

13. EXCEPTIONS.
following twenty-seven feminine monosyllabic nouns, which were formerly dissyllabic (see Second Declension, Monosyllabic Nouns and Notes), still retain the old inI.

The

flection, viz.,

en in the plural instead

of C: Die
3

Slrt, 33at)tt*'

Suit, Surg,
9>fUd)t,

$ oft,"

germ, grew, lutlj, 3a&, 2afc dual, <5d)aar * @d)lad)t, djrift * djulD, pur, &at,
glut, gtutl),
3<u)I,

gaH

rad)t, Ut)r
II.

Dissyllabic and polysyllabic nouns ending in the sinadd only n in the plural. gular in or DH. The following nouns add only e in the plural
I
v,
:

* SBafl, SCeft*

and

3cit.

!Die

Setrubnifj, firlaufoiijj, ginfterntfj, ^enntnifj,

and
I.

Srubfol.
ni.

MONOSYLLABLE.

DISSYLLABLE IN T AND
bie d)n>efler

POLYSYLLABLE IN
bie SBetriibnifj

Nom.
Gen.
Dat.

bie

bie SUttbel

ber udjt

ber cb>ejler ber djwefltr

bie djtoeftet

ber 9tobel

ber Setriibnig
ber Settubnijj
bie SBerrubntji

ber

u$t

bet Sfabel
bie

Ace.

bie 5Bud)t

Mabel

Plural.

Nom.- bie
Gen.
Dat.

SBudjten

bie

$efiern

bie OTabeln

bie SetriibnifTe

ber SSudjten

ber a)roeflern

ber -Wabeln

ber Setrubniffe

ben SBurfitcn
bie SBudjtcn

ben djroefiern
bie djme|tern

ben Sfabeln
bie Scabeln

ben SetrubnifTen
bie S8etrubni(fe

Ace.

1 Words marked with an * are Btill sometimes pronounced by the lower classes in some parts of Germany as if they terminated in e. * 9)ofl and gorm are derived from the French, la poste, la forme. 8 Old German : graue.

PARADIGMS.

PROPER NOUNS.

173

PROPER NOUNS.
Declension of Proper Nouns of Persons.

14. The Names of persons are declined either with or without the article (definite or indefinite). 1. In the singular, proper nouns, when preceded by the article, remain unchanged; but, when used without the article they add 8 in the genitive.* 2. In the plural, proper nouns are used only when the same
noun
is

common

to several individuals, or as

common

nouns.

Those denoting masculine persons add e,f those denoting

feminine persons add en.
MASCULINE.

FEMININE.

Louis N. bet Sutwtg G. fce8 Suiting D. fcetit Sutroig A. ben Sutrcig Sirtwtft

Homer
$om'er

Mary
fcie Wlaxxt

Anna
3lnna

$omer8
Corner

tet let
bie

Wlaxit
SCJarte

2lnna8

2hma
Slnna

omer
Schiller
tie

Mark
tie

Henry
Plur. N. tie Jpcinrid)C

Louisa
tie

Joan
3ofyanrtcn

filler

Souifen

G. ter >etnrid>e ter emitter ter Souifen ter Sofeanncn D. ten etnrid)en ten <3d)tflern ten Souifen ten 3o^nncn A. Me >emrid;e tic djifler tie Souifen tie Sofyannen

Exception I. Masculine names ending in 8, ft, fd, 1j, J take en8 in the genitive. n. Feminine names ending in e add tt8. HI. ott (God) is declined without the article. In the genitive e8 is added. IV. Foreign names ending in 8 do not add another 8 in. the genitive, but use the article instead.

15.
,

$ or

Note.

E^tifluS

and

3efu3 are declined as in Latin, as

'SJrtjlo.

N.

SefitS $rt*

Hi,

G. Sefu

SfcrifH,

D. Sefu

Sefmn S^riflum.

* If several proper nouns stand together, the last only is inflected. If the word, err, JJrau, SSaflam, ^friiulctn, or some other common noun, expressing a title or dignity, when accompanied by the article, precedes a proper noun, only the common noun is declined. f In the dative n is of course added. Words ending in t in the sin. gular do not add another e, and the names of male persons ending in el,
en, er,

and

djen

remain unchanged.

174
Ex. to Exc.
I.

PARADIGMS.
Ex. to Exc.

PROPER NOUNS.
Ex. to Exo.
III.

II.

Ex. to Exc. IV.

Francis

PARADIGMS.

ADJECTIVES.

175

The

Adjective.

31.

1.

cate, indeclinable,
;

The German adjective is, whenever it is a prediand is generally separated from the noun

by a verb e. g., Her SBein ift gut, the wine is good. 2. "When the adjective is a qualifying attribute to a noun it precedes the latter, and agrees with it in gender, number, and case e. g., bas Heine fyaui, bie Heinen aufer, the small
;

house, the small houses.

Declension of the Attributive Adjective.

3.

The

attributive or qualifying adjective has three dif-

ferent form3 of
a)
6)
c)

declension

When preceded by the definite article When preceded by the indefinite article When it stands without any article.

33. The
Adjectives,

Adjective preceded by the Definite Article.

when preceded by the definite article, or by a pronoun declined like the definite article, take the inflection of the Second Declension, i. e., e, in the nominative singular; en* in all other cases. The accusative singular fern, and neut.
being always lite the nominative
are, of course, excepted.

Singular.

MASCULINE.

FEMININE.

NEUTER.

the good

man

the beautiful

woman

the small child

N. bet gute Ttann Q. bed guten SJknneS D. tern guten Wlamt A. ben guten SDtom N. tit guten Wamtx G. fcer guten SJlftnner D. ben guten SDtdnnem A. fcie guten banner
* Adjectives ending in

fcie fdjiine grctu

tier
fcie

&a
fce

Heine .Rinb

fd)onen grau

fcer

fd#ne %tan fcbijnen grew

Phtral.

Heinen .RinfceS bera Heinen $infce

ba<3

Heine $tnfc

tie fdjbnen grauen

fcer

fdjonen grauen

ber

fcen
fcie

f^Bnen grauen
fdjiSnen

Heinen Winter Heinen $inber ben Heinen ^intern

fete
bie

grauen
drop the

Heinen Jtinber
declined.

el

en, or cr>

t,

when

176

PARADIGMS.

ADJECTIVES.

23. The
sive

Adjective preceded by the Indefinite Article.

by the indefinite article, by a possespronoun, or by f citt (no), add in the nominative singular cr in the masculine and ed in the neuter.
Adjectives preceded

PARADIGMS

NOUNS.

177

26. Comparison
Adjectives
lative,

of Adjectives.

add et in the comparative and ft in the superand modify the radical vowels a, o,u in these two
e. g.,

degrees;
Positive.

Superlative.
iiingfl,

ber ber

iitngfle,

or

am ittttgften

or om ebelflcn toeifef}, ber roetfefte, or am tocifelten totlbeft, Her toilbefte, or am wilbeften nltefi, ber dltefle, or am d'lteflen
ebcXji,
ebeljle,

f|e(i,

ber

fitfjefle,

or

am

fitgeflen

Note.
tive
;

Notice
e.
(j,

e. g.,

other

That those ending in cl reject c in the compara2. That those ending in e do not add anebler (not, tbelct). 3. That adjectives ending in B, t, or g., roeifer (not, Wtifeer).
:

1.

a sibilant

i,

|f,

fj,

fdj),

insert t in the superlative before

(I.

27. EXCEPTIONS.
Adjectives of two or

more

syllables,

monosyllables con-

taining the diphthong

cut, as, Matt, taut,

list,

tained in the following of the radical vowel.

&c, and those condo not admit of the modification

; ;

178

THli

NUMERALS.

THE NUMERALS.
29.
cm, (ein3), one
jroei,

Cardinal Numbers.
adjtje&n, eighteen neunjefcn, nineteen

two
four
six

Mel, three
ier,

3anjt8, twenty
ein

unt jwanjtg, etc.

funf, five
fed>3,

Metfltfl, thirty

lerjig, forty

fteben,
City,

seven

eight

funfgtQ or funfolfl, fifty fecf)JtS, sixty

tfebenjifl
(Kfyjtfl,

tteutt,

jc^n,
elf,

nine ten

or

fiebjifl,

seventy

eighty

eleven

ncunjig, ninety
^unSert, a
tyunbert

gtoolf, twelve treijefm, thirteen Bierje&tt, fourteen filnfjefw or funfjebn, fifteen

hundred
etna, etc.

unb

jwei^uiacrt, etc.
taufcnD,

fedjjeljn,

sixteen

eme

SRtflion,

a thousand a million

fiebenje&n, seventeen

jei SJittltoncn,

two millions

30.
&c., or
e. g.,

when no

EtaS is used in counting ; e. g.,mi, }ei; einntal ein8 ift cin8> allusion or reference is made to any particular object fyat eiilS gefi^lagtn, it has struck one.
;

hundred, a thousand, is in German $imbert, taufenb but one hundred, one thousand is cintyunbcrt and cintaufenb. (one) is declined like the indefinite article, but 32.

31. A

in

has a stronger accent, and is often written with a capital With the definite article, it is e. g., in "3Kanit, one man. declined like an adjective; but when alone, referring to a noun understood, it takes the same endings with the possessive pronoun (Less. XXV., Obs. I.); e. g., ber tne aftamt, the one man ; bent men ifl ju warm, tent 2tnberen ju fait, the one is too warm, the other too cold ; aben <Ste ettten ut ? ler ifl einet. at er eine abel? Sr fyat eine.

in the genitive,

and fcrei not preceded by the article add et and en in the dative e. g., )te $6t)e jloeiec banner, the height of two men tie Sruspen tton breten <5taaten,
5$tet
; ;

33.

the troops of three States.

THE NUMERALS.

179
in the dative

34.
(horses);

The other
:

cardinals
g.,

add en

when em(i.e.,

ployed as nouns

e.

mit @e<i)fen
gefyen,

fafyren,

to drive (with) six

auf alien SSieren

feet).

to crawl

on

all

fours

hands and

35. When the cardinals stand before nouns expressing measure, weight, or quantity, the noun must be in the singular; e. g., 3tet Siijj, two feet; fiinf $funt, five pounds; ad)t rudi,
eight pieces.

3S.
ton
;

Exceptions.
:

The following feminine

$laf$e, bottle
;

nouns ending
can
;

in e are excepted

&mme,

Sonne,

lie, ell; SJtcitc, mile.

37.
formed
:

From

the

cardinals the

following numerals are

1. The Variatives, by the affix lei (equivalent to 2ltt, kind) e. g., etnerlet, of one kind ; jmeterlet, of two kinds, etc. For the sake of euphony etc is inserted.
;

2.
e.
g.,

The Multiplicatives, by the

einfoc|>

affix
;

fa^ (fold) or fdltig

or einfdltig, single double or twofold, etc.

3.

3teifod^

or smetfalttg,
eintnal, once

The

Iter ati ves,

etc.

by the

affix

nutl

e. g.,

jmcinml, twice,

4. The Distributives (Latin, bini, ierni, etc.) are formed by coupling the cardinals by the conjunction unD e. g., jroet Instead of unt>, the adverb je (ever) ttttfe jlBCt, two and two.
;

may
a

be used like

at

a time in English

e. g.,

je

tret,

three at

Urns.

38.
lated wie

The English
iel ttljr; e. g.,

expressions what o'clock or what time, are transWhat o'clock (what time) is it, tttesiel U$r iff eS ?
IfaSb

When

speaking of the hour

(half)

and

SStertel

(quarter) are placed

literally half

before the next

member?
etlt

as, 1)aXb Uter,

(half past three)

(toward) four

Siettd auf fe$3 (a quarter past five) literally a quarter

towards

(of) six.

3.
tin swter

The

practice, in English, of placing one or ones after the ad-

jective is not admissible in

German we must
;

translate

a good OKC,

(fem. eine gute. neut.

eta guteS).

180

THE NUMERALS.

40.
ber

Ordinal Numbers.
ter etn

ter 3citc, ter

ter

the first the second tritte, the third uierre, the fourth
erfle,

unt

jtoattjigfle,

the twenty-

first, etc.

ter tretjjigfte,

ter Dterjigfte, ter fiinfjigfie, ter fed)3tgfh, ter

the thirtieth the fortieth

ter
ter

fiinfte,
fedjfte,

the

fifth

the sixth

ter ftebente,

ter ad)te,

the seventh the eighth

the fiftieth the sixtieth fiefc(ert)}igjk, the seventieth

ter adjtjtgjte,

ter netmte,
ter ter

the ninth jrijnte, the tenth elfte, the eleventh

ter neunjtgfte,
ter tyuntertfie, ter fymbert

the eightieth the ninetieth

unt

the hundredth erfle, the hunthe two hun-

ter jwBlfie,

ter tretjefynte,

the twelfth the thirteenth the fourteenth

the fifteenth

dred and
dreth, etc.
ter taitjentfre,

first, etc.

ter jroeifjuntertfle,

ter ttierjetynte, ter fflnfje^nte,

the thousandth
the last
e.

ter fecbjeljnte, etc.

ter jweUaufentfie, etc.

ter aroanjigfie,

the twentieth

ter (tie, tad)

last

lefcte,

41.
1238th, ber

In

compound numbers the

unb
breijjigfte.

only

is

ordinal;

g., tlio

jivoljfytnbert ac$t

(the other),

no more than two objects are referred to ber used instead of ber jfficite ; e. g., tin Strm i(l tiir;er al Sere, one arm is shorter than the other.
is

43.

When

ttlttere

ber an*

4S.
jects,

SDer erfle

and

bev letter

when

referring to two persons or ob-

take generally the form of the comparative.

44. From the ordinals the following compound numerals

are formed
1.
:

f)alb) by adding the letter I ; e. g., tin Drtttel, a third part or one-third. They are declined like neuter nouns. Note. The adjective fyatfc, half, is placed after the article.

The Fractional (with the exception of

1.

The Dimidiatives, by adding the word Imlb.

;

Their

signification is peculiar
half)

means

>rt ttefoolb (literally the third two whole ones and a half of the third. 35tertet)d&
e. g.,

3i.

(Sometimes the C before

Ijalb is

omitted

e. g.,

inert:

THE NUMERALS.
l)(tib.)

181

It is not usual to say The half means Me Jpiilfte.

3.

jroettetyatfc,

but anbctifyalb.
final

The

Distinctives,*

by adding end, the

;

of the
tx\tz

ordinal being thrown out

Itc&), first, firstly, etc.

e. g.,

erftenS

(sometimes also

Note. With distinctives may also be classed some numeral nouns formed from the Cakdinals by suffixing , to indicate the age of a perBon, the names of certain coins e. g
;
:

cin reijjiger,

etne e$jigerin,
ein SDreier,

man of thirty a woman of sixty

German pennies German pennies

three

em

edjfer, six

45. There is also a sort of interrogative ordinal formed from tote (how) and J)iel (much) used to put questions as to number, e. g., "What day of the month is it to-day ?
fcer

tnietnelte tft J>cute?

or, ten

ttietnelten beg SKottaU

tjaben tetr fceute ?

The

Indefinite Numerals.
are used

46.
and

inflected as adjectives.
Mase.
Fern.
jefce

The greater part of the indefinite numerals They are

:

Neuter.

3etcr

(jebweber, jegli*

d)er),f

every, each
-

otter (aU), all

fcin,

die
leine

memefset,
ski,

manya (an) much

manage
Stele

roeiug, little

wentge
einige (tt\iifyt),pl.

Mte,pl. both
v\d)Tttt,pl. several

some, a fewj

Me

meiften, pi.

most

The

distinctives are

sometimes called Ordinal Adverbs.

rarely used, except in poetry. f 3tbeber and iegli^er are % The plurals, einige and ctlidic, relate exclusively to number.

Whe

used as indefinite pronouns (which

see),

they begin with a capital.

182

THE NUMERALS.
SHU
is

47.
wine, nllcr
allc Die

never followed by the definite article

aUtv Der Sein); all the girls, In the singulak, when followed
e.

e. g.,

all the

SlBcin (not,

ailc 2J2iiDi!jcn (not,

5!)liiaii):.i).

by a pronoun,

it is

instead of, aUtS Utlfcr elb, we say, In the neuter singular, it often all Jinfcr (9elD ; but, alle metne greunbe. denotes an indefinite number or amount ; e. g., Slttcfl freut ftdj, everybody For the English all, used in the sense of the whole, use ganj is happy.

used without the

inflection;

g.,

(which denotes completeness), and not, whole day, ben gonjcn Sag.

all

e.

</, all

the day,

i.

e.,

the

(beibe) may be omitted in German. If both the prisoners, Bie betben efangenen, (or beibe efangene). If a possessive pronoun is used instead of the article, its place is also before beiSe ; e. g., both his daughters, feilte beiben Softer.

48.

The

article after

both
e. g.,

used, its place

is

before beibe;

49.
Bome noun
(i. .,

The English some

or any, before a

noun

in the singular, it is

best not to render in German ; e. g., Here is some butter, tyicr iff Sutter. But before a noun in the plural, it is rendered einige ; e. g., Give me

a few) pens, geben @ie mtr einige gebern. When in a reply the some is merely understood, render some by the accusative of welder (tel$:n, weldje, wel^cS), or by button if the noun understood is in the singular, and by einige if the noun understood is in the plural e. g., Have you some bread, b>ben @ie SBrob ? Yes I have some jtt, id) b>be htel= Have you any pens ? $aben <5te gebern ? Yes, I have some ; ia, id) djei.
after
;
;

babe einige.

50.
1. 2.
e. g.,

SSiel

Uninflected

and reenig are when they imply a reference to measure or quantity:

:

Inflected (like adjectives)

when they imply a

reference to

number

Berne nidjt auf etnntal SSteled, fonbern niel,

at once, but endeavor to learn

3.

much

do not study of one thing

many things

preceded by an article or pronoun, they are invariably inflected, no matter whether they imply reference to number, measure, or quantity; e. g., baS fctelc elb; fetn DteleS elb; fetne fttelen efdjafte;
biefcr

When

tocnigc SBein; meine tocntgen greunbe.

Instead of ein 3Benigc$> we say also, etn tnenin, to indicate a small quantity of a thing ; e. g., etn toentg @al$, a little salt.

Note.

4)
ttenig

Used as

are invariably inflected

berufen, aier

pronouns (No. HI) relating to persons, Diet and and begin with a capital ; e. g., SJiele ftnb Scnigc (mb auSerwablt, many are called, but few are chosen.
indefinite

THE NUMERALS.

183

THE PRONOUNS.

51

The pronouns are

and

in

German

Possessive, Demonstrative, Relative

divided into Pebsonal, and Correlative, In-

terrogative,

Indefinite.

Personal Pronouns.

52. The
(masc.
',

personal pronouns are ic&, I

fcu,
;

thou

cr
tfot

he

fie (fern.),
;

she ; and e

(neut.), it

ttir,

we
:

(@ie), you

fie, they.

They are declined

as follows

l&T PERSON.

2D PERSON.
For
all

genders.
fcu,

Nom.
Gen.
Dat. Ace.

id;,

thou
of thee to thee

metner,* of
mix, to
mid),

me

betner,
fcir,

me me
3d person.
Fern.
fie,

bid),

thee
Neuter.
eg,

Masc.

Nom.
Gen. Dat.
Ace.

cr,

he
of

she
of her to her

itf

him i|m, to him iljn, him

fetner,*

ityrer,

feiner,

of it

i|r,
fte,

U)m, to it
ti, it

her

PhiraZ.

1st person.

For all genders. 2d person.

or @te,

Nom.
Gen.
Dat. Ace.

tt)ir,

we
of us

t^r

you

3d person. fie, they

tfjrer,

unfer(er),

eu(r)erj or
eud) cud)

^vtr, of you

una, to

us

or 3|nen, to

you

itjnen,
fie,

unS,

us
German

or @te, you two modes of address,

them them them

of

to

t> U and te. u is employed in addressing the Deity, near relations, intimate friends, servants and inferiors generaUy. ie is the polite mode of address it is used particularly with strangers and superiors, and is distinguished from the form of the third person plural by the initial capital.

53.

In

there are

*
iter,

SUctn, beitt,

feilt,

are sometimes used instead of the full forms, met:

Seiner, fetner.

f ($$ is sometimes contracted with a verb or with a pronoun immediately preceding ; e. g., 3$ IjaB'S, Instead of i$ f)cibt tB. J The lengthened form, eurer, is sometimes used instead of euer.

184

THE PERSONAL PROKOtTNS.

54. In German inanimate objects and abstract ideas may be either masculine, feminine, or neuter. Hence the pronoun answering to the English it must in German be of the same gender as the noun for which it stands thus, to the question. Where is thy pen 1 the German an;

swers,

fie i(l ier;

because Seber

is

a feminine noun.

the personal pronouns refer to persons, whether male some reason, are put in the neuter gender, (diminutives and words like 3Bei6, graueiuhnmer), the pronoun agrees with the natural sex e. g., Wai ma$t 3$r o$it<$eit? ill cr nodj ftanf ? how is your little son ? is he still ill ?
or female, who, for
;

5o.

When

56. is also employed, like it and there in English, as a nominative both before and after a verb without regardto any noun understood or expressed and without distinction of gender or number, merely as an aid to the sound rather than to the sense of the sentence ; e. g., It is the teacher, cS
o tfi tie riifm; e fmb mcinc Sritoer, etc. When used in this manner with a personal pronoun, the position of words is in the affirmative form, in German, precisely
ijl

ter Scorer;
is

CS

the reverse of the English, as:

It is I,
id)

bin

ti

it is

we,
you,

tcir

fmb
r

ti

It is thou, bu lift ti It is

it is it is

i&
ti

I e*

he

(she), cr

(fie) i(t ti

they,

jie

fmfc

INTERROGATIVE FORM.
Is
it

Was

it

9Sin thou ?

id)

e?

Is
ti ?

it

tuarft

bu

Were

we? ftn& mir ti ? it you ? foaren @ie

ti ?

* 68 is sometimes replaced by the demonstrative pronoun (see No. 58) beffm or 6effcl6en. In the dative after a preposition the adverb Ba (there) coalesces with the preposition, and is used instead ; e. g., How much has he paid for it* tviesiri Ijat er Safiir beja^It (and not ffir ti).
.

of the third person, er, fie, ed (in avoid repetition is replaced by the demonstrative fccrfelfce, biefelfce, baffette (lit. the same) e. g., the answer to the question Havu you given him the sti< k ? I have given it to him, is rendered, t<$ &abe i$ro

58.

The personal pronoun

;

any

case), to

oenfsiften gegeCen (instead

<

f ty babe tfjn tym gegeben), (see

No. 7g).

THE PERSONAL PRONOUNS.

185

The Reflexive Personal Pronoun!

59. The
1.

personal pronouns
first

Of the

and second persons are endowed with a

reciprocal power, hence the English self can not, in these two persons, be separately expressed ; e. g., I excused myself, id)
entfdjulligte

ntidj.
reflexive
;

For the third person a distinct pronoun is used in place of ifyn: ft<^
2.
self, cr

and reciprocal
.

entfd)uU>igte

fic|>

entfdjufrigten

fl4.

excused himthey excused themselves, fie @3> has only one form for the three
e. g.,
>

He

plur.,

genders both in the singular and plural.*

the pronouns myself, thyself, etc., are only emof the nominative, use felbftf clone without the other pronouns; e. g., The physician Irmsclf is sick ; he cannot cure even himself, ter 2lrjt fclbft ift franf
3.

When

phatic

repetitions

er

lonn

fel&jl (id)

md)t f)eUen.

The Possessive Pronouns.

O.
1.

Possessive pronouns,

"When in connection with a noun, are called conjunctive possessive pronouns, and take in the singular the ending of the indefinite, and in the plural that of the definite article Ijafcen <Sie bag 33ud) e. g., Have you the book of my brother ? metneS SruccrS ? She has seen the hats of thy sisters, fte ^ot
;

lie itte

Seiner d)e|ten gefefen.

Note.
2.

In German the possessive

pronoun agrees with the

object po

Not immediately connected with, but simply referring a noun already mentioned or understood, they are called absolute possessive pronouns, and are used in German either with or without the article.
to,

might be confounded with the they love themselves [fie Itefeen fid)] and they love each other), the indeclinable pronoun cinniiDcr is used e. g We know one another, roir fennen etnan&er. t eflift placed before a noun or pronoun answers to the English even ; e. g., Even the enemies admired bim, fclbft Me gcinbe fattunbertcn tftt.
this reciprocal signification
(e. g.,

When

mere

reflexive sense

186

THE POSSESSIVE PBONOUNS.

61.
by the

The absolute

possessive pronoun, not accompanied

article
e. g.,

definite article, has the inflection given to attributive

adjectives

(masc), e

(fern.),

used without the e$ (neut.);

(see

No. 24),

viz.;

CC

meinet, beine, fcineS, etc.

62.

But when the

it

possessive pronoun,

definite article precedes the absolute takes the same ending as an adjective
article (see

preceded by the definite

tic Jetne, boS feme,
etc.

No. 22);

e. g.,

ttt meine,

63. Most generally the absolute possessive pronoun, when preceded by the article, inserts ig between the root and the ending; e. g., er meintge, bie beinige, bad feinige, etc.
Note.

Absolute possessive pronouns, when

;

used as nouns, have a

capital initial

e. g.,

Su

SRcinigcn

jitlb

aUe gefunb,

my family are

all well.

64. As predicate with the verb feitt the absolute possessive pronoun, lite predicate adjectives, generally remains uninflected, e. g., SMefeS $aiid ifl jnein, this house is mine.

65.

The Conjunctive Possessive Pronouns.

Plwal.

Masc.

THE POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS.

187

66.

Declension of the Conjunctive Possessive

Pronouns.
ar.

Plural.

Masc.

Fern.

Neuter.

For

the three genders,

Nom.
Gen. Dat.
Ace.

mein

meineS

meine meinec
ntciner

mein

meinc,

meinem
ntcincn

metneS tneincm
mein

tneiner, of

mein en,
meinc,

mctne

my my to my my

67.

Declension of the Absolute Possessive Pronoun with the Article,

Plural.

Neuter. For all genders. N. btt metn(ig)e fciemetn(ig)e &aSmein(tg)c bit mein(ig)cn G-. bes meinigctt ber metnigen bes meintgett ber meintgett D. bent meintgett ber meintgett bem meintgett ten meintgett A. ben meinigen tie meintge bag meinige tie meinigstt

In German the definite article is used, instead of the posseswhere no ambiguity exists relative to the possessor ; e. g., He had a knife in his hand, cr tyatte etn 2Ke(fer in t>tt $ttb.
sive pronoun, in sentences

68.

The Demonstrative Pronouns.

69.

The

demonstrative pronouns are

188

THE DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS.

Declension of the Demonstrative Pronouns.

7.
where
of

iefer, this

and

jencr, that,

have the endings of the

;

definite article, except in the Norn,

t is

tiefie).

dropped and C alone is In the Nom. and Ace. neut., a changes to e;

and Ace. femin. and plur., used e. g., Stefe (instead

e. g.,

liefeS* (instead of tiefae).

THE DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS.

189

same, have the endings of attributive adjectives with the

definite article (see

No. 22).

75.

Declension of the Demonstrative 2>erjemgc

Plural.

Masc.

Fern.

Neuter.
baSjertige, that

For

all

genders.

N. fcerjenige G. fceajemgen D. bemjeittgen A. benjenigen

fctejentge

bicjentgcn, those
berjenigett, of

berjenigen

beajentgen, of that

"

berjenigcn

bemjemgen,

to that

benjenigen, to "
btejenigen, those

biejcmgc

basjenige, thai

76.
N. ber*

Declension of the Demonstrative

$.*

190

THE RELATIVE PRONOUNS.

SO.

Declension of the Relative SBeWjtr.

THE RELATIVE PRONOUNS.

governed
tin 33ud),
;

191

e.

g.,

A book, whose leaves (the

finb.

leaves of which) are soiled,

beffen latter bcfdjmufct

always begins a clause or sentence, but may be placed after its proper antecedent ; e. g., Witt ntr^t $6ren will, ber mufi fuf)Un he who (i e., whoever) will not hear must feel ; ta3 SRedjt ifl, Meifct 9ta$t, what
relative 2Ber tno

84.

The

may

either

commence a

clause or sentence or

is right, remains right 9UIe, toa id) gcljort f)atte, all that which) I had heard. These pronouns are employed wherever the antecedent is not definitely known ; e. g., SBer 6*8 gefagt
(i. e.,

whatever)
.,

that

('.

$at

ijl

cin Starr,

(he)

fagte,

I did not hear,

who has said it what he said.

antecedent

(this) is

a fool

3$

$8rte nidjt, toaS er

83.

When the

is definite, toeltfjer, toeldje, toeldjeS

be used; e. g., Sen have given me.

toct> toeldjen bu mir gegeben ^aft,

must the stick which you

80. Often, tuer (toaS) has at once the force of both a relative and an antecedent; e. g., SBer bie efefee e$rt, t(l ein guter SBiirger, he who (i. e., the man who) respects the law, is a good citizen toafS gut iff, i(l nid)t im* mer fdjon, what (i. c, that which) is good, is not always beautiful.
;

87".
e.

In
is

German the
id}

relative

pronoun must always be expressed

biefeS
i(l

g.,

This

the horse which I bought at Berlin,

in SBcrlin faufte.

ba3

$Pferb,

loeldjeg (or

ta)

Set is used, instead of ieeldjer, after the personal pronouns of and second person, when these pronouns are to be repeated, after the relative e. g., 3d)r ber id) fo icl efi> Mrloten fy&t, I who have lost so much money.
.

88

the

first

89.

SBeldjcr, t, tB, or fcet

connected with
;

ntdji,

answer to the Engfaults,

lish but after

a negative clause

e. g.,

There

is

no

man but has his

es giebt feinen SRenfdjen, toeWjer (or ber) nidjt fctae Seller $at.

90. 2BcW)cr is used in the sense of some or any, as a substitute for a noun previously expressed; e. g., |>aft bu HBrob, hast thou bread? 3a, idj Ijabe tseldjcl, yes, I have aowie.
91. The following adverbs are also used relatively, in place of the relative pronoun with corresponding prepositions (English, whereof, whereby, etc.) Like relative pronouns,
they require the verb
at the

end of the

clause.

6 Notice that in English the personal pronoun is not repeated. The order of the words, however, might be reversed ; e. g., 3d) b*r# instead of ber id), when the English would be I, I who, etc.

'

19*2

THE COBBKLATXVE PEONODNS.

to

which or what by which or what tJ-otntit, with which or what roobef, at which or what \ wofur, for which or what tto&oa, of which or what
JBOjtt,

ttorauS,

trc&ur cb,

from which or wl*ve Worm, in which or what

a*orfiber,at(over)whichorwhat worauf, upon which or what
looran, at

tromnter,

which or what among which

and the
pre-

Note.
position,

Notice that r
when the latter

is

inserted between the adverb

begins with a vowel.

92.
are used

to persons.
;

These adverbs (91), must, however, not be employed relatively For this purpose the prepositions and the relative pronoun
e. g.,

with

whom

was

traveling, mil

I)

cm

(or rocldjcm)

id) reijle.

Correlative Pronouns,

93.

When

strative, the

Masculine.

a relative pronoun is preceded by a demonThus two conjointly are called Cobbelatiyes. ictjenige, ) he who, that erjenige, weld-cr,

Feminine,

which. btv, or et, weldsct (tcr), ) iejmige, welcfce, iejenige, bit, \ she who, that which. or iBie, toetdje (Die), I $)a8jentge, n-eld;e, $)a$ienige, \ that which, Neuter. J what. ttaS, or aS, tcddicS (ioa), those who, Pluralforall Sttejentgen roetd-e, Sttejenigcn, those which. genders, bit, or )it, toeld'e (tic), )

In the same manner are used

Serfelbe
which,

(or ebenberielk), tweleber, (or

etc.
;

cr),

the same who,

38er (btt),

never, ber, er, except when he who (he) some word intervene. Note. SBer and toaS may be made more emphatic by adding the ad; e.

verb immer, the conjunctive audi, or audi nur, audj tmmer aud) gefagt fiaben mag, whatever she may have said.

g.,

toaS

lie

The Interrogative Pronouns.

,

94.
SBer,

The

interrogative pronouns are:

2Betd)er,

who ?
what?

which, what?
(ein),

3Boa,

9Ca8 fur

what land or

sort of?

193

THE INTEEROGATIVE PBONOUNS.

93. The
stratives
fctefer,

interrogatives ttcr
tcer,

exactly like the relatives

jener, etc.

and ttmS are declined tt>el$et like the demonOf tm flit ein only the indefinite
ta3;

article ein is declined (see

No. 3).

96.

Declension of the Interrogative Pronoun mifytt.

Singular.

Plural
Yeuter.

Mouse.

Fern.

for

all

genders.

N. writer G. roeldjeS D. raelcfcem A. wet^eu

welcbe

wetdjer
wtlfyt*
welcbe

which ? roeldjeS, of which roel&em, to which ? welcbeS, which?

roetcfeeS,

which ? welder, of which? tseld}eu, to which ? teld}e, which ?

weldje,

97.

Declension of the Interrogatives wtr and was.

?

N. ler, who

tta,

what ?

G. toeffen,* whose?

D.

toettl,* to

A. tten,

whom? whom?

toeffen,* of what? _ ) to what?

W08 'j what?

1. SBer is only used substantively, and refers exclusively to SBaS t is, like roer, used substantively, but is applied only to things or indefinite objects; e. g., 2Ber tjt ba? einSIann, eine grau, einfiinb who is there? a man, a woman, a child; SBnS (not Werj i(l baS ? tin SWmfdjr obcr ein SBaum ? what is that? a man or a tree? 2. SSclffltr refers to particular objects, and answers exactly to the English interrogative which; e. g., Which boy, welder .ftnafce? 3. 8BaS fur tin is used in asking after the land, quality, or species of a thing e. g., 2Ba8 fiir ein 3Rann, what sort of a man ? roa8 fiir cine @$ule, what kind of a school? was fiir ein $au8, what sort or kind of a house? 4. SBJeldjcr and tnag fiir ein are used odjectively, and appear as nouns .only when referring to a preceding noun ; SBeidjer in asking after a particular person or thing, tnng fiir ein after a particular kind of persons or things e. g., $ier ifi ein grauer unb ein f^watjtr ur, tneldjen miUft bu faben, here is a gray and a black hat, which one will you have? SBag fiir ein @$neiber ifi jener Sfflann, what (kind of a) tailor is that man? Set) roeig ni<f|t mi fiir einer er ifi, I do not know what kind of a one he is.

98.

persons;

Note. Notice that of wti fiir tin, when used substantively, ein takes the endings of an adjective not preceded by the article (see No. 24).
* SBcffen

and loem are used only in reference to persons.

for ttieiel; as, toad olb!
:

SBolisused

what

(a

quantity of) gold!

and in exclamation

mat Joufenb! what

(a

wonder!) indeed!

194

THE INTEBBOGATIVE PBONOUNS.

Before njimes of materials and in the plural the intood fiir is dropped, and was fiir is immediately followed by the substantive; e. g., toad \ut SJeine, what kinds of wine ?
definite article cin after

99.

100.

Declension of

toas fiir cin

before a Noun.

THE INDEFINITE PRONOUNS.

195

1 04.
is
tci tf)v V

1.

gBaS connected with prepositions, substitutes r for and

prefixed to the preposition, (exhibited in No.

for (about) what, or wherefore, are

91)

e. g.,

2Baruitl

ftrei*

you quarreling ? But

2.

SESoS is

placed before tuag

sometimes used in the sense of worum, or the preposition is e. g., For what (wherefore, why) are you beating me,
;

nwS

fdjldgjl bit

mid) ?

What

are

you quarreling

about,

um

tllttS

ftvettet i$r

sud)?

SBoS fur Cin, and toeldjer, toeldje, IfleldjeG, serve also as ex clamations, to express surprise, amazement, or admiration ; e. g., toai
fur ein ffllatm

105.

what beauty

! tteld)e3 efdjrei ! what a man In this signification roeldjer may, like foldjer, drop its endings and place before the noun the indefinite article Thus tneldj stands somee. g., SfficldJ cin 3)?amt ift bai I what a man he is times also immediately before an adjective, and takes the inflection of an adjective without the article (No. 24), and the adjective itself the inflection of an adjective preceded by the definite article (No. 22), or lucid)
!

toeldjer 2)tonn

roeldje djbnfcett

what

noise

etc.

may remain unchanged, and

jective not preceded
fd)bnet 2)tain
!

by the

the adjective take the inflection of an adarticle e. g., n>eld)er fd)6ne Warn, or tneldj
;

what a

beautiful

man

The

Indefinite Pronouns.

10G.

The

indefinite

pronouns are:
StroaS,

Wan, one (French,

on), they.

anything, something.

3cbcrmann, every one, every body. 9hd)tS, nothing.not anything.

Semanb, some one, somebody. 9ttemant>, no one, nobody.

eftjl (or felber), self.

Sinanber,

each

other,

one

another.

107.
sive
:

man
fast,

in the singular.
SKoit

one says, they

requires the verb occurs only in the nominative, and one, they, or by the pasIt is expressed in English by When another case is say, or, it is said.

is used ; e. g., bu tttlljt required, the corresponding oblique case of einer one your troubles. tell any never will you flaaen, tincm me bein Seiben

ift KmaHvn would be ambiguous e. g., fie bit is any help body, where, SRientanfc, might be read, nobody toil MiemonS, nobody praises her). ntonben, she praises nobody; (fie
; ;

cases remain takes 8 in the genitive, the other In the genitive. the in or add C unchanged. 3em<mll and SRieman*) torm simple the when dative they add em, and in the accusative en, tone erne Uft. it is a help eS

108.

^Hermann

Site-

196

THE INDEFINITE PRONOUNS.

Declension of Sebctmann and 3cmonb.

N.
G-.

Sctermonn, everybody
3et>ermann, of everybody 3crmann, to everybody Scccrmatin, everybody

3emanD, somebody

D.
A.

3emani8 or 3emantc 3cmanS or 3emantett 3cman0 or 3emantcti

one, are
id)

109.
(nobody)
;

Not
e. g.,

anybody,

not any

rendered

by

SlteiUttltD

have not seen anybody,

babe sRiesnonacit flefebm.

intend to denote anything to be very inthey place before (Einer, Semimb, or (Ensue the adverb irgentl definitely known). before wo, where, it denotes somewliere (i. e., place not

Note.When Germans

definite,

Sel&fl* or fel&er is invariable, and may be added f to any ber o&n e. g., id) fel&jl. bu felfijl, etc. personal pronoun or noun nearer the end of the sen; or felbft may be placed od)ter bie elbft f fcl&fl. tence (see No. 59) e. g., biefe Seute braudjen ibr tlb (dbfi. these people

110.

need their money themselves.

111.

The

indefinite

definite pronouns,

understood.
Masc.

when They are

the

numeral adjectives are used as innoun which they qualify is only

Fern.

Neuter.

Plural,

3ebcr

(3elet>er,

3eg* 3c*

3efceS

(warding)

Iid)er)J

or

ein Sttvc,

every, each

2Wct

(tt), all

Me
$eine Sine
SSicle
.

Reiner,
Sitter,

no some one

Slued (310) Mtin

80(e), aU
$etne,

no

gineS
2Kand)e
SJiel

(wanting)
9Jtand)e,
SSiete,

9Jt<md)cr,manya(an 5Kand)e
SSid,

some

much

many

SBenig, little

SBenige

SBenig

SBenige, few

* The English self must previously be compounded with a pronoun, such as him, her, my, thy, etc., to qualify it for an adjunct to a noun or personal pronoun ; e. g., The man himself, the woman herself, we ourselves, etc. but the German fclbfl is neither compounded nor declined. \ When placed before a noun or a pronoun, it is an adverb and signifies even; e. g., Sclbft er farm ti nidjt tbun, even he cannot do it.
;

Setlttrtcr

and ScgUijcr

are rather antiquated.

THE INDEFINITE PRONOUNS.

Fern.

197
Plural.

Neuter.

cr

SRiimlidse,

the the

biz $Ramli$e fcaS 9tomItdje bit 9tiimUt|en

&ie Sincere

same
S$5er Sincere,

ba&

Sincere

6ie Slnceren

other
Seiie, pi.

both
Sintge

Sintge (etlidje),* pi. some, a few

lie 9Jcet|ien, pi.

SKeljrere, pi. several

3lnterc,

some

others

most

Note.

Notice that when the indefinite

3cScr.

numeral adjectives are used

as indefinite pronouns, they begin with a capital.

113.

^cBtocBcr, 3eglid)er, sDtani^CT, (Siner,

and

irgcnfc

Gincr are declined like the demonstr. pron. biefer. Ser and Bet 9liniilidjC, like the possess, pron., bev metne.

(Sine, Set SinBcre,

IIS. SJHanc^cr, -when immediately followed by tin, is used without the termination; e. g., Wland) tin 9Jcann, etc.
114:. SlUe8( followed by the relative pronountodg or BoS titaS, is rendered by aM or aK that ; e. g., SlUeS IMS id) a6e, Will id) 3(inen jeigert,
all (that) I

have

I will
is also

show you.
sometimes used in the sense of all persons.

Note.

3We8

IIS.

One,

pi. ones, after

;

of the adjective itself

e.

g., I

an adjective, is rendered by the ending have a black coat and a brown one, id) (jabe

cinen fdjroarsen 9tod unb einett brauncn.

1 1 . Some, when referring to a noun that has preceded, is rendered by the accusative of Inetdjer, t, t> if the noun to which it refers is in the singular, and by ttieldjr, eiiuge, or Botton, if the noun is in the plural; e. g., SHJoffetl Sit fflein trtnten? will you drink wine? So, gekn
@te mir tneldjcn, yes, give

me some.
others (other ones), corresponds
g.,

1 7. Some (persons), German (f inifje 9lnBere e.

Some Bay

this, others

to the say that, Sinige

faficn biea,

DlnBerc fagen baa.

an interrogative sentence, is not translated, unless it is rendered by jeBcr, e, tS ; e. g., Do you not find that most any (*. e., every) person has his faults, finben @ie nld)t, bag
is

118.

Any,

equivalent to every,
kinase jiDcr Staid)

when

feine getyler

at?

(f tliiijcr is

rather antiquated.

198

PARADIGMS

VERBS.

THE VEEBS.
Conjugation of the Auxiliary Verb
Principal Parts
nrerornvE.
Preterit. abcn, to
:

gtofcen,

TO HAVE.

a6 en

1 a

1 1 e

elj afc t.

participle.
Present.
$aieiti)i

have

having

Perfect,

efjabt l;abcn> to

have had

Past.

etiatt,

had

IMPERATIVE.
aie
(bu) (

have (thou)
INDICATIVE.

abet,

ftafcen

ie,

have (you)

SUBJUNCTIVE.
Present.
IS)

i$ $aie, I have

We>

have

thou hast cr fiat/ he has ttir fyabctt, we have

bu
t)aft,

bit fyubeft.

er f>a&er
ttir

thou have he have b>ben# we have

)**

[you have

te $a6en fie Ija&eiti they have

St*?' ie fytben,
fie

[you have

Jaben,

they have

id) fyatte,

had

i*

!)attc,

had

thou hadst et fatter he had ttir fiattctt/ we had

bit f>attefi.

bu

buttcft,

cr fydtte,

thou had he had

roir l)dtten,

we had
[youhad

t>t,attet,

( i

ie fatten,
fie

youhad J

j!!^.'f' te fatten,
fie

pattern

they had

fatten,

they had

Perfect.

have had bu b,flft ge$abt, thou hast had er bat gcljabt, he has had air 5a6en ge^aSt, we have had
id) %tfst (je$a6t,

bu twbqt

tjr^tge^t,
te
fie

Uouhavehad

have had thou have had er fyabe gctyabt, he have had roir t)iibcn gcl)iibt, we have had
id)

twbc

gcljabt,

gefyabt,

iir $abet gefabt,

tyaben gefrtbt,

ie iaben
fie

U yOU ouhavellad nave iad

have had

gebabt, J

fyattn gefyibt,

they have had

$aien ge^abt, they

) )

PARADIGMS
INDICATIVE.
id)

VEKBS.

199
SUBJUNCTIVE.

fatte gefabt, I
fafteft gefabt,

bu

er twite

bad had thou hadst had gef abt,. he had had

id)
,

fdtte gefabt, I
fdtteft gefabt,
gcl;,abt,

had had

bu

er fdtte

thou had had he had had

wit fatten gefabt,

ift fattet gefabt,

we had had
I

wit fatten ge^abt,

ifr f dttet gefabt,

we had had
!

hadhad

youhadhad

ie fatten
fie

gefabt,

>

te
fie

fatten gefabt,

fatten gefabt,

they had had

fatten ge^abt,

they had had

First Future.

have have cr witb faben, he will have Wit wetben faben, we shall have
tf)

wetbe faben, I shall

id)

wetbe faben, I shall

have

bu witft faben, thou wilt

bu tncrSeft faben, thou wilt havs

et tnerDe faben,

Wtr wetben faben,

he will have we shall have

)

ifj:

wetbet faben,

youwmhave
'

t
fie

wetbet faben,
faben,

have

ie wetben faben, ) fie wetben faben, they will have

te wetben

wetben faben, they will have

Second Future.
id)

wetbe gef abt faben, I shall

^ \

id)

wetbe gefabt faben, I shall

bu witft gefabt faben, thou wilt et witb gefabt faben, he will

wit wetben gefabt faben,
ift wetbet gefabt faben,
)

/
j|
\
( I '

bu werbeft gefabt faben, thou wilt j / "| et wetbe gefabt faben, he will

we
J

shall

^
or or

a wit wetben

gefabt faben,

we
( t

shall

ie wetben gefabt faben,

fie

if t wetbet gef abt faben,

ie wetben gef abt faben,

fie

^1 |
' J

wetben gef abt faben, they will

wetben gef abt faben, they will

First Conditional.
id)

Wiitbe faben
Wfitbeft faben

bu

et Wiitbe

faben

Wit witrben faben

if r wiitbet

or or
) j

should have thou wouldst have et fatte, he would have wit fatten, we should have
icf

f iitte, I
fdtteft,

bu

faben

ift

ie wiitben faben
fie

or
\
\

f dttet,

ie
fie

you would have

they would have

fatten, \

wiitben faben

or

fatten,

Second Conditional.
id)

Wiitbe gef abt faben

Wiitb'efi

or or or or
>
i

id) fatte

bu

gefabt faben

et wiitbe gefabt

faben

Wtr wiitben gefabt faben

ift wiitbet gef abt

should have had thou wouldst have had et fdtte gefabt, he would have had wir fatten gefabt, we should have had
gefabt, I

bu

fdtteft

gefab>

faben

ie wiitben gefabt faben \

fie

or
]

ift f dttet gef abt,

>

ie fatten
fie

gefabt, \

, ?on would have had

.

, ,

wiitben gefabt faben

or

fatten gefabt,

they would have had

200

PARADIGMS

VERBS.

Conjugation of the Auxiliary Verb fin,

Principal Parts
:

TO BE.

<Scin, war, gewefen.

PARTICIPLE.
Present. SeitnS, being

nmumvE.
Present, ein, to be
Perfect, (gctntf en
fein,

to have been

Past.

Gktocicii.

been

IMPERATIVE.
ei,

be (thou)
INDICATIVE.

eij or

frien ie,

be (yon)

SUBJUNCTIVE.
Present.

ti) 6ttt,

am we are

id) fei,

bu
er

bi|t,
i(lf

thou art he is

wit

finb,

be thou be u fei/ he be ir feten, we be

I

bu

fcicfi,

te

finb,

^' % ie
X
fie

[you be
they be

feten,

fie finb,

they are

fcien,

Imperfect.
id)
ft)

or, I

was

bu warft, thou

wast cr war, he was n>ir rcaren, we were

want,
Wttten,
)

bu

were thou wert er Ware, he were wit rearen, we were

id) toiire,

tbareft,

il)r

you were

u)r waret,

you were

ie waren,
(ie

.ie waren,
fie

they were

tt&ren,

they were

Perfect.
ii>

6in Betoeftn, 1 have been

bi|l

bu

thou hast been er ift gewefen, he has been Kir (tub gewefen, we have been t> fell) gewefen, I yoll have ^en
gewefen,

bn

have been thou have been er fei gewefen, he have been Wir feten gewefeit, we have been
id) fei

gewefen, I
gewefen,

feieft

i$rfeiet gewefen,

)
)

te

finb gewefen,

te

you have been

feten gewefen,

fie finb

gewefen,

they have been

fie feien

gewefen,

they have been

>

PARADIGMS
INDICATIVE.

VERBS.

201
SUBJUNCTIVE.

Pluperfect.
id)

war

gewefen, I

had been

bu warft gewefen, thou hadst been

er

bu Wdreft gewefen,

mar gewefen, he had been

Wir waren gewefen,

ir.rwaret gewefen,
en, ie waren gemefen,
fie

we had been
i

had been thou hadst been er moire gewefen, he had been Wie wdren gewefen, we had been
i<$

ware gewefen, I

had been had been

iljr

wdret gewefen,

/ )

<ki .* , <oie waren gewefen,

fie

[you

had been

waren gewefen, they

wdren gewefen, they

had been

First Future.
icf;

werbe

feilt,
fein,

I shall

be

thou wilt be er wirb fein, he will be Wir werben fein, we shall be

bu Wirft
iSrmerbeifein,
)

be thou wilt be er toerttc fein, he will be Wir werben fein, we shall be

ia)

werbe

fein,

I shall

bu mcrbefl

fein,

te werben
fte

m be

i^r werbet fein,

fern,

ie werben
fte

y0Uwallbe

.,,

fein,

werben

fein,

they will be

werben

fein,

they will be

Second Future,
id)

werbe gcltsefen

fein, I

shall

i<$

werbe gewefen

fein,

I shall

bu wirft gewefen
er

fein,

wirb gewefen

fein,

thou wilt he will

bu werbeft gewefen

/$
\

fi

fein,

it

werbe gewefen

fein,

thou wilt he will

/
\

g
^

wir werben gewefen

fein,

we
? )

shall

"^

wir werben gewefen

fein,

we
) )

shall

t>
fie

werbet gewefen

fein, fetn,

youwH1

te werben gewefen
werben gewefen

\j "^
1

i^r werbet gewefen fein,

te werben gewefen fetn,

fie

youwill \ ""
I
'

fein,

you will

'

werben gewefen

fein,

they will

First Conditional.
i$ wiirbe
fein

or or or or
i

id)

Ware, I should be
Ware,

bu wflrbeft wir wiirbe

fein

bu Wdreft, thou wouldst be

er

er wiirbe fein
fein

he would be

wir waren,
i

we should be
you would be
would be

t$r wiirbet fein

or or

ie wiirben
fie

fein

* rtttat ' I ie wdren,

fte

wiirben fein

waren, they

Second Conditional.
id)

wiirbe fletnefen fein

wiirbeft gewefen fein

or

id)

ware gewefen, I should have been

ware gewefen,

bu

or or or
)

bu wdreft gewefen, thou wouldst

er

er wiirbe

gewefen fein

Wir wiirben gewefen fetn

ifjr

wir
i^r

have been he would have been wdren gewefen, we should have been

wiirbet gewefen fein,

fein,

or
or

ie wiirben gewefen
fie

wiirben gewefen

fein

> you wouM have been te waren gewefen, fie Wdren gewefen, they would have been

waret gemefen,

))

202

PARADIGMS

VERBS.

Conjugation of the Auxiliary Verb SBerben,

TO BECOME,

TO
Principal Parts
:

GROW (TO
(or

BE).

SBerfcen, rourbe,

geworben

w orb

e it).

INFINITIVE.
Present. SBerbem to become, to grow
(to be)

PARTICIPLE.
Present. SBerbenB, becoming (being)

Perfect,

eworben (wotben) fcittr to have become (been)

Past.

cmorbcn (worbcn),become
(been)

IMPERATIVE.
SBeibe.

become, be (thou)

SEBerbet

or

rocrben ie,

become, be

(you)

INDICATIVE.
Present.

SUBJUNCTIVE.
ii)

become thou becomest er wirb, he becomes loir werbett, we become

t$ Wttbti I
bu wirft,

werbe, I
tvetbeftf

bu

er werbt.
ttir

(may) become thou become he become

werben,

we become
l

t>werbet,

youbecome

W.
te werbem
fie

te

become

werbciti

fie tterbctti

they become

werbetli

they become

Imperfect.

became bu Wurbeft, thou becamest ei Burbc, he became Kir wurben, we became rWurb "' I you became j!
id)

wurbe, I

id)

wiirbe, (if) I
Wiirbefi,

became

bu

thou became

er Wiirbe,

Wir Wittben,

he became we became

****
te wurben,
fie

ie
fie

rourben,

[you became

wurbeit,

they became

wurben,

they became

I Jtave
id)

become or grown
flctnorten {or worben)

may
i#
bu

hone become or grown

fei

Mn
ifl

geworben (or worben) geworben

geworben
geworben
) )

bu Mfl geworben
er

fetefi

geworben

er fei

wir

finb

geworben
geworben
)
1

Wir

feien

ifrr feib

i$r feiet

geworben
geworben

ie
.

finb

geworben

ie

feicn

fie

finb

geworben

fie -feien

cewrrben

PARADIGMS
INDICATIVE.

VHKBS,

203
SUBJUNCTIVE.

Pluperfect.
I

had become or grown

mar gctnorben (or worben)

(if) I
id)

had become or grown

ware geworben (or worben)
wd'refi

idj

bu warft geworben
cr

bu
er

geworben

war geworben
waret geworben
)

ware geworben
wdret geworben

wir waren geworben

ir

wir wdren geworben

tl)r
)

ie warm geworben fie waren geworben

ie wdren geworben
fie

wdren geworben

First Future.
I shall
id;

become
werben
werben
werben

I shall
id)

become

werbe toerten
wirft

werbe werben

bu

bu werbefi werben
er werbe

er wtrb

werben
werben

Wir werben werben

ir werbet
)

wir werben werben

i$r werbet

ie werben werben
(ie

te Werben werben
fie

werben werben

werben werben

Second Future.
I shall home

become (grown or
been)

I shall have

become (grown or
been)
fein

id)

werbe getnorben fein

id)

werbe geworben

fcu wirft

geworben

fein

bu werbefi geworben
er werbe

fein

er wirb geworben fein

ttir
fl)r

geworben

fein fein

werben geworben fein

werbet geworben fein
J

wir werben geworben

t$r werbet

geworben

fein
fein

)
)

ie werben geworben
fie

fein

ie werben geworben
fie

werben geworben fein

werben geworben

fein

First Conditional.
I should

Second Conditional.
be) I should home

become (grow or
wflrbe werben
wiirbefi

become (grown or
been)

id)

id)

wvirbe geworben fein

Wftrbefi

bu

werben

bu

geworben

fein

er wftrbe

werben

er Witrbe

geworben

fein
fein
) )

Wir witrben werben

t$r wiirbet werben
)

Wir wurben geworben

t$r wiirbet gewortien fein

ie wiirben werben fie wurben werben

ie wurben geworben
fie

fein

wurben geworben

fein

204

THE REGULAR VERBS.

The Eegular Verbs.

119. German en. By removing

to praise.*

this

verbs end in the present infinitive in ending we find the root ; e. g. lofeetl,
fcitt, to be, tfyun, to do,

Exceptions. The verb

finitive.

and

all

verbs whose roots end in

el,

er,

add only n

in the in-

Note. In German the following verbs are followed by the infinitive without the preposition ju
1.

The

auxiliaries of

mode (See No. 135)

to feel;
fejjetl,
;

2. also ftnien,to find; fiiljleil,

to see

preit, to hear

Mribcn, to remain
to teach
;

(jcifjen,
;

to bid (not to call)

{jelftm to help;

Ichren,

lernen, to learn
I

and modjcn, to make.

Ex.

(1.)

attempted
see

to hear,

3$
fetye

erfu$te

jit

^bren.

(2.) I

him

write, 3d)

ibn fifyreilen.

The Active Voice.

ISO.
to the root

The Present Participle

;

is
;

e. g.,

bcmfenfc,

thanking
\ e. g.,

formed by adding tnb and the Past Participle

used in the participle
in, i

by prefixing

($e

and

affixing t

Exceptions.

The

geterat, learned, f

prefix

ge

is not

past, with the following verbs:

1.

All those of foreign origin ending

(e)rett;

e. g.,

mar*

fd)iten, to
2.

march; marfdHrt (not

gemarfdjirt),

marched.

et, i>et
visited.

Such as have the unaccented prefix be, gc, cnr, cnty, and ger ;J e. g., fcefudjm, to visit, fcefuit (not gebejiid)t)
has only one person for formed in the singular by adding e e. g.,
;

181. The Imperative^ which

each number,
is

may in German be used as a neuter noun of dancing is fatiguing, iaS an;en ift trmiibenb. f Both participles may be used as adjectives ; e. g-, in IciBcnoc 3Rann, the suffering man hai gelicbtc ftitib. } Comp. 137 150. Since a direct request, command, exhortation, advice, warning or prohibition can be addressed only to the person spoken to there can be only one poison in the imperative. When referring to a third person
* Almost every infinitive
first

the

declension

e. g.,

; :

THE REGULAR VERBS.

^ole, fetch (thou)
;

205
:

and

in the plural
is

seek

(ye),

or en

when the verb

by adding et fudjet, followed by the pron. <Ste:

lobetl @ie, praise (you).*

133.
the root
2.

is formed by adding C to I love, I do love, or I am loving. The Imperfect by adding te; e. g., 3d) tftnfte, I thanked,
1.
;

The Present tense

3d)
liebe,

e. g.,

I did thank, or I was thanking.

Note.
is

The subjunctive

is

rather indefinite or at least

generally used to indicate that a statement ifflcertain.. _It. is used especially to give the

assertions of other persons, without

ity of their correctness.

assuming ourselves the

responsibil-

conjunctions govern the subjunctive (see It is also used in exclamations and wishes where the conjuncp. 98). tion is understood, quite frequently, and instead of the Conditional.

Some

133. The Compound

nearly as in English.

tenses are formed in

German

is

1. In the Perfect the participle past of the principal verb preceded by the present, and

2.
feitt) ;

In the Pluperfect by the imperfect of e. g., id) \fabt Qdernt, I have learned
loved.

Ijuben
;

id)

(sometimes Imtte geltefrt,

had
3.

In the First Future and First Conditional, the infinitive is combined with the auxiliary tverfcen twer&C aufett, "(like shall and should in English) e. g.,
of a principal verb
;

3$

I shall

buy

e. g.,

3c&

ttmrfce ntadjen, I should make.

In the Second Future and Second Conditional the past is inserted between the auxiliary twcr&cn and the infinitive of lyabcn (sometimes feitt) e. g., 3d) roerfee geoant labert, I shall have built ; id) rotoe ges borcbt tyafcen, I should have obeyed.
participle of the principal verb

expressed by periphrasis with the auxiliary verb foCen, shall as he shall work, etc. In an admonitory or exhortative sense, the verb laffen, to let, is employed as laffet mi Iefen, let us read. * In conversational style, the form followed by @ie is preferred e. g..
it is
;

er foil arteiteiii

Come,

fommett jte instead of ftmtmet

206

PARADIGMS.

VEBBS,

Conjugation of a regular transitive Verb.

fioficn,

TO PRAISE.
:

Principal Parts

lobe it, lobte,

gclofct.

ACTIVE
INFINITIVE.
Pres.
Solicit,

"VOICE.
PABTICIFI.ES.

to praise.

Pre*. SobcnJ), praising.

Perf. &tlobt $a&en, to have prais3d.

Past. el6t, praised.

IMPERATIVE.
Sebt, praise (thou). ioitt or lofcen ie, praise (you.)

INDICATIVE.

PARADIGMS
INDICATIVE.

VERBS.

207
SUBJUNCTIVE.

Pluperfect.
I
id?

had praised
Ijatte getobt
^attefl getobt
Ijatte

(if) I

had praised
gctobt

id; fjiitte

bu
er

bu
er

tjdtteft

gclobt

gelobt

pite gelobt

mir fatten gelobt

iljr

rotr fatten gelobt

) tf)i

^attet gelobt gelobt

fmttet gelobt

it fatten

ie
fie

fatten gelobt

fie tjattcrt gclofct

fatten gelobt

First Futwre.
I shall praise
id)

(if) I
idj

shall praise

toerfie toben
roirft

roerbe loben

bu

loben

bu tnerteft toben
et

er roirb loben
roir roerben toben

toerOc loben

roir roerben loben

if)t

ibr roerbet loben

toerbet toben

ie
fte

roerben toben

ie roerben toben
fie

roerben toben

roerben toben

Second Future.
I shall
id) roerbe

have praised
gelobt r)aben

(if)
id)

I shall

have praised

rocrbe gelobt b,aben

roerbeft gelobt tjaben

bu

roirft gelobt

$aben

bu

er roirb gelobt

paben

er roerbe gelobt

$abm
$aben
) )

roir roerben gelobt Ijaben

itjr

roir roerben getobt

)

roerbet gelobt b,aben

ib,r

roerbet gelobt J,aben

ie
fie

roerben gelobt rjaben

ie
fie

roerben gelobt b.aben

roerben gelobt fjaben

roerben gelobt fjaten

First Conditional.
I

Second Conditional
I

should praise
toben loben

would or should have praised

id) roiirbe gelobt fjattv.

idj roiirbe

bu

rofirbefi

bu

roiirbefl gelobt r)abcn

er roiirbe loben
roir

er roiirbe gelobt r)aben

roir rourben gelobt ljaben
)
ib,r

rourben loben

tyr roiirbet loben

roiirbet gelobt

b>ben

) J

ie
fie

rourben loben

ie rourben

gelobt $aben

rourben toben

fte'roitrben getobt tyiien

208

THE BEGULAR VEEBS.

the sake of euphony regular verbs, whose roots in, Qtt, fern, ffn, djw, or tfym, as re&ert, Men,

124. For
end
in b,
t,

orfcncn, fcgnen, roi&men, red&nen, bffttcn, atfcmen, generally retain e before the termination, in every mood, tense and person, if the ending does not begin with e.

EXAMPLE.
SWefccn, to talk.
Present.
id)

Imperfect.
id) rebete,

wbe, I talk
rebeft,

bu

thou talkest
talks
talk

kit reicteft,

cr rebet,
ttrir

he

cr rebete,
ttrir.

I talked thou talkedst he talked

reben,

we
}

rebeten,
rebetet,

we
I

talked talked

Jrrefcet,

talk

itjr

@te
fie

reben,

@te
fie

rebeten,

reben,

they talk

rebeten,

they talked
etc.
(f,
ff,

Perfect.
idi

Pluperfect.
id) tjatte gerebet,

%abt gerebet, I

have talked

125. Verbs whose

; ;

last radical letter is a sibilant

; ;

f$, or g) e. g., rafen, to rage ^affen, to hate imf4>en, to wish fejjen, to put, place, also generally retain the c of the
termination;
e. g., id)

unfd)e, bu ttntnfdjefl;

id) toaffe,

bu

tiaffeft,

&c.

The Passive Voice.* modes, tenses, etc., of verbs are formed, various The 26. 1
for the passive voice,
iliary

from the corresponding tenses of the auxverb twcr&ett and the past participle of the verb to be conjugated ; e. g., {jelteUt WCtfcen, to be loved.
Note.
ge is
is getoorben,
tocrfcctl, to he, to become, but when used to form the passive voice of verbs the prefix omitted e. g., 34 Mil getabeft toorten, I have been blamed.
;

The past participle of the auxiliary

* SBerben, construed with the participle past of an active verb, can denote only a passive, hence the passive voice can in German never be confounded with the past tenses of a neuter verb, as is apt to be the case in English ; e. g., Sic tfl gcgangen, and, cr lt)irb gestagen, she is gone and he is beaten, present two distinct ideas to the mind. The use of fetlti as in fie ifl gegangen, makes it clear that the verb is in the past tense of the active voice, while the use of roctbcn, as in cr toirD gestagen, informs us that the verb is used in the passive voice.

paradigms: verbs.

209

PASSIVE

"VOICE.

INFINITIVE.
Present. eto&t toerSen, to be praised Perfect. (Selobt worben fciit/ to have been praised

PARTICIPLE.
Present.

$U

hitriD, to

be praised

Past.

elctt, praised

IMPERATIVE.
ar. SBerbc gelobt,

Plural.

SBerbet

or werben ie

be (thou) praised geloit, be (you) praised

STJBJTJNCTIVE.

INDICATIVE.
Present.
I
id)

am praised
toerDe gclobt

may be praised
id)

werbe getoii
geloit

bu wtrft griuBt
er

bu merScfi

wirb gelobt
gelofit

er tterfie gclobt

wir werben

wir werben geloit

i$r roerbet gelolit
.'

tyr werbet geiobt

Sie werben
fie

geloii

ic werben
fie

geloBt

werben geloit

werben gelo&t

I
id;

was

praised

(if) I
id)

were praised

UJurbc gdott
rourbefi gelo&t

trjutBe geloit
wiirbcfl geloot

bit

bu

er rourbe geloot-

er ttiirbe gelobt

wir wurben gcloit

ifyr

wir wurben gelobt

)

wurbet geloit

ir

wurbet gelobt

ie wurben gelobt fie wurben geloit

ie wurben
fie

geiobt f

wurben gelobt

I
id)

have been praised bin nelobt worScn

ii(l gelobt
ifi

may have
bu
feiefl

been praised
worben

id) fei gelobt

bu
er

worben

gelobt worben

geloCt

worben

er fei geIo6t

worben
worben
)
)

Wir

finb gelobt

worben
)

Wir

feien gelobt

tyr feib gelobt worben

iljr feiet

gelobt

Worben
worben

ie
fie

finb gelobt

worben

ie
(ic

feien gelobt

finb gelobt

worben

feien geiobt

worben

210
INDICATIVE.

PARADIGMS

VEBBB.

'

SUBJUNCTIVE.
(if) I
id)

I
id)

had been praised

loor gelobt ttorben
toarft gelobt ttorben

had been praised

toitre geloot ttorben

ttdrefl geloot ttorben

bu

bu
cr

cr roar gelobt

ttorben

ware geloot ttorben

ttir

waren gelobt ttorben

ttorben

ttir
ifyr

waren

geloot ttorben
)
)

ibr ttaret geloot

ttaret gelobt ttorben

ie
fie

warm

gelobt ttorben

Sic ttaren geloot ttorben

fie

ttaren gelobt ttorben

ttaren geloot ttorben

First Futwre.
I shall
id) tnertac

be praised
geloot totrben

(if) I
id)

shall be praised

werbe geloot roerben

gelobt tterben

bu

ttirft

geloot

werben
werben

bu toerbefl

er tttrb geloot

er toerbe gelobt tterben

ttir tterben geloot tterben
)

ttir tterben geloot roerben

ibj toerbet gelobt tterben

ib> toerbet gelobt roerben

ie
fie

tterben gelobt tterben

ie
fie

tterben gelobt tterben

tterben geloot tterben

tterben gelobt tterben

Second Future.
I shall
icr;

have been praised

taorben fein

(if) I

shall

have been praised

tserbe gelobt
ttirft

id) tterbe

gelobt ttorben fein

fein

bu

gelobt ttorben fein

bu toertcfi gelobt ttorben

er

er tttrb gelobt ttorben fein

intrte gelobt ttorben

fein
fein
)
)

wtr tterben gelobt ttorben fein

ir)r

ttir tterben gelobt

I )

worben

roerbet gelobt ttorben fein

ib> toerbet gelobt ttorben fein

ie
fie

tterben gelobt ttorben fein

ie
fie

roerben gelobt ttorben fein

tterben gelobt ttorben fein

tterben gelobt ttorben fein

First Conditional.
I

Second Conditional
I

should or would be praised

id)

should or would have been praised

id)

roiirtc gelobt tocrben

roiirbefl gelobt tterben

wiirbe gelobt roorben fein

wiirbefi gelobt

bu

bu

worben

fein

er wiirbe gelobt tterben

ttir
il)r

er Wiirbe gelobt

worben

fein
fein
) 5

wurben

gelobt tterben
)
)

Wir wurben gelobt ttorben

tturbet gelobt werben

ttiirben gelobt tterben

ibr tturbet gelobt ttorben fein

ie

fie ttiirben

gelobt

werben

ie ttiirben gelobt worben fein fie wurben gelobt worben fein

IKKEGULAB VERBS.

211

Irregular or Ancient Verbs.

verbs.

There are in German nearly two hundred irregular They deviate from the regular verb particularly in the Imperfect Indicative and in the Past Participle.

1 27.

128. 1. In the Imperfect Indicative, irregular verbs change their radical vowel, and do not admit of a tennination ;
e. g.,

to sing, fingen,

I sang,

id)

fang.
regularly,
is a, o,
i. e.,
;

Note. The Imperfect Subjunctive is formed ing & and modifying the radical vowel when it
(to give); Indicative,
id) gafc;

by addgeSen,

or u

e. g.,

Subjunctive,

id) giiSe.

Bocten (to bake): gefeaden,

;

In the Past Participle they affix en instead of t; e. g., and frequently change their radical vowel also e. g., fcerften (to burst) gefcorften.
2.
:

129.
1.

Exceptions.

The
:

following

verbs change their

radical vowel, but take also the ending of the regular verb

In the imperfect

e.

g.,

fcrennen,

Imperf. fcronnte (not

Brcmnt).
2.

In the past participle

e.

g., rennen,

gerannt (not

ge*

raraten).

SBrenttcn,
fcrtngen,

to burn

ttemten, to

name

to bring

rcnncn, to
fenicn, to

benfm, to think fennen, to know (French, connaitre)

toenten,

run send to turn

tuipn, to

know (Fr., savoir)

: id) roetjjj

Note.

SBtffcn inserts e in the pretent singular

bu wcipt, er

wctij, roir wiffen, tyr Wiffet

(Sie i(fm),

fie ubiffen.

1 30. Some of the irregular verbs (see the 218) also modify or change their radical vowel
1.

list

pp. 214

e. g., iacfen,

In the second and third person singular of the Present to bake bu fcacfft, cr ladt and
: ;

2.

In the Imperative singular

e. g.,

ge6en (to give) :

giefc.

212

PARADIGMS

VERBS.

Conjugation of an Irregular or Ancient

c6en,
Principal Parts
INFINITIVE.
Present.
:

Verb

TO GIVE.

efcen, Qii, gege&etu

FAETICIELE.
Present. eicn8> giving

eiem

to give

Perfect. Oegeien $aien to have given

Past.

egeScn. given

IMPERATIVE.
Singular. tei> give (thou)
Plural. eiet (geit or geien give (you)

INDICATIVE.

PASADIGMS

VERBS.

213
SUBJUNCTIVE.

DnHCATIVB.
Pluperfect.
I
id)

had given
Ijatte gcgeBen
batteft gegeben

(if) I

had given
gegeben

id) Ijfitte

bu

bu

bitteft gegeben

er batte gcgebcn
loir fatten gcgetett
ib,r

er batte gegeben

wir fatten gege&en

j

battel gegeben

ibr pttet gegeben

1
1

ie
fie

fatten gegeben

ie batten gegeben
fte

fatten gegcten

fatten gegeben

First Future.
I shall give
i<S

(if) I
id)

shall give

toerte geben
wirft get>en

werbe geben

bu
re

bu tnerbcfi geben

wirb geben
werbet geben

wit werben geben

if)r

erectile geben Wir werben geben

ib> werbet geben
) J

ie werben geben
fie

ie werben geben
fte

werben geben

werben geben

Second Future.
I shall
id)

have given

(if) I
id)

shall

have given

toertte gegeben Ijaben

werbe gegeben Ijaben

bu wirft gegeben f)aben

er

bu werbefi gegeben baben

er werbe gegeben baben

wirb gegeben baben

werbet gegeben baben
fjaben

Wir werben gegeben b>ben

ibr
)

wir werben gegeben baben

ibjc

werbet gegeben aben

) )

ie werben gegeben
fie

ie werben gegeben baben

fie

werben gegeben baben

werben gegeben baben

First Conditional.
I
id)

Second Conditional.
I
id)

should give
wiirbe geben

should have given

wiirbe gegeben baben

bu wurbeft geben
er wiirbe

bu Witrbefl gegeben baben

er

geben

wiirbe gegeben f)aben

wir wurben geben

\%x wiirbet geben
)
1

Wir wurben gegeben fjaben

ibr wiirbet gegeben (jaben

ie wurben geben
fie

wiirben geben

ie wurben gegeben b>ben fie wurben gegeben baben

214

LIST OF IBBEGULAB VEBB8.

An

Alphabetical List of all the Irregular Verbs.

InfinUim.

LIST OF IBEEGDLAB VEEBS.

Infinitive.

215

216
Infinitive.

LIST 07 IRREGULAR VERBS.

LIST OF IBBJEGDLAB VERBS.

Infinitive.

217

218
Infinitive.

LIST OP IRBEGULAB VEBB8.

AUXILIARIES OF MODE.

219

Auxiliary Verbs of Mode,

verbs of

There are in German, besides the three auxiliary feitt, and tuerien, seven other verbs, called the auxiliary verbs of mode, because they convey no full idea in themselves, but give certain modifications to other verbs (than required to be in the infinitive). They are
tense, fyafcen,
:

131.

fciirfeit

Ictffett

tnufjctt

Ibnnen

mbgen

foUen

and locum

133.
or
ability ;

&i>tincn, bficfett, and tndgett express possibility

ntuffen, follett,

and

toollctt

imply necessity; but

Iaffctt expresses

both

possibility

and

necessity, referring to

the subject of the sentence, and is accordingly, in the form of a permission or of a command; e. g., @r liefj fccn icb Imifcn, he allowed the thief to escape cr Ue# feen SCliinn Junridjtcn, he had the man executed, i. e., he ordered the
;

man

to be put to death.

Compound Tenses,

133. The compound

are formed like those of

tenses of the auxiliaries of

(see No.

mode

lofcen

123).

The

Conditionals.
of

134.
first

The

auxiliaries

mode
and

generally use for the

for the second condi:

conditional, the Imperfect,

tional, the

id) fonntc, Icq ^otte gefonnt, in place of id) wiirSe I&nnen, id) fourbe gefonnt tyaoen. 1 35. The auxiliaries of mode, used in conjunction with the infinitive of another verb, must be in the infinitive peesent,

Pluperfect Subjunctive, as

instead of in the past participle ; e. g., gr $fitte ti nidjt fsmnen (instead of gefonnt), he could not have had it.

l)aben

136. When
e. g.,

an auxiliary of mode

is

to be negated, put

nicfjt before the Infinitive (which stands last in the clause)

Notk.

gr fonn ten 33ricf nityt fcfereioen, he cannot write the letter. The auxiliary verbs of mode are not susceptible of the im-

perative.

>

220

PARADIGMS

VERBS.

Conjugation of the Auxiliary Ver,b fonncn,

TO BE ABLE.
Principal Parts :

$iSnnen, fonnte, gelonnt.

nSTTNITTVE.

Present. .Kbnncn, to be able

Perfect, efonnt fjabcn, to have been able

PAKTICIPLB.
Present, fionncno, being able (seldom used) Past. cfonnt, been able

nroiCATivE.
Present.
I can (or
id)

SUBJUNCTIVE.
I

am able)

may

be able

fann

id) fiinne tin fiinnefi

bu fannjl
ct

fann

ct fiinne
niir fiinncn
ifjr

reir
if)r

fonncn
fiSnnet

or fonnt
)

fiinnct

ie fbnnen
fte

ie fonncn
fie

fiinncn

fonncn

was able
id)

(or I could)

might be able
id)
bit

fonnte

fonnte
fonnteft

bu fonnteft
ei fonnte
nrir
ifjr

er fonnte
ttir fiinnten
j.

fomtten
fomrtet

ihr fonntet

ie fomtten
fie

ie fomtten
fie fiinnten

fonnten

COMPOUND TENSES.
Perfect.
id)
id)

Pluperfect.

$atte gefonnt I

First Future. First Conditional.

id)
id)

Second Future. Second Conditional,

id)

id)

have been able had been able jocrbe fonncn- 1 shall be able wfirbe fonncn, I should be able tveifce gefonnt fjaoem I shall have been able Wicbe gefonnt babcn> I should have been able
$aie gcfonnt> I

PARADIGMS.-VERBS.

221

The Auxiliary Verb Wi%tn, MAY, TO DESIBE,

TO LIKE A THING, ETC.

INFINITIVE.
Present.
Perfect,
3R6gett, to like.

emodjt

fyiktt,

to have liked

PARTICIPLES.
Present.
Past.
SJibgetttl,

liking, (seldom used).

emodjt, liked.

INDICATIVE.

222

PARADIGMS.

VEBB3.

Conjugation of the Auxiliary Verb

Ctt,

MUST,

TO
Present
Perfect,

BE OBLIGED,
INFINITIVE.

ETC.

3Ruffcn, to be obliged.

emujjt

Ijafcen,

to

have been obliged.

PABTICIPLBS.
Present.
KufFetttl,

being obliged, (seldom used).

Past.

emufst, being obliged.

INDICATIVE.
Present.
I

SUBJUNCTIVE.

am obliged
34
mufj,

(must).

may be obliged. 34 miiffe,

bu
miiflejl,

bu mujit,
er mu|j,

er miiffe,
nrir
miijjt,
'

ir muffen,
ir muffet

muffin,
)

or

tyr miiflet,

ie
fte

mitfTen,

ie
fte

mfifTen,

mufTett.

muffen.

Imperfect.

was

obliged.
mufjte,

might be

obliged.

3*
bu

34
bu

mufjte,

mufjteji,

miijstefr,

er mufjte,

er mufjte,
nrir mufjten,
)

ir mufjten,
tfjr

mufjtet,

it)x

miifjtet,

ie mufjten,
fte

ie
fte

mufjten, \

mufjten.

mufjten.

Compound Tenses.
Pluperfect.
1st

future.

\st Conditional.

%nd Future. 2nd Conditional.

34 Ijafte gemufjt, 34 I;ae gemufjt, 34 Wttbe mitfTen, 34 w&rbe miiffen, 34 wcrbe gcmujit fwt'Jti, 34 roiirbe gemufjt tyaien,

I I

have been obliged.

had been

obliged.

be obliged. I should be obliged. I shall have been obliged. I should have been obliged.
I shall

PAKADIGMS

VEBBS.

223

Conjugation of the Auxiliary Verb

2>itrfen,

DARE, MAY,

TO BE PERMITTED, ETC.
Principal Parts
:

itrfen, burfte, geburft.

INFINITIVE.

Present. Siirfen, to be permitted

Perfect, eburft $a&ett, to

have been permitted

PABTICIFLE.
Present. urfenl> being permitted Past. cburft, been permitted

INDICATIVE.
Present.
I

subjunctive.
I

may (I am
id)

permitted)

may

(I

be permitted)

barf

i< bitrfe

bu borfji
er

bu

bitrfeft

barf
bitrfen
) J

er biirfe
rotr bitrfen

ttiir

i$r bitrfet

i$r bitrfet

@ie
fie

biirfcn

@ie
fte

bitrfen

bitrfen

bitrfen

was permitted
id)

were permitted
tdj

burfte
burftejt

burfte
bitrfte|}

bu

bu

er burfte

er burfte

wir burften
i$r burftet
)
)

row
tljr

bitrften

burftet
bitrften

@ie burften
fte

@ie
fte

burften

burften

COMPOUND TENSES.
Perfect.
id) $<t6e

geburft, I

PVwperfect.

id) <ttte
id)

geburftt I

Mrst Future.
first Conditional,

tterbe bitrfem

have been permitted had been permitted I shall be permitted

should be permitted
shall

id) ttiirbe
id)

bftrfem I

Second Future. Second Conditional,

roerbe geburft tyaienf I

id) ttittbe

geburft tyaien, I should

have been permitted have been permitted

224

paradigms: verbs.

Conjugation of the Auxiliary Verb Swollen,

TO BE

WILLING (TO WISH).

Principal Parts :

SBoUen,

tBoIItc, gewollt.

INFINITIVE.
Present.
SBofleit;

to be willing

Perfect. Cttettt fytben to

have been willing

PARTICIPLE.
Present. SBcttcnt), willing (seldom used) ewollt* willed, been willing

Past.

INDICATIVE.
Present.
I will,
id)

SUBJUNCTIVE.
I

am willing

may
id)

be willing
wolfe

will

bit nrillft

bu wolleft
er

er

wiU woKet or
wottcn
wsfft
\

wotte

wir wolfcn
i$r

wir wotten
ifir WoQct te wotttn
)

ie woUen
fie

fie

wotten

Imperfect.
I

was willing
id)

might be willing
id)

woflte

woflte
woflteft

i>u

motUefl
wollte

bu

cr

er woflte
roir woflten
)
)

wir woQtett
i$r wolltet

i$r wofltet

ie WoOtetl
fie

te woflten
fie

woflten

woflten

COMPOUND TENSES.
Perfect.
id) T)a$t gcrcoflt, id) $atte

Pluperfect.

First Future. First Conditional,

id)
id)

Second Future. Second Conditional,

id) id)

have been willing had been willing werbe WoIIen* 1 shall be willing witrbe-woflcn, I should be willing werbe jjcwollt tyitUi I shall have been willing witrbe gewoflt t) ten. I should have been willing
I
gewoflt, I

PARADIGMS

VERBS.

225

Conjugation of the Auxiliary Verb otten,

TO BE

OBLIGED.
Principal Parts :

ollcn,
INFINITIVE.

follte, gefollt.

Present.
Perfect.

oHem
efoM

to be obliged
b>6en, to

have been obliged

PARTICIPLE.
Present, ottenSi being obliged (seldom used) Past. efottt, been obliged

INDICATIVE.
Present.
I

SUBJUNCTIVE.
I

am obliged
id) foil

may be
id)

obliged

foUe

bit foHfl

bu foiled
er foUe

erfoH
ir foffjn

wit
)

fallen
)

tyrfoJM @te fofleit

fie

ifr follct

ie
fie

fallen

fotten

fallen

Imperfect.
I

was obliged
id) fotttc

might be obliged
id) fallte

bu

foUteft

bu

folltefi

et fcttte ttit fbtften

et follte

wir fatten
1

i$t foHtct

t^r fotttet

)
J

SiefoMen
fie

@ie

fottten

foUten

fie fofften

COMPOUND TENSES.
id)

id) $atte gefotttr I

First Future.

id)

First Conditional.

id) id)
id)

Second Future. Second Conditional,

have been obliged had been obliged roerbe fotteiti I shall be obliged wiirbe fallen/ I should be obliged roerbe gefollt Imorm I shall have been obliged toiirbe gefaHt fwfccn. I should have been obliged
B>oe
gtfollt, I

226

PARADIGMS

VERBS.

Conjugation of the Auxiliary Verb- fioffen,

TO LET,

TO PERMIT, TO LEAVE.
Principal Parts
:

Saffen, Uejj, gelaffen.

INFINITIVE.
to let, to permit
fjaben, to

Present.

Saffc::,

Perfect' Oklaffcn

have

let

PAKTICIPLB.
Present. Saffentl
(is

never used)

Past.

etaffen, let {or permitted)

IMPBKATIVE.
Singular. Caffe (or
lag"),

let (thou), (French, laisser)

laffen Bit), let

Plwal.

Saffet

(lafjt

or

(you)

INDICATIVE.
Present.
I permit (or I let)
idj laffe bii

SUBJUNCTIVE.
I

may
id)

permit

loffc
lafTcft

Weft

bu

cr lifjt
roir laffen

ct loffc
roir laffen
) >

i$r lafjt (or laffet)

tyc laffet

ie laffen
fie

@te
fie

laffen J

lafTen

laffen

Imperfect.
I

permitted
id) lief)

might permit
id) liefje bit liefjefi

bu

liejjeft

er Iiep

er liefje
roir Iiefjen
1
'

roir fiegctl

i^liefjt

iljr

tiefjet

) )

@ie
fie

Iiefjen

_
COMPOUND TENSES.

<Sie Iiefjen
fte Iiefjen

Iiefjen

Perfect.

id) tyafce
id) tyatte

gelaffen, I gelaffen, I

Pluperfect.

have permitted had permitted

First Future. First Conditional.

id) roerbe

laffen, I shall

id) roiirbe laffen, id) id)

permit should permit

Second Future. Second Conditional.

werbe gelaffen tyaicn, I shall

Wttrbe gelaffen l)at>en> I

have permitted should have permitted

COMPOUND VERBS.

227

Compound Verbs.

137.
ticles* to

In German, most simple verbs permit certain parbe prefixed to them, and thus become compound
to write
;

verbs;

e. g., frtjreifcen,

db^xdhn,

to copy.

Note.
the

Particles when separated from

their radical syllable receive

full or principal accent.

Separable Compound Verbs.

138.
compound
1 39.
Bet,

own, and have, the primary or

The

Verbs, whose particles have a signification of their full accent, are called separable verbs ; e. g., au*ge^en, to go out.
separable particles are the prepositions, o6, ju; the adverbs, ba, bar, cmpor, fort, fyeim,
sufammen;
an,
attf,

auS,
Io$,

mit,

nadj, i)or (

fyer, Ijin,

ntebcr, o&, n>cg, jurficE,

and

bo, $tn,

Ijer

and or, compounded with

Sown,
etc.

prepositions or adverbs; as, iaiet,

t)tnauf, (jeral>,

the compound verb is in the present, imperfect, or imperative, the prefixes or particles are detached and placed at the end of the clause ; e. g.,
principal sentences,
Pres.,
id)

14. In

when

getye ^eute md)t a$, I do not go out to-day

Imperf.,

gtittgen @ie geftern

<w$? did you go

out yesterday? Imper.,

sentence beginning
(174,

gefce mit mix mi8, go out -with me.

141.
with a
175),

Exception.

Ina dependent
the

relative

pronoun or a subordinative conjunction

;

which require the verbs to be last in the clause or sentence, the prefix is not separated from the verb e. g., er
SKanit,

tel4>er

jejpt

fottgeljt,

man who

is

now going

away.

1 42.

compound
self
;

The QC of the past participle has its place in verbs between the particle prefixed and the verb itprefix

e. g., ab|'d)retl>en, abgejctjrtefeert.

This

is

the place also

* Under the name of Pakticle we comprehend all those indeclinable words (such as adverbs and prepositions), which are united with other The simple words to words, to modify or change their signification. which they are prefixed are generally verbs but often nouns and adjectives are used as prefixes to change simple verbs into compound verbs e. g., from $<mb and ^afcen, (ant)$a6cn, to manage.
; ;


228

COMPOUND VERBS
:

SEPARABLE. in the infinitive

for the preposition ju,

when required

e. g.,

di

ift

leicbter

nitjufangen, it is easier to

commence.

Conjugation of a Separable Verb,

Stbfdjretben,

to copy.

djreibe

ab, copy (thou)

fdjreiben

te

ab, copy (you)

Pres. 2lbfd)retbent>, copying

Present.

Past, abgefdjrieben, copied.

Imperfect.

3dj

fdjretbe

5u

fdjreibjl

cr fdjretbt

rcir fdjreiben
tljr |"d)reibt

<3iefd3 m6en-ab,F
fie

ab, I copy thou copiest he copies we copy ouco

ab,

3d)

fdjrteb

b, I copied
ab, ab,

bu

fdjrtebft

ab,

er jifyrieb

ab,

Wtr fdjrieben

thou copiedst he copied

ab,

we copied
} , 0UC Pied
.

ab,

ifr fdjrtebet ab,

P3r

@ic^rieben-ab,F
fie

fdjretben

ab,

they copy
torttt abfdjretten,
triirJe

fd)rieben

a~b,

they copied

First Fut.

3$

First Cond. 3d?

Perfect.

abfcbreiben,

I shall copy, &c. I should copy, &c.

Pluperfect.
Sec.
Sec.

have copied, &c. I had copied, &c. Fut. 3<*! werbe abgefd)rieben b,aben, I shall have copied, &c. Cond. 3d? lBiirte abo,e|'d)rieben b,aben, I should have copied,
3d) ^abe abgefdjrieben, I
)

3d

batte abgefd)riebett,

&c.

14:3.
words, are

The following

verbs, formerly written

as

two separate

now

treated as separable

compound verbs
Pres.

Past Part.
fe^lflcfdjlagen

3elj(fd)tagen, to
freifpredjen,

miscarry

id)

fdjloge fe#

to acquit

idj fprec^e idj

fjlcidjfommcn, to

equal

fomme
$6e

licbfaien, to love
flitffc&wetgen,
ftattflnbett

idj id)

to be silent

fdjrocige fliH
ftatt

(impers.), to

take plaee

c finbct

fret

freigeft>ro^m

gttid)

jlridjjcfommcn
Iie6ge$ait
fliffgefd)wiegen

lieS

fhMgcfiiHben

COMPOUND VEKB3

INSEPABABLE.

229

Compound Inseparable Verbs.

144.
plies,

those

Compound inseparable verbs, or, as the name imcompound verbs from which the prefix can never

be detached, are formed with prepositions or adverbs haying only the secondary accent, or with unaccented syllables, which have no meaning of their own.
1 4.
syllables
6e,

The
ems,

prefixes* of the inseparable verbs are the unaccented

ent, er, ge, mi|j, er, jer,

the prepositions

ttiber

and

$intcr,f

and the adverb

Doll.

1 46.

The

inseparable verbs do not admit of the

augment jjc in the

past participle ; e. g., jer|16rt, and not gejerjliirt. The place of ju, when required before a verb in the infinitive is before the compound, form of

the inseparable verb e. g., 3<$ fam $ier(ier 3$re StntWort }u empfangen (not emSjufangen), I came hither to receive your answer.
;

Exception. But if the prefix is u, compound, of which a separable and the second an inseparable particle, ju is inserted between the two e. g., er foil jldj unter|le$en fie an*ju*eifenneti/ let him dare to recognize them.
1

47.

the

first is

Note.

The prefix mip in a few instances admits

e.

the augment ge in

the past participle,

g.,

(from

migbeutett,

to misinterpret), gemijjbcutet.

48

The

following verbs are also inseparable, but, contrary to

rule (No. 144), prefix ge in the past participle to the inseparable particle, and have the prima/ry accent on the latter ; e. g., from argtti>$nen, past
part. gearjtBii^nt.

antworten, to

answer

IteMofen, to caress
lufttsanbeln,

orgtso^nen, to suspect

to take a pleasure- walk

BrauSW|ett, to sack frolJ I<l(* en 4 t0 exult

friiijflucfen,

mut&majira, to conjecture, guess

noijtwanbeln, to
quaiffalkrn, to

walk in the sleep

use or give quack

to breakfast to handle, maintain

notgsti^tigen, to ravish, violate

ijanSJalJert,

jjeiwt^en, to

longweilen,
liefiaitgeln,

marry to annoy
*

medicines,
tatljfc&Iagtn,

to deliberate

to caress

tedjtfertigen,

to justify

On

the influence' which these prefixes have on the meaning of verbs

:

and Worman's Eberhard Synonym. Diet. Introduction. The prefixes Ijiitter, mi6, Boll and tnioer, when serving to compound a noun or adjective, have the primary accent.
see Johnson

f
X

%wf)U4tm and

wiflfafyren

mostly omit

ge in

the past participle.

230
Utt^eiten,
ttictffagm,

COMPOUND VERBS

INSEPARABLE.
to emulate
to gratify

to judge, criticise to prophesy

mijj> viz.

toetteifcrtt,

toriUfatyren,*

and four verbs with

mijjUIItgen, to
mijjfaaudjeit,

disapprove

Jttipeuten, to Misinterpret

to misuse, abuse

raPanbeln, to misuse, abuse

49

rable particles are treated as inseparable,

Verbs having inseparable particles compounded with sepaand have the accent on the

second syllable of the particle.f

Separable and Inseparable Compound Verbs.

with feurci>, fiber, nt, rnttcr, the prefix and the radical retain each their own peculiar and natural sense, and have the accent on the prefix ; but when they assume a figurative or metaphorical sense, they are inseparable, and have the accent on the radical syllable. In the former case, they are

150. Verbs compounded

totefcer are separable,

and

when

generally intransitive, in the latter, transitive.

EXAMPLES.
hurdjbringen, to press or force
iibe rfcfcttt,

through burd/3ringen> to penetrate

iikrfefcen, to translate

to set over (cross)

umgefjen, to associate
untcrfittyctt,

to

go under shelter

(Id)

um jjcljf n to go around, evade imtcrftcljcn, to dare

Ime&ertoten, to fetch or bring back

wiebevljolcn, to repeat

Neuter and Intransitive Verbs.

J

51.

The conjugation

of neuter

and

intransitive verbs

from that of active verbs only in the compound tenses. 1. Such as express a mere activity, a continuous state, without a change or transition of their subject fjom one state into another e. g., lebcn, to live fl^cti, to sit, form their compound tenses with fmben.
differs
; ;

f Except

* See note on preceding page. ieor|le$en, which is separable

id) jle$e fceser.

NEUTEB AND INTRANSITIVE VERBS.

231

2. Those that express a change or transition of their subject from one state into another, a motion from one place to another, e. g., fatten, to fall gefyen, to go, form their compound tenses with fcin, when the place or the manner of the motion is
;

referred

to.

153.
ftflbcta,

Exception.

They are
action
;

when a simple

is

conjugated, however, with designated, or the verb is

taken in a figurative sense e. g., 34 Bin in tic <StaW geritten, I rode {literally : I have ridden) into the city but, id) babe tai 3)fe geritten, I rode (literally : I have ridden) the horse.
;

Neuter Verb conjugated

It,

with. <2n.

to come.

INDICATIVE.

Present.

Imperfect.
First Future. First Cond.
Perfect.

34 fomme, I come, &c. 34 font, I came 34 roerbe foramen, I shall come 34 wurbe foramen, I should come 34 &*** gefommen, I have come
fcu
fcift

come come Wir ftnb gefommen, we have come tfyr fcit> (@ie finto) gefommen, you have come fie fmt gefommen, they have come Pluperfect. 34 ttm* gefommen, I had come bit rcarft gefommen, thou hadst come er war gefommen, he had come tir toaren gefommen, we had come ttyr waret (<3ie tuaren) gefommen, you had come fie toaren gefommen, they had come Second Fut. 34 roerbe gefommen fcin, I shall have come Second Cond. 34 wurbe gefommen fcin, I should have come
gefommen, thou hast
er
tft

gefommen, he has

Note.
voice
;

Neuter and intransitive verbs. have, in German, no passive but some of them occur impersonally.

1 53.

A number of transitive verbs, with a causative signification,

by a change or modification of the

are derived from intransitive verbs

::

::

: : ::

: :

232

NEUTER AND INTBANSrnVE VERBS.

radical vowel ; e. g., ftjjert, to sit ; fefcen, to set. When intransitive these verbs are irregular and form their compound tenses with fetn. hut when transitive they are regvla/r and form their compound tenses with fjabcn.

Intransitive.
einfctylafen,

Transitive
einfcf)lijfern,

and regular

to fall asleep

to put or lull asleep

ertrtnfen,
fafyren,

to

be drowned

ertranfntf to
fufiren,

drown

to drive: to fall:

to guide to
fell

fatten,
ftiepett,

fallen,

to flow: to

ftbpen,

to float
to

(jangen,

hang
sound
:

liingcn,

hang up

lauten, to
licgen,

to lie

faugen, to

suck

ring the bell legen, to lay, to put faugettr to suckle

lauten, to

fdjttimmen, to
finfen,
fifcen,

swim

fdjrocmmen, to
fenfen,
ftfcen,

bathe horses

to sink to sit

to (make) sink to
set,

to place

fprmgen, to leap, to

jump, to

burst,

fprengtn, to

break open, to blow up,

to crack
trinfen,

to gallop
ttanfm, to
erf$tenben, to
raiigcn,

to drink

vanish nuegen, to weigh, to be of weight Also: fie Jen to stand

erf<nunben, to
freigen,

water waste to weigh, to ascertain weight

jtetten,

to put upright to raise, to enhance

to

mount

fteigern,

Note. The intransitive verbs, lauteiti form their compound tenses with f)abcn.

faugen, fle$en, trinfen,

and

nriegen,

Eeflexive Yevlos.

1 54. Nearly every transitive verb may be changed into a reflexive verb, but there are also a great many verbs used only as reflexives, which in English are expressed by the These verbs govern active or passive voice of simple verbs. the reflexive pronoun in the accusative ; e. g., 3<ty 9etco|ne Reflexive verbs form their commicfo, I accustom myself. pound tenses with baben.

155.
ive

Exception

1.

The following verbs require the reflex:

pronoun to be in the dative

REFLEXIVE VERBS.
anmafjen, to
au6itten, to

233
to flatter one's

fid)
fid)

usurp

fid)

fdmteidjeln,

request fid) einfcilDen, to imagine, fancy fid) Me greitjett ne^men, to take the liberty fidj getraueit, to dare fid) serfdjaffen, to procure

self
fid)

sjowefynen, to

take the resoone's

lution,

make up
ttyun,

mind
one's

fid) ttorftetlen, fid)

to imagine
to hurt

te|e

self

156. Exception 2. Whenever neuter verbs, generally conjugated with fctn, in compound tenses, are used reflexively with an adjective, they form their compound tenses with fmfccn instead ; e. g., ftcf> Mjtn reiten, to ride one's self
to make one's self lame by riding e. g., ft$> miiDe run one's self tired, to make one's self tired, by running (also used for incessant walking). The German language abounds in such elliptical expressions, in which titcd)Ctt is understood to refer to the adjective employed

lame,

i. e.,

laufen, to

thus

3#)

We

mid) lafjm geritten, is equivalent to,

id) tjafo

mid)

tmrd) reiten laljm

Qcmatfyt, or the adjective

;

may be

converted
arteiten:

into a
fid)

noun preceded by JU

thus, instead of

fid) tofct

ju %.obt arMten.

157. The
man

following phrases illustrate the use of Ger-

reflexive verbs

33emuf)ett <Ste ft($, take

the pains.

(Men @ie
<3ie
fyat

ftc& nid)t tie fMlje,

feljr

do not
is

fae the trouble.

ft<$

tierctoert,

she

quite altered.

Qai
Ter
3d)

SBetter antcrte ftcj>,

the weather changed.

SBtnfc wirb fl(^ legett,

roerfce

the wind will cease. I shall go to Paris.

ttttd nctd) s Paria Bcgeicn,

jtcfr

Serufen <3ie
3d)
SBir
entfjatfe
fitf)len

auf mid), appeal to me.

tf<^ tea SBetneS, I abstain from wine.

we feel happy. the door opened. Sfte^men <3ie ficfc in 3Id)t, take care. "Lit <5ad)e vntyatt jic& fo, that is the way the matter stands. @ie jerftreuten fic&, they dispersed.

nnS

gtMid),

Die f)ure

bffnet ft<$,

SBente &ic& an ten $Bnig, apply (address thyself) to the king.

@te radjen fi^ an enemies.

iren geinten,

they revenge themselves on their

234

REFLEXIVE VERBS.

Conjugation of a Eeflexive Verb.

<5uf) freuen, to rejoice.
Infinitive.

Participle.
fid)

Pres.

$d>
fid)

freuen,

to rejoice to have

freuent,

rejoicing

Perf.

gefreut %<&vx,

fid)

gefreut potent,

having re-

rejoiced
Sing,
rejoice

joiced
Imperative.

frcuc

fcid>,

Plur.

freuet

end), or freuen

<Sie

(thou)
Present.
id) frcuc

ftdj, rejoice (ye)

Imperfect.
id) freute

imd), I rejoice
ftdj

nttd>, I rejoiced
feid>

bu

frcuft fcid>

fcu freuteft

cr frcut

er freute fid>
rotr freuten

wir freuen
iljr

mt

utt

freut

eud>

tr freutet

eud>

(Sie freuen ftdj

fie

@ic

freuten ftd>

freuen fl<t>
id) tyafo

fa freuten fidj

Per/,

mid> gefireut, I have rejoiced, etc. mid) gefreut, I had rejoiced, etc. First Fut. id) tcerBe mid) freuen, I shall rejoice, etc. Sec. Fut. id) werie midj gefreut ftaben, I shall have rejoiced, etc. First Cond. id) ftwrte mid) freuen, I should rejoice, etc. Sec. Cond. id) ttmrbe mid) gefreut $akn, I should have rePluperf.
id) J)atte

joiced, etc.

Impersonal Verbs,

158. The subject of impersonal verbs is, as in English, the personal pronoun of the third person, singular number, c regnet, it rains ; c fdjneit, it snows, etc. neuter gender, as
:

Note.

The auxiliary verb werben like the English verb to grow, helps
;

an incipient state. Thus in speaking of the weather it grows fait; it grows late, e totrt fpn't. This indication of an incipient state is also extended to such expressions as ti ifl mir u6tl, I feel sick, and to denote the incipient state of those situations we say, <&i ttirt mir iifcel, or mir Wirt) vitlt I am growing (getting) ill. By the same analogy, tnd fetltt means to be agreed, to be unanimous ; (Sin3 tnerficni to agree, to become unanimous.
to denote
cold, zi tnirS

; :

IMPEBSONAL VERES.

235

Conjugation of an Impersonal Verb,

Present.

Imperfect.
1st

S3 S3

regnet, it
|"d)tteite,

rains

it

snowed
will freeze
it

Future.

1st Conditional.

S3 S3

tuirb frieren, it
tt>urt>e

bonnem

would thunder

S3 I)flt geMifct, ft has lightened Pluperfect. S3 fyattt gefyctgelt, it had hailed 2nd Future. S3 ttrirD gctagt fyabcu, it will have dawned 2nd Conditional S3 tiriri) gctt)aut J?afc en, it would have thawed
Perfect.

139.
1.

2%ere

is,

there are, there was, there were, etc., are

:

rendered in the following manner

YiThen expressing a definite existence, or

when

a circum-

scribed distinct place or space is added,

feitt.

by cS and the verb

Like the English to be, fcin serves merely as a copula, while the noun following it becomes a predicate, and is in the same case as the subject i. e., in the nominative ; e. g., S3 ift citt SKann braujj en, there is a man outside. Exception. In the interrogative form, e is omitted ; e. g., Is there a bird in this cage ? t|t cin 33oget in btefem $iiftg ?
;

2.

When

expressing an indefinite existence, no distinct place

being mentioned, use C and the verb gel) en with the noun
following, as the object of the sentence, in the accusative e. g., S3 gicbt (or gibt) rotfjen unt> roetfjen 2Bcin, there is red and

white wine.

160.
With

The following impersonal verbs

the Accusative.

are also Teflexive

the Dative.

With
(3 ant mir, I

3 baud)t mid), it seems

e3 biinft midj, it
e3 burflet mtdj, I

to

appears to

me me

forbode
to

t$ Begegnet mir, it
e3
bciitdjt

am thirsty. ti freut mid), I am glad (rejoice) e3 frtert mid), I am cold e$ Ijungert mid), I am hungry
ti jammert mid), I pity
e3 reur mid), I

mir,

happens methinks
nauseate
it

me

e8

cfelt
foiflt

mir, I

e3
ei

mir

eitt,

occurs to

me

gefoillt

mir, I

am
I

pleased

e8 gelingt mir, I ti
t|t
Jt.

succeed
f
)

repent

mir Wb,
l

e3 fdjaubert mid), I e3 fdjlofert mid), I t3 fd)merjt mid), I 3 wrbricjjt mid), I

shudder

e3
ti

tt)ut
i(t

mtr

!.

Ictb,

am

sleepy

mtr warm, I
mir

... am sorry J for it am warm

T I

grieve

am vexed

e3

e3 vnlangt mid), I desire

rooljt, I feel well fommt mir or, it seems to me c3 liegt mtr Diel barcm, it is important

li

ifl

to

me

236
With
the Accusative.

THE ADVEBBS.
With
the Dative.

d
eS
e$

e$ fragt

am giddy a question ti ttirb mir iibel, I feel sick toad feljlt 3$nen ? what is the matter fdjicft fid), it is proper with you? scrfie^t fid), (it isa matter) of course
Humbert mid), I
fid),

wonder

e$ fd)tt>inbeft mir, I

it is

Note.

<S.i

may be omitted and tiie reflexive pronoun precede the verb

mir
cfclt,

thus, mtdj

biinft,

etc.

is

161.

rather poetical construction

to place the sub-

ject after the verb,

and give to the latter the impersonal form, beginning the sentence with C e. g., @S ging cirt 3<*0Cr turd) ten SBafo, there went a hunter through the woods.
;

163. The impersonal passive form is used to avoid denning or pointing out the subject ; e. g., @3 tttt& in T;cut|"d)s lanl tcl S3icr getrunlen, (or man trtnft iel 33ter in eutfd)Iant>), there is much beer drank (i. e. people drink much beer) in Germany.
Adverbs.

163. In German,
manner, place, time,
are indeclinable,
sition,

as in English, adverbs modify the sig-

nification of verbs, adjectives, or other adverbs,

quality, quantity,

and formed,

either

and denote They by derivation or compocomparison, etc.

from almost every other part of speech.

"Comparison of Adverbs.

164.

The adverbs

of

are susceptible of comparison.

of adverbs are the

manner, quality, and time only, The positive and comparative

of adjectives,* but, in the

same as those

superlative, instead of the simple article the preposition an is

contracted with the definite article into

am

(an tern)

e. g.,

am

fdibnjkn-.

165.
may be
(see

If the comparative is to express excellence or eminence, it

1. by using the simple or absolute form of the superlative No. 26) e. g., cr Mtret $iif[i(J)j}, he asks very politely ; 2. by adding to the simple form the ending tnS ; e. g., cr Iajjt fie ieftenS flritgen, he sends you Ms most sincere regards 3. by exchanging the preposition nn for auf (which contracted with the article gives oitfS = <uif ba8), or for

done

(contracted }Uttt.= ju bem) ; e. g., er grugt ie aufg his regards in the most friendly manner.
* See No.

$er$Iid)fte,

he sends you

2.

THE ADVERBS.

237

166.
Positive.
foot)!/

Irregular Comparison of Adverbs.

Comparative.
Seffcr,

well

better
'

am
{ 1

6eften,

6nK>. soon

JW
t

et

Uoner
f

om
am am

e^eflcn,

e$er,

fcalbigfl,

or auf$ tefte, the soonest very soon

best

gem,*

willingly,

Hrier, better
ofter,

Iie6|len,

oft often
feljr

oftener

very
evil
arger,
mtfjx,

iibef

worse

the oftener, (most often) $8<$|1, augerftf extremely am argjlen, the worst
f)aufig|"tm,

bid/

much
J
(

more
{.

am
(

meiften,

most
theleast
.

toeing, little

minb "'
wemger,

less

(amminb^en,l

am

roeiugfien, roenigften,

167, A number of adverbs of time and place are converted into ADJECTIVES denoting the particular circumstances of time and place, by affixing the syllable ig, and, like other adjectives, are declined, but do not admit of comparison ; e. g. :
fcalbig,
fceiltig,

prompt

bamalig, of that time

jejig,

$tefig,

of to-day of the place

of yesterday

present

einftweilig,

ad interim
to-morrow

geftrig,

ntorgenb, of

The adverbs fcet and Ijttt, and the numerous parcompounded with them (e. g., fyerein, |inein, etc.), must be carefully distinguished. f&tv and its compounds denote motion towards the speaker, while I) in and its compounds
ticles

16S.

denote motion away from the speaker ; e. g., .Stommen @tc jb* ju mix Ijerauf, come at once to me up-stairs. efyen ic 311 i^m hituuf, go up-stairs to him.
fort

1 69.
tive particle

Adjectives and adverbs are negated

uti/

by

prefixing the nega&c.

;

answering to the English un,

;

din,

lingly

ungttn, wiwillingly

gliictli$,

happy

e. g.,

gem, wil-

unglittf ti$,

chappy.

Adverbs of time precede other adverbs or adverband take their place after the subject and the verb, but when an adverb or adverbial expression begins the sentence, the verb precedes the subject (see No. 199,4).
ial

170.

expressions,

* Sent/

Iiekr,

in English,

am Iiebften correspond to I like, I like better, 1 and are mostly used in connection with a verb, as
f

like best,
:

3$

laufe

gem, I like to run

id)

fa^re

liefcer,

I like better to ride, &c.

238

CONJUNCTIONS.

Conjunctions.

In German, conjunctions exert a great influence on the position of the verb. We divide them into the following three classes 1. the co-ordinative, 2. the adverbial, and 3. THE SUBOKDINATIVE CONJUNCTIONS. 173. The Co-ordinatire Conjunctions (list on p. 149) serve merely as links to sentences, and exert no influence on the position of the verb e. g., 3d) IjaBe ilm gefjott, abet id) fjafce U)tt ntdjt gefe^ett, I have heard him, but I have not seen him. 1 73. The Adverbial Conjunctions (list on p. 149), when beginning a sentence or clause, require the subject to be placed
:

171.

after the verb

or predicate

e. g.,

mid; ju fdjtagen,

fca3 roar Unrcd)t, it is

^voav Ijatte cr Stedjt, afcer (aflein) true that he was right, but

to beat
Werfce

wrong. 3t)r SRcffe Ijot mid) ttid)t Beja^It, folQltcf> your nephew has not paid me, consequently I shall sue him, 174. The Subordinate Conjunctions (list on p. 150) [both pimple and compound], if they begin the sentence, require the verb governed by them to be placed at the end of the
i^
tljn

me was

yertlagen,

first clause,

and the second

2tl
first

clause to begin with the verb followed

by the

'subject ; e. g.,

id) tljn juerjt

$nak, when I

knew him, he was

f tinnte, ttmr er nod) still a boy.

ein

Eelative Conjunctions.
1
the

75.

become
SBann,

All adverbs of interrogation, in indirect questions,* relative conjunctions, and require the verb to be placed at

end of the clause. when totffiaV),

Such are
wherefore

wte,

ttantm,

why

roefswegm,

nriesiel,

how how much

&c.

ttielange,
too,

how long

where

and

all

the compounds of mo as

ItJCljCr, tuoijin,

Ex. <Sagen <3ie mir, too can find him ?

at

id) tfyn

treffen f ami,

tell

me, where I
ift

man Mr nidjt fagen wolfen, ttmrum er nid)t gefommen would they not tell you, why he did not come ?

Direct questions, placed in dependence on a preceding verb, become and require the verb to be at the end of the clause ; e. g., SBeifjt bu, roer bieS gefagt Ijat ? Indirect question : 3Bcr ljat oxti gefagt ?
indirect,

; ;

THE CONJUNCTIONS.

239

1 76.
1.

<tt6er,
i

uHttn, foitbera, but.

do not always place the sentences in apposition to each 2. Wllctn, ) other i. e., they are disjunctive, but attt may also be copulative. 9Hier and oUeilt are used indifferently, if the antecedent does not contain a negation; e. g., 3d) mod)te btefeS $(m faitfen, obcr (or nllctn) id) $aoe fetn @eft>, I would like to buy this house, but I have no money but when the second clause has its own subject and verb use after, even after a negation e. g , <r ifl nod) nifljt eingettoffen, abtt er toirb gerotfj fom men, he has not yet arrived, but he will surely come. 3. Sonbern is disjunctive, and is used only when a decided contradiction of a statement denied in the antecedent clause is to be made
916 cr,
; ;

9-, Ulidjt <m$ Skit, fonicrn auS &aji gegen feincn egner fytt er bteS getan, not out of love for the cause, but out of hatred to his opponent, has he
done
it.

(when, as, then, but). 1. At the beginning of a clause or sentence signifies when, if followed by the verb in the Imperfect or Pluperfect tense e. g., When I told it to him, all id) t$ im fagte; when he
;

177. TO

had

finished his exercise, olg er feine Stufgaoe neenbet tyatte. 2. It answers to than or as, after an adjective in the comparative, or after fo or cficnfo followed by an adjective ; e. g., John is taller than my brother, Sotyann
if} griifjer alfS

ntein SBruber;

he knows

it

just as well as you,

er faim ti cficnfo gut

aB

bu.
;

e. g., She shall Bay 3. It answers to but after an adverb of negation nothing but the truth, fie foil ntdjtS oIS bte SBaljrtyeit fagen. 4. It may denote quality or condition; e. g., He acted as a man, er

^anbelte

aU

3Wann.
participle is

used in English instead, e. g., Standing (. e., as I stood) by the window, alS id) flnt Senfter flanb ; but, if a simultaneous action is spoken of, the participle present is rendered by inficm e. g., Stretching out his arm, he cried, intent er feinen Slrm auSftrectte, fd)tte er.
of the conjunction as, followed

Note.

Sometimes the present

by a past tense

178. a
$a6e, fo roerbe
id)

(as,

since) denotes a reason or cause ;

e.

g.,

$a

id)

Sett

ge^en,

as I have time, (therefore) I shall go.

1 79.
ymous, but
mid) gleid;

>6nletdj, oBfdjon, ODfoofjl (though, although), are all

OUfllcid) is

synon-

most frequently employed. They are generally divided when one, two or even more monosyllables follow e. g., ofi id)
;

frette,

or

ouflfctdj id) nttd) freue,

although

am glad. When they

;

begin a sentence, the following member corresponds to them by means of the conjunctions Soil), Jcnnod), or similar particles as, Scinunqcadjfcf, notwithstanding that ; majtSbefiorucmaer, nevertheless e. g., D6fd)on er nod) jung ifl, $at er bod) fdjon graueS aar, although he is still young, yet
;

lie

has already gray hair

oo

er gletd)

alt

tft,

fo at er

nidjtg&cftotocniger

240
ben sbfligen eiraud) fewer perfect use of his

THE CONJUNCTIONS.
eifteafrfiire,

although he

is old,

he has

still

the

mental
(so,

faculties.

ISO.

1.

thus, as) often serves to connect the subordinate

clause with the antecedent,

when

the sentence begins with

ba,

the con-

junctions nadjbem, obgleid), obfdjon, obtto&I, n>ei[, roenn or n>ie ; hut they need not be translated into English and may be omitted even in German e. g., %a er bii je$t nid)t gefommer. ifi, f o roerbe id) nicbt Ianger roarten, as
;

he has not yet come, I will wait no longer. Note. We might just as properly say

3d} roerbe ntt&t lunger roarten,

ba

er bii je$t nidjt

gefommcn

tft,

&c.

2.

@o

before an adjective, followed

e. g.,

by the conjunction

aitd),

answers

to however ;

grog oudj bie d)recfen beS JfriegeS feinmogen,

however

may be. Sometimes aU is inserted before audi ; angenebm alS c aud) fein mag (fo) fann id) ti bod) nid)t bifligen, however pleasant it may have been, I can nevertheless not suffer it ; or an
great the terrors of war

g 0

inversion of the sentence

e. g.,

may

take place and aud) be entirely dropped ;

id)

Slngencbm

aU

ei roar, fo fonnte

ti bod) nid)t biHigen.

181. To when correspond in German

1.
bid) ju
1 SBantt the interrogative adverb of time; e. $aufe pnbcn ? when will I find you at home 1

g.,

Sffionn roerbe

id)

2. 2Bcnn, the conjunction of time referring to events supposed to occur ;' e. g., Sffienn ber eb>er t onxmt, lop mid) tufen, when the teacher comes, call me.

Note. SBeiut is used also as a conjunction of condition answering to the English if; e. g., SBenn bu franf bift, fdjreibe mir, if you are sick, write me. When a verb in the imperfect is used with ttscnn, the rest must be in the subjunctive mood ; e. g., He would be glad, if she came,
ti ware tr>m
3.
lidr)

Iiefc,

rocnn

fie

fame.
e. g.,

%l, the conjunction of time past;

ju mir,

when I was

ill,

he came daily to

see

9U8 id) me.

franf roar, fam er tag'

183.
wise, or baft
;

But or but
else, is nid)t

that, 1. after a negative clause in

which

other-

anything
g.,

understood, with the adverb anberS, render al

anberS, o!8 baft er feine cbulben e^rlur; iejabtt, I

e.

3d)

roeijj

don't

he always pays his debts. Note. 5118 baft is also employed when jit is used in the sense of too, to indicate that a certain action spoken of is too much beyond probability to take effect e. g., The news was too good to be believed, bie 9Jad)rid)t roar ju gut, alg bag man fte glau6en fonnte. 2. But after an excluding negation is rendered ofjlic baft e. g., Not a

know but

(that)

moment
an Sit
1

passes, but I think of you,

nidjt

eine SDiiimtc ergebt, ofjltc baft id)

benfe.

rDttnn are frequently uBed without discrimination one for the other; so are benn and bann. enn is properly used only as a confunction of cause bann as an adverb of time.

SBknn and

NUMBER OF NOUNS.

241

Additional Remarks on the

Number
in

of Nouns.

183. There

are a great
of

many nouns

German which, from

their signification, cannot be used in both numbers.

While some

them have no

singular form, others

are without a plural form.

1.
a.
fcaS oft),
tier

Nouns

that are used only in the Singular are

of Materials, as
:

The names
honey

the gold

tai $upfer, the copper bag Srot, the bread, etc.

onig, the

Remark. Some names of materials have a plural form when different kind of the same material are referred to
e. g.,

Me

SSeine

(the)

wines,

i. e.,

the different kinds of

wine.
6.
fcer

Abstract Nouns, as

<Sd)taf,

(the) sleep

Me

Siefce,

(the) love

Mr

hunger, (the)

hunger

tic Sttgenb,

the youth, etc.

Remark.

Notice that
Me Me

are used without the article, this

2.
tie Slfmen,

while in English abstract terms is not the case in German.

:*

Nouns

that have only a plural form are

efdjroifter,

the ancestors

children of one

Me Me Me

Seinfletter,

the trowsers

family (brothers
ftoflen

and sisters).
the costs,

(pair of pantaloons)
Sinfiiitfte,

or

Unfoften,

the revenues

expenses
tie Sete,f

tie Sftern,

the parents the vacation, holi-

(the) people

Serien,

days
Me SBorfatjrert, the ancestors Me ekuter, (a mercantile term) the brothers
*

Me Me

SKafern, Swollen,

the measles
the

whey
(pranks)

tie Sftfinfe,

the

tricfcs

Me Irummer, the ruins

tie

ntppen, the troops

sometimes used. a very indefinite manner
beings, are designated

Tiai Seinflcib, bex

2$orfatyr(e), bcr

Sruppe, are

t Seute expresses the plural of persons in without regard to class, species, or sex.

Human

by

3Kenfcljen

the male sex

by

-Wanner, etc.

We must say Unmenfdjen,

but

not Unleute. Thus also married men.

fityeleute

means married

people and Sjjemamier,

242

NUMBER OF NOUNS.
also the following
:

lie gajlen,

Sie Djlern,

!DttS

Whitsuntide Christmas 3. Masculine and-Neuter Nouns* implying quantity, weight, or measure, when preceded by a numeral, and followed by a noun or adjective, are used only in the singular form and are put in apposition with the nouns following, as Sucf), a quire (of paper) ; e. g., fiinf 93ttcf> papier, five quires
(the)
tie $fmg|ten, (the)
tie

Lent

(the) Easter

SBetynacMen, (the)

of paper.
ujjenb, a dozen ; e. g., ier &ugen& Safdjentiufyr, four dozen handkerchiefs, er gu|j, a foot ; e. g., jmci 3fu# (not giifje) tang, two feet long. >a3 SWal, time, repetition ; e. g., ein ffftal, once ; jroet fUlcrf,

Da3

twice, etc. !Da3 9>aor,f a pair

;

e.

<?.,

bret

^Jrtor triimpfe, three pair of

SJ&fMitfc ontg,

stockings.
!Da3 $funb, a

pound
;

e. g., ad)t

eight

pounds of

honey.
T)tv

3oK, an inch

e.g.,

neim

5$i>ll

fireit,

nine inches broad.

84. Compound words ending in SKanrt, change this ending in the plural to Scute, when the substantive implies a
person without special regard to sex, as
ber
;
:

Simtmann, the sheriff pi. tie Stmtleute. pi. bic gcellcute. ber Slelmaim, the nobleman ber Jpanbefemnmi, the tradesman pi. tie cmbeUlcute. ber tofmann, the merchant pi. tic $au[leute.
; ;

however, the term is to express a distinction of the regular form Scanner is used, as er (Brntann, the husband (married man) ;pl. bie Stjemdmter. (Xte S^elcutc, married people, meaning man and wife.) er Sfjrenmann, the man of honor pi. bte Gtfyrenmdnncr. er StaatStncmn, the statesman pi. tie taatSmdrmer.
If,

sex,

* Feminine nouns and

plural
;

all

e.g., jroet Stten Xvi),

two

those which express time are used in the ells or yards of cloth; brei 3a$re \an$i

for three years.

t 9>oar also signifies few;
e. g., tin

9)a tunben, a few hours.

GENDER OF SUBSTANTIVES.

243

Gender of Substantives.

Rem This

German grammar is unfortunately so reduce to general and precise rules, that the student can be successful in learning the genders of nouns, only by a careful study of the foUowing rules, and a constant attention to the article belonging to each noun, and noting its gender.
part of
difficult to

185. In German,
also

the gender of a substantive is not, as in English, determined merely by the signification, but

by the

endings.

The names
either

of inanimate things,
feminine,

therefore,

may be

masculine,

or

NEUTER.

186.

MASCULINE
1.

by

SIGNIFICATION.

Appellations of Males, as

kcr Sftann,

the

man

ier SBroe,
fcer

the lion

icr $aifer,

the emperor
Note.
2.

2Mer, the eagle

Diminutives* are always neuter.

Celestial and Infernal Beings, and

Names of

Planets, as
ber Sngct,
tier

Seufel,

the angel the devil

bcr SDlottb,

ber tent,

the moon the star

EXCEPTIONS.
bit @onne,f the sun &ie Srbe,f the earth

In

German

nearly all substantives

leirt.

may be formed
in
c

into diminutives

drop this letter in the diminutive form, and those containing the vowels a, t>, modify it. The diminutives are used not only to express smallness of Bize, but also affection, and in some cases oddity, as, Wlam, SHanndjen; Xoc&ter, ii($terlein; See also Lesson III. 89aum, Sauradjcn; $unfc, $iinbd)en.
affixing <m or

by

Nouns ending

t See

189.

244
3.

GENDER OF SUBSTANTIVES.

Names of Seasons, Months, Days, Points of the Compass, Winds, and Stones, as
:

ber ber
ber

ommer, summer Sanuar, January greitag, Friday

ber Storb (en), (the ber

ber

north) antum, the Simoom Eiomant, the diamond

EXCEPTIONS.
bttfi

3a$r, the year,

and

its

compounds,

e. g.,

ba grit^r, spring.

187r-MASCXJLINE by TEEMINATION.
1.

Nouns ending
and lingf, as

in

en* (not

d;en),

ig,

u$, ing,

ber artCtt, ber

t,er

the garden $imtg, the king $firft#, the peach

ber Sftegett,
ber

the rain faring, the herring ber iinffttttg, the favorite

EXCEPTIONS.
fea
fcaS
23ct!en,
Sifett,

the basin

ta%

the iron Sullen, the foal,

ha& dad

Safen, the sheet

Scfjcn,

the

fief

fca SSSappen, the escutcheon

fca8 $if[en,the cushion, pillow fca 3"d)i, the sign

bad $itlg, the thing
2.

fcae JSReffmg, the brass

in ee

Five Nouns ending

ber ber

ber ^ajfee, ber

the coffee

@d)ncc, the

snow
the lake

fyee, the tea

Mitt, the clover

ber <5ee,J

188. FEMININE
1.
bie
bie

by

SIGNIFICATION.
Stmme, the nurse

Appellations of Females, as
bie

grau, the

woman
maid

Snngfrau, the

bie $atfertn,

the empress

EXCEPTIONS.
fcaS
28ett>,

the wife,

woman

fca grauenjtmmer, a female person

3.

* Infinitives used substantively are neuter, see 190. f See Third Declension, j 2>ie ee, the sea, has no plural See 197.

GENDER OF SUBSTANTIVES.
2.

245
as:

Names of Trees, Fruits, Plants, and Flowers,

tie spflcmje,

Me gt$e, the oak tie 33irne, the pear

Me

Silte,

the plant the lily

EXCEPTIONS. bit 2lfyont, the maple btt Jpottunber, the elder tree btt 2IpfeI, the apple bet SBai^olter, the juniper bet Soum, the tree 4>a8 SBergigmeinnti^t, the forgetbet glieter, the lilac me-not bet oMacf, the wall-flower
3.

Me

IDottau,

the

The Names of Rivers, as Danube Me (Spree, the Spree

EXCEPTIONS. bet Wain, the Main for Sa spfata, the La Plata bet aJIifjtfftppi, the Mississippi b$t Dljio, the Ohio bet SMiffouri, the Missouri bet Sttjein, the Rhine

189

FEMININE
1.

by

TERMINATION.
in c
:

Nouns ending

(not

ee)

not having the

Pbefix (Be, as
tie trajje,

the street

Me
tie

filfe,

the help

Me

'Siefce,

(the) love

Sre, the

honor

EXCEPTIONS.
fca 2Iuge, the eye
fca Snte, the

&0
bet

Srfce,

the inheritance

end

Ra\t, the

cheese

Note.

Words

like ame, cannot of course

come undei

this rule, as their original

ending

is en.

2.

Nonas ending
fccit,

in one of

the Affixes ci

(ety),

f cit, ad?t, fc^flft, 4>t, Mttg, nib or

Uttft, as

Me
tie

<Sdjmetc&elei, flattery

btc
tie

23tt$t, the

bay

Srei^cit,

freedom
kindness, affa-

Stdjtmtg, esteem

tie greuntltdjf tit,

tie

euul&, patience
the arrival

bility
tie

tie SlnfUttft,

Sreuntf^oft, friendship

246

GENDER OF SUBSTANTIVES.

190
bai a, the
2.

NEUTER
1.

by

SIGNIFICATION.
as
bat
9JJ,

The Letters of the Alphabet,

the

A
The

M
wood

Naizes of Metals and Materials, as

bai oIj, the

bai oft), the gold

EXCEPTIONS.
feie

fhilna, platina
steel
3.

feet

Somkcf, pinchbeck

bet <Bta%

feet 3inf, zinc

:

Infinitives and Adjectives used as Nouns, as

bai Stau&en,

smoking

bai Sitter, the bitter

bag SrinfCB, drinking bai <3d)&ne, the sublime, beautiful

4.

Collective Nouns, especially those with the

Prefix
bai e(infce, domestics

C,

as: bai
Sielj,

the cattle

bai efctrge,the chain of moun- bai 25oK, the people

tains

EXCEPTIONS.
bet efiraucf), the use bet efcanfe, the thought bet eljaft, the salary bet e^orfam, obedience bet emij) the enjoyment bet erud), the smell bet efang, the song bet efdjmatf, the taste
,

bie biz hie bie bie

efcertie,

the gesture

the birth efcu|r, the tax efaljr, the danger

efrurt,

tie emeinie, the parish

efd)id)te,

history

fete ffdjioulft,
fete eftalt,

the tumor

the form, shape

feer eftanf, the

bet

etoinn, the

stench gain

fete eroaft, feie ctulr,

the power patience

191.NEUTER
1.

by

TERMINATION.
let jj, as
:

Diminutives in d>en and

httle son

bai

B^r^en, the
2.

bai

Saum<^e, the

little

tree

NOUnS FORMED WITH THE AFFIXES

and
ntfj, as

fel, fttl, ttl,

tfiutw,

GENDEB OP SUBSTANTIVES.
has 9t&tjW, the

247

enigma

iai g^riftenf&Uttt, Christianity bai SSiintHttfe, the alliance

tas dncffal, fate lai Witttl, the remedy,

means

Bag 2$erdlttti$, the relation

EXCEPTIONS, t
btv
Sic
bit gmpfangnijj, conception bit grfenntnijj, perception btt 3rrtum, the mistake, error bit firtaubnijj, the permission btt 9teid)fljum, the wealth bit grfparnif, savings btv 2Sad)2tt)um, the growth bit gaulntjj, the putrefaction bit SSeBrimgnifj, grievance feie ^enntntg, knowledge fctc Sefummerntfj, sorrow &ie 23ert>ammnifj, damnation &ic Seforgmfj, apprehension bit SSerfautnnijj, the omission,
tbpfel,
SriiSfal,

the stopper the sorrow

bit bit

Setriibnijj , affliction

SSewanfcnijj;

condition

delay bit SBt&ntfj, the wilderness

Exercise on the Gender of Nouns.*

SBoIf.
23&r.
Sftenfd).

gran.
5Ulai.

?Wonb.

Sonne.
Stnah.
Sifcn.

Seufel.

tern.

grte.

#a$n.
gitflen.

enne.
grityjafyr.

SKontag.

oe.
Sftegen.

iamant.
oil),

arren.

SaljrljunBert.
tfiffen.

tlfier.

Safen.

Sefcn.

unfiling.
gicfye.

Sungfrau.
State.
2tuge.
ttjum.

%%om.

Spree.

onait.

Sftjein.

Sftljone.

$bntg.

Jparing.

d)nee.

ta^t.

greunbfdjaft.
Slnfunft.

Stcbe.
Sftetdy

5Bacf)ijolt>er.

3$ee.

ante.

elmls.

gmpfangntfj.
grauletn.
Silte.

eburt.
SSJlfodjen.

enujj.
2Id}tung.
Sftler.

0taud)en.
d)metd)elct.

cbtrge.
9)ftr*

ijfndjen.
fldj.

3eic6en.

tern.

amen.
SritbfaL
unt> 53.

SKonb.

Slmme.
topfel.

ee.

SBappen.

grefljett.

.Sdjtimg.

Seden.
g^re.

SBaumctjen.

Siintmlfj.

grfparmfj.
ijttffaf.

21

ebufo.
Wlit*

Sombacf.
tel.

Seforgntfj.
SSteb,.

fflktystyum.
tfenntntjj.

grtaubntjj.

3inf.

Sritbfal.

efefyntacf.

ebtrge.
efafyr.

Sergtfjmefnntdtf.

SWatn.

ajerptntfj.

greunbltdjfot.

Srrt^utn.

9tafp.

ouunber.

* Let the pupil determine the gender of each noun,

Qsrfemutufj, erfparnijj, SJerberimfj, f Xriftfal, Sefiimmermjj, (Empfansmfj, SSerfaumnijj are also neuter sometimes.

and

248

GENDEB OF SUBSTANTIVES.

Gender of Compound Substantives.

193.
fcer

Compound Substantives take the gender

last

of their

component* as
\
(

Atntyof

bo?* k

and bet

f ^> yard
or,

cn
\
3

the churchyard. J

***
a.

S*C
EXCEPTIONS.
tie
ocf)muty,

**

their last

The following words are feminine, although component is masculine :

Sangmut^, forbearance

Me Me

Sfnmutfy,
Slrmutlj,

grace

poverty

tie emuttj,

humihty
generosity
Note.

tie rojjmutlj,

Me anftmuti meekness tic d)ermut|, melancholy Me SBe^mut^ sadness

haughtiness.

Other words compounded with mut$ are masculine;

also

e. g., tier

b.

The following words

2HJ|"d)eu

deviate from the

general rule

bet
8>ie

(Me @d)eu), abhorrence

fteunauge (ta3 2luge), the

2Intoort (iai SBort),

lamprey

&ie

ba& io8

egent^eil

}
[

the answer ( the reverse

fca ^intertieil
Sorfcertfyeil

(terSfytlm the hind part ' the fore part

Double Gender.
1

93.

The following nouns, written and pronounced

:

alike,

change their signification with their gender &a$ Sank, the ribbon, bond feet 23cmt>, the binding of a book or a volume
* In French the gender of compound nouns component, f Sometimes also neuter.
is

determined by the first

GENDER OF SUBSTANTIVES.

249

bet 33auer, the peasant, farmer bet iBurtC, league, confederacy bet Sfyor, the chorus bet Srbe, the header etjjel, the hostage bet aft, the hold, clasp bet Jparj, the Hercynian Mts. bet ctbe, the heathen
fcer ut,

ba$ Sauer * the cage &0 33uitt>, the bundle ba$ Glt)or, the choir
fenfi
firfce,

bie

etfjel,
Jpaft,

the inheritance the scourge the rosin

the heath

bie

the custody

&a
bie Sic &ie bie bie bie
bie

Jparj,

ette,
Jput,

the hat

the jaw bet Pittite, the customer bet Setter, the conductor
feer liefer,

liefer,

the heed, pasture the Scotch fir

the ladder

$unt>e, notice, intelligence

Setter,

want bie Wart, the mark, boundary bet 9ftaft, the mast (ship) &cr 37ienjcf), the man
bet Mangel,
(the)
fecr

9ftctnge(,

the mangle

feed

SOJarf,
2fta(t,

the

marrow

fattening of cattle

bet bet bet

&ie

the rice "djtlt, the shield <3ee, the lake proflfc, sprout, scion teuer, tax, contribution
SftetS,

ba% SOtenfdj, the wench &08 SftetS, the sprig &o djtfythe sign(of a house)
bie ee, the sea (ocean) bie projfe, step of a ladder ba& teuer, the helm ba$ tlft, foundation, ba$ Sfyox, the gate &a SSerSienjt, the merit iaS SBeljr, the weir

Jxr bet bet

ttft,

the tag, peg, pencil

|or, the fool

Sertienfl, the earnings bie 2Be|r, the defence

194.The
Singular,

Double Form in the Plural. following nouns have a double form in the
;
:

plural with different significations (comp., brother plural, brothers and brethren, &c.)
Plural.
bie bie

iai Skttb, ribbon, tie

bie

Sitnbcr, ribbons

SBaitDC, ties

(bonds)

Sanf, bank,
eflftt,

bench
,

Sanfe, benches
faces

Sonfen, banks
efitfytt,

Hi

face

bie cfldjter, bie

visions

baa $orn, horn

ber Saben,

Corner, horns

$aWC, kinds of horn

Saben, shutters

shop
*

bie Siiben,

shops

Salter, cage, is also

masculine.

250
Singular.

GENDER OF SUBSTANTIVES.
Plural.
(

certain

(
)

bad Canb, land, country bad

Sidjt,

bie iinber

] 1

countries

&mtie, indefinite or vast portions of country

Sanbeteien, lands
i!id)te,

light, candle

bie Stater, lights, bie

flames

candles
ttaujjen,

bet Dtt,

place

Derter, single places

)rte>

places

bet traujj,

nosegay,

bie ttfiujier,

nosegays

ttaite,

battle, ostrich

bie Sttiiupc,

battles

ostriches
Sffiorie,

b*8 SBott,

word
Sntetelfe;

iie SBirtcr, single

words

coherent words

Note.

Dag

plural, bie 3ntere(fen

the interest, concern, advantage, has in the meaning the interest of money.

195. The following nouns have

ber ber
bet

a change of gender but

Iljeil,

not of signification or Ste Sad), the brook

or bad 8o$n, the reward, or bad Drt, the place

bet

or bad

the part, share,

wages

ber or bad Seug, the cloth, material,

trash

196.

The following nouns have a double

Singular.

form in the
:

plural,

but without a change of signification

Plural.
bie

bet Sottt,

the thorn

omen

or 2)ijtner

bad au, the country

bie atte bie

bad etsanb, the garment

or aucn ewanbe or euiinber

or f>almen

$alm, the blade (of grass) bad emb, the shirt bad Samifol, the waistcoat
ber

bie fialnte bie

emben or Member
or
ffiamtfolet

bie Jfamtfole
bie 5D?atyIe

bad 5Ka|t, the repast

bad eil, the rope, line
bet bet

or

3J?d'^Ier

bie
bie

etle or eiler

pom, the spur traud), the bush

pomen

or potcn or traudjer

bie trSitd)e

bad 26>l, the valley bad Judj, the cloth

bet

bie

ale or Xljalfr

bie Xudje

SSurm, the

worm

bie SSSittme
bie Sette

or iic$cf or SBitrmcr

bad Sell, the tent

or Seller

Formation of Feminine Appellations,

197.

Most feminine

appellations are derived from the corresponding- masculines by adding in or inn in the singular, and the plural takes en. If monosyllables, the radical vowels, a, o, n, are modified in the plural ; e. g., er raf, the count, tie rafin(n), the countess, pi. tie rafinnen, the countesses.


CONSTRUCTION.

251

Construction,

Eemaek. The German, like the Latin, admits of a great variety in the arrangement of words in sentences, thus affording great facilities for securing proper emphasis, and for
imparting to its periods the same harmonious flow for which the Latin classics are distinguished. But with all this freedom every word or member of a sentence in German takes its position according to certain definite laws of arrangement, which cannot be disregarded without great offence against euphony.
I.

198. 1. As in other languages, every simple sentence must have at least two principal parts,
1.

The Principal or Simple Sentence. a. COMMON CONSTRUCTION.

A subject,
Qui
ftinb

(noun or

its equivalent),
1

and a predicate

verb (expressed or implied).

Ex.
roeint,

the child
(unless

cries.
it signifies to exist),

Note.The verbs
become,
call)
fdjetlteit,

fcilt

to seem,

feleibeit,

to be, toerSen, to to remain, Ijei&en, to be called (not to

participle,

serve merely as the copula, while the noun, pronoun, adjective, or which follows serves as the predicate, and is put in the same
(
ifl

case as the subject (nom.) s

85,

p.

312,

I.

9, Exc).

Ex.(Eta

guter 3TCenfc

cin

nlitiflidjcr

SWenfd),

* good

man

is

happy man.
Svnolb nmrbe ein aScrrotJer traitor to his country.
fettteg

SflterfanbcS,

Arnold became a

2. If

the predicate has an

object,

the third principal part, and

is

the latter constitutes placed after the predicate.

a
letter.

Ex. Sr
1

fdjtetbt

etnen SBrief, he writes

The

subject is sometimes called the grammatical subject, and the

predicate the grammatical predicate ; the entire subject is sometimes called the logical subject, and the entire predicate, the logical predicate. ' This is the case also with any of those verbs which in the active

govern two accusatives

(p.

368,

2.)

when employed

passively.

252

CONSTBUCTION.

8. When the leading verb is used in a compound tense, the auxiliary holds the place of the predicate, and the participle or infinitive stands last in the sentence.

Ex.

SBir [jnben beinen Srtef erfjulten,

1.

we

have received your

letter.

Note

If both the infinitive and the past participle

put
last.

occur, the in-

finitive is

Ex.3$ roiirbe t$n gciobt Qafien, I should have praised him. Note 2. When the aux. is in a comp. tense, the simple tense holds

the place of the predicate, and the complement follows the leading verb.

Ex.r
4.

if!

beffen fcefd)ulbigt

toorScn,

he has been accused of

it.

the leading verb is a compound separable, the radical holds the place of the predicate, and the particle stands last in the sentence.

When

Ex.Da3

Stc&t g

auS, the light goes out.

Note. There are several phrases consisting of verbs and nouns, some of which are accompanied by prepositions or adjectives, in which the noun is made to serve the part of a separable particle of a compound verb, and occupies also the same place. They are
SI($t geien,
ft ft

to

pay or give attention 1

Erofc Helen, to

bid de6ance

fatten,

to hold fast

umg Seben
ju ju

(mngen, to kill

run a risk grant a hearing $itlfe teiflen, to render aid U18 2Berf ft|jen, to execute 9latlj gefcen, to advise jlttT ftefan, to stand still
efaljr laufen, to

urn 9taty fragen, to

ask advice

efySr geien, to

runbe

geljen,

to perish
to ruin

runbe rtdjten,

;u l>utfe fommen, to
ju SRittctg effen, to ju tanbe bringen,

come to the aid dine to accomplish

part

erge

ttagen, to

take care

ju Sfait werben, to fall to one's

5. When there are two objects in a sentence, that of the person precedes that of the thing.

Ex.3d)
Note.
6.

fa&e tntincm Sruticr einen SBrief brother a letter.

gefdjrieben,

have written my
18).

Notice that the personal object

roerbe

is

in the Dative (comp.

When

both objects are persons, the accusative precedes

31jrcn

the dative.

Ex.Si)
>

o?n

nteinem friend.

Sreunbe

etnyfc^Ien, I

shall recom-

mend your

son to

my

Compare French, faira

attention, (to

make

attention).

CONSTRUCTION.

253

Exceptions.
1.

When
it

place

one of the two objects before the noun.

ratr
etnetl

is

a personal pronoun,
Mr. Schulze has paid

Ex.$>err Stfjulje $at me u visit.

2.

3Bt|u$ aogeftattet,

When

syllabic
labic,

both objects are personal pronouns, the monoone is placed first (1.) ; but if both are monosyl1

the accusative precedes

(1.)

(2.)

e. g.,

Ex.

<r fyttte eg

3$nen
mir

gef$ric6ett,

(2.) SInna $at fie

gelieljett,

he had written it (to) you. Anna has lent them (to) me.

7. Adverbs and adverbial expressions of place and manner are placed, (1.) immediately before the participle,

when the verb stands when the verb is used

are placed
last.
Ija&ett

in a

compound

tense

but,

(2.)

in a simple tense, such adverbs

Ex. (1.) Sir

(2.) ffltr

bai fiinb

tifjerafl

gefudjt,

we have we

looked

(for)

the child everywhere.

erfittfm unfere
9>fli<ijt

out ^reitben,

fulfil

our duties

8. Adverbs of time and adverbial expressions of time are generally placed, (1.) before the object, and (2) before adverbs (or adverbial expressions) of place.

Ex.

(1.) 3tf) roerbe elligfl

(2.)

eincn SBotm fettbeit, I shall hurriedly despatch a messenger. t foil geftern fdjon etrteit Srief geftfjriefcen liaSen, he is said to have written a letter already yesterday.

Note.
Ex.

In

a sentence, containing two adverbial expressions of time,

the true adverb precedes the

noun used
nii

adverbially.
ya aufe fcleifcm,

@ic

mfiffcrt

tmmcr

(be) 21 6 e

you muBt always

remain at home in the evening.

9. Personal pronouns without a adverbs of time.

preposition precede
yesterday.

Ex.
1

3d)

^ttoe ifjn orgc(lcrn gcfe^en,

saw him the day before

SKit

and

bit,

however,

may

be used before or after the accusative.

254

CONSTRUCTION.

Exception.
Pronouns governed by a preposition follow the adverb and
the object.

Ex.sWeine

Sante

Ijat

gejlern biefeS

11$

3fjnen

gefe^en,

my

aunt saw

this

book yesterday

at

your house.

10. 91 testis placed after the direct object (accusative), Ex.Sax\ t)at feine SlufgaBe nidjt gut gefdjrieben, Charles has not written
his

theme

well.

used in a clause with an auxiliary of mode is placed before the Infinitive, e. g. r fatm ben SSrief nidjt f$ret&en, he cannet write the letter.
3lid)t if

Note.

Exception.
9lid)t
1.

is

when

placed before the direct object, the latter is preceded by a preposition.

Ex.3$ forac^ nidjt son btefem Singe, I did not speak of this thing (affair). 2. When that which is in one clause denied, is in another
affirmed of a different object. Ex. 3$ tyafce nidjt ba 3)aier, fonbern ben StetjUft, I have not the paper,

but the pencil.

3.

Ex.

a6en Seine

Also in interrogative sentences. <Sie nidjt ben Sleijlift ? Have you

djtte|ler
t(l

not the pencil.

11.
.

Adverbs of place and manner stand

nidjt
Ijier

Ex.

geroefen,

your

sister

after tttdit. has not been here.

b.

Inversion.

199.

The general order of

words
its

may be

inverted

for the sake of giving especial emphasis to a particular

part of speech, by removing it from the beginning of the sentence.

1.
a.

usual place to

The

subject
bu

INVERSION OF THE SUBJECT. and predicate (verb) may be inverted

,

In interrogative sentences.

Ex.

Wlaubft
isolltc

ttaS er

fctgt,

er

nicljt geljort

$a6en, should he

do you believe what he says ? not have heard it?

b. In optative and imperative sentences. Ex. Sdjrci6e (bu) fofort, write thou at once

$iitte er boc$ baa

c.

When

Ex.

ntcfjt gefc&rieien, had he only not written that the sentence begins with the pronoun C. 8 fam 9?iemanb, nobody came.

CONSTRUCTION.

255

c As

in English, in conditional sentences, conjunction tt>enn, if, is not used.

id) nidjt ftanf aeroefen

when the
&c), had I

Ex. 3Sdte
d.

(instead of tocnn

id) nid)t,

not been sick.

Ex.fiaum

After adverbial conjunctions (see p. 329, IV.). a 1 e i d) Die 2pre geojfnet, scarcely had I opened the door.
1

INVERSION OF THE
2.

OBJECT.
when a par:

The

inversion, of the object takes place

ticular stress is to

be laid upon

it.

In each a case the

subject is placed after the verb.

nefyme 3|>r Slnerbieten mit greuben an,

The sentence
your proposal

3d)

appears inverted thus:

I accept

5I)rSlnerHeten
with pleasure.
3.

neljme id)

mit greubut an,

subject
Ex.

Monosyllabic personal pronouns often precede the when the latter is dissyllabic or polysyllabic.
QstwaS in ben 2Beg
legt,

Sa 3Ijncii9Jiemanb

as

no one hinders you.

INVERSION OP

ADVERBIAL. EXPRESSIONS.

4. Adverbial expressions (especially those of time) very frequently begin the sentence when a particular stress is to be laid on them. Here also the verb precedes the subject.

Ex.

eftcrn

*KGcnt>

fain

metne djwefler in 9)ari8 cm, last evening

my

sister arrived at Paris.

5. According to the stress to be laid upon certain words, the following and similar sentences may be expressed in various ways
1.

25er $itr|l <ja&

bem Skuer
ber giirfl

bftS

elb, the

count gave the money to the

peasant.
2.

a8 elb

gttB

bem

SSaiier.

3. 4.

em
er

Sttuer flab ber ffurfl b<*8 elb.

gitr|t aai

ba elb bem SBauer.

giirfl.

6.

Sa3

elb gai bem Sauer ber

256

CONSTRUCTION.

Eemaek.

According to some ancient obsolete words which

make use
of,

poets frequently
(6,) (7.)

we might

also

say

35em Sofjne bet SJater ben eflen gaS. 2)et Sater bem o$ne ben eaen aaS.

II.

The Accessory or Subordinate Sentence.

300. An accessory sentence always begins either with (1.) a relative pronoun, or (2.) a relative adverb. The order of the subject, object, and adverbials remaining unchanged, the verb (predicate) is placed at the end of the sentence. When (3.) the verb is used in a compound
tense, the participle or infinitive precedes the auxiliary.
Ex.

(1.)

<axi, tneldjeS toit son Sljnen

the house (which)

(2.) SDte Secretin

we bought of you,
toarum bu

lauften, ifl ein fe$r altcS, is a very old one.

ntd)t

fragte

mid),

inbie@djule fa

in ft,

the teacher asked

(3.)

me why you did not come to

idj

school

Sen

tocf,

we Id) en

ucrloren Ijatte,
lost,

i(l

nnebergefunben

nwben, the cane which I had

has been found again. 1

Exception,

In a sentence containing two infinitives or an infinitive and

a participle, the auxiliary precedes.
Ex.

>er @ee, in weldjem

idj

bid)

Ijnfie

fcaben fe$en, the lake in

which
Note.
ries of

have seen you bathing.

This
is

mode

is the case also when the infinitive form of the auxiliaused in place of the participle (p. 110. IV.).

Ex.3Ran figte

mir, bag

id) bid)

nid)t

ttiirSe

fe^en IBnnen, they

told

me that I could not

III.

see you.

The Compound Sentence.

is

301.

The Compound Sentence

by
sub-ordination.

formed either by

co-ordination or
a.

CO-ORDINATE COMPOUND SENTENCES.

303.

There are three ways of co-ordination,

The
posts sometimes place the auxiliary
first.


00N8TBUCTION.

257

1. Two sentences may be placed simply beside each other without any connection.

Ex.2)ie

galjnen

flattcrten, e

fdjmetterten Slrompeten,

the flags fluttered,

left, I

the trumpets resounded, e&e (bu) lints, id) twbe tedjts to the right.

ge^en,

you go to the

will

go

Eemaek.

This omission of the conjunction

;

is,

in English,

called asyndeton.
2.

pronoun
Ex.

They may be connected either by a demonstrative (a.) by a co-ordinate conjunction (&.); or by an

(a.) Slleraiiber ber

adverbial conjunction (c).

tope unb <5jru9 ttartn
jtoei

madjttgc Sricget; jencr

&c, Alexander the Great and Cyrus were two mighty warriors, the former joined wisdom to bravery, the latter, &o.
serfanb SBeiS^eit mit apfcrfeit,
fiicfcr,
(6.)

3d) serlaffe

bid) jejt,

a6cr

id)

wcrbe

bid) t alb wiebetfe^en, I

leave

you now, but

(c.)

I shall

soon see you again.

Ijatt,

Etefe tafjlfebern jtnb ju

ien,

5)cjj&al6 taugen

ftc

nidjt 511m

@d)rti
fit

these steel-pens are too hard, hence they are not

to

write with.

Note. Sentences joined by a relative pronoun are not considered as compound, but as accessory sentences.
Ex.

3d)

tyibt ba Sudj ertjattett, raclrfjcS ie mit ceived the book, which you sent me.

gefanbt

$akn, I have

re-

fo.

SUBORDINATE COMPOUND SENTENCES.

203.

1.

Compound

sentences with subordinate

clauses consist of two essential parts, the principal sentence, and the subordinate (accidental) sentences. Their connection is effected by means of the subordinative conjunctions, (see p. 332.)
2. Subordinate clauses are characterized ing particulars
:

by

the follow-

a.

They cause the verb

to

be removed to the end.

was
dark,

Ex.

Ea

roar bltnfel. aid id) i&n traf, it

when

met him.

258
b.

CONSTRUCTION.

In compound tenses
'

the participle precedes the

aux-

iliary.

Ex.Da
c.

ct eincn 9>a@

erljalten Jjatre, as

he had received a passport.

The prefix of separable comp. verbs is not separated.

gefurtb, todl fie nid)t tciglid) aujfa^rt, she is not well, ifl tiid)t because she does not ride out daily.

Ex.@te
d.

Depending cases are placed between the subject and

bu mir
jitrnen,

the verb.

Ex.SBitrbefl

rserm

td)

Sen

SBricf Seiner Sdjtoefier

if I

meinem
should

SBruScr

ftttbe,

would you he offended with me,

send your
3.

sister's letter

t&my brother f
either

The subordinate sentence may be

;

the

first

or the second if placed first, the subject of the principal sentence stands after the verb. Frequently this is indicated by fo (not generally translated).

member

Ex.

(Er fd)reiot
i ft, (fo)

mir

nid)t,

metl ertrage

i (t

or,

255 e

it

et

r a g e

fdjreiot er, &c.,

he does not write me, because he

is

lazy

4. "When the pronoun of the subordinate sentence represents a person, an inanimate object, or an abstract idea of the principal sentence, the pronoun and the noun

exchange places. Ex.D6fd)on unfer Slac&Sar

neighbor
order
-.

reid) tft, ifl

er bodrj nid)t gliieflid),

is rich,

he

is,

nevertheless, not happy.

bod)
ttid)t gliiSlidj,

although our (Regular

ifl.)

Unfer 92ad|6ar

ifl

oofdjon er reidj

5. The subordinate sentence may even be inserted between the words of the principal sentence, without affecting the order of the words of the principal sentence. Ex.2flan f&eitte mir fogletct), aid id) Hon meiner SRcife ptiitffcljrtc, ben %si betner djroefler mil, they informed me of the death of your
sister,

immediately on

my return

from

my journey.

6.

The

omitted.
Ex.

In

conjunctions Wctttt and fcaff are frequently this case the verb is not removed to the end.
fo

$fitte id) ti geroufjt,

roitrbe id)

gcrne ju bir

gcfoinmcrt

fcin,

had

Note.

known I would gladly have come to you. The order of words is exactly the same, if several
compound
sentence.

subordinate

clauses occur in a

COMPOUND

VERBS.

259

A
which are
signification.

List of

Compound Verbs,
or inseparable, according to their
is

either separable

"When separable, the accent when inseparable, on the root of the verb.
bur
Micfen

on the

prefix,

Inseparable.
d)

burd)i>oI)ren

burdjbrmgen
burd)gli!{n

burdjgetym
burdjtaufett

burdjtcifen

burd)fd)auen
buvdjrd)teen

through to bore through to force through to heat through to run away to run through to travel through to look through to shoot through
to glance to divide to

to

know

one's design

to pierce to penetrate to inflaipe to

examine

to peruse hastily
to travel over

to penetrate to interleave to eross

to pierce

burdjfdjnciben

by cutting

burd)(lo|en

push through

burrtjfrmdjm
itfceririrtgen

to strike out to bring over to fall over to convey over to to

to

roam

to deliver to take

iikrfaffen
utofii^reit
iifcergeljett

by

surprise

to convict to overlook to dispense with to overburden to reflect

go over
lift

ti&ev^eien
iifcerlaben

iikrlegen
iifcrlaufen

over to load over to lay over to run over

to reach over
to turn to one side

to importune to deliver
to calculate

Kterrctdjcn
iifcerfdjlagen

uicrfdjreiten
ufcerfdjiittcn

to write over
to spill over

to direct
to cover with

ii&erfejjen

to pass over
to leap .over
to

to translate, to overcharge
to skip to surpass
to transfer

iiberfpringen

itkrfleigen
iifcertragen
iifcertretm
iifcerrocrfcn

mount over

to carry over

iiberjie^en

geljen

umfteiben

go over to throw over to draw over to go around, to associate to change clothes

to
to ride over to set

to transgress to fall out with one to cover to elude to clothe

to sail

umfa^rcn
umfaffett

anew

on all sides around to embrace

260

NEUTER AND INTRANSITIVE VERBS.

Inseparable.

umfdjtffen
itmfcfyreiben

to put into another ship

to circumnavigate to circumscribe, to paraphrase

to recopy to pour into another vessel

to

umf^ittien

to place around
to span to surround to

umfpanncn
umfleflen

change horses

to transpose to to
to

umel)en
umjiefyen

blow down change clothes, remove

keep under shove under heat under stand under draw under
fill

blow upon from

undermine

all sides

to beset, to overcast
to to entertain, to support to substitute falsely

untergraien
untertyaltm
unterfdjieben
unterfc&lageit

to dig under to

to to
to to

to embezzle
to venture

nnterfleftn

unterjic^en

to undergo
to fulfill to repeat

soli fiitten

full

i e

b e r fcolen

to fetch

hack

List of Neuter and Intransitive Verbs,

(to be),

which are conjugated in German with fei n English with to have.

SIbfatfen,

but in

to decay

entfttllen,

to slip

from

ablaufen, to
at'retfm,

run down
deviate

entflicIjM,

to escape

to depart to rise

entgeljen,

to escape to

afwetdjcn, to
<wfjlel)en,

cntlaufen,

by flight by going escape by running

entf($lafen,

to fall asleep, to expire

aufnci)en,

awake <mfle&en, to come to life again cmfWiejjen, to shoot up ttufttcten, to step up aufwactifm, to grow up
to
au<3arten>

entfdjluijfen,

entfprtngen,

entei($en,
entroifcfjeit,

by slipping by springing to escape by yielding to escape by gliding

to escape to escape

away
erblaffen,

to degenerate

to to

auSgletten, to slip

erfalten,

grow grow

pale cold

auSroanbern, to
<w8sic$en,

emigrate

in the sense of to move out

of a house
begegnen, to
berjlen,

meet

to burst
to remain, to stay

blush erfdjeinra, to appear erfdjredm, to be frightened ctftaunen, to be astonished erttinfen, to be drowned

enot^en, to
erwadjen, to
fatyren,

bleiben,

awake

basonlaufen, to
tinbringen, to
einfdjlafen,

run away

to ride in a carriage

penetrate

fatten,

to fall to rot

to fall asleep

faulcn,

NEUTER AND INTRANSITIVE VERBS.

ftattettt,

261

to flutter
to flee

Serfatten,

to decay
to evaporate

flie^en,
fttegen,

serfaulen, to rot
serfliegen,
Dergetyen,

to flow
to follow

folgen,

to pass

away

gebeiljen,

to prosper, thrive

er$unge.rn, to

starve

8e^eit,-to

go
to succeed

ueria^ren, to
tjerbben,

geltngen,
genefen,

to

become invalid by time become desolate

evaporate

to recover
(in

s>ermud)en, to

geratljen,

or unter etmad)

to get

into, fall
gerinnen, to
geCdje^en,
flettevn,

among
coagulate

go on a journey ctro[len, to be consumed by rust Serfdjatten, to cease sounding

fcerretfen,

to

to

happen

serfdjeiben,

to depart this life

to pass

to climb

Wrfdwrinben, to disappear
*er|lreid)en,

footmen, to
lanben, to
queffen, to
retfen, rotten,

come

away, to elapse

land

er|htmmen, to
Dertrocfnen,

grow dumb
up

gush forth

to dry

to ripen to roll to rust

sewelfen, to fade
sernwfen, to
ijorbringen,
loacfyfeni

decay

toflen,
ftnfen,

to press forward

to sink to sneak to melt, smelt to slip

to vanish

to

fc^Ieic^en,

toanbern, to

grow wander
give

fdjmelsen,
fdjlityfen, fd)tt>tnben,

Weidjen, to yield, to
loerben,

way

to become, to get to fall to ruins to burst to return to freeze over

jerfatten,

f^roellen,
(ierben,

to swell

jerfpringen,
i'jfrieren,

to die

(franben, to strand umfommen, to perish

Deralten,

jurucffetyren,
juriicf treten,

to step back

to

Serarmen, to
serbleidjen,

become antiquated become poor to grow pale

fade
die of thirst

meet together ; and all separable verbs compounded

jufammentrefTen, to

with Wei&en,
|en,

f$ren, fatten, folgen,

ge

er6tu|en, to
serburflen, to

fommen.

The following intransitive verbs, which express motion produced by the acting power of the subject, are conjugated with f e t n, when a reference to a place or space is denoted ; with a i e n when expressing a mere activity, a continuous state without a change or transition of their subject from one state into another.
6, ,

(Ellen,

to hasten

friedjen,

to creep

fdjrotmmen, to
fpringen,

swim

fltegen,

to fly

Iaufen,
vcitett,

to run
to ride

to spring

ppfen, to hop Hettern, to climb

on horseback

fleigen,

to

mount

retfen,

to travel

262

REFLEXIVE VEBBS.

Verbs
Obs.

reflexive in

German, but not in English.

Ijafcn (see

When

reflexive verbs are

they must be conjugated with

Sid) anmajjen, dat. to
fid) fid)

compounded with a separable 154 and 156).

fid)

prefix,

presume

freuen,

to rejoice
in,

anne^men, gen. to take care of

argern, itber, to

fid) ffigen,

fid) auffiibren, fid) aufljalten,

fid) fid) fid)

be vexed to behave
to sojourn

fid) furd)tcn,
fid)

fid)

comply with to be afraid [dare gefaDen, to be pleased getrauen, da*, to be confident, to

to
or,

aufb>Iten, fiber,
ciugetn, fiber,

to criticize

fid)

gramen,

to express one's self

fid) Ijuten, fid)

iiber, to grieve Mr, to beware of

bebanfen, fur, to
bebenfen, to

return thanks

irren,

to be mistaken

fid)
fid)

consider

fid)

mifdjen, to

mix, to meddle

bebtenen, gen. to
befinbjn, find

make

use of
(feel)

fid) nab, cm, ftd)

to approach

fid)

one's self

neigen,

to incline to settle
to lay

fid) bcftetfien

or

fid)

befleipigen,

to en-

fid) nieberlaffen,
fid)

deavor diligently
fid)

nieberlegen,

down
glory

begeben, to repair

fid)
fid)

rutymen, gen. to boast, to

riibjen,

fid)
fid)

fid) fid)
fid)
fid)

[ashamed kljdfcn, to make shift Dor, fiber, fferc. to be fid) fdjd'men, beftagcn, iibet, to complain fof fid) fdjiifen, in, to comply with bemadjtigen, grew, to take possession fid)~fd)itfen, impers. to be becoming
begeben, gen. to

give up

to bustle

befinnen, ^en,.
befireben,

to recollect

fid)

fe$nen, nad),

to long for

to endeavor

fid) fefcen,
fid)

to sit to

fid) fid)
fid)

behave betrinfen, to get drunk betriiben, fiber, to be afflicted

betragen, to

fputen,

down make haste

part

fid) fietten,

to feign, to pretend

fid)
fid) fid)
fid)

trennen, to separate, to

fid) bficfen,
(td)

to stoop

einbilben, ace, to einbilben,

fid) fid)

entfetnen,

be conceited <W. to imagine to withdraw

to abstain to be determined

hurry umfeben, to look about or back imterfte^en, to venture

lummeln, to
sereinigen,

fid)

to agree

[to offend

fid) enttyalten,

^e?i.

fid)
fid)

serge^en, an, to fail in one's

serirren,

duty,

fid) enlfdjlicgen,
fid) fid)

to lose one's
auf, to

way

erbarmen, gen. to
erbreijlen,

fid)

ereignen,

have mercy [come to pass impers. to happen, to

to dare

fid) tterlaffen, fid)

fid)

rely
error
[resolve

erfammcln, to
Derfe^en,

assemble

to

commit an

fid)
'fid;

fid)

surrender ergeben, impers. to result erbolen, to recover

ergeben, to erinnern, fl^re.

fid) serjtetten, fid)

fid)

to dissemble

wrnetymen, dat. to determine, to

sorfletlen, <fa<.

to imagine to resist
to

fid)

to

remember
[hood

fid) roiberfefcen, <fo.

fid)

fid) erfa'Iten,
fid)

to catch cold

wunbern,
jutragen,

fiber,

wonder

ema$ren, mtt, to get one's liveli-

fid)

impers. to occur

PREPOSITIONS.

263

List of Prepositions with the Oases which they govern.

Sin,

on, at, to, dat. or ace. (Less. 68).

o^ne,

without, ace.

an|latt,

instead

[of],

gen.
68).

o^ngeac^tet, see ungeac&tet.

auf, on,

upon, dat. or ace. (Less.

of, dat.

famntt,
feit,

together with, dat.

without,
ace.

auS, out [of], dot.

aujier,

since, dat.

except, outside

fonber,
(latt,

Set,

by, near, with, dat.

t>iefTeit[8]/ bltvdj,

on

this side, gen.

trcg,
ifter,

instead [of], gen. in spite [of], gen. or dat*

through, ace. entgegen, towards, dat.

fur, for, ace.

gegen,

against, towards, dat.

opposite, dat.

over, dat. or ace. (Less. 68). around, ace. itnfern, not far from, gen. ungeadjtet, notwithstanding, gen.
urn,

gegeniioer,
gemctjj,
tyalfcen

unter,

below, under, dat. or ace.

below, gen. not far from, gen.

Winter,
in, in,

conformable [to], dat. or tyal&er, on account [of], yera. behind, dat. or ace. (Less. 68).
dat.

(Less. 68).
unter$itl&,

unroeit,

into,

ace. (Less. 68).

scrmiSge,

by dint

[of],

gen.

itmer$al6,
jcnfett[3],

within, gen.

Son, of,

from, by, dat.

on that
^rere.

side,

beyond, gen.

or, before, dat.

or ace. (Less.

68).

rmfr,

by

-virtue [of], gen.

sermitteljl, see wittelfl.

ttd^rcni),

Icing3,

along,

or dat*

during, gen.
[of],

laut,

according
with,
<to*.

to, gen.

ttegen,

on account
dat.

^em.

mit,

wiSer, against, czec.

[of], #<).
ju, to, at,
junacfjft,

mttteljl,
nctdj,

by means

after, to, dat.

next, dat.

no$|l, next, near, dot.

jufolge,

in consequence [of], gen. or

or ace. (Less. ne&jl, together with, dat. oi, on account [of], dat. oicrt;aI6, above, gen.
nefcen,

beside,

<Zatf.

68).

dat*
Jltroiber,

jnrifdjen,

contrary to, dat. between, dat. or ace.

(Less. 68).

* CangS, jufolge,

also

and trolj, govern generally the genitive, but they can govern the dative
%xt% mciner
SluffJc^t

(dative) metnent

flatten <Suc$en

9lod) Sofftarfeiten, noc&, ge^eime @$oifee

!"

(Schiller,

"Maria

Stuart").

PAET
adj. adjective.

IV.

VOCABULARY.
EXPLANATION OF ABBREVIATIONS.
prep, preposition.
adv. adverb.
conj.
f. .

conjunction.

pron. pronoun. v. a. verb active.

v. a.
v.

feminine substantive.

and

n.

verb active and neuter.

interj. interjection.

ana. verb auxiliary.

mod. modified. m. s. masculine substantive. n. s. neuter substantive.

pi. plural.

v.
v. v. v.

imp. verb impersonal. verb irregular. n. verb neuter. refl. verb reflexive.
i/r.

Whenever the ending of substantives differs in the plural from that The word " modified " refers of the singular the termination is given. Proper nouns not spelled alike in to the radical vowels a, o, u, only. the two languages may be found on the last page of the vocabulary.

GERMAN AND
St.

ENGLISH.
m.
8.,

Slffe,

pi. -n, ape,

monkey.
similarity.

m. ., pi. -e, eel. Sbenb, m. *., pi. -e, evening.

Stal/

2lenlidjfett,/. s.,pl. -en,

SlengfHic&feit,/. g. fear,
attein,

SfbenM, adv. in the evening.

ober, conj.

adj. alone

conj. but.

but.

ttfler, e,

ti, adj. all.

a i gef^riekn, gee aifc&rafcen.

ttflmoidjtig,

conj.

omnipotent.

ai
.

pngm,
reifert,

v. vr.

to depend on.

aU

conj. than, as,

when.

a b a b

v. a.

to depart, set out. to copy.

alSbamt, adv. then,

alfo,
alt,

fd&retben, v. ir.

adv.

& conj.

thus, so.

31&fidjt,

/.

*.,

pi.

-m, intention.
changeable.
to deviate from.

adj. old, aged, ancient,

b[idf}tttc(),

adj. intentionally.

an,

prep. on.

at, in, by, near,

*bte#felnb, adj.

ttnbet,

adj. other, next.

a b Wtiiljm,
ttci) !

v. ir.

fltlberfeitd,

adv.

on the other hand.

to change, alter.

interj.

oh
.

ttitbern, v.

a. refl.

ttdjten, v.

a. to

regard, esteem.

ttnbero, adv. elsewhere.

Slncrbietcit, re. s. offer.

Sighing, /.

attention, regards.

VOCABULAEY.
n
fatten, v. ir.

GERMAN AND ENGLISH.

STugenMicf,

265
moment.

to attack.

""

m.

.,

pi. -e,

Sfnfang,

m. s., pi. -t & mod. beginning,

auS, prep, au i

out

of,

from, by.

a n fangen, v. ir. to begin,

commence,

gefcen, v. ir.
geljen, . ir.

to spend, expend.
to

angenctym, adj. agreeable, pleasant,

aui
au $

go

out.

anfleibcn, v. a.

&

refl.

to dress,

fteiben, v. a.

& refl.

to undress.

a n tomnten,

v. ir.

to arrive.

a u 3 rufen, . jr. to exclaim.

arrival,

SInfunft, /. s.,pl. -e,

& mod.

a u a

ruljen, . to.

to rest, repose. to kick, to refuse.

a n ne^men,
Slnfdjetn,

v. ir.
s.

to accept.

m.

appearance,

aui aui
au S

fdjlagen, . ir.
fe^en, . ir.

to look like.

antragen, v. ir. to offer.

aujjerbem, adv. besides,

fejjen, v.

moreover.

STntnwt, /.

.,

pZ. -en,

answer,

a. to set out, find fault.

antttorten, v. a.

to answer, reply,

9luSfic6,t,

/.

8.,

pi. -en, view, prospect.

anjle^en, v. ir.
Stpfel,
Slrfccit,

to put

on ;

attract.

au $ au

ftetten,

. a.

to expose

censure.

m.
/.

s.,
s.,

pi.
pi.

mod. the apple. -en, labor, work.

ra.

(Irecten, v.

a. to
s.

stretch out.

StuSwanberer,

m.

emigrant.
;

ar&eiten, v. a.
Slrteitet,

&

to labor,

work.

a u $ teenbtg, adv. outside

by

heart.

m.

8.

workman.
.,

SlrfceitStifdj,

m.

pi. -e, work-table.

Sacf),

9Tnn,

?i. s.

arm, a$. poor.

s.

m.

s.,

pi. -c,

& mod.

brook.

Sltmut|, /.
arttg,

poverty,

fcacfen, v. ir.

to bako.

a$. pretty, courteous. m.

pi.
-e,

Sddet, m.
fcalb,

s.

baker.

3lf$e,/. .,pZ. -n, ashes.

Sljl,
8.,

adv. soon, shortly.

& mod.

branch.

Sail,

m.
.

s.,

pi. -e, pi. -ex,

Stt^em,

m.

s.

breath,

Sanb, m.
.

.,

& mod. ball. & re<K& volume ;thebeneh.

audj, conj. also, too, likewise.

the ribbon.

Sue,/.
auf,

*.,

fi?.

-n,

meadow,
upon,
to spring up.

SSanI,/. .,pZ. -e,

fcauen, . a.
f>

& wocZ.

^wep. on,

in, at.

to build. to cover.
^Z. -n, servant.

a u f ilufjen,

v. n.
v. a.

e becten,

. a.

auf beden,

to uncover.

SBebiente,

m.

.,

Shifgaie,/. *.,#. -n, lesson,

theme,

e bfirfen, v.

vr.

to need, want.

a u f geljen, v. a u flatten, v.

w. to untie,
m\ to delay,
to
lift,

i i i

e enbigen, v.
e fe^len, . e

a, to finish, terminate.

ir.

to

command,
refl.

order.

a u f $eien,

v. ir.

or pick up.

ftnben,

v. *.

refl.

to find (to feel). to endeavor,

a u f ma$en,

v. a.

to open,

fcefteijjigen,

ir.

aufmerffam, adj. attentive,

a u f f^auen, v. a. to look-up.

apply one's
fcegegnen, v. n.

self.
refl.

&

to meet, hap-

auf fteljen, v. ir. to rise. a fjietyen, v. ir. to bring up; wind up.
\t,

pen
to

to.

lieginnen, v. ir.

to begin, undertake
to

begleiten, v. a.

accompany.

m.

8.,

pi. -n, eye.

Segleitcr,

m.

s.

companion.

266
Segtiif,

VOCABULARY.

GEBMAN AND ENGLISH.

e triigen, v.

m, 8., pi.

-e,

notion.

ir.
s.

to cheat.
cheat.

e fallen, 0. ir.

to keep, retain.
at.

33etriiger<

m.

ici,

prep, by, near,

Sett, n. s., pi. -en,

bed.

kibe, adj. both.

SBcin,

beurt^eilen, n. n.

to judge, criticise.

n.

*.,

pi. -t,

the

leg.

Seutel, to.
beor, tonj.

s.

bag, purse.
ad, before
;

icino^c,

ado. almost, nearly.

&

ft

icijammen, adv. together.

Seifpiel, n. s.,pl. -e,

v.ir. to
;

impend, to be about to
to move, induce. to weep.
pZ. -e, proof.
a.

example jum

6
e

occur or take place,

bettegen, e. ir.
tuetnen,
.

for example.
Mjien,
v. ir.

to bite,

a.
*.,

betannt, adj.

acquainted.
to lament, deplore;
v.

S3etet3, to.

t flagen, . a.

SBettotyner, to.

inhabitant.

refl.

to complain.
a. to press.

rounbern, v. a. to

admire.

e flemmeit, t\

Setounberung,/.*.,^. -en, admiration.

Seleibtgen, v. a.

to offend.

bejaMen,

u,.

to pay.
;

e lo^nen, v.

a. to
*.,

reward. reward.

bewujjt, adj.

conscious
of.

fi

d}

fein,

Selo^mtng, /.
fceqn cm ,

pi., -en,

to

be conscious

adj.

SBetg,

m.
j>.

., f>.

commodious, convenient. Megen, v. ir. & refl. to bend. -e, mountain. Siet, n. t. beer,
to hide, conceal, to burst.
calling, vocation,
bieten, v. ir.

Jctgen, v. ir.
ierften,

to bid,

offer.

ir.
s.

Sidct,

71. .,

#J- -c, ticket.

Senifr

m.

Sinben, v. ir, to bind, tie.

icrfl^mt, adj.

renowned, celebrated.
discreet,

Sirne,/.

*.,

pi. -n, pear.

r-eficiten, adj.

modest.

Hi,

eonj.

& adv.
ir.

until,

up

to.

33ef$etben$eit, /. .

modesty.
soil, dirty.

bitten, u. tr.

to beg, request, to

i e fimiitp en,

r.

a.

to

ilafcn,
SBIatt,

7).

blow

(sound).
leaf.

Sefen, to. *.

broom.

n. s.,pl. -er

& Traod.

e fiimen, . ir. e fl&en ,

t>.

& re/?,

to recollect.

Man, adj. blue

bleiben,
blcicft,
t>.

ir.

to possess, to better, improve. to take care; ef<$afte

ir.

to remain, stay.

oeffent,

t>.

refl.

adj. pale.

c forgot, t. a.
,

SBIet, re. *.

lead;

ft i

ft

m.

s.,pi. -t,

t
I

to dispatch business.
to
.,

lead pencil.
Mufen,
v.

SBefudj,

pi. -t, visit.

n, to

gleam, look,
;

e fucfyen, .

a.

to

visit.

bltnb, adj.

blind

-t, m. ., pi. -n, blind

e ftrafen, . a.

to punish,

person.
33Itf ,

ieten, n. vr.
fc

to pray, say prayers,

ir.

m.

*., 2>J.
ra.

-e,

lightning,

c tragen,

fcetrojfen,

& refl. to behave. participle & 0$. surprised,

u.

blifcn, d.

to lighten.
;

Mop, <w$. naked, bare

*.,

adv. only
flower-pot.

ietruot, a<#.

afflicted;

feiti,

to Slume, /.
to. s
,

pi. -n, flower, -ntof(

feel sad.

jji.

-e,

& TOod.

YOCABULABY.GEKMAN AND ENGLISH.

bluten, v. n.

267

to bleed.

Eitrone,/.*.,pZ. -n, citron.

Eonceri, n.
s.,

SBoben, to.

s.

ground, bottom.
malicious, wicked.
pi. -en, maliciousness,

pi. -e, concert.

toSJjaft, adj.

SoSljctt, /.

.,

2).

wickedness.
SBote, to. ., pi. -n,

En,
messenger,

o<fo.

there,

where

cor-j.

when,

because.
bafitr,

braten, v. ir.

to roast. to use, need,

adv. for that, for

it.

Jraud)en,

v.

a.

bagegen, adv.
baer, adv.

against that.
;

fcraun, adj.

brown.

thence

conj. therefore.

Bremen, v. ir. to break,

breit,

Dame, /.

.,

pi. -n, lady,

adj. broad, wide.

bamit, adv.

therewith conj. that,

;

Sremten, v. ir. to

burn.
letter
;

banfen, v. a. to
;

thank,

SBrief, to, ., pi. -e,

8.,

-i o.t
tafdje,

m.
*.,

bann, adv. then,

baran, adv. thereon, in that
g e
;

pi. -n,

postman

/.

-tie*
for.
it,

pi. -n, portfolio,

bringen, v. ir., to bring.
SBrob, n.
s.,

n r to care about or to care thereupon, on

it,

barauf, adv.

at

pi. -e, bread.

pi. -n, .bridge.

after that,
barunt, adv. therefore,
bajj,

Sriicfe,/.

s.,

ruber, to.

*.,

pi.

mod. brother.

conj. that,
;

Srunnert, to.
SBudj, n.

s.

well, spring.

bason, adv. thereof, of that

-I

ait*

., pi. .

-er,

& mod. book; -Jin*

to.
s.

fen,

v. ir.

to run

away

ber,i.
to. s.

bookbinder; -anbler,
to. ., pi. -n,

bemnadj, conj.

therefore, then, con-

bookseller; -tab en,

sequently,
benfen, v. vr. to think,

bookstore; -jlabe,

letter (of the alphabet).

benn, conj. than, but, for.

beSgteidjen,
beSljatb,

Sud)fe,/

*., jp.

-n,

gun, box.
brush.

adv. likewise.

Sitrfie, /. *., pi. -n,

adv. for this reason; conj.

Sutter,/, abutter.

therefore,
bedroegen,

adv. conj. therefore,

on

that account.
be(lo,

conj.

the

-m e r

the more.

Eamerab, to.
Eanbibat, to.

., .,

pi. -en, pi. -en,

comrade.

)id)ter, to. s.

poet.

candidate

2)te6, to.

.,

pi. -e, thief,

EaeHe, /.
Eapitot, n.
[;or,

., jrf. s.

-n, chapel

bienen, v. n.

to serve.
servant.
s.

capitol.
pj. -e,

Siener, to.
io<i.

s.

to.
s.

.,

&

chorus

Stenfrmabdjen, n.

maid-servant.
[stand.

n.

choir.
-en,

Wngen,
Christian.

v.

fa to hire.
8,

Ebrift, to. .,pJ.

SHnte,/.

6>omf, /.

g.,

pi

-en, chronicle.

bod), conj.

ink; intenfaf, m . inkyet, however, but, for all

Eigane, /.

*.,

pj. -n, cigar.

that.

268

VOCABULAKY.

GERMAN AND ENGLISH.

Smpfang, m.
e

bonnern, v. imp. to thunder.

2)orf, n.
.,

s.

receipt.
ir.
s.

pi. -er,

& mod.

village.

m p fongen, v.
m.
v.

to receive.
recipient.

bort, borten,

adv. there, yonder.

to thrash.

(Empfd'nger,

brefdjen, v. ir.

tmp
urge, come

fe^Ien, v. ir.

to recommend,
feel.

bringen, v. ir. to penetrate,

m p finben,
.

w. to perceive,
;

pel.
broken, v. n. to threaten.

enblid), adj. finite

c2u.

at last.

n!el, Ml.
it

grandson.
lay bare, uncover.
to
pi. -en, distance.
;

bruden, . a. to print

den

v. a.

entMiipen, v. a. to

to pinch, press.
uft,

Emfermmg,
e

/.
a.

.,

m.

3.

vapor,' fragrant.

n t tytlten,
abstain.

w\ to contain

v. refl.

bumm,

adj., dull, stupid.

bunfet, adj.
bitnfen, v.

dark.

Entfytltfamfett, /. s.
entreijjen, v. ir.,
e

abstinence.

n..

&

impers. to seem.
to travel through

to tear, snatch from.

burd),

;wep. through, by.

ntrinnen, v. ir. to

run away.
decide.

it

r dj jeifett , . sep.

entfdjlafeit, v. ir.
e

to fall asleep, die.

insep. to travel over.

nt

fcpejjen, v. ir., to

b
b

it

r r

d) fdjtagen, v. dj fe Jen, .

to pierce ; to blot.

Entfdjlujs,

m.

s.

resolution.

it

to carry through.
;

entfijredjen, v. ir.

to answer, to cor-

SDitrft,

m.

s.

thirst

-i g

a$.

thirsty;

respond

to.

-en, v. a. to thirst.

entteber-ober, conj. either-cr.

e tbletdjen, v. ir.

ufcenb, n.

s.

dozen.

to

grow

pale, to die.
s.

Erbe,/.
<g.
gfceniilb, w. .

earth; -nle&en, n.

life

on the earth.
e r fa^ren, v. ir.

image.
as

to experience, learn.

eienfo
e$e,

alS, a(Z.

as.

rfatyrung,/.
Erfrtfdjung, /.
erfittten, v.

s.

experience.

adv. ere, before.

s.

refreshment.
fill,

e^rer&tetig, adj.

reverent.

a. to

satisfy.

etgen, adj.
(Eite,

own, proper.
haste.

erljalten, v. ir.

to preserve, obtain, re-

/.

ceive.
little.

tin roenig,

adv. a

ttlennen, v. ir.
etfitren, v. a.

to perceive, recognize.

einanber, adj.

one another.

to choose, elect.

einMlben, v. refl. to imagine.

einerfeitS,

etlangen, v. a. to acquire.
erlcuriJen, v.

adv.

on the one
to occur.

side.

n. to permit.

tin fatten,
etnig,
einjig,
(Eifen,

v. vr.

etletnen, v. a.

to learn, acquire. to

adj. sole, only. adj. only, alone.

erlofdjen, v. ir.

go

out, extinguish.

ermatten, v. a.
s.

& n.

to weary, tire, fa-

m.

iron; -6 alj n,/.

s.

rail-road.

tigue.
ermorben, v. a. to

Elenb, n.
tte, /.
*.,

misery.

murder.

pi. -n,

yard

'

eroOcrn, v. a.

to conquer, to take, to

Sltern, pi. parents.

gain.

VOCABULARY.
erfdjatfen, v.

GERMAN AND ENGLISH.

genfter, n.
s.

269

w. to resound,
to terrify, frighten,
at
first,

window.
further.

crfdjretfen, v. a.
erfi,

fewer, adj.
fertig,
fett,

& adv.

adv.

first,

adj. ready.

erfiaunen, . . to

Ertrag,

m.

s.,

pi. -e,

be astonished. & mod. produce,

adj. fat.
.,

gigur, /.

pi. -en, figure.

profit,
ertragen, v. ir.
evcoii$tn,v.ir.

ftnben, . ir.

to find.

to bear.

ginger, m.s. finger; -$ut, m.s. thimble.

gifdj,

to consider, reflect upon. to mention,

m.

s.,

pi. -e, fish.

erttdtynen, . a.

glaf^e, /.
gleifdj,
fleifjig,

.,
s.

pZ. -n, flask, bottle.

erwarten, v. a. to expect,
erroiebern, v. a.

n.

flesh,

meat.

to reply.

adj. diligent.
/.
.,

erjd^len, v. a.

to narrate.
*.,

gltege,

pi.
fly.

-n, fly.

Ersofylimg, /.
Efel,

pi. -en, narration.

fliegen, v. ir.

to to

s.

donkey,
to eat.

ass.

flie^en, d. *r. fiiegen, v. ir.

flee.

effen, . ir.

to flow.
raft.

met, prom. your.

etwaS, ^jrora.
ettrig,

glofj,

something, somewhat,
example.

gtitget,

m. s.,pZ. e, &mod. m. s. wing.

.,

s$. eternal.

gtur,/.

p. -en, field, plain, level

<rem)>el, . *.

ground.
glujj ,

m.

s.,

pi. -e,

&

mod.

river.

gafyren, v. ir.

to

go in a

carriage,

folgen, v. n.
folglidj,

to follow, obey.

drive, to carry.
gatte,

adj.

subsequent adv.
;

& eonj.

m.

.,

pi. -n, falcon.

consequently.
foltern, v. a.
fort,

fallen, v. ir.

to

fall.

to torment, rack.

falte, <&(?.

in case (that).

adv. away.
s.,

fangen, v. ir. to catch.

grage, /.

pi. -n, question.

garte,/. *.,# -n, color.

fragen, . a. to ask.

gag, m.
fofl,

*., jjZ.

-er,

& mod

barrel.

grau, /.

.,

#Z. -en,
;

woman.

adv. almost.

grd'ulein, n.

(diminutive of Frau),

faulf adj. idle, lazy.

Miss.
fist.
frei,

gauft, /.

*.,

pi. -e,

& mod.

adj. free. /.
.,

fedjten, v. vr.

to fence.
;

greifyett,

pi. -en,

freedom.

geber, /. ., p. -n, pen, feather

fer,

-mefc

freffcn, . ir.

to eat (applied to ani-

n.

s.

pen-knife.

mals).
fail,

fefclen, .

n.

& imp.
ail,

to err,

mis-

greube,/.

*., i?Z.

-n, joy.
-f<$afl>

take, to
getter,

be the matter with.

greunb, m.s., pi. -e, friend;

/.
*.,

m. s. fault, mistake. geinb, m. s., pi. -e, enemy. gelb, n. 8., pi. -er. field; ku, m.
agriculture.

pi. -en, friendship.

frteren, v. ir.
s.
frifcr),

to freeze.
;

adj. fresh

adv. newly.
a<#. joyful.

frofy

(eomp.

freljer),

270
8frucf)t,

VOCABULARY.

&EBMAN AND ENGLISH.

g
e JBrt,

s.

pi.

-e,

&

mod. fruit;

heard ; belongs,
to obey.

frudjrtar, adj. fruitful.

frity,

g e^otc^en, v. n. getybren, v. n. to

adj.

&
n.

adv. early.
s.

belong,

Srit|tucE,

breakfast,

ge^orfam, adj. obedient,

etfl,

ftiiljjlutfen, v.

a. to breakfast.

m.

8.,

pi. -er, ghost, spirit,

gitdj*,
futrfen,
fiifjreit,

m.

.,

pi. -e,

& mod.

fox.

gelb, adj.

yellow,
*.,

v. a. . a.

to

feel,

perceive.

elb, n.

pi. -et,
*.,

money.
learned man.

to lead. to
fill.

elegen$eit, /.
eletyrte,

pi. -en, occasion,

fitilcn,
fitr,

d. a.

m.

.,

pi. -n,

prep. for.
*.

gelingen, v. vr. to
gelten, v. ir.

succeed,

gurdjt, /.
Sfiirjl,

fear.

to cost, to
s.

be valuable.

m. .,j>J. -en, prince, duke. %u%, m. ., pi. -e, & mod. foot ju on foot.
;

emalbe, n.
emiife, n.

picture, painting,

8.

vegetables.

gemut^Udj, adj. good-natured, kind-

hearted,
genau, adj. precise,

a&el,/. *.,pZ. -n, fork.

gatyten, . ir.

eneral,

m. .,

pi. -e,

& mod. general,

to ferment.
;

genefen, v. ir.

to recover,

0$. whole, entire adv. quite. m. s.,p. mod. garden. eirtner, m. 8. gardener.
ganj,

geniegen, v. ir.

to enjoy, to eat.

arten,

genomnicii,

taken,

genbt^igt, adj. obliged,

gebciren, v. vr.

to bring forth.

gemig, adj.

&

ado. enough.

geben, v. vr. to give.

enujj,

m. s.pl.-t, & mod. enjoyment

.

etet, n.
g
e

.,

pi. -e, prayer.

ecgra^te, /.
epd'tf,

geography.

Meten, v. vr. to
s.

command.

n.

.,

pi. -e,

baggage, lug-

eMtgf, n.
gebradjt,

chain of mountains.
g
e ralfyeit,

brought.

v. ir.

to come, hit or

fall

cfcraudj,

m.

.,

pi. -t,

&

mod. use,

upon, to thrive.
gered)t,

usage,
eburtgtag,

adj. just.

m.

*.

birth-day.

gem, adv. gladly, with pleasure,

efanbte,

gebei^en, v. vr. to prosper,

ebtdjt, n. g
.,

m.

.,

pi. -n,

ambassador,
song.

pi. -e,

poem.

efang,

m.

.,

pl.-t,

& mod.,

e fatten, v.

ir.

to please.

gefdjel)en, v. ir.

to happen.

gefangen, adj.

imprisoned,
*.
s.,

efdjenf, n. s.,pl. -e, gift, present.

efd)id)te, /. s.
gefdjtfft,

efangene,

m.

prisoner,
pi. -e, prison,

history, narrative.

efangmg, n.

adj. clever, skillful.

efolge, n. s attendant.
efiif)I,

gefdjofjen,

see

fc^iefjett.

n.

s.

feeling,

gefprocften,

see foredjen.
s.,

gegen,

prep, towards, against, prep, opposite.

ejtalt, /.
geflent,

pi. -en,

form,

gegeniifcer,

adv. yesterday.

VOCABULARY.
gefunb,

ENGLISH AND
/.
*.

GERMAN.
favorable.

271

adj.

healthy;

-tyett,

gimfltg, adj.

health.
etjatter, i&.
., .,

it te, /.
pi. -n,

*.

kindness,

godfather,

gittig,

adj. good, kind.

eroirm,

m.

gain, profit,

gcninnett, v. ir., to gain,

geroiSfyneit, v.

win.

a.

& imp.
.,

to accustom.
-en,

eofyn$eit, /.

pi.

custom, aar, n.
tyageln, v.

s.,

pi. -e, hair.

habit,
gerootynlidj,

imp. to hail.

adj.

customary,
[soned cup

att, adj. half.

gierig, adj.

eager. to pour.
;

$aI3, to.

s.,

#?. -e,

&

mot?, neck.

gtepen, . ir.

fallen, . ir. to
.

hold, keep, cling to.

iff, n.

s.

poison

-6ed)er,

m.

8.

poi- $amtner, to.

hammer.

glansen, . a. to shine, glitter,

glcurten, d. a.
glcidj,

anb, /.

s.,

pZ. -e,

&

too<2.

hand

to believe,
like
;

-fdjufy, to. .

glove.
action,

adj. equal, even,

adv. anblung, /.

s.

equally.
gleicen, v. ir.,

fangen, . ir. to

hang.
hang,

to resemble.

pngert, v. a. to
tyarr, ad;',

gtetdJRwIjt, conj.
gleiten, . ir.

nevertheless,

hard.
s., 8.

to glide, slide,

ofe, to.
<tjj,

pi. -n, hare.

gttmmen,

w\ to glimmer, glow,

m.

hate, hatred.

$aflen, . a.

to hate.

lotfe,/. *.,pi. -a, bell.

glutfltcfj,

ajjlic$,-

adj. ugly.

adj. fortunate,

happy.

Jauen, v. ir. to strike.

olb, -en, adj. gold.

ott, w.
rafc, m.
.,
.,

Imupt, .

.,

pJ. -er,

&

mod. head
n.
.

pi. -er,
p?. -er,

& raod. God. & mod. grave.

-jtabt, /.

a. capital; -wort,

noun, substantive.
tyw})tfacIi$ f

grafcen, . ir. grctfen, . ir.

to dig. to catch.

adv. chiefly, mainly.

|><M$, n. 8.; pi. -er,

&

mod. house;

mf, m.

.,

p. -en,

count.
;

Quitting, /. s.

household.

rauen, n.

s.

horror

v.n.&c imp. to

$eJett, v. ir.

to

lift.

abhor, fear.

|>eer, n. ., pi. -e,

army.
copy-book.

w. *., pi. -ti old man. grog/ <$ great, grand ;-ater, grandreia,

4>eerbe,/. eft, .
!>eibe,

*.,

pi. -, herd, flock.

8.,

pi. -e,

father ; -mutter, grandmother..

ruft, /.
s.,

m.

s.,

pi. -tt,

heathen.

pi. -e,

&

mod. grave,

tyeilen, v.

n. to heal.
8.

tomb.
grita,
affij".

eimitt,/.

home,
to call,

green.
n. to

fyeijjen,

i*.

ir.

command.

gritnen,

v.

become green

to

fielb, to. ., pi.

Jelfett, w. ir.

-en, hero.

flourish.
ulbert,

to help.

s.

florin (a coin).

Jeff, ffl<$.

clear, light.

272
$elm,

'VOCABULARY.
to. 8., pi. -e,
s.,

GERMAN
,

AND ENGLISH.

helmet.

emb, n.

%
in,

^Vowel).

pi. -en, shirt.

3mmer, adv. always.

prep, in, into.
while, when, as.
conj.
intern, conj.

Renter, to.

s.

hangman.
,

$enne, /.
tyerauS,

s.

hen.
-Sringen, v. ir. to

adv. out

inbejj,

tnbeffen,

in the

mean

bring to light.
tyernadj,

time.
3nl)alt, to. s.

adv. after, afterwards.

.,

contents,

$err,

m.

pi

-en, master, Sir.

innen,

adv. inside, within.

.,

errti$, ad/, beautiful.

Snfrft, n.

pi. -en, insect,

er },

71. ., jpi.

en, heart.

intereffant, adj.

interesting,

$eute, a<fe.
l)ier,

today.
heaven.

itten, v.

to.

& refl.

to err.

ad. here; -auf, hereupon.

s.

iimnel, to.
Ijitt,

adv. thither, along; -ai, adv.

;

3. (Consonant)
3a, adv. yes.
iagen, v. a.

down
trary
;

-gegen, adv. on the con-fcf)Iei<$en, v. ir.

to sneak or

to chase.

steal to
tyinein.

a place.
;

Sa'get, to. .

hunter.
-e,

adv. in, into

-legen, v. a.

to

Satyr,

to.

*,

ft

year.

place into something..

Winter,

3al)rejeit, /. .

season,

prep, behind, after.

/.
s.,

jammern,
je,

u. to.

to lament,

%,

pi. -n, heat.

adv. ever,

l>ocl) (l)6i)er,

am

^oc&flen), adj.

high.

jeber, e, e8,
jebocf),

pro. every.

Ijoffen, . to.
j^oflid),

to hope.

conj. yet,

however.

ad?, polite.
.,

Semanb, prow, somebody.

jefct,

adv.

now.
.,

6fye,/.

p?.-n, hight.

$oi)te,/. *.,pt -n,

cavern, pit.

3ube, to.

p
*.,

-n,

Jew.

Siingling, to.
olen, v. a. to fetch.
.fxrtj, ra. .,

pi. -e, youth,

young

pi. -er,

& mod.

wood.

man.

tyotstdjt,

adj.

woodlike, wooden.

l)6ren, v. a.

to hear.
Saffee, to.
s.

pSfdj, adj. pretty.

ugeT, to.
.

coffee.

hill.

fidftg, to. ., pi. -e,

cage.
;

fmlm,

to. *.

hen.
little

Saifer, to.

s.

emperor -

ll)um

n.

s.

ur)n$en,
4>unb, to.

to. s.

chicken.

empire,
fldlte,/.
.,

.,

pZ. -e,

dog.

pi. -n, cold, coldness.

jrf.

hunger, to.

s.

hunger.
to hunger.

$amm,
fia'fe,

to. *.,

-e,

& mod.

comb.

t)ungern, v. a.

fi'amndien,
to. .

to. s.

rabbit,

tymgrig, adj.

hungry.
c,

cheese.
-n, cat.

$ut, to.

pi.

& TO0d.

hat.

Safce, /.

s., pZ.,

faufen, . a. to

buy.

VOCABULARY.
Jfaufmaittt,

GERMAN AND ENGLISH.

fnecJjeh, e. jr.

273

m.

.,

pi.

-leute, mer-

to creep, crawl,

chant.
fairnt,

firieg, to. s., pi. -e,

Ritcf/e,

war.

adv. scarcely, hardly.

m.

.,

pZ. -n, kitchen.

fcin,

Reiner,
i>.

pron. no, not any, none.

pi. -er, child.

$u$en,
Sltfy,
fittyl,

to. .
.,

cake.

fennen,

w. to know.
s.,

/.

-t,

& TO0(Z.
artist.

cow.

fiinb, n.
fittbtfdj,

adj. cool.
.

adj. childish.
s.,
.,

Simpler, to.
furjtid),

$ir$e, /.
Sttrfdje,

pi.
pi.

-it,
-it,

church.
cherry.
class.

a*B. shortly, lately.

to. s. driver.

/.

Sutler,

.Staffe,

/.

s.,

pi.

-it,

Stasier, n.
ftleib,

s.,

pi. -e, piano.

n.

s.,

pi. -er, dress.

JTIeibevfi^ranf/ to. s.
fteibett, v.

wardrobe.

Satetranf,

refreshing drink.
. to

a. to dress.

la$en,

d.

laugh.

flew, adj. little, small.

f
I

M($erlic[),

a$\ laughable, ridiculous

to load, lade, charge.

hitmen, v. ir. to climb.

labett, v. ir.
laljitt,

flingen, . ir.
flosfett, .

to sound.

(pomp. Isomer), ac$. lame.

s.,
.,
;

a. to

knock.
boy.

Hampt! f.

pi.

-it,

lamp.

Snaie,

to. s., pZ. -it,

8.

&mb,
cook.

to.

pi. -er,
-maittt,

kmod.

land,

.Me, n.

knee.

country

countryman,

Jtodj, wi. s.,

forfeit, v.

pi

-e,

& too<?.

farmer.
lang, adj.
laffien, e.

a.

& .

to boil, cook.

long,

tall.

Coffer, to.

s.

trunk.

ir.

to let, to permit.

Soljter, to. s. collier.

Idfltg,

adj.

burdensome,

trouble-

fommen,
ffiSntg,

. ir.
8.,

to come.

some.
;

m.

pi. -e,

king

-retdj, to. s.

lateimf^, adj. Latin.

laufett, v. ir.

kingdom.
Soff,

to run.
life
;

m.

s.,

pi. -e,

head -ml), head;

fieoert,

.
v.

s.

. ra.

to live.

ache. Sort,
to. 8.,'pZ.

ledjjen,

n. sot mrft-, to

be very

&

mod. basket.

thirsty.
leer,

fioxftx, to. 8.
fojlfcar,

body.

adj. void,

empty.

adv. costly, precious.

legett, v.

a. lay, put.

ffoflen, pi.
fofhtt, v.

expenses.

fieljrer, to. .

teacher.
-it,

n. to cost, taste.
s.,

Ce$r|ritnbe,/. s.,pl.

lesson.

tfmft, /.

jpi.

-e,

&

mod.

force,

8ei6, to.

.,

pZ. -c

r,

body.

strength.
ffraijeit, to. *.

8ei$ttaitt, to. s.

corpse.
;

collar.

leic&t,

adj.

light, easy

<kZ. easily,

franf, adj. sick.

fmjtffett, .

lightly.
letdjtroeg,

w. to scream, shout.

adj.

wanton, thoughtless.
light-minded.

flreuj, ra. 8.,

^.

-e, cross.

Xeicf)tftnntg,

adj.

274

VOCABULARY.
n.
8.

GEBMAN AND ENGLISH.

SWaurer, to.
.

Sett),

sorrow; -fein, -t$un, to

to suffer, to lend.
*.

cause Borrow or regret.

Iciben, v. ir.
[eityen,
r>.

2Rau3, /.

.,

pi. -e,
*., jrf.

mason. & mod. mouse.

-n, medal.

SBlebaiHe,/.
SHeer, n. 8.
meljr, adj.

ir.

ocean.

Seinwanb,/.
Seftion, /.
s.,

linen, linen-cloth.

& ado.

more.
mile.

pi. -e n, lesson,

meiben, v. ir. to

shun.

lerncn, v. a.
Itfeii,

& n.

to learn.

2JleiIe,/. a., jpZ. -it,

. ir.

to read.

meinen,
trteift,

. re.

to intend, mean.

Icfct,

adj. last.

a(Z.

most.
master.
to milk.
p. -en,

Ceute, pi. persons, people,

lieb,

SKetfter, to. *.

adj. dear, beloved.

metfen, v.'vr.

liebenSwiirbig, adj. lovely,

amiable.

SKettfdj,

m.

.,

man, person.

Steb, n.

.,

pJ. -e

r,

song. place ; b<WM-, to

merfen, v. a. to
mefFen, v. ir.

mark, perceive.
-e,

liegen, d. *>.

to

lie,

to measure.

care about,
linf,

Ketall, n.

., jrf.

metal.

adj. left.

2Re&jer, to. . butcher.

left,
mtetfyen,

linfS,

adv. to the

u
8.

a. to hire, rent.

loben, v. a. to praise.
Ioien3tt>ert$, od;'.

Wlity,/.

milk.
. a.

praiseworthy.
r,

migbrau^en,
9Jtt(fetpter,

to misuse.
evil-doer, criminal.

80$, n.

s.,

pi. -e

& mod.

hole.

m.

Eoffel, to. .

spoon.
pilot.

mtjjfaffen, v. ir.

to displease.
at,

Sootfe, to.

*. .,

mit,

prep, with, by,

on

-brittgett,

Cotte, to.
titjjen, 0.

pZ. -n, lion,

v. ir.

to bring along or with; -ge< to go along or with

ir.
s.,
;

to

lie, tell

a falsehood.
pleasure,

ben, v. ir.

any

Sufi, /.

pi. -e,
-fcaben,

& mod.
to

one

-fijeilen, v.

communicate.

delight

have a mind.

mitljin, conj.

therefore, consequently.

Siittag,

m.
n.

*.

noon, midday.
dinner.

2JKttageffeit, n. s.
tt,

v. a.

to make.

SKittet,

8.

means, remedy.
to impart,

Wli&ijm, n.
3Ragb, /.
.

maiden,

girl.

mittfjeilen, v. a.

communi-

pi. -e,

& mod.

maid-ser-

cate.
SKbbel, pi. furniture.

vant.
SWat, n.
SJtciIer,
8.

time (with numerals.)

s.

mi>glic&,

adj. possible.
.,
.

m.

painter.

SRonat, to.
to.

pi. -e,

month.

Stan, indef. pron.

one; somebody, 2Ronb,

I.

moon.
moss.

they, people, see Less. 57, Obs.

mandjmal, adv. sometimes.
SKantel,

3)?oog, n. 8.
SDlorgen,

to. s.

morning;
s.

ad. to-

m.

*.,

pi.

& mod.
-%

cloak.

morrow.
2Ror<)etttb>u,

SDJatrofe, to. *., jtf.

sailor.

m.

morning dew.

SKatier,/. s.,pZ. -n, wall.

miibe, adj.

weary, fatigued.

VOCABULARY.
SMutfer,
SRnfif-,

GEKMAN AND
9htfj,

KI'.OMSH.
pi. -e,

275
;

m.
/.

a.

miller.

/.
s.

.,

& mod. nut

-Sditm,

*.

music;

-letter,

m.

a.

m.

nut-tree.

music-teaeher.
SHutfy,

Stolen,

w.

s.

use,

utility;

nitfeen,

m.

a.
a.,

spirit,

courage.

. a.

& n.

to

make

use

of,

to be of

Gutter, /.

pi.

& mod,,

mother.

use.
nitj)ltc,

adj. useful.

SK.
9cad>,

o.
-aljmett,

prep.

&

adv. after;
;

D6,

cow?',

whether,
corej.

if; -gletdj, conj.

com,?',

v. a.

to imitate
;

-bent,

adv. after;

-fcf)on,

-wotyl,

though,

wards

conj. after,

when

-ben*

although,
oien, adv.

fen, v. ir.
;

to reflect

-fyer,

adv. after-

above.
fruit.
a.

wards lafjtg,
gent;
-tnittag,

adj. careless, negli-

Dtf}, n.

s.

m.

s.

afternoon.
by.

Dcean, m.
>d)3,

ocean.
pi. -en, ox.

mi) unb

nad),

adv.

by and

m.

a.,

Sfadjricljt,

/.
a., a.,

a.,

pi. -en, intelligence.

cbet, conj. or.

9kdjt, /.
Siabel,/.

pi. -e,

& mod.
name.

night.

Del,

ra. .

oil.
a.,

pi

-n, needle.

Dfen,

m.

pi.

& mod
;

stove, oven,

9came,
Starr,

m. m.

a.,

pZ. -it,

offen, adj.

open

-Jar, adj.

manifest

a.,

pi. -en, fool.

Dfftjier, to. a., pi. -e, officer.

ijjfnen, v.
oft,

ttarrtfd),

adj. foolish.

a. to

open,

neien,

prep. near.

adv. often, oft.

ne^aten, v. ir. to take.

nettt,

DIjeim,
oljne,

m.
m.
9.
.,

*.

uncle.

adv. no.
v. ir.
*.,

prep, without.
s.

nennen,
9hfr, n.
ttett,

to name.

Dnfel,

uncle.

p?. -er, nest.

Dper, /.
SDrt,

opera.
pi. -er,

adj.

new.
-n, niece.

m.

& to<2.

place.

tteitltdj,

adv. newly, lately.

a., jpZ.

9Ud)te, /.
lltdjt?,

pron. nothing.
adv. nevertheless.

$a,

.,

p?. -e, pair, couple.

nic^tsbefloitiettiger,
trie

9)a<f, to. *.,

pi. -e,

or ntemals, adv. never.

3>alafi, to. *., pJ. -ti

& to<k. pack. & towZ. palace.

9Itett.anb,

pron. nobody, no one.

3>antcffel,

m.
a.,

a.,

pi. -n, slipper,

nirgenb ($), adv.

nod),

nowhere.
yet
;

sparf, m., a.

park.
pi.
-t,

conj.

still,

-einmal,

once

3>fa^t,

m.

&

mod. pM

more.
9Jot, /. ., pi. -e,

stake.

& mod.

need.

pfetfen, 0. ir.
SPfetl, to.

to whistle.

nun, adv.
-ja,
rntr,

&

conj.

now, at present

a, p. -e, arrow,

well then.

pfennig,

m.

a.,

pi. -e,
a.

penny,

adv. only, but.

spferbemarft,

m.

horse-market.

276
9>f[anje,/ 3,
fcflegen, v.

VOCABULARY.

GERMAN AND ENGLISH.

rein, adj.
SReifc,

pi

-n, plant,
of.

clean, pure.
-n, journey.

a. to

take care

/.

., j??.

v. to.

to be

wont
s.

to do.

reifen, v. to.

to travel.
to tear.

3>flid)t,/. ., pi. -en,

spfjilofopljie,

duty,

reijjen, v. ir.

/.

philosophy.
s.

reiten, v. ir.

to ride

on horseback.
to repent.

Spiano, pianino, n.

piano.

rennen, v. ir. to run.

reuen, .
to.

portion, /. s.,pl. -en, portion.

9)o(l,/.. post.
9>rcifibent,

& imp.

ried)en, . ir.

to smell.
ring.

m.
a.,
a.,

s.,

pj. -en, president.

Sling, to. a., pi. -t,

3>reU,
>rinj,

m. m.

pi. -e, price, prize. pi. -en, prince;

ringen, v. ir.
ef|tn,

to ring, to wrestle.

ringS,

adv.

around

-umtycr,

all

/.

a.

princess.
pi. -en, professor.

around,
rinnen, . ir.

9)refeilbr, to. s.,

to run, to flow.
-e,

o.
DuaclfalBer, to.
a.

Scod, to.

a., jji.

&

mod.

coat.

quack.

SJofe, /. a.,
Iein)

^.

-n,

(diminutive 3I58

Dual, /.
grief.

.,

#?. -en,

torment, pain,

rose.
a.,

3Jop, m.
a.,

pi. -e, horse.

Quelle, /.

pi. -n, spring, fountain.

rot$

asd?'.

red.
a.

quetten, v. ir.

to spring, gush.

SRiicf fe$r,

/.

return,

rufen, v. ir.

to call.
to rest.

m.
SRttb,

ru$en, v.

to.

m.

a.,

p?. -er,
pZ.

3tanb, to.

a.,

& mod. wheel. -er, & mod. edge.

9tu$m, to.

a.

renown, fame.
round.

rimb, (comp. runbtr), adj.

ratljcn, v. ir.

to guess, counsel.
a.,

Dcedjmmg, /.

pi. -en, account, bill.

6.
adje, /.
.,

redjtfertigen, v. refl. red)t$,

to justify.

pJ. -n,

thing.
tell.

adv. to the right hand.

fogen, v. a.

to say,
salt.

reben, v. a.

&

n. to speak, talk.
s.,

oat},

to. a.

Stebcntot, /.

pi. -en,

phrase, ex- fammeln,

b. a.

to gather.
;

pression.
rcbli.i),

anb,
honest.
s.

to. a. to.

sand

-luufte,/.

a.

desert

adj.

org,

., j?Z.

-e,

& mod.

coffin.

SReblidjfeit,

/.

honesty, uprightness.
;

(aufen, . ir.

to drink (of animals).

SRegert, to. s.

rain

-iogen, to.

a.

rain-

faugen, v. ir. to
fauer, adj. sour.

suck.

bow.
regieren, v. a.
reiben, v. vr.
reidj,

to reign, govern.

fd)dblid), ad?',

injurious.

to rub.

cjjafer, to. a.
fdjaffen, v. ir.

shepherd.
to effect, create.

adj. rich.

SRetdj, to. a.

reign,

kingdom

-ttyutn,

fdjaflen, v.

n. to sound.
a.

to. a. riches.
xeifr

djanbe, /.
-en, v. n. to ripen.

shame.
shameful.-

adj. ripe

ftjanbtidj, adj.

VOCABULABY.
j^oifcm, v. a.
fdjeeren, v. ir.

GERMAN AND ENGLISH.

fc^rttuicn, v. a.

277

to value, to shear, to separate.

to screw.
.

$recf,

(en),

m.

terror.

fdjeiben, v. ir.

fcre<fen, v. a.

to frighten, to write.

<$ein,

m.

s.

shine appearance,
;

fdjretien, v. ir.
ireien, v. ir.

fdjetnen, v. ir.
(Vfyelten,

to shine

appear, seem.

to cry, scream, to stride,

v. ir.

to chide, scold.

fdjretten, v. ir.
fdjltfttg,

f^enfen, v. a. to

make a
send
;

present.
refl.

adj.

guOty.

fd)Wen, v. a. to

v.

to be

fd)ulbIo3, adj. guiltless,

suitable,
fdjieien, v. ir.
fdjie|jen, v. ir.

(fyurfe,

m.

s.,

pi. -en,

knave.

to push. to shoot.
sailor.

fdjwctdj, ad;',

weak,
brother-in-law.

djffiager, to. s.
fdjtta'ren, . ir. fdjtteflen, v. ir.

cfyiffer,

m.

s.

to fester, to swell,

ft^inben, . ir.

to flay.

<$tnfen,

m.

*.

ham.

fitter, adj. difficult,

fdjlDtmrnen, v. ir.
fcfyttrinben, v. ir.

heavy.

$ta$t,/.. battle,
fdjtafen, v. ir.

to swim,

to sleep.

to disappear. to swing.
to swear,

fdjlafenb,

participle, sleeping.

fdjrotngen, v. ir.
jcfjttBren, v. ir.

fcfytagen, v. ir.
fdjledjt,

to strike, beat.

$. bad, mean.
to sneak,

egen,

m.

s.

blessing,

fdjleidjen, o. ir.
fdjletfen, v. ir.
fdjletjjen, v. ir.

fegnen, v. a. to bless.
fe|en, v. ir.
fetyr,

to grind.
to
slit, split.
;

to see.

adv. very,

much,
-wart*, adv.

f^Itejjen, . ir.

to lock

to shut,

fetben, adj.
feit,

silken,

fdjltngen, v. ir.
itylojj,

to sling,
;

prep.

&

conj. since

n.

s.

lock
.

castle.

aside,
fettjl,

<$lu(]el,
fcijinetjjen,

m.

key.
to throw, cast.

pron. self adv. even,

;

v. ir.

felten,

adv. seldom, to send,

f<$mclsm, v. ir. to melt, smelt,

fenben, v. ir.
fejjen, . ir.

djmerj,

m.

*.,

pi. -en, pain, ache.

to set.

f<$muj5ig, adj. dirty.

(teben, . ir.

to seethe, boil.
victory,

ftnaukn,
djnee,

b. ir.
s.

to snort (of horses)

teg,

m.

s.

m.

snow,
to cut.
tailor,

jtegen, v.

n. to conquer.
s.

fctynetben, . ir.

ttter, n.

silver,

cfyneiber,
fdjneten, v.
ftjjnefl,

m.

s.

ftngen, v. ir.
frnftn, v. ir.

to sing,

imp. to snow,

to sink, to think, to
sit.

adj. quick.

finnen, v. ir.
ftjjen, v. ir.

fdjon,

adv. already.

(S^fin^ett, /. *.,j)Z. -en,

beauty.

flase,
fo, <K?).

m.

.,

pi. -n, slave,

$ote, /.

.,

pi. -n, pea.

pi.

&

conj. so,

thus

if,

so

as.

errant, TO.

8.

&

WJ0<Z.

wardrobe

fofott, fogletd),

adv. immediately

278
@o$n, m.
fold),
8.,

VOCABULARY.
pi. -c,

GERMAN AND ENGLISH.

fletten,

& mod.

son.

v. a.

to put, place.
to die
;

pron. such.
s.,

(lerten, . ir.

(lertenb,

parti-

olbat, to.

pi. -en, soldier.

ciple,

dying,
adj. mortal.
s.,

fonbern, . a. to

separate

core?',

but.
to.
.

flertlid),

Sonne, /.
parasol.
fon|t,

*.

sun;

-(n)fdjirm,

tern, to.
|leW, d<to.

pi. -e, star.

always.
to fly quickly ; to start.

adv. else, otherwise.

ftieSen, . vr.
flitt",

fpat, ff/i/.

&
.

adv. late,
to walk.

f?j. still,

calm,

fpajicren (getyen), v. n.

timme,

.,

pi. -n, voice.

pelf, to.

bacon
to spit,

Pinfen, v. ir.

to stink,
pi. -n, forehead,

fpeien, . ir.
fpeifen, e.

time,/.

8.,

n. to eat.
s.

(to pen, v. ir.

to thrust, push. to punish,

pi. -en, ray,

ptegel, to.

looking-glass.

ffrafen, v. a.
;

Spiel, w.

.,

pi. -e, play,

;

game

-jeug,

trotyl, to.

"*.,

beam.
shrub,

n.

s.

play-things

-platy, to. s.

play-

trape, /.

s.,

pi. -n, street,

-e,

ground,
fpielen, . a.

traudj, to.

., jrf.

& mod.

&

to.

to play.

bush.
fireidjen, v. ir.
(Ireiten, v. ir.

fpinnen, v. ir.

to spin.
-n, point.

to rub. to quarrel, fight.

pifce, /.

*.,

p!

fpletpen, . ir.

to split.

titcE,

n.

8.,

pi. -e, piece,

pott, to.

s. 8.

mockery.
speech, language.

tutyl, to. ., jrf. -e,

& mod. &

chair,

pradje,/.

tunbe, /.

8.,

p!

-n, hour, lesson,

foremen, v. ir. to
fpriepen, v. ir.

speak.

turm,

to.

s.,

pi. -e,

mod. storm,

to sprout. to spring, leap.

fudjen, v. a.

to seek, search.

fpringen, v. ir.

prudj,

to.

s.,

p!

-e,

&

mod. proSabeln,
. a.
s.,

2.
to blame.
-n, blackboard.
Safel, /.

verb.

put,

to. *., pi. -en,

s.

track.

p!

tadjel, to.

sting.

Sag,

to. 8., pi. -e,

day.

tatyl, i. s. steel.

tttgen, .

imp. to dawn.
to dance.

tall, to.

.,

pi. -e,
8.

&
e 1

mod. stable
6 e n.

tanjen, v. n.
tapfer,

-fned)t, to.
(laro,

groom.
ft

<m$. brave.

imperfect of
.

Ittpferfeit,/. s.

bravery, valor.

t&rfe, /.

strength.

lafdje,/

8.,

pi. -n, pocket.

8.

(tedjen, . ir.

to prick, pierce.
8.,

Tafd^entudj, n.

handkerchief.

tecfnabel,/.
(Jetyen, .

pi. -n, pin.

Saffe,/ 8.,pl. -n, cup.

lafce, /. s., pi. -n,

ir.

to stand. to steal.
to step, ascend.
pi. -n, place.
!

paw, claw.
pond.

|lfIen, . ir.

Sauoe, /.
Seidj, to.

8.,

pi. -n, dove, pigeon.

pi. -e,
s.

(leigen, s. ir.

8.,

telle, /.

.,

Sempel,

to.

temple.

VOCABULARY.
I$I,
n.
a.,

GERMAN
dale,

AND ENGLISH.
u.

279

pi.

-er,

&

mod.

valley.

Uebel,

re. *.

evil

adj. evil,

ill.

m. a. tea. XfytU, m. ., pi.

Xtyt,
t^eilen, v. a.

tiben, v. a.

to exercise, practise,
;

-e, part.

fiber,

prep, over

adv. on, upon, be-

to divide.
it

yond.
b c rilicfen, v. a. to

fytilit
iljeuer,

adv. partly,
adj. dear.
.,
s.,

survey to over;

look.

$ier, n.

pi. -e,

animal.

fiberbieS,

adv. moreover, besides,

v. ir.

Xtyx, n.
fool.
tbovtiljt,

pi. -e,

gate ; m. s.,

pi. -en,

fiber loufen,

(separable) to

run

over ; (inseparable) to importune.

adj. foolish.
8.,

Uebermafj, n.

s.

excess,

%1)tam,f.

pi. -n, tear.

ubermorgen, adv.

day after to-morrow.

;

tun, v. ir. to do.

fiber

fejjen,

v.

n. to leap over

v. a.

X1)me,f.
ttef,

8.,

pi. -n, door.

to translate.
Ueberfejjung, /.
.,

adj. deep.

pi. -en, translation,

Stiefe,/. . pi. n,
ifc()Ier, . 8.

depth.

uBe

r treffen, v.

ir.

to excel,

joiner, cabinet-maker.
pi.

fiberjeugen, v. a. to convince, convict.

fibrigenS,

Softer, /.

*.,

mod. daughter.

Xvbi m.

8.

death,

adv. moreover.

tobten, v. a.

& refl. to kill.

pi. -n, barrel.
-e,

Ufer, n. s.

bank, shore.
#?. -en,

Sonne, /.
Xofft

.,

Ubj, /.

.,

watch

-ntadjer,

m.

m.

., j)Z.
i/r.

& mi2.

pot.

8.

watch-maker,
v. ir.

tragen, v.

to bear, carry, to water.

-e,

u nt geben,
umgefyen,

to surround,
(separable)

tranfen, v. a.

v.
;

ir.

to

go
;

Stttum,

m.

., jpZ.

&

mod. dream,

around
um

(insep.) to avoid,
(sep.)

traurig, adj. sad.

treffen, v. ir.

terpen, v. n.

to return

v.

to hit

to meet,
;

a. (insep.) to

turn up.
;

treiben, v. ir.
treten, v. ir.
treu,

to drive

to practice

m fdjtagen, v.
over.

n. to overset

to turn

to tread, step,

adj. true, iaithful;

lo 8

adj.

m roenben,

v. ir.

to turn

to invert.

faithless.
triefen, . ir.

ungeacfjtet,

prep, notwithstanding,

to drip, drop. to drink.

unten, adv.

below, beneath,
(newt.) to

irtnfen, v. ir.

un

e r ge^en, v. ir.
;

go down,

iwcEen, adj. dry.

perish

(act.)

to undergo,
interesting.
.,

Eropfen,

m.

drop.

unterfcaltenb, adj.

trugen, v. ir. to deceive.

Unterljalrung, /.

pi. -en,

conver-

Sugenb,

/
m.

s.

virtue

-$aft,

a$.

vir-

sation.
unterjoctyen, v.

tuous.
Jljrann,
s.,

a.

to subdue,

sub-

pi. -en, tyrant.

jugate.
Unterridjt,

m.

a.

instruction.

280
un
t

VOCABULARY.
e r

GERMAN AND

ENGLISH.
to promise
v. refl.

fud)cn, v. a.

to examine.

e t fpredjen, v. ir.

Untertfym, ject.

m.

s.,

pi. -en,

&

adj. sub-

to misspeak.

Set ftetyen,

. ir.
as.

to understand.
to attempt.

imterWegS, adv.
ttnorftt$tigr'eit,

by or on the way.
/.
.,

erftt(t)en, v.

pi. -en, careless- ert$eibigen, v. a. to defend.

ness.
Unroa$reit, /.
s.,

aSerirauen, n.
pi. -en,

s.

confidence;

v. n.

to

untruthful-

trust

v. a.

to entrust.

ness.

sertrotfnen, v. n. to
serutfadjen, v. a.

dry up.

to cause.

e r nwnben, v. a. to

wound.
astonishment.
pi. -en,

SJ.
SSetl^en, n.
s.

SJerwunberung,/.
2Jertt>unf$itng, /.

s-

violet,

.,

impre-

vera (reben,

v. a.

to agree upon.

cation.
er jet^en, v. ir. to pardon.
Setter,
Kiel,

rbergen, v. ir. to conceal,

v. a.

set beffera,

to improve.

m.

.,

pi. -n, cousin.

eriieten, v. ir. to forbid,

serberben, v. ir. to spoil
serbtenen, v. a. to
;

<m$.

& adv.
fflfft).

much.

to corrupt,

Otelmeljr,

rather.

deserve,
ir.

2Mf,
v. refl.

n.

.,

pi. -er,

&

mod. people.

wbriepen,

v.

imp.

to displease.
;

SoItret<$, adj.

populous.
adv. before, for, from.

r etnigen, v. a.

unite, join

mod, (eorap. solltr), adj. full.

Dor,

to agree,
serfmfiern, . .
sergeffen, v. ir.

prep.

&

to darken.
to forget.

wrtg, adj. former, last.

sorfommen,
Sormittag,
sale,

v. ir.

(separable) to oc-

SJergnugen, n.

s.

pleasure, delight.

cur; seem.

er$tnbern, v. a. to
SSerfauf,
loerfeljrt,

hinder.

m.

s.

forenoon.
to take care, to fore-

m.

s.,

pi. -e,

& mod.
;

d r fe^en, v. ir.

adj. perverted, perverse.

,

see.
Soriiiet,

r IafTm

ir.

to leave

to rely

adv. over, past.

adj. excellent.

upon.
tterlaumben, v. a. to
setlieren, v. ir.
SSertujl,

Wrtreffltif),

calumniate,

SorroartS,

adv. forward.

to loose.

m.

*.,

pi. -e, loss.

ermogen,

w. to be able;

as.
to.

s.

ability, property.
sernuittyen, v. a.

en, v. ir.
v. a.

to grow,

to suppose, presume. teagen, to betray.

to venture.
choice,

r ratten, v. vr.

/.

s.

Sertiiden, v. a.

to move.

wcitylen, v. a.

to choose.

erf($ieben, adj. different,

tt>abnflnnig,

a dj.

m&A

crazy.

serfdjwenben, v. a. to

squander.

wnfyrneljmen, e.ir.to

observe, improve
truth.

e r

fcb>tnbcn, v. ir. to disappear.

JBo-bj^ett, /. ., pi. -en,

VOCABULAEY.
n>ct:&rfi$einli$,

GERMAN AND ENGLISH.

-wofyt,

281
;

ado. probably.

though, although
again, anew,

-iel,

SSaife, /.
Sffialb, to.

a.,

pi. -n,

orphan.

how much?
wteber, adv.
roiebergeben, v. ir. to return.

s.,

pi. -et,

&

mod. wood,

forest.

SBaltmtp,/.

8.

walnut.

iegen, v. a. to
tuilb,

weigh to
;

rock.

SBanb,/. s.,pl. -e,

tition.

&

mod. wall, par-

adj. wild.

SfBi[Ie(n),
s.

m.

.,

pi. -n, will,

purpose.

SBanberer, to.

wanderer, traveler.

SBinb, to.

., jpZ.

-e,

wind.
to effect,

nwnbevn,

v. n.

to wander, travel.

wtnben,

b. ir.

to wind, twist,
;

ttann, conj.

& aeftj.

when.

ttirfen, v.
ttnrftidj,

n. to operate
;

. a.

Barm, adj. warm.

ttarten, v. n.

to wait.

nrifien,

a$. real adv. really v. ir. to know.

tsarum, adv.
teaf^en, v.

why. w\ to wash.
to weave.

SBittwe,/ s.,pl. -n, widow.

t0, aefa).

where
a.,

conj.

if,

in case.

totitn, v. ir.
tteber,

Soc^c, /.
jsebet

pi. -n,

week.

conj.

neither;

- noi$>

Wofern,
Wofiir,

core,?, if.

neither-nor.
SBeg, to.
*.,

adv. for what. adv.

pi. -e,

way, path.
send away.

ol)er, wotyin,
SBoIjl, n.
TOo^Ifeit,
s.

whence whither,
; ;

tt>egfiJ)tcten,

v. a.

to

welfare

adj. well.

ttet&Hcfj, adj.

female.
to give way, yield.

adj. cheap,

ei$en,

b. ir.

ttotynen, v. n.

to dwell, live.
-en, dwelling.

Weil, conj.

while, because.
pi. -e,

8Bob>ung, /.
SBolfe, /.
.,

s.,jpl.

SBein,
itjeifen,

m.s
v
.

wine.

pZ. -n, cloud.

ir. to

point out,

show

SBoIle,/.
roonacfy,

wool.

weiffctgen,
tucit,

a,

to prophesy.

adv. whereafter,

adj. distant, far

woran, adv. whereat, whereon,

worauf, ado.
toorauS, adv.
SBort, n.
a.,

SBellc, /. .,

pi -n, wave.

whereon.
out of which.
pi. -cr,

SBelt,

pi. -en,

world
little,

roenben, v. ir.. to
trentg,

turn
few.

&

mod. word.

ad/

&

adv

SEBbrtcroud),

to. .

dictionary,

tt>enig|len$,

a<fa at least.

tuenn, cob;,
-fc#ott,

when,

if; -au<$,

-glct$,

though, although.
w".

adv. whereupon, wown, adv. whereof. munberit, v. n. re.fi. to be astonishna

rooruber,
roimfdjeit, v.

iserten,

to raise soldiers

sue.

a. to wish.

werfen, v. vr. to
SBerf,

throw,

cast,

SBurotf to. &, pi. -tr,

& mod. worm

n.

.,

pi. -*,

work, deed.
8a$n,
to. a., pi. -c,

SBertlj, to. .

value.

wef^atfc,

adv.

why, wherefore.
;

& mod.
&

tooth.

SBetter, n. a.

weather.
conj. as, like; -aixi),

iartlid),

adj. tender, kind.

.,

Kit, adv.

how

Saunt, to.

/A

-e,

mod. bridle.

282

VOCABULARY.

OEBMAN AND ENGLISH.

Slider, to.
jucrft,
a.

Seidjen, n. a. sign.
jeigen, v. a. jet&en, v. ir.

sugar.
at
first.

to show. to accuse.

adv.

first,

juftieben, adj.

contented.

3ett, /.
Settling,

a.,

pi. -en, time.

a.,

Bug,

to.

a.,

pi. -c,

hmod.

procession,

/.

#Z. -en,

newspaper.
j

draught.
u madjen,
. a.

Selt,
j e
j e

ra. .,

pi. -en, tent.

(separable) to shut.
-n, tongue.

r Sredjen, v. ir.

to break.

Sltnge, /.
juriicf,

*., jpZ.

tie gen, . a. to disjoin, dissect.

*.

a<fo.

back, backwards; -6e

to accom(separable) (separable)

Serlegung, /.

dissection.

gleitcn, . (ireseparofife)

jerreijjen, v. ir. to tear.

J

pany back; -geben,

to return
to return
;

v. ir.

et (Wren, . a. to destroy.
*.

-ftfeten, v. a.

SerjWnmg, /.
jieljen,

destruction.

-fdjiden, v. a. (separable)

v.

ir.

to draw,

march; to
5

to send back, return.

move.
jiemlidj,

fd/Iiejjen, v. ir.

(separable) to lock

adj.

moderate; adv.
room, chamber. bring to

tole-

up.
3u(lanb, to.
s.

rably.

state, condition.

Simmer, n.
ju,

s.

juroeilen,

adv. at times.
certainly, indeed.

prgp.

to, at, in, on.

;

jroar, conj.

iubringen, v. ir. to

to pass

jttungen, v. ir.

to force, constrain.

away

(time).

Stotfr to.

8.,

pi. -t, dissension, strife.

VOCABULARY.
ENGLISH AND GERMAN.

A.
Abdicate,
v. aBbattfen.
fid)

Also, adv. audj.

grauett.

Abhor,

v. seraifdjeuen;

Alter, v. d'nbern.

Able

(to be), v. (teratogen, fonnett.

urn; adv. ungefctyr.
titer, ooett, oiertyalo.

Although,

conj. oogletdj, oifdjon.

About, prep,

Always,

a<fo. imnier.
s.

Above, prep,
According
Account,
Accuse,

Ambassador,
Amiable, adj.
Ancient, adj.

ber efftttbte.

(to),

yrep.

nadj.
ttegett.

IteienSwitrbig.

Account (on
s.

of),

prep,

Among, prep, unter;

alt.

bte Sfcedjmtttg.

v. jetljen. v. fid) gett>o$tteit.

Animal,

s.

ba ter.
antroorten.
Slffe.
.

Accustom,
Acquire,
Action,

v. erlattgett.

Answer, . Ape, s. ber

Apply,

s. bie

$anbltmg.

Appearance,

ber djetn.

Admire,

v.

Senmnbern.
oetriiltt.

v. anwenbett, nadjfudjen.
s.

Afflicted, adj.

Army,
s.

baS eer.
urn
;

After, prep. nadj, nadjbem; -noon,

bcr9?adjmittag:
$er.

Around, prep,
Arrive,

all -, rings timber.

-wards, conj.mfy Arrival,

s. bte Slttfimft.

v.
*.

anlomnten.
ber SPfetl.

Again, adv.

isteber.

Arrow,
Artist,

Against, prep, gegen, wtber.

s.

ber flimfiler.
al3, ba.

Aged, adj.

alt, Beia^tt. v. fid)

As, conj. Wit,

Agree (upon),
Air,
bte Cuft.

sera&reben.

Ascend,
Ashes,

v. ftetgen, Ijtnaitffietgen.

Agreeable, adj. angenefyn.

*.

. bie Slfdje.

Ask,

v. fragen, iittett.

Almighty,
all

adj. allmddjttg.

Astonished
ganj unb gar
umljer.

(to be), v.

fidj

ttuHbcnu

All, adj. all;

ntd)t;

not at

all,

At, prep.

M,

cm, auf, ju.

around, rtngd

Attempt,
Attract,

. tterfudjen.

Almost, adv. kinase.

Alone, adv.
attein.

Attentive, adj. aufmerffam.

v. anjietyen.

Already, adv.

fd)on.

Away, adv.

meg,

fort.

284

VOCABULABY.

ENGLISH AND GERMAN.

Boat,
s.

bad Soot
bet .RotBet, Seifc.

Bad, Bag,

adj.
s.

fd)Ied)t.

Body,
Boil,

bet Seutel.
s.

. fodjen.
*.

Baggage,
Bake,
Baker,

bad epotf.

Book,

bad Sud); -binder, bet Sud).-

v. batten.
. s.

iinbet;

-dealer or -seller, ber Suc$

bet Sudjtaben.

ber

Met.

tyanblet; -store,

Bank,

baa Ufet.
.

Both, adv.

beibe.

Basket,
Battle,

bet Sort.
bie d)Iad)t.

Bottom,

s.

ber

Soben.

Bough,
Box,
*.

s.

bet Sffl.

Beat,

v.

fdjlagen.
s.

bie Siidjfe.

Beauty,
Bed,
Beer,

bie Sd)6nett.
tseil.

Brave, $.

tapfer.

Because, <wy'.
*.

Bravery,

s. bie a|>fetfeit.

bad Sett.
bad
SBier.
el)e,

Break,

v. btedjen. jctbtedjen.
s.

a.

Breakfast,
beor.
fliicEen.

tai gtufylucf;

t>.

frify*

Before, prep. or,

Beg,

v. bitten. s.

Breath,
Bridge,

a.
s.

bet Slt^em.
bie

Begin,

anfangen.
s.
fidj

SBtMe.
-along, mitbtmgttt;

Beginning,

bet Slnfang.

Bring,

v. bringen;

Behave,
Believe,
Bell,

betragen.
Winter.

-forth, gebaten; -to light, 'icrauS*

bringen.

Behind, prep.

v. glauben,

Brook,

s. s.

ber Sad). bet Sefen.

s.

s. bie

GHotfe.

Broom,

Belong,

v. getyiiren.

Brother-in-law,

bet d)ager.

Below, adv. Bench,

.

unten.

Brown,
Brush,
Build,
aujjer, aujjetbem.

adj. Jrautt.
*. bie Sitrfle.

bie

f&anU

Bend,

. Siegen.

v.

bauen.

Beside, besides, prep,

Betray,

v. settattien.

Burdensome, adj. lafltg. Burn, v. brennen, setbtennen.

Burst,
v. berjtat.

Between, prep.
Bid,
Bill,

sn>ifd)en.

. fcteten, gebieten.
.

But, conj. Butcher,

Butter,

a6et, attein, fonbertt.

bie

3e$tnmg.

*.

bet glcifdjer, 5Refeger.

Bind,

*.

iinben.
s,

s. bie

Sutter.

Birth-day,
Bite,

bet ebuttdtag.

By, prep,

an, au8, bet, son.

v. beijjen.

Black, adj. fdjwarj.

Blame,

v. tabeln.

Bless, v. fegnen.

Cage,

bet Jfaftg.
l}ei|jen.

Blessing,

s.

bet egen.

Call, . rufen; to be called,

Blow,

v. fttafen.

Calling,

bet Setuf.
v. setla'umben.

Blue, adj. Man.

Calumniate,

VOCABULAKY.
Cane,
s.

ENGLISH AND GERMAN.

285
ffommen.

ber
s. s.

tod.

Capital,

bie au|>tfiabt. bet flapitan.

Comb, Come,
;

a.

ber -fiamm.

fomtnen

- again,

wiebet*

Captain,

[baratt liegen.

Comfortable, adj.

Sequent.

Care, take

of, v. (jflegen

- about,
[fe&en.
v. burd)

Command,
Commence,

v. iefelilen, gebieten. v.

Careless, adj. jmdjlaffigr untforft^ttg.

anfangen, beginnen.

Carriage,

s.

pi

bie iEutfdje.

Carry,
Castle,

v. tragen;
s.

- through,

ba d)[ofj.

Communicate, v. niitttjeilcn. Compare, v. tiergleidjen. Compel, v. jtttegen.

Complain,
Conceal,
Concert,
v. fid) beftagen.

Catch, Cause,

v. fangen, gteifen. v. setutfadjen.

orfidjtig.

v. ietgen, setbergett.
a.

Cautious, adj.

bag Eoncert.
Suflttrtb.

Cavern,

8.

bie $iify[e.
beriiljmt.
getoijj
;

Condition, & bet

Confidence,
s.

Celebrated, adj,
Certainly, adv.
Chair,
s.

ba8 SJetttauen.
[fid)
;

jnwr.

Conquer,

v. ftegen.

bewufjt fete.

bet tufjl.
v. ted)feln; fid) finbetn.
s.

Conscious, adj.

beroujjt

to be

of,

Change,
Charge,
Chase,
Cheat,

Consequently, adv.
Contented, adj.

folglid), mitfjto.

bie Soften

v. Selaben.

jitfrieben.

v. jttgen; s. bie 3<tgb.

Convince,

v. iibetjeogen.
;

Cheap, adj.
a. ber
.

to$Ifeit.

Cook, Copy,

8.

bet Sod)

v. focfyen.

Setttiger; v. Settitgen.

Cool, adj. fiip.

v.

[$efc
;

Cheese,

ber Safe.

abfdjteiien

- book,

s.

ba3

Cherry,

*. bie fiitfdje.

Correct,

v. oetbeffetn.

Chicken,

s.

bad ityndjen.
fjauptfadjlid).
finbifd).

Correspond
Cost,

(to), v. entfptedjen.

Chiefly, adv.

v. fofien;

-ly, adj. foffbar.

Childish, adj.

Counsel,

v. ratfjen.
s.

Choose,

v. watylen.
s. bie

Country,
Couple,
8.

ba3 Jknb.

Church,
Class,
*.

Sirdje.

ba *Paar.
8.

bie Staffe.
rein.
?ett.

Courage,
Cousin,
s.

ber SDlut^.

Clean, ad/,

bet Setter.

Clear, adj. War,

Cow,

a. bie fiulj.

Climb,
Cloak,
Clock,

v.
a.

flimmen.
bet 2RanteI.
Uf)x; SBanbufyr.

Crawl,
Create,

v. friedjen. v. fdjaffen, erfdjaffen.

v. ftiedjen.
s.
-o.

*. bie

Creep,

Close, v.

fd)tte|jen,

jumadjen.

Criminal,
Criticise,

bet SRijfetptet.
beutt^eilen.
fiteitj.

Coat,

s.

bet Stocf.
s. 8.

Coffee,
Coffin,

bet Saffee.

Cross,

8.

bai

ber atg.
;

Cry,

v. fdjreien.
8. bie

Cold,

*.

bie tfalte
*.

a$.

fait.

Cup,
Cut,

af[e.

Collar,
Collier,

bet Sragen. bet fillet.

Customary, adv.
v. fdjneiben.

geWc^nlid).

a.

286

VOCABULARY.

ENGLISH AND GERMAN.

Dry, adj. twtfen;
v.

(-up)

settrotfneit.

Dance,

v. ranjett.
*. t>ie

During, prep,
Sodjter.

roatyrenb.

Daughter,

Duty,

*. bie 3>flic&t.

Dawn,

v. tagen.

Dwell,

v. iwfcnett.
*.

Day, s. ber Xag; to-day, ^eute ; - after Dwelling, to-morrow, iibermorgen.

Dear, adj.
Deceive,
Decision,
t^euer, Iieb.
v. triigen,

bie

SBofmumj.

E.
Eager, adj.
Early, adj.
gterig.
friifc.

betriigen.

*. bie (Entfctyeibutig.

Deed,

*. bie

at.

Earth,
Eat,

s. bie

Srbe.

Defend,
Depart,
Deplore,

v. erteibigen.

Easy, $.

leic&t.

v. abreifett.
v. fceflagen.

. effen;
.

(of animals) freffen.

Edge,

bet SRanb.
fonfi.
s.

Depth,
Design,

*. bie

iefe.

Else, adv.

Deserve,

v. serbienen. bie 3lbp$r.

Emigrant,

ber 3tu3anberer.

s.

Emperor,
Empire,
*.

ber ftaifer.

Destroy,

v. jer|loreii.
s.

ba tfailert^um.

Destruction,

bie

3er(lonmg.

Empty,
Enjoy,

adj. leer.
s. fid) befleifjigen.

Detain,

v. (tuf&alten.
s.

Endeavor,

Dictionary,
Die,

iai

SSJiSrterbud).

. geniefjen; fid) crfreuen.

*.

v. fterben.

Enjoyment,

bie gteube, ber

emrg.

Different, adj. serfdjieben.

Difficult, adj.
fcfyroer.

Enough,

adj. genug.
unrerb>ftrab.
bie Unterbaltong.

Entertaining, <&$.

Dig,

v.

graben.

Entertainment,
Entire,

s.

Dine,

v. fpcifen.
s. bfl8 ffiittagejfen.

ae?. ganj.
gleid).

Dinner,

Equal, adj.
Err,

Directly, adv.

fofort.

v. fid) irren. . ad)ten.

fetbfl, gleid).

Dirty, adj. fdjmufctg;

v. bejcfjmufcen.

Esteem,

Disappear,
Displease,

v. &erfdjnrinben.

Even, adv.
Evening,
Slbenba.
s.

v. mijjfaHen, serbriejjen.

ber Slbenb

in the -, brt

Dissatisfied, adj. uitjufricben.

Divide,

v. fye'iltn, jetlegra.

Ever, adv.
Evil,
s.

je,

jemalS.

Door,

t. bie

$ure.
'fcinab.

ba8 ttebel; -doer, ber SBhffc

Down,
Dozen,

adv. ai, fyxai,

s.

tljater.

bai ufccnb.

Draw, v. jieljen. Dream, v. troiumen.

Dress,
. antletben; s.
v. trinfttt;
v. treiben,

Examine, Example,
Excel,
Exercise,
fttttfen.

. itnterfud)en.
s.

ba Seifpiel.

. iibertreffen.
.

ba8 Sleib.

bie SCufgabe.

Drink,
Drive,

(of animals)
jagen.

Expect,

v. etroarten.
s.

Expenses,

bie Sofleti.

VOCABULARY.
Experience,
Expression,
s. s.

ENGLISH AND GERMAN.

Foresee,
Forest,
s. u. uottyetfeljett.

287

bie Stfa^tung. bte StebenSatt.

bet SEBalb.

Extremely, adv. augerfl. Eye, s. ba Sfage.

F.
Faithful, adj. t*m.
"

Forget,

v. setgeffen. bie

Fork,

s.

abet.
[etjemafe.

Form, . Former,
Fortune,

bie eftalt.

adj. sotig

-ly, adv.

ftii^et,

Fortunate,
s.

<mZ?\ gliiffUcf}.

Faithless, adj. tteulc*.

Fall,
v. fallen.
falfdj.

bad
8. bie

liict,

SJetmogcn.

Fountain,

Quelle, bet Stunnot.

False, adj.

Fox,

*.

bet gucf)3.
ftei;

Fame,

*.

bet 0tu$m.
s.

Free, adj.

-dom,

s.

bie gtei^eit.

Farmer,

bet Sauet, fianbmann.

Fresh, os$.
Friendship,

fttfcE).

Fast, adj. f$netf.

bie gteunbfi^aft.

Fatigued, adj.
Fear,
Feel,
s.

ntitbe.
ji<$

Frighten,
fut^ten.

v. etfctjtecEen.

[Sat.

bie gut<$t; .

Fruit,

s. bie

gtudjt

-ful, adj. ftucbt*

b. ffi&len;
s.

- sad,

bettu&t fein.

From, prep. wn,

Furniture,
s.

au3.

Feeling,

baS efiiI.

ba8 SWoiet.

Ferment,
Fetch,
Field,

. ga^ten.

v. oIett.
s.

G.
Gain,
s.

ba3 gelb.

bet

etuhm;

v.

gewitmen.

Fight,
Fill,*,

. fec&ten, flreiten.
fiitten.
;

Gardener,
[aitSfefcen.

bet attnet.

Gate,

s.

baa X^ot, bet Eingang.

.

Find,

v. ftnben

fief)

beftttben

fault,

Geography,

bte

eogta^ie.

Finish,
First Fish,

. Seenbtgen.

Get

(up), v. auffle^en.
s.

(at),
s.

adv.

etfl, juetjl.

Ghost,
Gift,
s.

bet ei(i.

bet gtf$.
*.

ba efc&enf.

Flame,
Flay,
Flax,

bie

glamme.

Give,

v. geben.

v. fdjinben.
*.

Gladly, adv.
Glide,
v.

getn.

bet gla$8.
s.
s.

gtettm
. glimtnet n.

Flock,
Florin,

bie |>eetbe.

Glimmer,
Glove,
s.

bet itlben (a coin).

v. gtihten.

Glitter, v. glansen.
bet anbfcfjul}.

Flourish,

Flow,
Fly,

v. fttefjen, tinnen.

Go,

v. geben;
;

for, $olen;

out, aat'
atitgetyen';

s. bie

gliege.

geljen

- along or with,
(sink), nntetgeben.

Follow,
Fool,
. 8.

. folgen.

- down
f&iiticbt.

bet 5ot; -ish, adj.

ber gufj.
fiit;

Gold, golden, adj. golben.

Foot,

Good-natured, adj.

gemittPcf).

For, ^wep.

conj. benn.
;

Govern,
Grave,
s.

v. tegieten.

Force,

. jroingen
s.
s.

s. bie fitaft.

baS tab.
s.

Forehead, Forenoon,

bie Stitne.

Graveyard, Gray,

bet

bet

ScnnUtag.

adj. gtau.

288
Green, adj.
gritneit.

VOCABULARY.
griin;

ENGLISH AND
-,
v.

GERMAN.

to

become

Hill,

8.

ber iigel. v.
feiitberti,

Hinder,
Hire,

er$inbern.

Grind,

v. fdjleifen.
a. faer

v. bittgen, mtet^en.
8. bie efc&tdjte.

Ground,
Guess,

SSoben.

History,
Hit,

Grow better,

v. ft$ fceffern.

v. treffett.

v. ratten.

Hold,
Hole,

v. 6>Iten.
8.

Guiltless, adj. fc&uIbloS.

ba o<$.
$eimafl}.
e$rfu$.

Guilty, adj.

f<$ulbtg.

Home,

8. bie

Gun,

s. bie 33ife,

baS erae$r.

Honest, a$.

Honesty,

s.

bie Steblidjfeit.

Hope,

v. $o(fen.
8.

H.
Habit,
Hair,
e.

Horror,

bas rauen.
s.

bie eo$nf}eii.

Horsemarket,

ber SPferbemttrft.

s.

baS

a.

Hour,

8. bie

tunbe.

Half, adj. al&.

How,

ad/o. toiej

-much,

tote siel.

Ham,

s.

ber @ctnfen.

However,
Hunger, Hungry,
Hunter,

conj. inbepn, jebodj.

Hand, s. bie |>anb. Hang, v. pngen; -man, Happen, . gefdjeljen. Happy, adj. gliitfltdj.
Hard,
adj.
tyart,

8.

ber hunger.

s.

ber ettfer,

adj. $ungrig.
8.

ber Sager.

fdjwer.

Hardly,

aZ.

faum.
s.

Hate
Heal,

(hatred),
*.

ber |)ag; v. Haffen.

If,

conj. toemt, o&, toofern.

v.

Head,

ber fiopf;

-ache,

Imitate,

na^men.
fofort.

e. $eiten.
.

Health,

bie efunbl)eit.

Immediately, adv. fogteti^, Important, adj. toi^tig.

Imprisoned, participle,

Healthy, adj. gefimb.

gefangett.
fortfdjreitett.

Hear,
Heart,

. Ijoren.
*.

Improve,
In, into,
Dhtein.

v. ftd>

klfern;

tai erj.

prep,

in, <m, auf;

adv.,

Heat,

s. bie $ifce.

Heathen,

s.

ber eibe.

Induce,

v. ieroegcn.
s.

Heavy, a$\ jtfjwer. Helmet, s. ber elm.

Help,
,

Inhabitant,
Injure,

ber Eintoo^ner.

\
*

*. sertefeen, Jeleibtgen.
s.

v. tyelfen.
s. .

Instance,
Instruct,

ber Slitgenititf,

Hen,
Herd,
Hero,
Hide,

bie fcentte. bie

v. imterric&teit.
*. ber

$eerbe.
rjier;

Instruction,
$ier<mf.

Untewidjt.

Here, adv.
s.

-upon,

Intelligence,

8. bie 5iaiJjrii$t.

ber elb.

Interesting, adj. untertyaltenb.

. sertergen.
8.

Introduce,
Ink,
s.

v. einfutiven.

[)iiUenfa|ji.
8.

Hight,

bie $ij$e.

bie

>inte

-stand,

bai

VOCABULABY.

ENGLISH AND GERMAN.

Leg,
.

bat Sein.

Jew,

s.

bet Sube.
.

Lend,

. letyen.
.

Joiner,

bet Sif^let.
s. bit SRetfe.

Lesson,
fhtnbe.

bie Seftion, Slufgate,

ejt

Journey,
Joy,
*. bie

gteube.
fro^.

Let,
Lie,

. laffeit.

Joyful, adj.
'Just, adj.
fo eben.

v. liegen; (tell a

falsehood),

liigen.

gerec&tj

adv. eien;

-now,

Lift, v. tjtitn.

Light, ado. I e '<$' 5 -minded, Iet($tfiitiug.

Lighten,

v. blifcen.
. bet SSltfc.

Lightning,

Keep,
Kind,

v. fatten.
fdjlaifcten.

Likewise, adv. Linen, &

Lion,
ute.
$ijnigwi$.
.

gleid)fat(?. audj.

Kill, . tobten; (butcher)

adj.
giitig.
. bie
s.

bie Ceinwanb.

bet Cotne.

Kindness,

Live,

. Irtcn, tvsfyten.
?).

[to dwS].

Kingdom,
Kitchen,
s.

t>a$

Load, Lock,

Iabetl.

bie JJiidje.

s.

ba$ d)top.
fem; - like, au3fe$cn
s.

Knave, *. ber djurle. Knee, g. bai Bnit. Knock, v. flopfen.

Look,
Lose,
Loss,

v.

(wit).

Looking-glass,

bet Spiegel.

v. aertteren.
8.

Know, v.

roifieit, (ertneii.

bet SJerlufl.

Love,
L.

. lieben.

Labor,

s. bit Strbett

v.

arMtcn.

Lovely, a$. tie6entttbig. Luggage, . bai epdct.

Lame,

adj. latjm

Lament, v. beflagen, iammetn. Land, s. bai Sanb. Language, . bie <Sprac$e.

Last, a<^.
Iefct,

M.
Maid,
Make,.
s.

bie SNagb,

bad iDMbdjen.

Mainly,
.

afo. ^auptfadjlid^.

sorig.

maiden.
ioifyaft.
*.

Late, os$.
Lately,

fpa't.

Malicious, adj.

aefo. neulid).
v. kifjen.
lacfyerli^.

Mark,
Master,

wetfen;
8.

ba SitL

Laugh,
Lay,

ber #err> SBteijler.

Laughable, adj.
v. legen.
.

Mean, v. meitten. Means, s. bit SWittet.

*.

Oead,
(Hft.

baa

SJIeij

-pencil,

ber SBIei-

Measure,
Medal,
Meet,

. melfen.

. bie STOebaiKe.

<ead, v. fityten.

a. begegnen, treffen.
s.

ueaf,

s.

bai Statt.
adv. wenisfienS.

Merchant,
Messenger,
Metal,
Iinfe.
8.

ber fiaufmann.
ber SBdte.

Least

(at),

Leave,

. Ia(Ten< Berlaflen.
lint;

bai Wtdatt,

Left, adj.

to the left,

Mile,

a.

bie SKeile.

290
Milk,
s.

VOCABULARY.
melfen.
*.

ENGLISH AND GERMAN.

Niece,
s. bie
s. s.

9Hd)te.

Miller,

ber SKuHer.

Night,

bie SRadjt.

Mind
Miss,

(to
s.

have a
*.

-), 2u(i $a6en.

Noon,

ber STtittag.
ntd)t
;

[ma%
all, ganj

baa ftrdulein.
ber Seller, Srrtyum.
fld)

Not, adv.

- at
nun.

unb gar

Mistake,

Nothing, adv.

nid)ta.

Mistaken
Misuse,
s.

(to be), v.

irren.

Now,

adv.

}e|t,

mijjbraudjen.
s. s.

Mcckery,

ber pott.
ber Slugenilia.

Nowhere, a<?. nirgenbroo, Numerous, adj. ga^Ireid).

Nut,
s.

nirgenba.

Moment,

bie 9Jujj

-tree, ber Shtjj'Saum.

Money, . ba3 elb. Monkey, s. bet Slffe. Month, s. ber SKonat. Moon, s. ber 5Honb.
More,
aeft>.

O.
Obey,
d. ge$ord)en.
geR6tt)igt.

Obliged, adj.

Observe,
Occasion,

v.
s.

roa$rnemen.
bie elegenljeiL
s.

mefyr; -over, fioerbie3.

Morrow
Moss,

(to-),

adv. morgen; day after

[-, iibermorgen.

Occupation,
Offend,

ber SJerttf.

Mortal, adj.

jtailid).

Of, prep. Don, aui.

v. ieteibigen.

adj. baa SKooa.

a.

Mountain,

bcr

SBerg

(chain of

Offer, v. iieten, anWeterr.

Officer,
8.

mountains), baa

efcirge.

ber Dfjicier.
oft.

Move, v. rii^ren, Much, adv. siel;

ieroegen.

Often, adv.
tote siel.

how much,
N.

Omnipotent,

adj. affmadjrtg.
an, auf.

On, upon, prep, Only, adv. nur.

Name,

s.

ber 9lame; v. nemten.

s.

Open,

v. bffnen;

adj. offen.

Narrative,

bie efd)id)te,

rja^lung.

Opposite, prep, gegenitber.

Or, conj. ober.

Near, prep,

nafye, nefcen, an, 6ei.

Nearly, adv.

beinajje.

Order,

v. befetylen.
s.

Neck, Need,

s.

ber 4>I.
niitlrfg.

Orphan,
Out, out

bie SBaife.
;

Necessary, adv.
s.

Other, adj. anber

of,

-wise, adv.

fon(l

bie SJoty; v. oraud)en.

s.

prep. aua. (with Dat.)

Needle,

bie 9?abel, 9la$nabel.

Owe,
Ox,
.

v. fd)ulben

Neglect,

v. aernadjlafftgm.

ber

Neglected, participle,
Negligent, adj.

crnad)Iaffigt.

nadjlafjtg.

Pack,

s. 8.

ber spacf.
bie
s.

Neighbor,
Nest,
s.

s.

ber Siadjtar.

Page,

eite.

baa

SJefl.
ttie,

Painter,

ber SDiatcr.

Never, adv.

niemaW.
ntd)t8 beflo Keniger.
frifd).

Painting,
Pair,
s.

s.

baa emdlbe.

Nevertheless, adv.

ba 5>aar.
s.

Newly,

adj. neulid),

Palace,

ber 5>ala(l.
blajj, ileid).

Newspaper,
Next, adj.

8. bie Settling.

Pale, a<$.

na'djji,

folgenb; anbere.

Paper,

8.

baa papier

(news-), bie

TOOABUIiAEY.

ENGLISH AND GEBMAN.

Prefer, v.
orjie^ett.

291

Parasol, . ber onnenfdjirm. [3eihmg.

Pardon,
Parents,

t>.

serjeifjen.

Present,
Press,
[orbeigeen.

v. fd)enfen; 8.

baa @efd)enf.

s.

bie Qsltew.

v. bruflett/ beflentmen.
biibfcb, artfg, jiemltc^.

Park,

s.

ber $Parf.

Pretty, adj.
Price,
8.

Pass (through), v. Pay, . iejaljlen.

Pea,
s.

burcfcretfen;

(by),

ber $Preia.
8.

Prince, Prison,
Prize,

ber 3>rtnj,

S5iir|t.

bie cb>te.
*. *.

8.

baa efoingnijj

Penny,
People,

ber 3>fermig.

ber 3>reia, bie Selo^mtttg.

n>atyrfd)einlia).

baa Sotf,

bie Seute.

Probably, adv.
Profit,
.

Perceive,

v. iemerfen.
sielleicfit.

ber erointt.
v. serfi>red)en.

Perhaps, adj.
Physician,
Piano,
s.
s.

Promise,

ber 3trjt.

Proper, adj.

eigen,

^offa**

bag Easier.
s.

Prophesy, v
Prospect,
Prosper,
8.

roeiffagen.

Picture,
Piece,
Pile,
Pit,
s. a.

baa ema'Ibe, Silb.

titif

bie Sfaaficfjt.

ba8

v. gebeib>n. v.
bejlrafett.

ber 3>fabt.
[etnlegen.
v. legen; -(into, bin*

Punish,
Pupil,
8.

s.

bie o$le.

ber dottier.
rein.

Place,*, ber Drt;

Pure, adj
Puree,
s.

Plant,

8.

bie spftauje.
*.
;

ber Seutel, bie Siirfe.

Play, a.

finelen;

baaSpiel; -ground,

Push,
Put,

v. flojjen.

ber )>ielpla|

-thing, ba pieljeug.

v. fleflen;

- on, <mjie$en.

Pleasant, adj. angenc|m.

Please,
.

Q
Quack,
s

gefaHen.
.

ber Duactfalber.
s.

Pleasure,

ba8 SSergniigen.

Quality,

bie fitgenfdjaft,
ftd) ftreitett.

Ouatitat.

Pocket,
Poet,

s.

bie SEafdje;

-handkerchief,
[baa
Safdjentttcty.

Quarrel,

v.

*. ber

Stater,

Question,

s. bie

Srage.

Point *
Poison,

bie pifee.
8.

Quick, adj. f^ncH.

Quite, adv. gar.

baa ift.

Pond,

*.

ber ei<J).
uolfreiot).

R.
Babbit,
s

Populous, a<$.
Portfolio,

baa $anind)en.
*.

s. bie Srieftafirje.

Rail-road,

bie ifenbaljn.
;

Possess,
Post,
*.

v. beftjjen.

Bain,
SBriefbote.

ber SRegen

-bow,

ber Stegen*

bie $ojl;

-man, ber

Bay,

*.

ber traf[.
s.

[bogra.

Possible, adj. moglid).

Razor,

baa SRaftrmeffer,

Pour,

. giefien.
*, bie

Bead,
STrmutb.
tobenatterty.

v. tefert.
s.

Poverty,

Reason,
Beceive,

bie

Scrmmft.
embfangen,

Praiseworthy, adv.

v. er^atten,
*.

Pray,

v. beten, bitten.

Beception,

ber mpfang.

Precisely), adv. genau.

Recognize,
Recollect,

v. erfennen.

Precious, adj.

fojibar.

v. (id) bejinnen, (Id)

erinnem

292
Kecover,
Reign,

VOCABULARY.
n. genefen.

ENGLISH AND GERMAN.

Scream,
u. freifdbett, fdjreten.

v. rcgicten; s.

baS

SRctcl).

Screw,
Season,
See,

v. fHjrauben.
. bie

Remain,

v. bleibeit.

3<>$re}ett.

Remedy, s. iai OTittel. Renown, s. ber 9hi$m. Renowned, adj. bcrittjmt.

Repent,
v. reuen.

v. feb>n.
v. fleben.

Seethe,

Send,

v. fenben;

- away,

fortfd)i(feit.

Separate,

v. fonbcrn, fdjeiben.

Reply, v antworten. Request,

v. fid) crbitten
v. gleit^en,
.

Set, v. fejen; (sun), untergetyen; -outi

or auibiitm.
(roie).

v. abreifen.

Resemble,
Rest,
v.

au^feben

Shepherd,
Shine, Shoot,

*. ber

djafer.

auaru&en;
s.

bie 9lu$e.

n. fcbdnen, glanjen.
v. fdjiefjen.

Result,

ber firttag.

Retain,

v. bebaltcn.
.

Short, adj.
. bie

furj.
fiirjlid).

Return,

umfe^ten, wiebcrgcben;

Shortly, adv.

fftMUty.

Show,
Mofmen;
8.

v. jetgen. v. fdjaubern.
frtjlicjjen.

Reward,
Riches,

v.

bie

Seaming. Shudder,
Shut,
v.

ber Sfteidjttmm.

pmacben,
franf,

Ride, v. (carriage) fa^ren ; (horseback) Sick, adj.

reiten.

unwobl.

Silent (to be),

Ia'djerlidj.

v. fdjttetgen.

Ridiculous, adj.

Silk or silken, adj.

red)t.

feiben.

Right,

red)t;

to the right,

Silver,

*.

iai tlber.
feit;

Ripen,
Rise,

v. reifen.

Since, prep,

adv. ba.

. auffte^en; v. brateu.

(sun) aufge^en.

Sing,
Sink,
Sir,
.

v. ftngen. v. finfctt, untergeen.

Roast,

Rock,

. wtegen.

$err.

Room, *. ba Simmer. Round, adj. runb.

Rub, Run,
. reiben, flreic&ett. . loufen, rennen;

Sit, v. fi&en.

-down,

fid)

nieberfejttt.

Sleep,

v. fdjlafett.

Sleeping, participle,

fdjlafenb.

-away, bason*

Slide, v.

gleiteit.

laufen; -over, itberiaufen.

Sling,

v. fd)lingen.
i.

Slipper,

ber 3>antoffeI.
s.

S.
Sad, adj.
Sailor,
s.

Smell,

v. rtedjen;

ber entd).

traurig.

Smelt,

v. fdjmeljen.

ber SDtarrofe, differ.

.

Sneak
Snort,

(to

a place),

v. $infd)leid)eil.

Sale, v. serlaufen;

ber SJerfauf.

v. fdjnauben. v. fcbncien; s. ber

fo, olfo.

Sand,
Salt,

ber

anb.

Snow,

djnee.

s.

baa alj.

So, adv.

Say,

v. fagen;

prayers, beten.

Soil, v. befcbmuteit/ befajmieren.

Scarcely, adv. (aura.

Scissors,
.

Soldier,

ber olbat.

bie djeere.

Sometimes, adv. mandJmal.

VOCABTTLABI.
Soon, adv.
Sorrow,
s.

ENGLISH AND GERMAN.

Sun,
. bie

293

Baft.
bie

onne.

Serge, ba Cetb.

Swim,
Swine,

v.
.

fcbnrimmen.

Sorry
Soul,

(to be), leib t$mt.

*. bie

ba djwein.

eete.

Swing,
Swear,
Sweat,
Swell,

v. fc&rcingen.
a.
.

Sound,
Speak, Spend,
Spin,

v. flingen, fdjaffeit, blafeit.

v. glimmett.

ffyworm.
ber
<

Sparkle,

v. forec&eit. v.

v. fcfyroettett.

auSgeben; (- time) juoringen.

v. ftjtmten.
s.

Spirit,

bet eifl.

Spit, v.

fpeieit.
rofc,

Talk,
tmgeadjtet.

. rebett.
v. nebmeit
;

Spite (in -of), prep.

Spoil,

Take,
Tea,
.

-(for), fatten (fur).

v. serberben, erti>b>en.
s.

ber I)ee.
.

Spoon,
Spring,

ber SBffel.
v.
fbringett,

Teacher,
queHett;
*.

ber 2e6>er.

bie

Tear,

v. jetreijjen.
fagett.

Quelle.

Tell, v.

Sprout,

v. fimefjen.
v. scrfctjwenbett.

Tent,

*.

ba Belt.
s.

Squander,
Stake,
s.

Terror,

ber <$reif, djreifen.

ber SPfabl.

Stand,

v. (leben.

Star,. *. ber tern.

Than, conj, a\$. Theme, . bie 9ffgttbe. Then, conj. benn; adv.
There,
Thief,
aefo. ba,
*.
n.

bann, aWbarat.

Stay,

v. bleiben.
(leffen.
s.

bort

-fore, bebalb f
[mitbin.

Steal, v.

ber >ieb

Steamboat,
Steel,
s.

bad Sampfbost.
;

Thing,

bai Sing, bie a$e.

ber taljt

-pen,
m>c.

bie

tab> Think,
[feber.

. bcnfcn, ftmtett.

Still, adj. (lid;

adv.

Thirsty, adj.

bur|lig.

Sting, Stove,
Street,

s.

ber tac&el. ber Dfen.

Though,
Thrive,

e<ra/. obf<$on,

oblsobXpentoS
geban*

Thoughtless,

<u<^. Ieict)tfinni<t,

*. bie
.

trajj t
bie tarfe.
v. an8|tretlen.

v. gebeibett.

Strength,

Stretch out,
Strife,
8.

Through, prep, burdj. Throw, v. roerfen, fc&meijjeit.

Thus, adv.
Ticket,
Tie,
s.

ber treit.

fo, alfo.

Strike,

v. f<$tagen, r)oum.
flarf.
s.

bS

ffliHei.

Strong, adj.
Substantive,

v. binbeit.
*.

bai auptttort.

Time,

bie 3ett,

bai

3M;

in the

Subdue,
Subject,

. mtrerjodjen.
*.

mean
u rcb
fefcen.

-,

adv.

inbeffen.

ber Untertb>n.

Tired, adj. miibe.

Succeed,

v. gelingen, b

To, prep.

ju.
jtt.

Suck,

. faugen.
v. leibett,

Too, adv.
bulben.

Suffer,

Tomb,

*. bie

rufr.

294
Torment,
Track,
*. bit

VDCABULABY.
Dual;

ENGLISH

AND GERMAN.

v. fottem.

w.
Wait,
v. ttatten. s. ftttjieten (geb>n).
a. bie

a. bie

Spur.
bie Uebetfejung.

Translate,

v. itberfefcen.
s.

Walk,
Wall,
mtjj.

Translation,
Travel,

3Rauer; -nut,

bie

SBaU'

v. reifen.

Troublesome,
True, adj.

adj.

Ioi(lig.

tsab>, tteu.

Want, v. braudjen, War, a. bet Jfrieg.

Wardrobe,
a.

bebittfen.

Trunk,
Trust,

ber Jfoffer.

bet Sleibct*S<$rant.

. ttauen, Dettranen.
s. bie

Wash,
Water,
Wave,"

v. wafdjen, bebiitfen.
a.

Truth,

SDabtbttt.

ba8 SBaffet; (to -animals),

Turn,

e.

aenbenj -over, umtebten.

s.

v. ttd'nfen.
a.

Tyrant,

bet Stytann.

bie SBeffe.

Way, a. bet SBeg. Weak, adj. f3)tad).

Ugly, adj.
bajjti<.

Weary, adj. niiibe. Weather, *. ba SBettet.

Under, prep,
Undress,
Unite,

imtet; -take, v. unlet*

Weave,
Well,
a.

n.

weben.

neb>nen; -stand, v. etfle$en.

v. auafteiben.

bet SBrumten; adj. tto^l.

.

Wheel,

ba SRab.

v. seteinigen.

When,

eonj.

& adv.
roe;

ttann, alS.

Until, adv. bi$.

Up, upon, prep. an.

Upset,
v.

Whence, a<fo. Where, ado.

tuo^et.

-upon,

reoritbet;

umfdjlagen.

-on, ttotauf ; -in, too tin; -of,

wown.

Use,
a.

v. gebtaud)enj (to be of-), nfijen;

bet Slujjen.
niifclMf}.

Wine, & bet SBein. Whether, conj. si.

While,
conj. irfocm;
v. pfeifen.

Useful, adj.

prep.

id'tenb.

Whistle,

V.
Valley,
a.

Whither,

adj. roobitt.

iai

Z1)ci.l.

Whole,

adj. ganj.
tteSljalb.

Value,

v. fdjofcen; . bet SBettb. v.

s.

Why,

adv. watum,

Venture,
Victory,

wagen.
bet teg.

Wicked, adj. bobaft. Wide, adj. bteit.

Will,
8.

View,

a. bie 9lu3fidjt.
.

bet SBiHe.

Violet,

ba SSeil^en.
Xugettb.

Virtue,

a. bie

Virtuous, adj. tugenbbaft.

Visit,
s.

Win, v. gewinnen. Wind, . bet SQJinb v. ttinben. Window, 8. baa genflet.

;

bet SBefud)
a.

v. befud)en.

Vocation,
Voice,

bet SBentf.

a. bie a.

limine.
bet SBanb.

Wish, v. roiinfdjen With, prep. mil. Without, prep. o^ne.

Volume,

Wood,

8.

ba ^olj.

PBOPEB NOUNS AND ADJECTIVES.

Wool,
e. bte

295

SEBoHc.
. bte s.

Word, s. iai SBott. Yard, Work, s. ba8 SBerf v. ar&eiten -man, s. Year,
; ;

He;

ber $of.

baa 3<t$r.
gcflern.

ber SIrtetter; -table,

t>er 3trJeitlifc^.

Yesterday, adv.

World,

*. bie SEBelt.

Yet, adv. nod); eonj.

Yield,
gelten.
v. tteidjen.

bod}.

Worm, s.
Worth,
Wring,
Wrestle,

bet

Stem.
roertlj;

adj.

to be -,

Young,
ling.

adj. jung

- man,

ber

Sung*

v. ringen.

v. ringen.

National Appellations, Proper Nouns and Adjectives.

Sftolf (3fi>otp$),

Adolphus.

3o$ann, John.
Stalien, Italy.
Stflliener,

Stegwten,
2legiptcr,

Egypt.
Egyptian.

Italian,

Stfiifa,

Africa.

flarl,

Charles,
adj. Latin.

"STmerifa,

America.

lateinifdj,

Ctmertfaner,
STften,

American.

Subttrig,
Citife,

Louis.

Asia.

Louise.

Saiern, Bavaria.
Skier, Bavarian.
Edfttt,

5W<trie,

2ftihtd)en,

Mary. Munich.
Austria.

Caesar.

Deflretdj,

Eoln, Cologne,
betitfd),

Oe|lreid)er,
9>reufjen,

Austrian.

German. euifdjtanb, Germany. eutfdjer, a German. ffibuarb, Edward.

Smilie,

Prussia.

3)reue,

Prussian.

Home. 5R6mcr, Boman.

9Jom,
Stujjlanb,
Stuffe,

Emily.

Russia.

Engtanber,
englifdj,

Englishman.
Frankfort,

Russian.

English.

djweben, Sweden,
djttebe,

granffitrt,

Swede.
Swiss,

granheid), Prance,
granjofe,
franjofifd),

djweij, Switzerland.
djttetjer,
optyie,

Frenchman.
French,
Frederic.

Sophy,

gran}, Francis,
griebrid),

panien, Spain, panier, Spaniard.

Sitrfei (Xmtet)),

Oeorg, George,
riedjenlanb, Greece.
$etnrid),

Turkey.

SBien,

Vienna.

Henry.

SBityelm,

William.

296

ADDENDA TO VOCABULARY.
GERMAN AND ENGLISH.
abgereifl,

partus, departed, set out.

*.,

tin,

m.

8.

the (river) Rhine.

shears, pair of

Slrmee,/.
Slrjt,

pi. -n,

army.

Scene,/.

*.,

pi. -n, scene,

m.

s.,pl.-t,

&mod., physician.
*.,

ctyeere, /. ., jjZ. -n

Slumenfianj,

m.

pi. -t,

&

mod.,

scissors,
fefcimmenti n. m.
ftfroarj, adj.

garland, wreath.
Slut, n.
s.

to gleam, glimmer.

blood.
pi. -e

black.
*.

tujl,/.

.,

& mod.,

bosom.

Sd>n>ttfi,

m.

sweat.
soul.

Earfyago, Carthage.
bid, adj. thick, big.
Bttbjtatyl,

Seele,/.

*.,j>Z. -n,
*.,

Sta^lfeber, /.

pi. -n, steel-pen.

m.

8.,

pi. -t,

& mod., theft. to& to. *.,p. -c, & mod., stick, cane.
Strengei/.
lunte, /.
Scaler,
*., *.

eben,

adv. just, even, exactly.

*.,

severity,

ErWeere, /.

pt

-ft strawberry.
lift

pi. -n, aunt.

crboben, 0. a.

to raise,

up.

m.

8.

German dollar( 72 cents).

trflingcn, v. irr.

to resound, sound.
flag, colors, stand-

traumeni
|td>

. a.

& n.

to

dream

also,

Stt^ne, /.

.,

pi -iti

traumen, to

dream, to indulge
tyranny,

ard,
greunbin,/.
friityer,

[friend.
*.,

in dreaming.
8.,

pi. Sfreunbinnen,

female Sqrannet,/.

pi. -en,

adv. formerly.

unjwetfelrjaft,

adj.

undoubtedly,
to shed, spill.

gefouft, pas** partic.

$tmafijt,

bought.

sergiejjen, v. a. irr.

past partic. made.

8.

Sorijaben,
DDttreten,

m.
v.

8.

undertaking, design.
irr. to
self.

IaS, n.

glass.
8.,

n.

step forth,

rammatif, /. ra3, .
afer,
fjaftcn,
s.

pi. -en,

grammar.

present one's
SEBaffe,

grass.
oats.

/.

8.

instrument, weapon;

m.

8.

scarcely used except in pi. SBaffen.

s. 7i.

to cling, stay, remain

[to

arms, armor.
SSBaffenfluTftanb,

fixed.
Ijanbeln, v.

manage.
also
v. a.

m.

8.

armistice, truce,

n. to act, deal
pi. -t,

roanbelni v. n. to walk,
roeilen, v.

wander, travel,

$of,

m.

8.,

& mod., yard, court-

n. to linger, delay.

So In, see Soln (page 295).

$ugel, /.
.,

[yard. weittcn, v. n. to weep, lament.

weig, (of toiffen,

pi. -n, ball, bullet,

see page 120) know,

Ueben, v. a. to love, like.

STOeffer,

teem (see wer).

n>en (see wer).

.
v.

s.

knife.

na$en,

n. to

draw

near.

wer (see p. 86), proii. who.

3aun,
to.
8.,

55apicr, n. 8.

paper.
horse.
[tion.

pi. -e,

&

mod., hedge,

9>ferb, n. *., pi. -t,

fence.
lttbTt)(f)m,-paat partic.
jwifdjen.

sptyantafUf/. .,pZ. -tt, fancy,

rtdjt,

imagina;

broken,

adj.

& (wZ. right, correct

very.

prep, between, among.

ADDENDA TO VOCABULARY.

297

ENGLISH AND GEKMAN.

Admirably, adv.
sortrefflid).

oewunbernaroittbig,

Learn,
Leech,
Letter,

e. letnen.
s. s.

ber SSIutegel.

Amusing,
Anything,
Apple,
Ass,
s. s.

adj. amufant.

bet SBtief.

adj.

& pron.

etttad.

Like,

v. Iieocn.
s.

ber Styfel.

Mark,

bie SDlarfe.

bet 2fcl.
s.

Naughty, a$.
Neither
bit

unattig.
roeber

Aunt,

bie Xante.

nor, conj.
s.
8.

nod}.

Barrel,

s.

baa gafj,

Sonne.

Penknife,

bai gebermefier.

Beautiful, adj.

fdjiin.

Poor, adj. arm.

bie

Become,
Blood,
*.

merben;^. port. geroorben; School,

[

baa Slut.

d)ule.

To

in bie

of, roerben

<mi.

djule;

from
adj.

,au3

(on)berd;uIe.
me^rere.

Bought, past part,

Boy,
s.

gefauft.

Several,

serfdjiebene,

ber .Rnaoe.
ircit.

times,
Sharpen,
8.

erfd)iebene (metyrere) 3>!al.

Broad, adj.

v. a. fd)leifen, vrr.

Broken,2>4Wrt.geSn)cf)en;(into pieces) Ship,

Calf,
s.

baa Sdjiff.
ber

baa fiatt.

[serfroc&en.
uotfidjtig.

Slave,

8.
s.

fkse.

Cautious, adj. (-ly, ado.)

Snake,

bie @d)Iange.

Charge,

v.

(= demand),
s. bie Etyronif.

serlangen,
[forbern.

Some,
Son,
s.

ad;.

& pron.

einige

etroa*.

Chronicle,

bet otyt.
8.

Clever, adj.

gtjtytdt.
s. bie
j

Song,
Untertwltung.
s. bie

ba ieb; bet efang.

bet toil.
s.

Conversation,

Stick,

S:

Demand,
Donkey,

*. forbern

gorberung.

Stream,
Study,

bet

ttom.

Diligent, adj.
*.

ftetjjig.

. (htbiten, lernen.
8.

ber Efel.
jterltdrj,

Summer,
anmutljtg.

ber

ommer.

Elegant, adj.

Supper,
Tailor,

s.

bai

St6enbefl"en.

Empress,
Every,
Friend,
Fine, adj.
s.

s. bie

fiaiferin.

Sweet, adj.
8.

fufs.

adj.

&

pron.

ieber, jebe, jebeS.

fdjiin.

ber djneiber.
ber 3$n.

fein;

(pretty)

Tooth,
Uncle,

8.

ber greunb; fern, bie greun*

bet arten.
[bin.

Twelveo'clock(noon),2)Uttag;(night),
8.

Garden,
Glass,
s.

s.

bet

D$etm.

[3Bitte;nadjt.

bai fea.
gut.

Very, adv.

fe$r.

Good, adj.
Grass,
s.

Weight,

s.

baa eroidjtj (burden),

bie

baa ra8.

Hat,

a.

ber $ut.
s.

What, pron. toai. Which, pron. roeTdjer,

White,
adj. roeif
roer.

[Safi.

-e r -ea.

Horse,

baa

3>ferb.

House,

baa aua.

At the house Who, jww.

[of, Set.

Key,
Lady,

a. 8. .

ber djlnflTet.

Whom, prora.
Wine,
8.

went,

wen

(see p. 86).

Knife,

baa
bie

SKeffer.

ber SBetn.
s.

Dame.

Wound,

bie

Sunbe;

v.

serwunben.

Y7le

National Series of S/a/idard School-Sooks,

ENGLISH GRAMMAR.
CLARK'S DIAGRAM SYSTEM.
Clark's Easy Lessons in Language,
ter,
sr.iencfi. of the science.

Published 1ST4. Contains illustrated object-lessons of the most attractive iharac and is couched in language freed as much as poseible from the dry technicalities

Clark's Brief English

Grammar,

Published 1872. Part I. is adapted to youngest learners, and the whole forms a complete ' brief course " in one volume, adequate to the wants of the common school

Clark's

Normal Grammar,

Published 1870, and designed to take the place of Prof. Clark's veteran " Practical" Grammar, though the latter is still furnished upon order. The Normal is an entirely new treatise. It is a full exposition of the system as described below, with all the most recent improvements. Some of its peculiarities are A. happy blending of Syntheses with Analyses thorough Criticisms of common errora in the use of our Language ; and Important improvements in the Syntax of Sentences and of Phrases.
;

Clark's

Key

to the

Diagrams,

Clark's Analysis of the English Language, Clark's Grammatical Chart,

The theory and practice of teaching grammar in American schools is meeting with a thorough revolution from the use of this system. While the old methods offer proficiency to the pupil only after much weary plodding and dull memorizing, this affords from the inception the advantage of practical Object Teaching, addressing the eye by means of illustrative figures furnishes association to the memory, Us most powerful aid, and diverts the pupil by taxing his ingenuity. Teachers who are nsing Clark's Grammar uniformly testify that they and their pupils find it the most interesting study of the school course. Like all great and radical improvements, the system naturally met at first with much unreasonable opposition. It has not only outlived the greater part of this opposition, but finds many of its warmest admirers among those who could not
;

at first tolerate so radical an innovation. All it wants is an impartial trial to convince the most skeptical of its merit. No one who has fairly and intelligently tested it in the school-room has ever been known to go back to the old method. great success is already established, and it is easy to prophecy that the day is not far distant when it will be the only system of teaching English Grammar. At file System is copyrighted, no other text-books can appropriate this obvious ar

great improvement.

Welch's Analysis of the English Sentence,

Remarkable
ivee, its
its method of treating connec lasBifl for Its new and simple classification, icon* constructive laws of the language, etc. explanations of the idioms and

10

^.

The.

National series of Standard SchoolSookt.

....
.

***

MATHEMATICS Continued.

PECK'S HIGHER COURSE.

Peck's Manual of Algebra,
Bringing the methods of Bourdon within the range of the Academic Course.

Peck's Manual of Geometry, By a method purely practical, and unembarrassed by

confuse than simplify science.

the details which rathe;

Peck's Practical Calculus, Peck's Analytical Geometry,

Peck's Elementary Mechanics,

Peck's Mechanics, with Calculus, The briefest treatises on these subjects now published. Adopted by the
Universities ; Tale, Harvard, Columbia, Princeton, Cornell, &c.

great

ARITHMETICAL EXAMPLES.
Reuck's Examples
Reuck's Examples
These volumes
differ

in in

Denominate Numbers,
Arithmetic,

from the ordinary arithmetic In their peculiarly practical character. They are composed mainly of examples, and afford the most severe and thorough discipline for the mind. While a book which should contain a complete treatise of theory and practice would be too cumbersome for every-day us*, the insufficiency of practical examples has been a source of complaint.

higher mathematics.
Macnie's Algebraical Equations,
rial attention to

Serving as a complement to the more advanced treatises on Algebra, giving spe the analysis and solution of equations with numerical coefficients.

Church's Elements of Calculus,

Church's Analytical Geometry, Church's Descriptive Geometry, 2
Courtenay's Elements of Calculus, A standard work of the very highest grade.
Hackley's Trigonometry,
With applications to navigation and
and geodesy.
surveying, nautical and practical geometry

vols.,

These volumes constitute the " West Point Course " In their several department*.

21

The National

Series

of Standard SchoolSooks

HISTORY.
Monteith's Youth's History.
HiBtory of the United States for beginners. It is arranged npon the catechetical plan, with illustrative maps and engravings, review questions, dates in parentheses (that their study may be optional with the younger class of learners), and interesting Biographical Sketches of all persons who have been prominently identified with the history of our country.

Willard's United States, School and University Editions. The plan of this standard work is chronologically exhibited in front of the titlepage the Maps and Sketches are found useful assistants to the memory, and dates,
;

usually so difficult to remember, are so systematically arranged as in a great degree to obviate the difficulty. Candor, impartiality, and accuracy, are the distinguishing features of the narrative portion.

Willard's Universal History. The most valuable features of the " United States " are reproduced in this. The peculiarities of the work aro its great conciseness and the prominence given to the chronological order of events. The margin marks each successive era with great
.

distinctness, so that the pupil retains not only the event but its time, and thus fixes the order of history firmly and usefully in his mind, Mrs. Willard's books are constantly revised, and at all times written up to embrace important historical events of recent date.

Lancaster's English History,

By the Master of the Stoughton Grammar School, Boston. The most practical of Though short, it is not a bare and uninteresting outline, but the " brief books." contains enough of explanation and detail to make intelligible the cavse and effect of events. Their relations to the history and development of the American people is
made
specially prominent.

Willis' Historical Reader, Being Collier's Great Events of History adapted to American school . This rare epitome of general history, remarkable for its charming style and judicious selection of events on which the destinies of nations have turned, has been skillfully manipulated by Prof. Willis, with as few changes as would bring the United States into its proper position in the historical perspective. As reader or text-book it has few
equals and

no

superiors.

Berard's History of England,

By an
The
civil

authoress well known for the success of her History of the United States, social life of the English people is felicitously interwoven, as in fact, wiLh the

and military transactions of the realm.

Ricord's History of Rome Possesses the charm of an attractive romance. The Fables with which this history abounds are introduced in such a way as not to deceive the inexperienced, while adding materially to the value of the work as a reliable index to the character and
institutions, as well as the history of the

Soman people.

Hanna's Bible History.

The only compendium
logical

of Bible narrative which affords a connected and chronoview of the important events there recorded, divested of all superfluous detail.

more extensive text-book in common use into a every word may be committed to memory, and yet so comprehensive that an accurate though general view of the whole continuous life of nations.

Summary of History; American, French and English. condensing the substance of the A well-proportioned outline of leading events, series of statements so brief, that
it

presents

Marsh's Ecclesiastical History.

Affording the History of the Church in all ages, with accounts of the pagan world during Biblical periods, and the character, rise, and progress of all Religions, as well as the various sects of the worshipers of Christ. The work is entirely non-sectarian, though strictly catholic. A separata volume contains carefully prepared Question!
for class use.

23

The National

Series

of Standard School-Hoolks.

NATURAL SCIENCE.
FAMILIAR SCIENCE.
Norton

&

Porter's First

Book of

Science,

By eminent Professors of Yale College. Contains the principles of Nature Philosophy, Astronomy, Chemistry, Physiology, and Geology. Arranged on tla Catechetical plan for primary classes and beginners.

Chambers' Treasury of Knowledge,

Progressive lessons upon first, common things which lie most immediately iround us, and first attract the attention of the young mind ; second, common objects from the Mineral, Animal, and Vegetable kingdoms, manufactured articles, and miscellaneous subBtances ; third, a systematic view of Nature under the various sciences. May be used as a Reader or Text-book.

NATURAL PHILOSOPHY.
Norton's First Book in Natural Philosophy,
By Prof. Nobton, of Yale College. Designed for beginners. Profusely and arranged on the Catechetical plan.
illustrated

Peck's Ganot's Course of Nat. Philosophy,

The standard text-book of France, Americanized and popularized by Prof. Peck, of Columbia College.' The most magnificent system of illustration ever adopted in an American school-book is here found. For intermediate classes.
'

Peck's Elements of Mechanics, A suitable introduction to Bartlett's higher treatises

and adequate in
itself for a

on Mechanical Philosophy,

complete academical course.

Bartlett's

synthetic,

and analytic,

Mechanics,
Babtlett, of West Point Military
(see

Bartlett's Acoustics
Steele's 14

and

Optics,
Prof.

A system of Collegiate Philosophy, by Academy.

Weeks Course
.

in Philos.

P 34)
.

Steele's Philosophical Apparatus,

will

Adequate to performing the experiments in the ordinary text-books. The be eold separately if debired. See special circular for details.

articles

GEOLOGY.
Page's Elements of Geology, A volume of Chambers' Educational Course.
calculated to
Practical, simple,

make

and eminent!!

the study interesting.

Emmons' Manual of Geology,

The
tition.
first

Geologist of the country has here produced a

work worthy

of his repu

Steele's 14

Weeks Course

(see

34)

Steele's Geological Cabinet,

desired.

Containing 125 carefully selected specimens. See circular for details.

In four parts.

Sold separately, t

28

The

JVationai Series of Standard SchoolSookt.

Peck's Ganot's Popular Physics.

TESTIMONIALS.
From Pbot. Alonzo
I

Collin, Cornell

College,
it

Iowa.

am pleased with it.

From H.

I have decided to introduce

as a text-boob.

am pleased with Peck's

P. Johnson, President Madison College, Sharon, MLr Ganot, and think it a magnificent book.

From Prof. Edwabd Brooks, Pennsylvania State Normal School. So eminent are its merits, that it will be introduced as the text-book upon ta mentary physics in this institution.

From H. H. Lockwood, Professor Natural Philosophy

I am so pleased with it that I will probably add the midshipmen of this school on physics.
it

XL S. Nanal Academy.

to a course of lecture*, given

From Geo.

S.

Maokte, Professor Natural History Uniter&ty of Nashville, Tenn.

I have decided on the introduction of Peck's Ganot's Philosophy, as I am satis fled that it is the best book for the purposes of pupils that X have seen, con* bining simplicity of explanation with elegance of illustration.

my

From W. S. MoBae, Superintendent Vevay Public Schools, Indiana. Having carefully examined a number or text-books on natural philosophy, I do not hesitate to express my decided opinion in favor of Peck's Ganot. The matter, style, and illustration eminently adapt the work to the popular wants. From Rev. Samuel MoKinnet, D.D., PresH Austin College, HuntsniUe, Texas. It gives me pleasure to commend it to teachers. I have taught some classes with
as our text, and must say, for simplicity of style and clearness of illustration, have found nothing as yet published of equal value to the teacher and pupil.
It
1

From C. V. Speak,

Principal Maplewood Institute, Pittsfleld, Mass.

I am mnch pleased with its ample illustrations by plates, and its clearness and simplicity of statement. It covers the ground usually gone over by our higher classes, and contains many fresh illustrations from lite or daily occurrences and new applications of scientific principles to such.

From J. A, Banjteld, Superintendent Marshall Public Schools, Michiga I have used Peck's Ganot since 1863, and with increasing pleasure and sl.sta> tion each term. I consider it superior to any other work on physics in its a iayiation to our high schools and academies. Its illustrations are superb- better than three times their number of pages of fine print.
SoHtnrLEB, Prof, of Mathematics in Baldwin University, Berea, thio. After a careful examination of Peck's Ganot's Natural Philosophy, and at actus! admirably (Japted Best of its merits as a text-book, I can heartily recommend it as Its diagrams K> meet the wants of the grade of students for which it is intended. University. Baldwin the use it in and illustrations are unrivaled.

From A.

We

From
'file

T>.

C.

.country kind, for the use intended, ever pubhehed in tWs relation to the natural order of the topta, the precision and it is cei iltaBirnlionB, relearness oflts definitions, or the fullness and beauty of its tainly, I think, an advance.
its

The Natural best work of

Van Norman, Principal Van Norman Institute, New York. Philosophy of M. Ganot. edited by Prof. Peck, is, fa my opinion,

Whether regarded in

^S~ For many similar testimonials,

OOfttional Bulletin.

see current

numbers of Out HSietrated 2o

29

The National

Series

Standard SchoolSookt. of ' -

NATURAL SCIENCE Continued.

CHEMISTRY.
Porter's First

Book

of Chemistry,

Porter's Principles of Chemistry, The above are widely known aa the productions of one of the most eminent scientific men of America. The extreme simplicity in the method of presenting the science, while exhaustively treated, has excited universal commendation.

^Darby's Text-Book of Chemistry,

Pnrely a Chemistry, divesting the subject of matters comparatively foreign to It (such as heat, light, electricity, etc.), but usually allowed to engross too much attention in ordinary school-books.

Gregory's Chemistry, (Organic

The
science exhaustively treated.

and Inorganic, each)

colleges

For

and medical students.

(See page
34.)

Steele's Fourteen

Weeks

Course,

A successful effort to reduce the study to the limits of a single term.

Steele's Chemical Apparatus, Adequate to the performance of all the important experiments.

BOTANY.
Thinker's First Lessons
in

Botany,

For children. The technical terms are largely dispensed with in favor of an easy and familiar style adapted to the smallest learner.

Wood's Object-Lessons in Botany, Wood's American Botanist and Florist, Wood's New Class-Book of Botany,
.are simple, popular,

The standard text-books of the United States in this department. In style the and lively ; in arrangement, easy and natural ; In description, Sraphic and strictly exact. The Tables for Analysis are reduced to a perfect system, [ore are annually sold than of all others combined.

Wood's Descriptive Botany,

$1.25

A complete Flora of
Wood's

all

Plants growing east of the Mississippi River.

Illustrated

Plant Record

55
8.00

A simple form of Blanks for recording observations in the field.

Wood's Botanical Apparatus
Willis's Flora of
country. botanists.

A portable Trunk, containing Drying Press, Knife, Trowel, Microscope, and Tweezers, and a copy of Wood's Plant Recordthe Collector's complete outfit.

New

Jersey,

1.50

The most useful book of

reference ever published for collectors in all parts of the It contains also a Botanical Directory, with addresses of living American

Young's Familiar Lessons

in

Botany,

1.40

Combining simplicity of diction with some degree of technical and scientific knowledge, for intermediate classes. Specially adapted for the Southwest.

Darby's Southern

Botany,

1.40

Embracing general Structural and Physiological Botany, with vegetable products, and descriptions of Southern plants, and a complete Flora of tho Southern States.

Steele's

14

Weeks Course

in

Botany (see p. 34).

30

1.00

The jmtional

Series

of Standard School- Sooks.

NATURAL SCIENCEContinued.

PHYSIOLOGY.
Jarvis'

Elements

oi

Physiology,

Jarvis'

Physiology and Laws of Health,

The only books extant which approach this subject with a proper view of the true object of teaching Physiology in schools, viz., that scholars may know how to take care of their own health. In hold contrast with the abstract Anatomies, which children learn as they would Greek or Latin (and forget as soon), to discipline the Kiind, are these test-books, using the science as a secondary consideration, and on]/ so far as is necessary for the comprehension of the laws of limtth.

Hamilton's Vegetable and Animal Physiology,

The two branches of the science combined in one volume lead the student to a proper comprehension of the Analogies of Nature.
Steele's Fourteen

Weeks

Course,

In the popular style, avoiding technical and purely scientific formulas. It contains beautiful and vivid illustrations, some or them colored, and a blackboard analysis of the skeleton. The sections on diseases and accidents, and their prompt home treatment, give the book great practical value (see p. Si).

ASTRONOMY.
Willard's School Astronomy, By means of clear and attractive illustrations, addressing the eye in many cases by analogies, careful definitions of all necessary technical termB, a careful avoidance of verbiage and unimportant matter, particular attention to analysis, and a general adoption of the simplest methods. Mrs. Willard has made the best and most at* tractive elementary Astronomy extant.

Mclntyre's Astronomy and the Globes,

A complete treatise
Bartlett's

for intermediate classes.

Highly approved. with applications

to the current

Spherical Astronomy, The West Point course, for advanced

classes,

wants of Navigation, Geography, and Chronology.

Steele's Fourteen Weeks Course, Seduced to a single term, and better adapted to school use than any work heretofore published. Not written for the information of scientific men, but for the
inspiration of youth, the pages are not burdened with a multitude of figures which no memory could possibly retain. The whole subject is presented in a clear and concise form. (See p. 84)

NATURAL HISTORY.
Carll's Child's
the Aits.

Book of Natural

Illustrating the Animal, Vegetable,

For beginners.

History, and Mineral Kingdoms, with applicatien Beautifully and copiously illustrated.

te

ZOOLOGY.
Chambers' Elements of Zoology,
presenting a systematic view of the Animal Nature.
tion,

academic in ?trncA complete and comprehensive system of Zoology, adapted alor portion of externa*

Kingdom as

Steele's Fourteen

Weeks

Course,

Notable for its superb and entertaining illustrations, which include every aniwhole mal named blackboard tables of classification and tabular review of the for animal kingdom interesting and characteristic facts and anecdotes ; directions (See 34.) p. v.llecting and preserving specimens, etc., etc.
;

32

National Series of Standard School- Books*

Jams' Physiology and Laws TESTIMONIALS.

From William

of Health.

From Samuel B. McLane, Superintendent Public Schools, Keokuk, Iowa. I am glad to see a really good text-book on this much neglected branch. This dear, concise, accurate, and eminently adapted to the class-room.

is

P. Wykrs, Principal of Academy West Chester, Pennsylvania. thorough examination has satisfied me of its superior claims as a text-book to tic! attention of teacher and taught I shall introduce it at once.

Prom H.
^
*

R. Sanfohd, Principal of Bast Oeresee Conference Seminary, N. Y.

and fully met our expectations. W immediately Adopted it. From Isaac T. Goodnow, State Svperintendent of Kansaspublished in connection with the " School Law." " Jarvis* Physiology," a common-sense, practical work, with just enough of anatomy to understand the physiological portions. The last six pages, on Man's Respon sibility for bis own health, are worth the price of the book.
Jarvis' Physiology" is received,

From D. W. Stevens, Superintendent Public Schools, Fall River, Mass. I have examined JarviB* *' Physiology and Laws of Health,** which you had the kindness to send to me a short time ago. In my judgment it is far the best work ol the kind within my knowledge. It has been adopted as a text-book in our public
schools.

G. Denny, Chairman Book Committee, Boston, Mass. " Physioiogy " of TfZ. Jarvis I had Introduced into our High School, where the study had been temporarily dropped, believing it to be by far the best work of the kind that had come under my observation ; indeed, the reintroducfeion of the study was delayed for some months, because Dr. Jarvis book could not be had, and we were unwilling to take any other.

From Henet
excellent

The very

From

Psor. A. P. Pbabodt, D.D., LL.D., Harvard University.

* * I have been in the habit of examining school-books with great care, and I hesitate not to say that, of all the text-books on Physiology which have been given to 1 the public, Dr. Jarvis deserves the first place on the score of accuracy, thoroughness method, simplicity of statement, and constant reference to topics of practical interest

and

utility.

From Jambs N. Towhsend,

Superintendent Public Schools, Hudson, N. Y.

Every human being is appointed to take charge of his own body; and of all books written upon this subject, I know of none which will so well prepare one to do this as 11 Jarvis' Physiology" that is, iu so small a compass of matter. It considers the pure, simple laws of health paramount to science ; and though the work is thoroughly scientific, it is divested of all cumbrous technicalities, and presents the subject of physical life in a manner and style really charming. It is unquestionably the best textbook on physiology I have ever seen. It is giving great satisfaction in the schools ol this city, where it has been adopted as the standard.

From L. J. Banfoed, M.D., Prof. Anatomy and Physiology in Yale College Books on human physiology, designed for the use of schools, are more generally a failure perhaps than are school-books on most other subjects. The great want in this department is met, we think, in the well-written treatise of Dri Jarvis, entitled u Physiology and Laws of Health." * The work is not too detailed nor too expansive in any department, and is clear and concise in all. It is not burdened with an excess of anatomical description, nor rendered discursive by
many zoological references. Anatomical statements are made to the extent of quali fying the student to attend, understanding^, to an exposition of those functional pro senses which, collectively, make up health; thus the laws of health are enunciated, and many suggestions are given which, if heeded, will tend to Its preservation.
**" For
further testimony of similar character, see current

numbers of

the illus

tratod Educational Bulletin.

33

The National

Series

of Standard SchoolSooks.

NATURAL
By
Steele's
J,

SCIENCE.

"FOURTEEN WEEKS" IN EACH BKANCH.

DORMAN STEELE, A.M.
in in in in

Steele's 14
Steele's

Steele's Steele's
Steele's

Steele's

Weeks Weeks 14 Weeks 14 Weeks 14 Weeks 14 Weeks 14 Weeks

14

Course

Chemistry

(New

Ed.)

Course Course Course

Course Course

Astronomy
Philosophy

Geoiogy
Physiology

in
in in

Course

Zoology Botany

Oar Text-Books in these studies are, as a general thing, doll and uninteresting. They contain from 400 to 600 pages of dry facts and unconnected details. They abound in that which the student cannot learn, much less remember. The papil commences the study, is confused by the fine print and coarse print, and neither knowing exactly what to learn nor what to hasten over, is crowded through the single term generally assigned to each branch, and frequently comes to the close without a definite and exact idea of a single scientific principle. Steele's Fourteen Weeks Courses contain only that which every well-informed person should know, while all that which concerns only the professional scientist is omitted. The language is clear, simple, and interesting, and the illustrations bring the subject within the range of home life and daily experience. They give such of the general principles and the prominent facts as a pupil can make familiar as household words within a single term. The type is large and open there is no fine print to annoy; the cuts are copies of genuine experiments or natural phenomena, and are of fine execution. In fine, by a Bystem of condensation peculiarly his own, the author reduces each branch to the limits of a single term of study, while sacrificing nothing that is essential, and nothing that is usually retained from the study of the larger manuals in common use. Thus the student has rare opportunity to economise his time, or rather to employ that which he has to the best advantage. A notable feature is the author's charming " style," fortified by an enthusiasm over his subject in which the student will not fail to partake. Believing that Natural Science is full of fascination, he has moulded it into a form that attracts the attention and kindles the enthusiasm of the pupil. The recent editions contain the author's " Practical Questions" on a plan never before attempted in scientific text-books. These are questions as to the nature and cause of common phenomena, and are not directly answered in the text, the design being to test and promote an intelligent use of the student's knowledge of
;

the foregoing principles.

''Steele's

General

Key

to his Works,

$1.00

This work is mainly composed of Answers to the Practical Questions, and Solutions of the Problems, in the author's celebrated "Fourteen Weeks Courses " in the several sciences, with many hints to teachers, minor Tables. &c. Should be on every teacher's desk.

34

The National
Steele's

Series

of Standard School-Hooks.

14 Weeks in each Science.

TESTIMONIALS.
A. Bnrr/rc, President N. C. College. Z hare not been disappointed. Shall take pleasure in introducing this From J. F. Cox, Prest. Southern Female College, Ga. I am much pleased with these books, and expect to introduce them.

From L.

series.

From
They are

3.

E.

capital little books,

Bbahham, Prin. Brownsville Female College, Term. and axe now in use in our institution.
Professor Beadville Seminary, La.

From W. H. Goodale,

Wc are using your 14 Weeks Course, and are much pleased with them.
From W.
They are as
A. Boles, SupL ShelbyvWe Graded School, Jnd.
entertaining as a story book, and

much more improving to the mind,

From S.
Steele's 11

A. Snow, Principal of High School, Uxbridge, Mass.

in the Sciences are a perfect success.

Weeks Courses

From John W. Douohtt, Newburg Free Academy, N.

T

T.

to find Prof. Steele's Course both attractive and instructive. highest expectations have been fully realized.

was prepared

My

From 3.

S.

Blackweix,

Prest.

Ghent

College,

Ky.

Prof. Steele's unexampled success in providing for the wants of academic classes, has led me to look forward with high anticipations to his forthcoming issue.

From 3. V. Coos, Prest. La Grange College, Mo. am pleased with the neatness of these books and the delightful diction.
little

I have

been teaching for years, and have never seen a lovelier

tronomy.

volume than the As.

school, containing, as they do, a sufficiently comprehensive arrangement of elementary principles to excite a healthy thirst for a more thorough knowledge of those sciences.

They seem

From M. W. Smith, Prin. of Sigh School, Morrison, IB. to me to be admirably adapted to the wants of a public

From 3. D. Baktley, Prin. of High School, Concord, JT. B. They are just such books as I have looked for, viz., those of interesting style, not cumbersome and tilled up with things to be omitted by the pupil, and yet sufficiently full of facts for the purpose of most scholars in these sciences in our high schools there is nothing but what a pupil of average ability can thoroughly
;

master.

From Aionzo Nortom Lewis,

Principal of Parker Academy, Conn.

I consider Steele's Fourteen Weeks Courses in Philosophy, best school-books that have been issued in this country.

Chemistry,

<Ssc,

the

As an introduction to the various branches of which they treat, and especially for that numerous class of pupils who have not the time for a moro extender course, I consider them invaluable.

From Edward Brooks, Prin. State Normal School, MillersvUle, Pa. At the meeting of Normal School Principals, I presented the following resolu" Resolved, That Steele's 14 Weeks which was unanimously adopted Courses in Natural Philosophy and Astronomy, or an amount equivalent to what is contained in them, be adopted for use in the State Normal Schools of Pennsylvania." The works themselves will be adopted by at least three of the schools, and, I presume, by them all.
tion,
:

35

The National

Series

of Standard SchoolSooks.

CLEVELAND'S COMPEJSTDITJMS. *

TBSTIlS^Oasri-A.XiS.
This
is

the very test

Biographical Sketches are just and discriminating: the selections are adniiw and I have adopted the work as a text-book for my first class. From Prof. Moses Coit Tyteb, of the Michigan. University. I have given yonr book a thorough examination, and am greatly delighted with I ; and shall have great pleasure in directing the attention of my classes to a worjs which affords so admirable a bird's-eye view of recent " English Literature." From tlie Saturday Review. It acquaints the reader with the characteristic method, tone, and quality of all the chief notabilities of the period, and will give the careful student a better idea of the recent history of English Literature than nine educated Englishmen in ten possess.
oble,

The

From the New Englander. book of the kind we have ever examined. From George B. Emebson, Esq., Boston.

From

the Methodist Quarterly Review,

New
;

York.

This work is a transcript of the best American mind a vehicle of the noblest American spirit. No parent who would introduce his child to a knowledge of our country's literature, and at the same time indoctrinate his heart in the purest principles, need fear to put this manual in the youthful hand. From Rev. C. Pbihce, Principal, West Newton, Mass. I do not believe the work is to be found from which, within the same limits, so much interesting and valuable information in regard to English writers and English literature of every age, can be obtained and it deserves to find a place in all our high schools and academies, as well as in every private library.
;

From

the Independent.

The work of selection and compilation requiring a perfect familiarity with the whole range of English literature, a judgment clear and impartial, a taste at once delicate and severe, and a most sensitive regard to purity of thought or feelinghas been better accomplished in this than in any kindred volume with which we are
acquainted.

POLITICAL.
Champlin's Lessons on An improvement on previous
essential,

ECONOMY.
Economy,

Political

treatises, being shorter, yet containing everything with a view of recent questions in finance, etc., which is not elsewhere

found.

From J. L. Bothweix, Prin. Public School No. U, Albany, N. T. I have examined Champlin's Political Economy with much pleasure, and shall be pleased to put it into the hands of my pupils. In quantity and quality I think it superior to anything that I have examined. From Pres. N. E. Cobleigh, East Tennessee Wesleyan University. An examination of Champlin's Political Economy has satisfied me that It is the book I want. For brevity and compactness, division of the subject, and clear statement, and for appropriateness of treatment, I consider it a better text-book than any other in the market. From the Evening Mail, New York. A new interest has been imparted to the science of political economy since v.* have been necessitated to raise such vast sums of money for the support of the gOT erament The time, therefore, is favorable for the introduction of works like the above This little volume of two hundred pages is intended for beginners, for the to rear a more common school and academy. It Is intended as a basis upon which political economy elaborate superstructure. There is nothing in the principles of forth. This learly set are when they scholars, average of above the comprehension moaner. earns to have been done by President Champlin in an eaBy and graceful
.

3?

The National

Series

of Standard School-Soot*.

MODERN LANGUAGE.
Illustrated

Language Primers,

French and English.

The names of common

German and English.

and arranged in easy
lessons.
,

Spanish and English.

objects properly illustrated

Ledru's French Ledru's French

Fables,

Grammar,

Ledru's French Reader, The author's long experience has enabled him to present the most thoroughly practical text-books extant, in this branch. The system of pronunciation (by phonetic illustration) is original with this author, and will commend itself to alt American teachers, as it enables their pupils to secure an absolutely correct pronunciation without the assistance of a native master. This feature is peculiarly valuable also to "self-taught" students. The directions for ascertaining the gender of French nouns also a great stumbling-block are peculiar to this work, and will be found remarkably competent to the end proposed.. The criticism of teachers and the test of the school-room is invited to this excellent series, with confidence.

Worman's French Echo,

To teach conversational French by actual practice, on an entirely new plan, which recognizes the importance of the student learning to think in the language which he speaks. It furnishes an extensive vocabulary of words and expressions in common ose, and suffices to free the learner from the embarrassments which the peculiarities of his own tongue are likely to be to him, and to make him thoroughly familiar with the use of proper idioms.

Worman's German Echo,

On the same plan.
Pujol's
See Worman's German Series, page
4S.

Complete French Class-Book,

Offers, in one volume, methodically arranged, a complete French courseusually embraced in series of from Ave to twelve books,- including the bnlky and expensive Lexicon. Here are Grammar, Conversation, and choice Literature selected from the best French authors. Each branch is thoroughly handled; and the student,

having diligently completed the course as prescribed, may consider himself, without further application, aufait in the most polite and elegant language of modern times.

Pujol's French Grammar, Exercises, Reader, These volumes contain Part I, Farts n and HI, and Part IV of the Complete ClassBook respectively, for the convenience of scholars and teachers. The Lexicon is bound with each part

Maurice-Poitevin's
>

Grammaire
last supplied

Francaise,

with an American edition of this famous text-book. Many of our best institutions have for years been procuring it from abroad rather than forego the advantages it offers. The policy of putting students who have acquired some proficiency from the ordinary text-books, into a Grammar written in the vernacular, cannot be too highly commended It affords an opportunity for finish and review at once ; while embodying abundant practice of its own
rules.

American schools ar at

Joynes' French Pronunciation,

Willard's Histon'a de Ios Estados Unidos, The History of the United States, translated bv Professors Tolon and De Tornos
will

be found a valuable, instructive, and entertaining reading-book for Spanish

40

The JVationat
Pujol's

aeries

or Standard

School-Slooks.

Complete French Olass-Book.

TESTIMONIALS.
From- Prof. Ellas Peissher, Union College. I take great pleasure in recommending Pujol and Van Norman's French ClassBook, as there is no French grammar or class-book which can he compared with It in completeness, system, clearness, and general utility.

From Edward North, President of Hamilton College. I have carefully examined Pujol and Van Norman's French Class-Book, and am satisfied of its superiority, for college purposes, over any other heretofore used We shall Pit fail to use it with our next claBS in French.
.

llmopt native fluency and propriety.

Fmm-A. Curtis, PresHof Cincinnati Literary and Scientific Institute. I am confident that it may he made an instrument in conveying to the student, *n frjm six months to a year, the art of speaking and writing the French with

A. M., Prin. (rlenwood and TUden Ladies'' Seminaries. I have used Pujol's French Grammar in' my two seminaries, exclusively, for year, and have more than a no hesitation in saying that I regard it the best textbook in this department extant And my opinion is confirmed by the testimony of Prof. F. De Launay and Mademoiselle Marindin. They assure me that the took is eminently accurate and practical, as tested in the school-room.

from Hiram Orcutt,

From Pbof. Theo. F. Db Fumat, Hebrew Educational Institute, Memphis, Tenn, M*. Pujol's French Grammar is one of the best and most practical works. The French language is chosen and elegant in style modern and easy. It is far superior to the other French class-books in this country. The selection of the conversational part is very good, and will interest pupils ; and being all completed in only one volume, it is especially desirable to have it introduced in our schools.

From Prop. Jambs H. Worman, Bordentown Female

College,

N.

J.

The work is upon the same plan as the text-books for the study of French and English published in Berlin, for the study of those who have not the aid of a teacher, and these books are considered, by the first authorities, the best books. In most of our institutions, Americans teach the modern languages, and heretofore the trouble has been to give them a text-book that would dispose of the difficulties of the French pronunciation. This difficulty is successfully removed by P. and Van N., and I have every reason to believe it will soon make its way Into most of our best schools.

From Prof. Charles S. Son, Ann Smith Academy, Lexington, Va. I cannot do better than to recommend "Pujol and Van Norman." For comprehensive and systematic arrangement, progressive and thorough development oi all grammatical principles and idioms, with a due admixture of theoretical knowledge and practical exercise, I regard it as superior to any (other) book of the kind.

From A. A. Forster, Prin. Pinehurst School, Toronto, C. W. I have great satisfaction in bearing testimony to M. Pujol's System of French Instruction, as given in his complete class-book. For clearness and comprehensiveness, adapted for all classes of pupils, I have found it superior to any other work of the kind, and have now need it for some years in my establishment with great success.

From Prof. Otto Feddbr, Maplewood Institute, Pittsfleld, Mass. The conversational exercises will prove an immense saving of the hardest kind labor to teachers. There is scarcely any thing more trying in the way of CI
'of

teaching language, than to rack your brain for short and easily intelligible bits conversation, and to repeat them time and again with no better result than " extorting at long intervals a doubting " oui," or a hesitating non, monsieur

urre'it

E3?~ For further testimony of a similar character, see numbers of the Educational Bulletin.

peciai uircular.

and

The National
*-

Series

of Standard School- 2?oo&*.

"

Worman's German Grammars.

TBSTIMONIALS.
From
Prof. E. "W. Jones, Petersburg Female College, Va. what I have seen of the work it is almost certain / shall introduce

From

Into

this institution.

Prof. G. Campbell, University of Minnesota. valuable addition to our school-books, and will find many friends, and do gre;A

From

good.

From Prof. O. P. Cobfbew, Mary Military Inst , Md. I am better pleased with them than any I hare ever taught I have already ordered through our booksellers. From Prof. R. S. Kendall, Vernon Academy, Conn. I at once put the Elementary Grammar into the bands of a class of beginners, and have used it with great satisfaction. From Prof. D. E. Holmes, Berlin Academy, Wis. Worman's German works are superior. I shall use them hereafter in my German
classes.

it will

From Prof. Magnus BuonnoLTZ, Hiram College, Ohio. I have examined the Complete Grammar, and find it excellent. You may rely that be used here. From Prin. Thos. W. Tobey, Paducah Female Seminary, Ky. The Complete German Grammar is worthy of an extensive circulation. It Is ad mirably adapted to the class-room. I shall use it From Prof. Alex. Bobenspitz, Houston Academy, TexasBearer will take and pay for 3 dozen copies. Mr. "Worm&n deserves the approbation and esteem of the teacher and the thanks of the student From Prof. G. Maluene, Augusta Seminary, Maine. The Complete Grammar cannot fail to give great satisfaction by the simplicity of its arrangement, and by its completeness.
Oval Fibkey, Christian University, Mo. I do hope the author will succeed as he has in the German. From Prof. 8. D. Hillhan, Dickinson College, Pa. The class have lately commenced, and my examination thus far warrants me in say ing that I regard it as the best grammar for instruction in the German. From Prin. Silas Livxkmoeb, Bloomfield Seminary, Mo. I have found a classically and scientifically educated Prussian gentleman whom I propose to make German instructor. 1 have shown him both your German grammars. He has expressed his approbation of them generally.

From

Prin.
as

Just such a series as

is positively necessary.

veil in the French,

&c,

From Prof. Z. Test, Rowland School for Young Ladies, 2T. T. I shall introduce the books. From a cursory examination I have no hesitation in pronouncing the Complete Grammar a decided improvement on the text-books at present in use in this country.

From Prof. Lewis Kistleb, Northwestern University, III. Ilaving looked through the Complete Grammar with some care I must say that you have produced a good book ; you may be awarded with this gratificationthat your grammar promotes the facility of learning the German language, and of becoming
acquainted with
its

rich literature.

Pres. J. P. Rous, Stoekwell Collegiate Inst., Ind. I supplied a class with the Elementary Grammar, and it gives complete satisfaction. The conversational and reading exercises are well calculated to illustrate the principles, and lead the student on an easy yet thorough course, I think the Com plate Grammar equally attractive.

From

43